Geronimo Unfiltered https://thegeronimoacademy.com/ en Geronimo Unfiltered 2023 Most studio owners decide to open their fitness and wellness businesses because they want to help people and add more meaning into their lives.  Their heart is in the right place, but scaling a profitable business that feels incredible to own and run is trickier than ever before. So where they get stuck is no one has ever shown them how to run a wildly successful business, without the overwhelm and chaos. Plus, they’re doing it all alone.  Until now. Welcome to The Geronimo Unfiltered Podcast for ambitious boutique studio owners who are allergic to average and know they’re capable of more. They’re just missing the HOW. I’m your host Doza, CEO and Founder of The Geronimo Academy... And together with my crew and my community of owners and managers who are the doers and the implementers, we are on a mission to pioneer a better way to own and operate a health and fitness business, while building a life you love, not hate. So, if you’re ready to push your boundaries, level up your money, meaning and impact & stop doing it all alone… then you’re in the right place ...  This is going to be raw and unfiltered, zero bullshit.  So take a deep breath, strap yourself in, and let’s get started. https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/ae7f9aa4-eae0-11ed-b4cc-6f8c417324b1/image/Geronimo_Unfiltered_Cover_Design_1.png?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&max-w=3000&max-h=3000&fit=crop&auto=format,compress Geronimo Unfiltered https://thegeronimoacademy.com/ no episodic TBC Studios Most studio owners decide to open their fitness and wellness businesses because they want to help people and add more meaning into their lives.  Their heart is in the right place, but scaling a profitable business that feels incredible to own and run is trickier than ever before. So where they get stuck is no one has ever shown them how to run a wildly successful business, without the overwhelm and chaos. Plus, they’re doing it all alone.  Until now. Welcome to The Geronimo Unfiltered Podcast for ambitious boutique studio owners who are allergic to average and know they’re capable of more. They’re just missing the HOW. I’m your host Doza, CEO and Founder of The Geronimo Academy... And together with my crew and my community of owners and managers who are the doers and the implementers, we are on a mission to pioneer a better way to own and operate a health and fitness business, while building a life you love, not hate. So, if you’re ready to push your boundaries, level up your money, meaning and impact & stop doing it all alone… then you’re in the right place ...  This is going to be raw and unfiltered, zero bullshit.  So take a deep breath, strap yourself in, and let’s get started. Most studio owners decide to open their fitness and wellness businesses because they want to help people and add more meaning into their lives. 


Their heart is in the right place, but scaling a profitable business that feels incredible to own and run is trickier than ever before. So where they get stuck is no one has ever shown them how to run a wildly successful business, without the overwhelm and chaos.


Plus, they’re doing it all alone. 


Until now.


Welcome to The Geronimo Unfiltered Podcast for ambitious boutique studio owners who are allergic to average and know they’re capable of more. They’re just missing the HOW.


I’m your host Doza, CEO and Founder of The Geronimo Academy... And together with my crew and my community of owners and managers who are the doers and the implementers, we are on a mission to pioneer a better way to own and operate a health and fitness business, while building a life you love, not hate.


So, if you’re ready to push your boundaries, level up your money, meaning and impact & stop doing it all alone… then you’re in the right place ... 


This is going to be raw and unfiltered, zero bullshit. 


So take a deep breath, strap yourself in, and let’s get started.

]]> TBC Studios hello@tbcstudios.com.au STOP Building Your Studio the Wrong Way - 5 Things We'd Actually Do Starting From Zero No brand. No list. No members. No reputation. If you had to build a $1 million studio from scratch in 2026, what would you actually do first - and in what order? Book your free 15-minute studio check-up → https://bit.ly/p-your-studio-check-up Most people start with the fit-out. Black walls. Fancy equipment. Vowels missing from the logo. Nobody cares. And they shouldn't - because you haven't given them a reason to. The studios that win in 2026 aren't the prettiest. They're the ones that solved a real problem before they signed a lease. If you don't know your point of view and your total addressable market, you shouldn't even start. Doza and Geronimo Head Coach Sophie both wrote down the five things they'd do to build a million dollar studio from scratch - independently, no cheating - then compared answers live. They agreed on three. They fought about two. And the order they landed on is the exact roadmap Geronimo uses to launch studios at a profit. The math: net 3 member growth per week × 50 weeks = $1M run rate in 12 months. That's 3 sales, 2 rollovers, no more than 1 cancel - every single day. No vibes. No energy. Just the number in the box. Book your free 15-minute studio check-up → https://bit.ly/p-your-studio-check-up In this episode, you'll learn: • Why your point of view and total addressable market matter more than your equipment or fit-out • The content-first strategy that lets you build an audience before you even sign a lease • How to lock in a rent deal that doesn't put you underwater from month one (60% of revenue rule) • Why Doza and Sophie disagree on what comes second — and what that tells you about your situation • The exact focus order once doors open: media, sales, product, then AI workflows • How to reverse engineer a $1M run rate into daily KPIs you can actually hit • The "win the day" discipline that separates studios that grow from studios that vibe If you're planning to open a gym, Pilates studio, yoga studio, or wellness business in 2026 - or you're already open and want to rebuild smarter… Hit play. Next episode worth your time: The 5-Phase Formula to Launch Your Studio at a Profit (and Avoid a Total Flop) Chapters 00:00:00 — No brand, no members, no list — what do you do first? 00:00:33 — Round 1: Problem + total addressable market 00:03:17 — Round 2: Content team vs rent deal (they disagree) 00:06:06 — Round 3: Solid rent deal + business model forecast 00:08:32 — The founder-led content strategy 00:10:17 — Round 4: Focus order once you're open 00:13:38 — You're a media business in 2026 00:15:21 — Round 5: Three months in — what now? 00:16:22 — The million dollar roadmap 00:17:55 — Reverse engineering $1M to daily KPIs 00:19:27 — Monday morning move Tue, 14 Apr 2026 20:00:00 -0000 full 156 TBC Studios Doza and Sophie independently map the exact 5-step sequence to build a $1M studio from scratch in 2026 - then compare answers live. Most people get step one wrong. No brand. No list. No members. No reputation. If you had to build a $1 million studio from scratch in 2026, what would you actually do first - and in what order? Book your free 15-minute studio check-up → https://bit.ly/p-your-studio-check-up Most people start with the fit-out. Black walls. Fancy equipment. Vowels missing from the logo. Nobody cares. And they shouldn't - because you haven't given them a reason to. The studios that win in 2026 aren't the prettiest. They're the ones that solved a real problem before they signed a lease. If you don't know your point of view and your total addressable market, you shouldn't even start. Doza and Geronimo Head Coach Sophie both wrote down the five things they'd do to build a million dollar studio from scratch - independently, no cheating - then compared answers live. They agreed on three. They fought about two. And the order they landed on is the exact roadmap Geronimo uses to launch studios at a profit. The math: net 3 member growth per week × 50 weeks = $1M run rate in 12 months. That's 3 sales, 2 rollovers, no more than 1 cancel - every single day. No vibes. No energy. Just the number in the box. Book your free 15-minute studio check-up → https://bit.ly/p-your-studio-check-up In this episode, you'll learn: • Why your point of view and total addressable market matter more than your equipment or fit-out • The content-first strategy that lets you build an audience before you even sign a lease • How to lock in a rent deal that doesn't put you underwater from month one (60% of revenue rule) • Why Doza and Sophie disagree on what comes second — and what that tells you about your situation • The exact focus order once doors open: media, sales, product, then AI workflows • How to reverse engineer a $1M run rate into daily KPIs you can actually hit • The "win the day" discipline that separates studios that grow from studios that vibe If you're planning to open a gym, Pilates studio, yoga studio, or wellness business in 2026 - or you're already open and want to rebuild smarter… Hit play. Next episode worth your time: The 5-Phase Formula to Launch Your Studio at a Profit (and Avoid a Total Flop) Chapters 00:00:00 — No brand, no members, no list — what do you do first? 00:00:33 — Round 1: Problem + total addressable market 00:03:17 — Round 2: Content team vs rent deal (they disagree) 00:06:06 — Round 3: Solid rent deal + business model forecast 00:08:32 — The founder-led content strategy 00:10:17 — Round 4: Focus order once you're open 00:13:38 — You're a media business in 2026 00:15:21 — Round 5: Three months in — what now? 00:16:22 — The million dollar roadmap 00:17:55 — Reverse engineering $1M to daily KPIs 00:19:27 — Monday morning move No brand. No list. No members. No reputation. If you had to build a $1 million studio from scratch in 2026, what would you actually do first - and in what order? Book your free 15-minute studio check-up → https://bit.ly/p-your-studio-check-up Most people start with the fit-out. Black walls. Fancy equipment. Vowels missing from the logo. Nobody cares. And they shouldn't - because you haven't given them a reason to. The studios that win in 2026 aren't the prettiest. They're the ones that solved a real problem before they signed a lease. If you don't know your point of view and your total addressable market, you shouldn't even start. Doza and Geronimo Head Coach Sophie both wrote down the five things they'd do to build a million dollar studio from scratch - independently, no cheating - then compared answers live. They agreed on three. They fought about two. And the order they landed on is the exact roadmap Geronimo uses to launch studios at a profit. The math: net 3 member growth per week × 50 weeks = $1M run rate in 12 months. That's 3 sales, 2 rollovers, no more than 1 cancel - every single day. No vibes. No energy. Just the number in the box. Book your free 15-minute studio check-up → https://bit.ly/p-your-studio-check-up In this episode, you'll learn: • Why your point of view and total addressable market matter more than your equipment or fit-out • The content-first strategy that lets you build an audience before you even sign a lease • How to lock in a rent deal that doesn't put you underwater from month one (60% of revenue rule) • Why Doza and Sophie disagree on what comes second — and what that tells you about your situation • The exact focus order once doors open: media, sales, product, then AI workflows • How to reverse engineer a $1M run rate into daily KPIs you can actually hit • The "win the day" discipline that separates studios that grow from studios that vibe If you're planning to open a gym, Pilates studio, yoga studio, or wellness business in 2026 - or you're already open and want to rebuild smarter… Hit play. Next episode worth your time: The 5-Phase Formula to Launch Your Studio at a Profit (and Avoid a Total Flop)


Chapters 00:00:00 — No brand, no members, no list — what do you do first? 00:00:33 — Round 1: Problem + total addressable market 00:03:17 — Round 2: Content team vs rent deal (they disagree) 00:06:06 — Round 3: Solid rent deal + business model forecast 00:08:32 — The founder-led content strategy 00:10:17 — Round 4: Focus order once you're open 00:13:38 — You're a media business in 2026 00:15:21 — Round 5: Three months in — what now? 00:16:22 — The million dollar roadmap 00:17:55 — Reverse engineering $1M to daily KPIs 00:19:27 — Monday morning move

]]> 1326 F*ck Fine — Why "Good Enough" Is Killing Your Fitness Studio "Fine" isn't a feeling. It's a trap. And it's costing fitness studio owners more than burnout ever could. Practice your sales calls with Gerry — our free AI roleplay bot → https://bit.ly/p-gerry-sales-call-bot Book a free Hidden Million session → https://bit.ly/p-your-studio-check-up ———————————— Fine is stable revenue, a decent team, and a business that's technically working. It's also the most dangerous place a studio owner can be. Because fine shrinks your ambition to fit your fears. Burnout has a protocol. Fine has a comfort zone. And comfort zones don't build the business — or the life — you actually wanted. In this episode, Doza and Sophie break down why "fine" is more dangerous than struggle, what it actually costs you over 12 months, and the four-step framework to go from fine to f*ck yeah. Book a free Hidden Million session → https://bit.ly/p-your-studio-check-up ———————————— In this episode, you'll learn: — Why fine is more dangerous than burnout for gym and studio owners — The one question to ask yourself on Monday morning that reveals if you're actually stuck — The four steps from fine to f*ck yeah — decision, identity, design, action — Why your ambition shrinks to fit your fears (and how to reverse it) — The be-do-have framework and why most fitness business owners have it backwards — The daily non-negotiables that keep successful studio owners out of fine for good — Real examples of studio owners who went from $20k to $100k months after making the shift If nothing changes in the next 12 months — same revenue, same team, same life — would that be fine? If it's not a f*ck yeah, listen to this. Next up: Why you're not in the fitness business — you're in the media business. And if you don't realise that now, you're going to lose. Chapters 00:00:00 Fck fine — why "good enough" is killing your fitness studio 00:00:15 What "fine" actually looks like (and why it's scarier than survival mode) 00:02:05 Fine is more dangerous than burnout — here's why 00:02:49 What happens when ambition shrinks to fit your fears 00:03:30 The Pilates studio owner who stopped believing in her own goal 00:06:06 The fine line between fine and burnout — and how fast it descends 00:06:58 The spectrum: from drowning to fine to fck yeah 00:08:29 Fine is an identity problem and a design problem 00:08:51 Step 1 — the decision: kill your 1.0 00:10:09 Step 2 — identity shift: become the chief want officer 00:11:14 The number one regret of the dying (and what it sounds like) 00:12:12 Step 3 — design the life: be, do, have 00:13:47 Step 4 — massive action and daily habits 00:15:41 The five daily non-negotiables that keep you out of fine 00:16:45 Achievement roadmap, Power 12 and Separation Sunday 00:18:30 Monday morning — the one question that changes everything 00:19:52 What's next: you're not in the fitness business, you're in the media business Tue, 07 Apr 2026 20:00:00 -0000 full 155 TBC Studios "Fine" isn't a feeling — it's a business model. And it's costing fitness studio owners more than burnout ever could. Doza and Sophie break down why comfortable is dangerous, and the four steps to go from fine to f*ck yeah. "Fine" isn't a feeling. It's a trap. And it's costing fitness studio owners more than burnout ever could. Practice your sales calls with Gerry — our free AI roleplay bot → https://bit.ly/p-gerry-sales-call-bot Book a free Hidden Million session → https://bit.ly/p-your-studio-check-up ———————————— Fine is stable revenue, a decent team, and a business that's technically working. It's also the most dangerous place a studio owner can be. Because fine shrinks your ambition to fit your fears. Burnout has a protocol. Fine has a comfort zone. And comfort zones don't build the business — or the life — you actually wanted. In this episode, Doza and Sophie break down why "fine" is more dangerous than struggle, what it actually costs you over 12 months, and the four-step framework to go from fine to f*ck yeah. Book a free Hidden Million session → https://bit.ly/p-your-studio-check-up ———————————— In this episode, you'll learn: — Why fine is more dangerous than burnout for gym and studio owners — The one question to ask yourself on Monday morning that reveals if you're actually stuck — The four steps from fine to f*ck yeah — decision, identity, design, action — Why your ambition shrinks to fit your fears (and how to reverse it) — The be-do-have framework and why most fitness business owners have it backwards — The daily non-negotiables that keep successful studio owners out of fine for good — Real examples of studio owners who went from $20k to $100k months after making the shift If nothing changes in the next 12 months — same revenue, same team, same life — would that be fine? If it's not a f*ck yeah, listen to this. Next up: Why you're not in the fitness business — you're in the media business. And if you don't realise that now, you're going to lose. Chapters 00:00:00 Fck fine — why "good enough" is killing your fitness studio 00:00:15 What "fine" actually looks like (and why it's scarier than survival mode) 00:02:05 Fine is more dangerous than burnout — here's why 00:02:49 What happens when ambition shrinks to fit your fears 00:03:30 The Pilates studio owner who stopped believing in her own goal 00:06:06 The fine line between fine and burnout — and how fast it descends 00:06:58 The spectrum: from drowning to fine to fck yeah 00:08:29 Fine is an identity problem and a design problem 00:08:51 Step 1 — the decision: kill your 1.0 00:10:09 Step 2 — identity shift: become the chief want officer 00:11:14 The number one regret of the dying (and what it sounds like) 00:12:12 Step 3 — design the life: be, do, have 00:13:47 Step 4 — massive action and daily habits 00:15:41 The five daily non-negotiables that keep you out of fine 00:16:45 Achievement roadmap, Power 12 and Separation Sunday 00:18:30 Monday morning — the one question that changes everything 00:19:52 What's next: you're not in the fitness business, you're in the media business "Fine" isn't a feeling. It's a trap. And it's costing fitness studio owners more than burnout ever could.

Practice your sales calls with Gerry — our free AI roleplay bot → https://bit.ly/p-gerry-sales-call-bot

Book a free Hidden Million session → https://bit.ly/p-your-studio-check-up

————————————

Fine is stable revenue, a decent team, and a business that's technically working. It's also the most dangerous place a studio owner can be. Because fine shrinks your ambition to fit your fears. Burnout has a protocol. Fine has a comfort zone. And comfort zones don't build the business — or the life — you actually wanted.

In this episode, Doza and Sophie break down why "fine" is more dangerous than struggle, what it actually costs you over 12 months, and the four-step framework to go from fine to f*ck yeah.

Book a free Hidden Million session → https://bit.ly/p-your-studio-check-up

————————————

In this episode, you'll learn: — Why fine is more dangerous than burnout for gym and studio owners — The one question to ask yourself on Monday morning that reveals if you're actually stuck — The four steps from fine to f*ck yeah — decision, identity, design, action — Why your ambition shrinks to fit your fears (and how to reverse it) — The be-do-have framework and why most fitness business owners have it backwards — The daily non-negotiables that keep successful studio owners out of fine for good — Real examples of studio owners who went from $20k to $100k months after making the shift

If nothing changes in the next 12 months — same revenue, same team, same life — would that be fine?

If it's not a f*ck yeah, listen to this.

Next up: Why you're not in the fitness business — you're in the media business. And if you don't realise that now, you're going to lose.


Chapters

00:00:00 Fck fine — why "good enough" is killing your fitness studio 00:00:15 What "fine" actually looks like (and why it's scarier than survival mode) 00:02:05 Fine is more dangerous than burnout — here's why 00:02:49 What happens when ambition shrinks to fit your fears 00:03:30 The Pilates studio owner who stopped believing in her own goal 00:06:06 The fine line between fine and burnout — and how fast it descends 00:06:58 The spectrum: from drowning to fine to fck yeah 00:08:29 Fine is an identity problem and a design problem 00:08:51 Step 1 — the decision: kill your 1.0 00:10:09 Step 2 — identity shift: become the chief want officer 00:11:14 The number one regret of the dying (and what it sounds like) 00:12:12 Step 3 — design the life: be, do, have 00:13:47 Step 4 — massive action and daily habits 00:15:41 The five daily non-negotiables that keep you out of fine 00:16:45 Achievement roadmap, Power 12 and Separation Sunday 00:18:30 Monday morning — the one question that changes everything 00:19:52 What's next: you're not in the fitness business, you're in the media business

]]> 1292 Unf*ck Your Sales in 3 Steps You've got leads. You're not converting them. That's not a lead problem. That's a sales problem. Practice the SOLVER script with Gerry — our free AI sales roleplay bot → https://bit.ly/p-gerry-sales-call-bot Book a free Hidden Million session → https://bit.ly/p-free3step ———————————— Most studio owners hate sales. They call too late. They don't pick up. They wing it. Harvard says calling within five minutes makes you 100x more likely to convert. We called 5 real studios live on this episode. Three didn't pick up. They're all running ads. The transformation starts at the transaction. In this episode, Doza does a live unscripted SOLVER call from cold intro to close — no notes, no safety net. Practice the script before you practice on real leads → https://bit.ly/p-gerry-sales-call-bot ———————————— In this episode, you'll learn: — The 3 mistakes killing your lead conversion rate — Why calling within 5 minutes makes you 100x more likely to convert — The double tap: the simplest trick to get a pickup — How to run a SOLVER call live — from intro to close — Why going deep on pain converts better than pitching your offer — How to close with conviction and handle payment hesitation — How to hand the script off so you never have to do this yourself If you want leads that actually convert…Listen now. Next up: Magic Mike Sales Ep 1 — how to build a sales team that runs without you → https://open.spotify.com/episode/21FzjhIYQVMSXHFstaBL5E?si=XjljjeZ8T5OvFLERfss-3A Chapters 00:00:00 Unf*ck your sales in 3 steps 00:01:23 Why sales feels icky (and why that has to change) 00:03:17 Mistake 1 — not calling within five minutes 00:05:42 The double tap and the 3x3x3 method 00:07:49 The lifeguard reframe: sales = service 00:09:34 Mistake 2 — not picking up (live proof) 00:14:34 Mistake 3 — not following the script 00:17:48 Live SOLVER roleplay begins 00:18:09 The pre-frame 00:20:00 Building rapport and qualifying 00:24:28 Finding the real emotional pain 00:32:58 Moving to the close 00:36:26 Handling objections and taking payment 00:37:25 Why the script works every time 00:41:45 Gerry — the AI roleplay bot 00:43:03 Wrap up Tue, 31 Mar 2026 19:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Most studio owners are paying for leads they never convert. Doza breaks down the 3 mistakes killing your sales calls — then does a live unscripted SOLVER call from cold intro to close. You've got leads. You're not converting them. That's not a lead problem. That's a sales problem. Practice the SOLVER script with Gerry — our free AI sales roleplay bot → https://bit.ly/p-gerry-sales-call-bot Book a free Hidden Million session → https://bit.ly/p-free3step ———————————— Most studio owners hate sales. They call too late. They don't pick up. They wing it. Harvard says calling within five minutes makes you 100x more likely to convert. We called 5 real studios live on this episode. Three didn't pick up. They're all running ads. The transformation starts at the transaction. In this episode, Doza does a live unscripted SOLVER call from cold intro to close — no notes, no safety net. Practice the script before you practice on real leads → https://bit.ly/p-gerry-sales-call-bot ———————————— In this episode, you'll learn: — The 3 mistakes killing your lead conversion rate — Why calling within 5 minutes makes you 100x more likely to convert — The double tap: the simplest trick to get a pickup — How to run a SOLVER call live — from intro to close — Why going deep on pain converts better than pitching your offer — How to close with conviction and handle payment hesitation — How to hand the script off so you never have to do this yourself If you want leads that actually convert…Listen now. Next up: Magic Mike Sales Ep 1 — how to build a sales team that runs without you → https://open.spotify.com/episode/21FzjhIYQVMSXHFstaBL5E?si=XjljjeZ8T5OvFLERfss-3A Chapters 00:00:00 Unf*ck your sales in 3 steps 00:01:23 Why sales feels icky (and why that has to change) 00:03:17 Mistake 1 — not calling within five minutes 00:05:42 The double tap and the 3x3x3 method 00:07:49 The lifeguard reframe: sales = service 00:09:34 Mistake 2 — not picking up (live proof) 00:14:34 Mistake 3 — not following the script 00:17:48 Live SOLVER roleplay begins 00:18:09 The pre-frame 00:20:00 Building rapport and qualifying 00:24:28 Finding the real emotional pain 00:32:58 Moving to the close 00:36:26 Handling objections and taking payment 00:37:25 Why the script works every time 00:41:45 Gerry — the AI roleplay bot 00:43:03 Wrap up You've got leads. You're not converting them. That's not a lead problem. That's a sales problem. Practice the SOLVER script with Gerry — our free AI sales roleplay bot → https://bit.ly/p-gerry-sales-call-bot Book a free Hidden Million session → https://bit.ly/p-free3step ———————————— Most studio owners hate sales. They call too late. They don't pick up. They wing it. Harvard says calling within five minutes makes you 100x more likely to convert. We called 5 real studios live on this episode. Three didn't pick up. They're all running ads. The transformation starts at the transaction. In this episode, Doza does a live unscripted SOLVER call from cold intro to close — no notes, no safety net. Practice the script before you practice on real leads → https://bit.ly/p-gerry-sales-call-bot ———————————— In this episode, you'll learn: — The 3 mistakes killing your lead conversion rate — Why calling within 5 minutes makes you 100x more likely to convert — The double tap: the simplest trick to get a pickup — How to run a SOLVER call live — from intro to close — Why going deep on pain converts better than pitching your offer — How to close with conviction and handle payment hesitation — How to hand the script off so you never have to do this yourself


If you want leads that actually convert…Listen now. Next up: Magic Mike Sales Ep 1 — how to build a sales team that runs without you → https://open.spotify.com/episode/21FzjhIYQVMSXHFstaBL5E?si=XjljjeZ8T5OvFLERfss-3A


Chapters 00:00:00 Unf*ck your sales in 3 steps 00:01:23 Why sales feels icky (and why that has to change) 00:03:17 Mistake 1 — not calling within five minutes 00:05:42 The double tap and the 3x3x3 method 00:07:49 The lifeguard reframe: sales = service 00:09:34 Mistake 2 — not picking up (live proof) 00:14:34 Mistake 3 — not following the script 00:17:48 Live SOLVER roleplay begins 00:18:09 The pre-frame 00:20:00 Building rapport and qualifying 00:24:28 Finding the real emotional pain 00:32:58 Moving to the close 00:36:26 Handling objections and taking payment 00:37:25 Why the script works every time 00:41:45 Gerry — the AI roleplay bot 00:43:03 Wrap up

]]> 2133 Unf*ck Your Offer in 3 Steps You're running ads. You're posting content. You're doing the work. But if your intro offer is a free trial, a $14 special, or five classes for $55 — you're not building a business. You're building a leaking bucket. In this episode of Geronimo Unfiltered, Doza and Head Coach Ryan break down the three steps to building an intro offer that's profitable, attractive, and impossible to price-match. This is Episode 2 of Money March. Last week was your avatar. This week is your offer. Next week is sales. Miss any step and the whole system breaks. What you'll learn: • The North Star Principle — the 3 rules every profitable offer must pass before you spend a dollar on ads • Why 21–28 day programs convert better than trials every time (it's psychology, not logistics) • The Hero Offer triangle: name, price, inclusions — and how to get all three right • Why clear beats cute — and what the Special Mum Spectacular taught us about naming • The CAC maths: how to price your offer so you're making $120 profit per sale, not losing money trying to win someone over • The inclusion trap: why unlimited access, free parking, and grippy socks are killing your conversions • How to use the Hero Offer Builder to create your complete offer in under 60 minutes The Monday Morning Move: Run your current intro offer through three questions: Is it profitable? Does it fix a specific problem? Is it for a specific person? Fail any one — it's not an offer. It's a discount with a deadline. Rebuild it before you run another ad. Links & Resources: 🔍 Free Offer Audit — get your current offer reviewed before you build a new one → https://bit.ly/p-offer-audit 🤖 Hero Offer Builder (AI tool) → https://chatgpt.com/g/g-69b1f908f9d081919bbeec980da14164-hero-offer-builder 🎙️ Ep. 1 — Unf*ck Your Avatar → https://open.spotify.com/episode/6q9GxefWK9BO7xixgMsPcr?si=74c4e5c60471449e 📞 Free 15-minute Studio Check-Up → https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Next episode: The offer's built. Now let's make a sale a day. Doza and Ryan break down the exact conversation that converts. Chapters: 00:00 Why your offer is broken — and why it's not your fault 01:00 Step 1: The North Star Principle 02:10 Offer ≠ discount — the distinction that changes everything 03:10 The Hero Offer triangle: name, price, inclusions 03:30 Clear beats cute — how to name your offer right 05:10 The pub test 05:40 Building the 21 Day Mums Restart live 06:20 Step 2: How to price your intro offer (the 10% rule) 07:35 The CAC maths: why $14 trials lose money every time 09:15 Step 3: Inclusions — what to put in and what to cut 10:55 The signature on-ramp 11:30 Accountability vs access 13:10 Bonuses — when they help and when they hurt 14:00 The profitable offer checklist 14:25 Hero Offer Builder — live demo 16:00 Busy Dad Strength Kickstart built in real time 18:30 The Monday Morning Move 19:00 Next week: how to make a sale a day Tue, 24 Mar 2026 19:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios You're running ads. You're posting content. You're doing the work. But if your intro offer is a free trial, a $14 special, or five classes for $55 — you're not building a business. You're building a leaking bucket. In this episode of Geronimo Unfiltered, Doza and Head Coach Ryan break down the three steps to building an intro offer that's profitable, attractive, and impossible to price-match. This is Episode 2 of Money March. Last week was your avatar. This week is your offer. Next week is sales. Miss any step and the whole system breaks. What you'll learn: • The North Star Principle — the 3 rules every profitable offer must pass before you spend a dollar on ads • Why 21–28 day programs convert better than trials every time (it's psychology, not logistics) • The Hero Offer triangle: name, price, inclusions — and how to get all three right • Why clear beats cute — and what the Special Mum Spectacular taught us about naming • The CAC maths: how to price your offer so you're making $120 profit per sale, not losing money trying to win someone over • The inclusion trap: why unlimited access, free parking, and grippy socks are killing your conversions • How to use the Hero Offer Builder to create your complete offer in under 60 minutes The Monday Morning Move: Run your current intro offer through three questions: Is it profitable? Does it fix a specific problem? Is it for a specific person? Fail any one — it's not an offer. It's a discount with a deadline. Rebuild it before you run another ad. Links & Resources: 🔍 Free Offer Audit — get your current offer reviewed before you build a new one → https://bit.ly/p-offer-audit 🤖 Hero Offer Builder (AI tool) → https://chatgpt.com/g/g-69b1f908f9d081919bbeec980da14164-hero-offer-builder 🎙️ Ep. 1 — Unf*ck Your Avatar → https://open.spotify.com/episode/6q9GxefWK9BO7xixgMsPcr?si=74c4e5c60471449e 📞 Free 15-minute Studio Check-Up → https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Next episode: The offer's built. Now let's make a sale a day. Doza and Ryan break down the exact conversation that converts. Chapters: 00:00 Why your offer is broken — and why it's not your fault 01:00 Step 1: The North Star Principle 02:10 Offer ≠ discount — the distinction that changes everything 03:10 The Hero Offer triangle: name, price, inclusions 03:30 Clear beats cute — how to name your offer right 05:10 The pub test 05:40 Building the 21 Day Mums Restart live 06:20 Step 2: How to price your intro offer (the 10% rule) 07:35 The CAC maths: why $14 trials lose money every time 09:15 Step 3: Inclusions — what to put in and what to cut 10:55 The signature on-ramp 11:30 Accountability vs access 13:10 Bonuses — when they help and when they hurt 14:00 The profitable offer checklist 14:25 Hero Offer Builder — live demo 16:00 Busy Dad Strength Kickstart built in real time 18:30 The Monday Morning Move 19:00 Next week: how to make a sale a day You're running ads. You're posting content. You're doing the work.

But if your intro offer is a free trial, a $14 special, or five classes for $55 — you're not building a business. You're building a leaking bucket.

In this episode of Geronimo Unfiltered, Doza and Head Coach Ryan break down the three steps to building an intro offer that's profitable, attractive, and impossible to price-match.

This is Episode 2 of Money March. Last week was your avatar. This week is your offer. Next week is sales. Miss any step and the whole system breaks.

What you'll learn:

• The North Star Principle — the 3 rules every profitable offer must pass before you spend a dollar on ads

• Why 21–28 day programs convert better than trials every time (it's psychology, not logistics)

• The Hero Offer triangle: name, price, inclusions — and how to get all three right

• Why clear beats cute — and what the Special Mum Spectacular taught us about naming

• The CAC maths: how to price your offer so you're making $120 profit per sale, not losing money trying to win someone over

• The inclusion trap: why unlimited access, free parking, and grippy socks are killing your conversions

• How to use the Hero Offer Builder to create your complete offer in under 60 minutes


The Monday Morning Move:

Run your current intro offer through three questions: Is it profitable? Does it fix a specific problem? Is it for a specific person? Fail any one — it's not an offer. It's a discount with a deadline. Rebuild it before you run another ad.

Links & Resources:

🔍 Free Offer Audit — get your current offer reviewed before you build a new one → https://bit.ly/p-offer-audit

🤖 Hero Offer Builder (AI tool) → https://chatgpt.com/g/g-69b1f908f9d081919bbeec980da14164-hero-offer-builder

🎙️ Ep. 1 — Unf*ck Your Avatar → https://open.spotify.com/episode/6q9GxefWK9BO7xixgMsPcr?si=74c4e5c60471449e

📞 Free 15-minute Studio Check-Up → https://bit.ly/4kZSlya


Next episode: The offer's built. Now let's make a sale a day. Doza and Ryan break down the exact conversation that converts.

Chapters:

00:00 Why your offer is broken — and why it's not your fault

01:00 Step 1: The North Star Principle

02:10 Offer ≠ discount — the distinction that changes everything

03:10 The Hero Offer triangle: name, price, inclusions

03:30 Clear beats cute — how to name your offer right

05:10 The pub test

05:40 Building the 21 Day Mums Restart live

06:20 Step 2: How to price your intro offer (the 10% rule)

07:35 The CAC maths: why $14 trials lose money every time

09:15 Step 3: Inclusions — what to put in and what to cut

10:55 The signature on-ramp

11:30 Accountability vs access

13:10 Bonuses — when they help and when they hurt

14:00 The profitable offer checklist

14:25 Hero Offer Builder — live demo

16:00 Busy Dad Strength Kickstart built in real time

18:30 The Monday Morning Move

19:00 Next week: how to make a sale a day

]]> 1193 Unf*ck your Marketing in 3 Steps Money March Ep 1: 3 Steps to Unfuck Your Marketing (And Why Your Ads Aren't Working) Most studio owners think their lead flow problem is an ads problem. It's not. In this episode — the first of our Money March series — we go live with Ryan to diagnose the real reason your marketing isn't hitting, and give you a step-by-step framework to fix it. Plus, we debut something we've never shown publicly before: GAV, the Geronimo Avatar Creator — an AI bot built specifically to help studio owners unlock their ideal member avatar and craft their hero narrative in real time. If you've been throwing money at ads without results, or posting content that gets zero traction, this one's for you. What you'll learn in this episode: • The #1 reason your marketing is invisible (and it's not your budget) • Why "women 25–68" is a lazy avatar — and what to do instead • The 3 mistakes killing studio owners' lead flow right now • How to find out exactly who your ideal member really is using the Avatar 550 framework • The EPIC content formula: the 4 types of posts that actually attract the right people • Why polished creative is working against you in 2026 • A live demo of Gav — our AI avatar creator — building a complete hero narrative from scratch in under 10 minutes The 3 Steps to Unfuck Your Marketing: 1. Define who they were before they found you — Stop guessing. Interview 10–50 current members using the 5 key questions (link below). The gold is in who they were before you fixed their problem. 2. Build the frown-to-smile offer — Stop selling access (unlimited classes, $21 trials). Start showing people exactly how you take them from where they are to where they want to be — in a way no one else can. 3. Fix your creative — Raw and real beats polished every time in 2026. We're in a trust recession. In-feed, authentic content stops the scroll. Timetable posts do not. The EPIC Content Formula: • E — Edutainment (turn your FAQs into content) • P — Proof (the human transformation story, not just before/after photos) • I — Invitation (lead magnets, story CTAs, hand-raisers) • C — Connection (founder-led storytelling — people buy from people, not logos) Resources mentioned: • 🤖 Gav — The Geronimo Avatar Creator → https://bit.ly/p-geronimo-avatar-creator • 📋 The Avatar 550 (5 questions × 50 members) → https://bit.ly/p-avatar-550 • 📞 Free 15-minute studio checkup → https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Chapters: 00:00:00 Your lead problem isn't ads 00:01:13 Mistake #1: Too broad 00:02:46 Mistake #2: Generic offer 00:03:36 Mistake #3: Wrong creative 00:05:32 The Avatar 550 framework 00:08:54 Frown to smile offer 00:10:21 Choosing your avatar 00:11:07 The student gym story 00:13:37 The EPIC content formula 00:15:05 Why before & afters don't work 00:15:55 The invitation play 00:16:01 Founder-led content 00:17:54 LIVE: Gav AI demo 00:19:00 Building a hero narrative 00:25:01 The hero narrative reveal 00:27:31 How to access Gav free 00:29:47 Money March: what's next This is part of Money March — our 3-episode series on making more money in your studio: • Ep 1: Unfuck your marketing ← you're here • Ep 2: Build a profitable offer that attracts your ideal avatar • Ep 3: Nail your sales If this hit home, do one of two things: leave a review, or send it to a studio owner who needs to hear it. Tue, 17 Mar 2026 19:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Your marketing isn't broken because of your ads. It's broken because you don't know who you're actually talking to. Money March Ep 1: 3 Steps to Unfuck Your Marketing (And Why Your Ads Aren't Working) Most studio owners think their lead flow problem is an ads problem. It's not. In this episode — the first of our Money March series — we go live with Ryan to diagnose the real reason your marketing isn't hitting, and give you a step-by-step framework to fix it. Plus, we debut something we've never shown publicly before: GAV, the Geronimo Avatar Creator — an AI bot built specifically to help studio owners unlock their ideal member avatar and craft their hero narrative in real time. If you've been throwing money at ads without results, or posting content that gets zero traction, this one's for you. What you'll learn in this episode: • The #1 reason your marketing is invisible (and it's not your budget) • Why "women 25–68" is a lazy avatar — and what to do instead • The 3 mistakes killing studio owners' lead flow right now • How to find out exactly who your ideal member really is using the Avatar 550 framework • The EPIC content formula: the 4 types of posts that actually attract the right people • Why polished creative is working against you in 2026 • A live demo of Gav — our AI avatar creator — building a complete hero narrative from scratch in under 10 minutes The 3 Steps to Unfuck Your Marketing: 1. Define who they were before they found you — Stop guessing. Interview 10–50 current members using the 5 key questions (link below). The gold is in who they were before you fixed their problem. 2. Build the frown-to-smile offer — Stop selling access (unlimited classes, $21 trials). Start showing people exactly how you take them from where they are to where they want to be — in a way no one else can. 3. Fix your creative — Raw and real beats polished every time in 2026. We're in a trust recession. In-feed, authentic content stops the scroll. Timetable posts do not. The EPIC Content Formula: • E — Edutainment (turn your FAQs into content) • P — Proof (the human transformation story, not just before/after photos) • I — Invitation (lead magnets, story CTAs, hand-raisers) • C — Connection (founder-led storytelling — people buy from people, not logos) Resources mentioned: • 🤖 Gav — The Geronimo Avatar Creator → https://bit.ly/p-geronimo-avatar-creator • 📋 The Avatar 550 (5 questions × 50 members) → https://bit.ly/p-avatar-550 • 📞 Free 15-minute studio checkup → https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Chapters: 00:00:00 Your lead problem isn't ads 00:01:13 Mistake #1: Too broad 00:02:46 Mistake #2: Generic offer 00:03:36 Mistake #3: Wrong creative 00:05:32 The Avatar 550 framework 00:08:54 Frown to smile offer 00:10:21 Choosing your avatar 00:11:07 The student gym story 00:13:37 The EPIC content formula 00:15:05 Why before & afters don't work 00:15:55 The invitation play 00:16:01 Founder-led content 00:17:54 LIVE: Gav AI demo 00:19:00 Building a hero narrative 00:25:01 The hero narrative reveal 00:27:31 How to access Gav free 00:29:47 Money March: what's next This is part of Money March — our 3-episode series on making more money in your studio: • Ep 1: Unfuck your marketing ← you're here • Ep 2: Build a profitable offer that attracts your ideal avatar • Ep 3: Nail your sales If this hit home, do one of two things: leave a review, or send it to a studio owner who needs to hear it. Money March Ep 1: 3 Steps to Unfuck Your Marketing (And Why Your Ads Aren't Working)

Most studio owners think their lead flow problem is an ads problem. It's not. In this episode — the first of our Money March series — we go live with Ryan to diagnose the real reason your marketing isn't hitting, and give you a step-by-step framework to fix it.

Plus, we debut something we've never shown publicly before: GAV, the Geronimo Avatar Creator — an AI bot built specifically to help studio owners unlock their ideal member avatar and craft their hero narrative in real time. If you've been throwing money at ads without results, or posting content that gets zero traction, this one's for you. What you'll learn in this episode: • The #1 reason your marketing is invisible (and it's not your budget) • Why "women 25–68" is a lazy avatar — and what to do instead • The 3 mistakes killing studio owners' lead flow right now • How to find out exactly who your ideal member really is using the Avatar 550 framework • The EPIC content formula: the 4 types of posts that actually attract the right people • Why polished creative is working against you in 2026 • A live demo of Gav — our AI avatar creator — building a complete hero narrative from scratch in under 10 minutes The 3 Steps to Unfuck Your Marketing: 1. Define who they were before they found you — Stop guessing. Interview 10–50 current members using the 5 key questions (link below). The gold is in who they were before you fixed their problem. 2. Build the frown-to-smile offer — Stop selling access (unlimited classes, $21 trials). Start showing people exactly how you take them from where they are to where they want to be — in a way no one else can. 3. Fix your creative — Raw and real beats polished every time in 2026. We're in a trust recession. In-feed, authentic content stops the scroll. Timetable posts do not. The EPIC Content Formula: • E — Edutainment (turn your FAQs into content) • P — Proof (the human transformation story, not just before/after photos) • I — Invitation (lead magnets, story CTAs, hand-raisers) • C — Connection (founder-led storytelling — people buy from people, not logos) Resources mentioned: • 🤖 Gav — The Geronimo Avatar Creator → https://bit.ly/p-geronimo-avatar-creator • 📋 The Avatar 550 (5 questions × 50 members) → https://bit.ly/p-avatar-550 • 📞 Free 15-minute studio checkup → https://bit.ly/4kZSlya

Chapters: 00:00:00 Your lead problem isn't ads 00:01:13 Mistake #1: Too broad 00:02:46 Mistake #2: Generic offer 00:03:36 Mistake #3: Wrong creative 00:05:32 The Avatar 550 framework 00:08:54 Frown to smile offer 00:10:21 Choosing your avatar 00:11:07 The student gym story 00:13:37 The EPIC content formula 00:15:05 Why before & afters don't work 00:15:55 The invitation play 00:16:01 Founder-led content 00:17:54 LIVE: Gav AI demo 00:19:00 Building a hero narrative 00:25:01 The hero narrative reveal 00:27:31 How to access Gav free 00:29:47 Money March: what's next This is part of Money March — our 3-episode series on making more money in your studio: • Ep 1: Unfuck your marketing ← you're here • Ep 2: Build a profitable offer that attracts your ideal avatar • Ep 3: Nail your sales If this hit home, do one of two things: leave a review, or send it to a studio owner who needs to hear it.

]]> 1869 Use Your Business to Make $20M This episode was recorded live at the Geronimo Sydney Summit in front of 150 studio owners. Doza sat down with Danny - Geronimo's in-house finance coach and the man behind the Profit Coaching Academy- to deliver the keynote that had the room silent. For the first time, we're sharing it with the full podcast audience. This one isn't about revenue. It's about what you actually do with it. Most studio owners are working harder than almost anyone they know. Revenue is growing. The business is getting stronger. But net worth is barely moving. That's not a hustle problem — that's an education and intention problem. This keynote fixes it. Here's the number that should stick: get a million dollar studio to 30% profit — that's $300K. Investing just 12.8% of that ($3,200/month) over 40 years gets your family to $20 million. This episode shows you exactly how. IN THIS EPISODE: Why effort and income grow — but net worth stays flat The 4 Capitals: Effort → Knowledge → Relationship → Financial "You can be profitable and still retire broke" The Cash Flow Quadrant for studio owners (E → S → B → I) Poor vs rich cash flow patterns Profit First bank account structure (business + personal) ETF index funds — the simplest starting point Mortgage vs investing: the actual maths The compound interest numbers (write these down) The jet ski story: $50K = $6.7M over 30 years The $3,200/month formula to $20M FOCUS: Follow One Course Until Successful Tax structures: trusts, super, investing companies 6 practical steps to start building wealth now THE BIG IDEA: The gym is your vehicle. Financial freedom is your destination. The hardest part isn't the investing — it's getting to the million. You're already doing that work. Now make it count. TAKE ACTION: Book your free 15-minute studio wealth checkup: https://info.kellypartners.com.au/free-financial-health-check Apply for the Geronimo Academy: thegeronimoacademy.com/apply Subscribe + leave a review — it helps more studio owners find the show Connect with us: Website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com IG Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy IG Hey.Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza CHAPTERS: (0:00) Welcome to the Sydney Summit (1:00) Why your net worth isn't growing (5:50) Profitable and still retire broke (6:30) The 4 Capitals Framework (9:10) Your gym is a vehicle (11:10) The Cash Flow Quadrant explained (18:40) Invest first, spend what's left (21:00) Where to start investing (31:10) Mortgage vs investing: the maths (37:49) The jet ski story ($6.7 million) (38:50) The compound interest numbers (44:43) The 12.8% formula to $20 million (49:00) 6 steps to start building wealth (52:49) Free studio checkup Tue, 10 Mar 2026 19:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios This episode was recorded live at the Geronimo Sydney Summit in front of 150 studio owners. Doza sat down with Danny - Geronimo's in-house finance coach and the man behind the Profit Coaching Academy- to deliver the keynote that had the room silent. For the first time, we're sharing it with the full podcast audience. This one isn't about revenue. It's about what you actually do with it. Most studio owners are working harder than almost anyone they know. Revenue is growing. The business is getting stronger. But net worth is barely moving. That's not a hustle problem — that's an education and intention problem. This keynote fixes it. Here's the number that should stick: get a million dollar studio to 30% profit — that's $300K. Investing just 12.8% of that ($3,200/month) over 40 years gets your family to $20 million. This episode shows you exactly how. IN THIS EPISODE: Why effort and income grow — but net worth stays flat The 4 Capitals: Effort → Knowledge → Relationship → Financial "You can be profitable and still retire broke" The Cash Flow Quadrant for studio owners (E → S → B → I) Poor vs rich cash flow patterns Profit First bank account structure (business + personal) ETF index funds — the simplest starting point Mortgage vs investing: the actual maths The compound interest numbers (write these down) The jet ski story: $50K = $6.7M over 30 years The $3,200/month formula to $20M FOCUS: Follow One Course Until Successful Tax structures: trusts, super, investing companies 6 practical steps to start building wealth now THE BIG IDEA: The gym is your vehicle. Financial freedom is your destination. The hardest part isn't the investing — it's getting to the million. You're already doing that work. Now make it count. TAKE ACTION: Book your free 15-minute studio wealth checkup: https://info.kellypartners.com.au/free-financial-health-check Apply for the Geronimo Academy: thegeronimoacademy.com/apply Subscribe + leave a review — it helps more studio owners find the show Connect with us: Website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com IG Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy IG Hey.Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza CHAPTERS: (0:00) Welcome to the Sydney Summit (1:00) Why your net worth isn't growing (5:50) Profitable and still retire broke (6:30) The 4 Capitals Framework (9:10) Your gym is a vehicle (11:10) The Cash Flow Quadrant explained (18:40) Invest first, spend what's left (21:00) Where to start investing (31:10) Mortgage vs investing: the maths (37:49) The jet ski story ($6.7 million) (38:50) The compound interest numbers (44:43) The 12.8% formula to $20 million (49:00) 6 steps to start building wealth (52:49) Free studio checkup This episode was recorded live at the Geronimo Sydney Summit in front of 150 studio owners.

Doza sat down with Danny - Geronimo's in-house finance coach and the man behind the Profit Coaching Academy- to deliver the keynote that had the room silent.

For the first time, we're sharing it with the full podcast audience. This one isn't about revenue. It's about what you actually do with it. Most studio owners are working harder than almost anyone they know. Revenue is growing. The business is getting stronger. But net worth is barely moving. That's not a hustle problem — that's an education and intention problem. This keynote fixes it. Here's the number that should stick: get a million dollar studio to 30% profit — that's $300K. Investing just 12.8% of that ($3,200/month) over 40 years gets your family to $20 million. This episode shows you exactly how.

IN THIS EPISODE:

  • Why effort and income grow — but net worth stays flat
  • The 4 Capitals: Effort → Knowledge → Relationship → Financial
  • "You can be profitable and still retire broke"
  • The Cash Flow Quadrant for studio owners (E → S → B → I)
  • Poor vs rich cash flow patterns
  • Profit First bank account structure (business + personal)
  • ETF index funds — the simplest starting point
  • Mortgage vs investing: the actual maths
  • The compound interest numbers (write these down)
  • The jet ski story: $50K = $6.7M over 30 years
  • The $3,200/month formula to $20M
  • FOCUS: Follow One Course Until Successful
  • Tax structures: trusts, super, investing companies
  • 6 practical steps to start building wealth now

THE BIG IDEA:

The gym is your vehicle. Financial freedom is your destination. The hardest part isn't the investing — it's getting to the million. You're already doing that work. Now make it count.

TAKE ACTION:

Book your free 15-minute studio wealth checkup: https://info.kellypartners.com.au/free-financial-health-check Apply for the Geronimo Academy: thegeronimoacademy.com/apply Subscribe + leave a review — it helps more studio owners find the show Connect with us: Website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com IG Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy IG Hey.Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza


CHAPTERS:

(0:00) Welcome to the Sydney Summit (1:00) Why your net worth isn't growing (5:50) Profitable and still retire broke (6:30) The 4 Capitals Framework (9:10) Your gym is a vehicle (11:10) The Cash Flow Quadrant explained (18:40) Invest first, spend what's left (21:00) Where to start investing (31:10) Mortgage vs investing: the maths (37:49) The jet ski story ($6.7 million) (38:50) The compound interest numbers (44:43) The 12.8% formula to $20 million (49:00) 6 steps to start building wealth (52:49) Free studio checkup

]]> 3215 The $1M Golden Cage: Why Successful Studios Still Can’t Scale If you’re stuck in a golden cage and don’t know where to start, book your free 15-minute studio checkup here and let’s find the gaps. We get it ... on paper, your studio looks successful. Revenue is solid. Members love the experience. Your community is strong. Being stuck in the Golden Cage is one of the biggest hidden problems in studio growth and gym scaling … and most owners don’t realise they’re in it. Most studio owners believe scaling requires more leads, better marketing, more ads, more hustle But what if the real bottleneck isn’t lead generation? What if it’s the lack of scalable fitness business systems underneath your revenue? In this episode of Geronimo Unfiltered, we break down: Why even high-performing gyms can’t grow past a certain point The leadership mistake that keeps owners stuck on the floor Why “it’s easier if I do it myself” kills scale The hidden gap in most fitness business systems The shift required to move from operator to CEO If you care about: Studio growth Gym scaling Building systems in your fitness business Increasing retention without burnout And ... creating consistency across your team You’ll want to listen to this one all the way through. Here's the reality no one talks about when you're a studio owner. You might be: Coaching too many sessions Handling sales yourself Approving everything Fixing small problems daily And then wondering why scaling feels messy. It’s not a marketing issue. It’s a systems issue. Without the right structure, your gym or studio can grow revenue … but it can’t grow freedom. Scaling a gym or studio isn’t about doing more. It’s about building systems your team can execute without you. If you want to generate more leads, improve retention … and build real fitness business systems without burning out, connect with us at Geronimo Academy. Website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com Instagram (Geronimo): https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Instagram (Doza): https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa Chapters 00:00 - The $1M Golden Cage 01:05 - Why successful gyms still feel stuck 03:10 - The missing piece in fitness business systems 08:20 - The 60% execution problem in studios 10:30 - Perfectionism & control in gym leadership 14:00 - Why scaling requires inspection, not effort 17:15 - The leadership shift from coach to CEO 23:30 - The structure behind scalable studio growth 31:00 - Why “I’ll just do it myself” kills gym scaling 39:20 - The 30-day breakout challenge 45:20 - How to start scaling properly Tue, 03 Mar 2026 19:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios If you’re stuck in a golden cage and don’t know where to start, book your free 15-minute studio checkup here and let’s find the gaps. We get it ... on paper, your studio looks successful. Revenue is solid. Members love the experience. Your community is strong. Being stuck in the Golden Cage is one of the biggest hidden problems in studio growth and gym scaling … and most owners don’t realise they’re in it. Most studio owners believe scaling requires more leads, better marketing, more ads, more hustle But what if the real bottleneck isn’t lead generation? What if it’s the lack of scalable fitness business systems underneath your revenue? In this episode of Geronimo Unfiltered, we break down: Why even high-performing gyms can’t grow past a certain point The leadership mistake that keeps owners stuck on the floor Why “it’s easier if I do it myself” kills scale The hidden gap in most fitness business systems The shift required to move from operator to CEO If you care about: Studio growth Gym scaling Building systems in your fitness business Increasing retention without burnout And ... creating consistency across your team You’ll want to listen to this one all the way through. Here's the reality no one talks about when you're a studio owner. You might be: Coaching too many sessions Handling sales yourself Approving everything Fixing small problems daily And then wondering why scaling feels messy. It’s not a marketing issue. It’s a systems issue. Without the right structure, your gym or studio can grow revenue … but it can’t grow freedom. Scaling a gym or studio isn’t about doing more. It’s about building systems your team can execute without you. If you want to generate more leads, improve retention … and build real fitness business systems without burning out, connect with us at Geronimo Academy. Website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com Instagram (Geronimo): https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Instagram (Doza): https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa Chapters 00:00 - The $1M Golden Cage 01:05 - Why successful gyms still feel stuck 03:10 - The missing piece in fitness business systems 08:20 - The 60% execution problem in studios 10:30 - Perfectionism & control in gym leadership 14:00 - Why scaling requires inspection, not effort 17:15 - The leadership shift from coach to CEO 23:30 - The structure behind scalable studio growth 31:00 - Why “I’ll just do it myself” kills gym scaling 39:20 - The 30-day breakout challenge 45:20 - How to start scaling properly If you’re stuck in a golden cage and don’t know where to start, book your free 15-minute studio checkup here and let’s find the gaps.


We get it ... on paper, your studio looks successful.

Revenue is solid.

Members love the experience.

Your community is strong.


Being stuck in the Golden Cage is one of the biggest hidden problems in studio growth and gym scaling … and most owners don’t realise they’re in it.


Most studio owners believe scaling requires more leads, better marketing, more ads, more hustle


But what if the real bottleneck isn’t lead generation?


What if it’s the lack of scalable fitness business systems underneath your revenue?


In this episode of Geronimo Unfiltered, we break down:


  • Why even high-performing gyms can’t grow past a certain point
  • The leadership mistake that keeps owners stuck on the floor
  • Why “it’s easier if I do it myself” kills scale
  • The hidden gap in most fitness business systems
  • The shift required to move from operator to CEO


If you care about:

  • Studio growth
  • Gym scaling
  • Building systems in your fitness business
  • Increasing retention without burnout
  • And ... creating consistency across your team


You’ll want to listen to this one all the way through.


Here's the reality no one talks about when you're a studio owner.


You might be:

  • Coaching too many sessions
  • Handling sales yourself
  • Approving everything
  • Fixing small problems daily

And then wondering why scaling feels messy.


It’s not a marketing issue. It’s a systems issue.


Without the right structure, your gym or studio can grow revenue … but it can’t grow freedom.


Scaling a gym or studio isn’t about doing more. It’s about building systems your team can execute without you.


If you want to generate more leads, improve retention … and build real fitness business systems without burning out, connect with us at Geronimo Academy.

Website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com

Instagram (Geronimo): https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy

Instagram (Doza): https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa


Chapters

00:00 - The $1M Golden Cage

01:05 - Why successful gyms still feel stuck

03:10 - The missing piece in fitness business systems

08:20 - The 60% execution problem in studios

10:30 - Perfectionism & control in gym leadership

14:00 - Why scaling requires inspection, not effort

17:15 - The leadership shift from coach to CEO

23:30 - The structure behind scalable studio growth

31:00 - Why “I’ll just do it myself” kills gym scaling

39:20 - The 30-day breakout challenge

45:20 - How to start scaling properly

]]> 2781 From $300K Profit to $20M: What To Do With Your Gym’s Money (So It Actually Builds Wealth) Download the Episode 4 workbook → https://bit.ly/p-finance-in-february-workbook This episode is part of our 4-part Finance February series. Watch the full series here → https://youtube.com/playlist?list=PLKi-7Pfz-69k5RqQyH-xU6EUe9Vk1_6LS&si=rzltOTe_pRerUshH This is the episode where the money finally means something. You’ve built awareness (Episode 1). You’ve created rhythm (Episode 2). You’ve learned how to make decisions and get paid properly (Episode 3). Now comes the real question: What do you actually do with the money? Because profit without intention just turns into: – Dumb spending – Panic tax decisions – Or a bigger business that still owns you. This episode is about turning profit into freedom, wealth, and optionality — not more stress.In this episode, you’ll learn: 1) The order of operations for money (most owners get this backwards) Profit isn’t for random spending. There’s a sequence: – Pay yourself properly – Allocate for tax on purpose – Decide how much stays in the business – Decide how much gets extracted – Then invest deliberately Miss the order and you’ll always feel broke, even when the numbers look good. 2) Why “reinvest everything” keeps owners stuck Reinvestment without rules is just unpaid labour in disguise. You’ll learn how to reinvest with intention, so the business grows and your life improves. 3) The difference between business wealth and personal wealth A valuable business is not the same as personal security. We break down how to: – Build cash buffers – Separate business risk from life money – Avoid having your entire net worth trapped inside your gym 4) Smarter tax decisions (not dodgy write-offs) Buying stuff to “save tax” is one of the most expensive mistakes owners make. You’ll learn how to: – Plan tax early – Use profit allocation instead of panic spending – Make decisions your future self won’t regret 5) Designing a business that serves your life This is where finance becomes personal. What’s the point of profit if: – You’re still stressed – You still can’t switch off – You still feel guilty spending money? This episode ties the numbers back to why you started. Homework: Your homework for Episode 4 is to decide what your profit is for. Download the workbook here → https://bit.ly/p-finance-in-february-workbook Then choose ONE: Set a profit allocation rule Decide how much stays in the business vs comes out Create a tax buffer (on purpose, not in panic) Decide what “enough” actually looks like for your life Map how profit turns into freedom over the next 12–36 months Write it down. Put it in the calendar. Stop winging it. What’s next? That wraps Finance February. If this series changed how you think about money, decisions, or your role as an owner, go back and rewatch it as a system, not four random episodes. Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w Chapters 00:00 – Episode 4: what the money is actually for 01:10 – The order of operations for profit 04:30 – Why reinvesting everything keeps you stuck 08:20 – Business wealth vs personal wealth 12:45 – Tax planning without dumb spending 18:10 – Designing a business that serves your life 24:30 – Profit, freedom, and optionality 31:00 – Homework: decide what your profit is for 34:00 – Finance February wrap-up Tue, 24 Feb 2026 17:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Download the Episode 4 workbook → https://bit.ly/p-finance-in-february-workbook This episode is part of our 4-part Finance February series. Watch the full series here → https://youtube.com/playlist?list=PLKi-7Pfz-69k5RqQyH-xU6EUe9Vk1_6LS&si=rzltOTe_pRerUshH This is the episode where the money finally means something. You’ve built awareness (Episode 1). You’ve created rhythm (Episode 2). You’ve learned how to make decisions and get paid properly (Episode 3). Now comes the real question: What do you actually do with the money? Because profit without intention just turns into: – Dumb spending – Panic tax decisions – Or a bigger business that still owns you. This episode is about turning profit into freedom, wealth, and optionality — not more stress.In this episode, you’ll learn: 1) The order of operations for money (most owners get this backwards) Profit isn’t for random spending. There’s a sequence: – Pay yourself properly – Allocate for tax on purpose – Decide how much stays in the business – Decide how much gets extracted – Then invest deliberately Miss the order and you’ll always feel broke, even when the numbers look good. 2) Why “reinvest everything” keeps owners stuck Reinvestment without rules is just unpaid labour in disguise. You’ll learn how to reinvest with intention, so the business grows and your life improves. 3) The difference between business wealth and personal wealth A valuable business is not the same as personal security. We break down how to: – Build cash buffers – Separate business risk from life money – Avoid having your entire net worth trapped inside your gym 4) Smarter tax decisions (not dodgy write-offs) Buying stuff to “save tax” is one of the most expensive mistakes owners make. You’ll learn how to: – Plan tax early – Use profit allocation instead of panic spending – Make decisions your future self won’t regret 5) Designing a business that serves your life This is where finance becomes personal. What’s the point of profit if: – You’re still stressed – You still can’t switch off – You still feel guilty spending money? This episode ties the numbers back to why you started. Homework: Your homework for Episode 4 is to decide what your profit is for. Download the workbook here → https://bit.ly/p-finance-in-february-workbook Then choose ONE: Set a profit allocation rule Decide how much stays in the business vs comes out Create a tax buffer (on purpose, not in panic) Decide what “enough” actually looks like for your life Map how profit turns into freedom over the next 12–36 months Write it down. Put it in the calendar. Stop winging it. What’s next? That wraps Finance February. If this series changed how you think about money, decisions, or your role as an owner, go back and rewatch it as a system, not four random episodes. Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w Chapters 00:00 – Episode 4: what the money is actually for 01:10 – The order of operations for profit 04:30 – Why reinvesting everything keeps you stuck 08:20 – Business wealth vs personal wealth 12:45 – Tax planning without dumb spending 18:10 – Designing a business that serves your life 24:30 – Profit, freedom, and optionality 31:00 – Homework: decide what your profit is for 34:00 – Finance February wrap-up Download the Episode 4 workbook → https://bit.ly/p-finance-in-february-workbook


This episode is part of our 4-part Finance February series.

Watch the full series here → https://youtube.com/playlist?list=PLKi-7Pfz-69k5RqQyH-xU6EUe9Vk1_6LS&si=rzltOTe_pRerUshH


This is the episode where the money finally means something.

You’ve built awareness (Episode 1).

You’ve created rhythm (Episode 2).

You’ve learned how to make decisions and get paid properly (Episode 3).


Now comes the real question:

What do you actually do with the money?


Because profit without intention just turns into:

– Dumb spending

– Panic tax decisions

– Or a bigger business that still owns you.


This episode is about turning profit into freedom, wealth, and optionality — not more stress.In this episode, you’ll learn:


1) The order of operations for money (most owners get this backwards)

Profit isn’t for random spending.

There’s a sequence:

– Pay yourself properly

– Allocate for tax on purpose

– Decide how much stays in the business

– Decide how much gets extracted

– Then invest deliberately


Miss the order and you’ll always feel broke, even when the numbers look good.


2) Why “reinvest everything” keeps owners stuck

Reinvestment without rules is just unpaid labour in disguise.

You’ll learn how to reinvest with intention, so the business grows and your life improves.


3) The difference between business wealth and personal wealth

A valuable business is not the same as personal security.

We break down how to:

– Build cash buffers

– Separate business risk from life money

– Avoid having your entire net worth trapped inside your gym


4) Smarter tax decisions (not dodgy write-offs)

Buying stuff to “save tax” is one of the most expensive mistakes owners make.

You’ll learn how to:

– Plan tax early

– Use profit allocation instead of panic spending

– Make decisions your future self won’t regret


5) Designing a business that serves your life

This is where finance becomes personal.

What’s the point of profit if:

– You’re still stressed

– You still can’t switch off

– You still feel guilty spending money?


This episode ties the numbers back to why you started.


Homework:

Your homework for Episode 4 is to decide what your profit is for.

Download the workbook here → https://bit.ly/p-finance-in-february-workbook


Then choose ONE:

Set a profit allocation rule

Decide how much stays in the business vs comes out

Create a tax buffer (on purpose, not in panic)

Decide what “enough” actually looks like for your life

Map how profit turns into freedom over the next 12–36 months

Write it down.

Put it in the calendar.

Stop winging it.


What’s next?


That wraps Finance February.


If this series changed how you think about money, decisions, or your role as an owner, go back and rewatch it as a system, not four random episodes.


Connect with us:

My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠

IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠

IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠

LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠


Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS?

Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya

Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout?

Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w


Chapters

00:00 – Episode 4: what the money is actually for

01:10 – The order of operations for profit

04:30 – Why reinvesting everything keeps you stuck

08:20 – Business wealth vs personal wealth

12:45 – Tax planning without dumb spending

18:10 – Designing a business that serves your life

24:30 – Profit, freedom, and optionality

31:00 – Homework: decide what your profit is for

34:00 – Finance February wrap-up

]]> 2222 The Decisions That Finally Get Studio & Gym Owners Paid Download the Episode 3 workbook → https://bit.ly/p-finance-in-february-workbook This episode is part of our 4-part Finance February series and in episode #3 we stop looking at numbers … and start using them. You’ve got awareness (Episode 1). You’ve got rhythm (Episode 2). Now it’s: what decisions are you making off the back of it? Because the goal isn’t “be good at finance”… it’s get paid properly and make calls like hiring/spending based on rules - not emotions. In this episode, you’ll learn: 1) Owner pay vs profit (and why most owners stay broke). Owner pay = the salary you’d have to pay someone to replace you (fair market wage) Profit = what’s left after the business runs properly (and then becomes dividends / drawings / extras) Most owners think they’re profitable… because they’re paying themselves $0 (that’s not profit, that’s unpaid wages) 2) The “Abducted You” test for owner salary. If you got abducted tomorrow … what would you list your job ad for? That’s your “owner salary” number? 3) Decision rules for hiring (and the 40% labour trigger). Hiring isn’t a feelings decision; it’s a ratio decision. You get “permission to hire” when you’re around the labour % you’re targeting (the example used: ~40%) BUT only if you’re hiring to grow revenue, not to “buy time” and watch Netflix. Labour % moves like stairs: hire → % goes up → revenue growth brings it back down → repeat 4) Stop spending based on vibes (use guardrails, not handcuffs) Forecasting + ratios are guardrails so you don’t go broke. They’re not handcuffs that stop you going big. You can break the rules - but only deliberately with a plan to bring ratios back 5) The true cost of a staff member (it’s not the salary) A “$100k staff member” is not $100k. Add in things like:Super, Leave coverage, Workers comp, Payroll tax (if you’re over threshold)…and you’re closer to $130k+ in real cost. If you don’t model this properly, you’ll hire early and wonder where your profit went. 6) Smarter team design (local vs offshore + base + variable) Don’t pay Aussie rates for tasks that don’t require Aussie expertise Split roles: high-value work stays local, repeatable/admin gets systemised/offshored Base + variable pay models can reduce risk and align performance. Pick one of these and decide it using the numbers (not vibes): Set your owner salary (fair market wage) Separate owner pay vs profit Decide a dividend rule (how profit gets extracted) Create a hiring rule (based on ratios, not emotions) Create a spending rule (business case + cash impact) Redesign your workforce mix (what must be local vs can be offshored) Make one decision. Put it in writing. Put it in the calendar. Want the Sidekicks? (AI-powered assistants + offshore support) DM Doza on Instagram @hey.doza with the word: SIDEKICKS What’s next? Episode 4 is the payoff: what to do with the money (life, wealth, long-term strategy, without doing dumb tax “business write-off” stuff). Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Chapters 00:00 – Episode 3: Decisions + getting paid 00:30 – Owner pay vs profit (why they’re different) 02:05 – The “abducted you” test (owner salary) 03:30 – The danger of “profit” when you pay yourself $0 05:55 – Fixing it when you can’t afford your salary (sales vs overhiring) 08:00 – Profit vs dividends 12:00 – Decision rules: when to hire vs wait 13:15 – The “labour % staircase” explained 15:35 – Vibe spending vs deliberate spending 19:20 – True cost of a staff member (it’s not the salary) Tue, 17 Feb 2026 23:44:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Download the Episode 3 workbook → https://bit.ly/p-finance-in-february-workbook This episode is part of our 4-part Finance February series and in episode #3 we stop looking at numbers … and start using them. You’ve got awareness (Episode 1). You’ve got rhythm (Episode 2). Now it’s: what decisions are you making off the back of it? Because the goal isn’t “be good at finance”… it’s get paid properly and make calls like hiring/spending based on rules - not emotions. In this episode, you’ll learn: 1) Owner pay vs profit (and why most owners stay broke). Owner pay = the salary you’d have to pay someone to replace you (fair market wage) Profit = what’s left after the business runs properly (and then becomes dividends / drawings / extras) Most owners think they’re profitable… because they’re paying themselves $0 (that’s not profit, that’s unpaid wages) 2) The “Abducted You” test for owner salary. If you got abducted tomorrow … what would you list your job ad for? That’s your “owner salary” number? 3) Decision rules for hiring (and the 40% labour trigger). Hiring isn’t a feelings decision; it’s a ratio decision. You get “permission to hire” when you’re around the labour % you’re targeting (the example used: ~40%) BUT only if you’re hiring to grow revenue, not to “buy time” and watch Netflix. Labour % moves like stairs: hire → % goes up → revenue growth brings it back down → repeat 4) Stop spending based on vibes (use guardrails, not handcuffs) Forecasting + ratios are guardrails so you don’t go broke. They’re not handcuffs that stop you going big. You can break the rules - but only deliberately with a plan to bring ratios back 5) The true cost of a staff member (it’s not the salary) A “$100k staff member” is not $100k. Add in things like:Super, Leave coverage, Workers comp, Payroll tax (if you’re over threshold)…and you’re closer to $130k+ in real cost. If you don’t model this properly, you’ll hire early and wonder where your profit went. 6) Smarter team design (local vs offshore + base + variable) Don’t pay Aussie rates for tasks that don’t require Aussie expertise Split roles: high-value work stays local, repeatable/admin gets systemised/offshored Base + variable pay models can reduce risk and align performance. Pick one of these and decide it using the numbers (not vibes): Set your owner salary (fair market wage) Separate owner pay vs profit Decide a dividend rule (how profit gets extracted) Create a hiring rule (based on ratios, not emotions) Create a spending rule (business case + cash impact) Redesign your workforce mix (what must be local vs can be offshored) Make one decision. Put it in writing. Put it in the calendar. Want the Sidekicks? (AI-powered assistants + offshore support) DM Doza on Instagram @hey.doza with the word: SIDEKICKS What’s next? Episode 4 is the payoff: what to do with the money (life, wealth, long-term strategy, without doing dumb tax “business write-off” stuff). Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Chapters 00:00 – Episode 3: Decisions + getting paid 00:30 – Owner pay vs profit (why they’re different) 02:05 – The “abducted you” test (owner salary) 03:30 – The danger of “profit” when you pay yourself $0 05:55 – Fixing it when you can’t afford your salary (sales vs overhiring) 08:00 – Profit vs dividends 12:00 – Decision rules: when to hire vs wait 13:15 – The “labour % staircase” explained 15:35 – Vibe spending vs deliberate spending 19:20 – True cost of a staff member (it’s not the salary) Download the Episode 3 workbook → https://bit.ly/p-finance-in-february-workbook


This episode is part of our 4-part Finance February series and in episode #3 we stop looking at numbers … and start using them.


You’ve got awareness (Episode 1).

You’ve got rhythm (Episode 2).

Now it’s: what decisions are you making off the back of it?


Because the goal isn’t “be good at finance”… it’s get paid properly and make calls like hiring/spending based on rules - not emotions.


In this episode, you’ll learn:


1) Owner pay vs profit (and why most owners stay broke).

Owner pay = the salary you’d have to pay someone to replace you (fair market wage)

Profit = what’s left after the business runs properly (and then becomes dividends / drawings / extras)

Most owners think they’re profitable… because they’re paying themselves $0 (that’s not profit, that’s unpaid wages)


2) The “Abducted You” test for owner salary.

If you got abducted tomorrow … what would you list your job ad for?

That’s your “owner salary” number?


3) Decision rules for hiring (and the 40% labour trigger).

Hiring isn’t a feelings decision; it’s a ratio decision. You get “permission to hire” when you’re around the labour % you’re targeting (the example used: ~40%) BUT only if you’re hiring to grow revenue, not to “buy time” and watch Netflix. Labour % moves like stairs: hire → % goes up → revenue growth brings it back down → repeat


4) Stop spending based on vibes (use guardrails, not handcuffs)

Forecasting + ratios are guardrails so you don’t go broke. They’re not handcuffs that stop you going big. You can break the rules - but only deliberately with a plan to bring ratios back


5) The true cost of a staff member (it’s not the salary)

A “$100k staff member” is not $100k. Add in things like:Super, Leave coverage, Workers comp, Payroll tax (if you’re over threshold)…and you’re closer to $130k+ in real cost. If you don’t model this properly, you’ll hire early and wonder where your profit went.


6) Smarter team design (local vs offshore + base + variable)

Don’t pay Aussie rates for tasks that don’t require Aussie expertise

Split roles: high-value work stays local, repeatable/admin gets systemised/offshored

Base + variable pay models can reduce risk and align performance.


Pick one of these and decide it using the numbers (not vibes):

Set your owner salary (fair market wage)

Separate owner pay vs profit

Decide a dividend rule (how profit gets extracted)

Create a hiring rule (based on ratios, not emotions)

Create a spending rule (business case + cash impact)

Redesign your workforce mix (what must be local vs can be offshored)

Make one decision. Put it in writing. Put it in the calendar.


Want the Sidekicks? (AI-powered assistants + offshore support)

DM Doza on Instagram @hey.doza with the word: SIDEKICKS


What’s next?

Episode 4 is the payoff: what to do with the money (life, wealth, long-term strategy, without doing dumb tax “business write-off” stuff).


Connect with us:

My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠

IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠

IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠

LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠


Chapters

00:00 – Episode 3: Decisions + getting paid

00:30 – Owner pay vs profit (why they’re different)

02:05 – The “abducted you” test (owner salary)

03:30 – The danger of “profit” when you pay yourself $0

05:55 – Fixing it when you can’t afford your salary (sales vs overhiring)

08:00 – Profit vs dividends

12:00 – Decision rules: when to hire vs wait

13:15 – The “labour % staircase” explained

15:35 – Vibe spending vs deliberate spending

19:20 – True cost of a staff member (it’s not the salary)

]]> 2281 From Money Surprises to Systems: How Studio Owners Take Control Download the Episode 2 workbook → https://bit.ly/p-finance-in-february-workbook ALL FINANCE FEBRUARY Episodes Episode #1 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xN9z9uNnfes&t=720s For studio owners, this episode shows you when to look at your numbers - so you stop getting end-of-month money surprises. If your finances feel like emotional whiplash (good week… then BAM, BAS/ATO/that random bill), this episode gives you a simple rhythm you can literally book into your calendar. Most studio owners don’t need “more finance knowledge”… they need a cadence. Because the goal isn’t to become an accountant - it’s to go from surprises → systems. This is Episode 2 of our 4-part Finance February series on the Geronimo Unfiltered podcast.Episode 1 was awareness (what numbers matter). Episode 2 is rhythm + planning (how often to look, what to review, and how to stay deliberate instead of reactive). In this episode, you’ll learn how to: • Build a simple financial rhythm across annual, quarterly, monthly, and weekly • Create an annual budget using last year’s trends + ratios • Use a reverse forecast (start with the profit you want, then work backwards) • Understand the difference between budgeting vs forecasting (hint: it’s about cash) • Set up a basic cash flow forecast (weekly view, 13 weeks ahead) • Run Finance Fridays so you’re managing numbers — not vibes • Use monthly numbers to make decisions: budget vs actual → course-correct • Stop managing the business by checking the bank account and “hoping” Homework (this is the big one) Your homework from this episode is to book the sessions into your calendar - because if it’s not booked, it’s not real. It helps you with forecasting in your business. Want us to do this LIVE? DM Doza on Instagram (@hey.doza) with the words: FORECAST LIVE … and if there’s enough interest, we’ll run a live session where we build this together. What’s next? This episode was all about containers, cadences, and getting it in the calendar. In Episode 3, we’re going into decision-making — now that your rhythm is set, what decisions do you make … and how do you get paid properly. Remember to Like, subscribe, and comment with your biggest takeaway — we read them all. Connect with us My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Chapters 00:00 – Episode 2 (Finance February): Rhythm + planning 00:22 – From surprises to systems 00:40 – The four cadences: annual / quarterly / monthly / weekly 01:03 – The goal: stop reacting emotionally, operate deliberately 01:22 – The real homework: book it in the calendar 01:46 – Annual planning = budgets + strategy 03:05 – Trends + ratios → plan the next 12 months 05:31 – Reverse forecasting (start with the profit you want) 07:24 – The point of profit: wealth + lifestyle + generational impact 10:41 – Cash flow forecast: why it matters 14:07 – Building a simple cash flow forecast (weekly view) 20:34 – Why this stops “bank balance decisions” 23:04 – Weekly weigh-in (Finance Fridays): what to track 26:10 – First 4 weeks are hardest — then it’s a 15-minute habit 28:11 – Monthly: budget vs actual + benchmarks 30:40 – Monthly overhead deep dive (subscription fat) 33:39 – Quarterly: priorities, focus, reduce shiny object chaos 39:05 – Budgeting vs forecasting (the difference is cash) 39:43 – Final homework recap: book the sessions Tue, 10 Feb 2026 17:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Download the Episode 2 workbook → https://bit.ly/p-finance-in-february-workbook ALL FINANCE FEBRUARY Episodes Episode #1 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xN9z9uNnfes&t=720s For studio owners, this episode shows you when to look at your numbers - so you stop getting end-of-month money surprises. If your finances feel like emotional whiplash (good week… then BAM, BAS/ATO/that random bill), this episode gives you a simple rhythm you can literally book into your calendar. Most studio owners don’t need “more finance knowledge”… they need a cadence. Because the goal isn’t to become an accountant - it’s to go from surprises → systems. This is Episode 2 of our 4-part Finance February series on the Geronimo Unfiltered podcast.Episode 1 was awareness (what numbers matter). Episode 2 is rhythm + planning (how often to look, what to review, and how to stay deliberate instead of reactive). In this episode, you’ll learn how to: • Build a simple financial rhythm across annual, quarterly, monthly, and weekly • Create an annual budget using last year’s trends + ratios • Use a reverse forecast (start with the profit you want, then work backwards) • Understand the difference between budgeting vs forecasting (hint: it’s about cash) • Set up a basic cash flow forecast (weekly view, 13 weeks ahead) • Run Finance Fridays so you’re managing numbers — not vibes • Use monthly numbers to make decisions: budget vs actual → course-correct • Stop managing the business by checking the bank account and “hoping” Homework (this is the big one) Your homework from this episode is to book the sessions into your calendar - because if it’s not booked, it’s not real. It helps you with forecasting in your business. Want us to do this LIVE? DM Doza on Instagram (@hey.doza) with the words: FORECAST LIVE … and if there’s enough interest, we’ll run a live session where we build this together. What’s next? This episode was all about containers, cadences, and getting it in the calendar. In Episode 3, we’re going into decision-making — now that your rhythm is set, what decisions do you make … and how do you get paid properly. Remember to Like, subscribe, and comment with your biggest takeaway — we read them all. Connect with us My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Chapters 00:00 – Episode 2 (Finance February): Rhythm + planning 00:22 – From surprises to systems 00:40 – The four cadences: annual / quarterly / monthly / weekly 01:03 – The goal: stop reacting emotionally, operate deliberately 01:22 – The real homework: book it in the calendar 01:46 – Annual planning = budgets + strategy 03:05 – Trends + ratios → plan the next 12 months 05:31 – Reverse forecasting (start with the profit you want) 07:24 – The point of profit: wealth + lifestyle + generational impact 10:41 – Cash flow forecast: why it matters 14:07 – Building a simple cash flow forecast (weekly view) 20:34 – Why this stops “bank balance decisions” 23:04 – Weekly weigh-in (Finance Fridays): what to track 26:10 – First 4 weeks are hardest — then it’s a 15-minute habit 28:11 – Monthly: budget vs actual + benchmarks 30:40 – Monthly overhead deep dive (subscription fat) 33:39 – Quarterly: priorities, focus, reduce shiny object chaos 39:05 – Budgeting vs forecasting (the difference is cash) 39:43 – Final homework recap: book the sessions Download the Episode 2 workbook → https://bit.ly/p-finance-in-february-workbook


ALL FINANCE FEBRUARY Episodes

Episode #1 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xN9z9uNnfes&t=720s


For studio owners, this episode shows you when to look at your numbers - so you stop getting end-of-month money surprises.


If your finances feel like emotional whiplash (good week… then BAM, BAS/ATO/that random bill), this episode gives you a simple rhythm you can literally book into your calendar.


Most studio owners don’t need “more finance knowledge”… they need a cadence. Because the goal isn’t to become an accountant - it’s to go from surprises → systems.


This is Episode 2 of our 4-part Finance February series on the Geronimo Unfiltered podcast.Episode 1 was awareness (what numbers matter).


Episode 2 is rhythm + planning (how often to look, what to review, and how to stay deliberate instead of reactive).

In this episode, you’ll learn how to:


• Build a simple financial rhythm across annual, quarterly, monthly, and weekly

• Create an annual budget using last year’s trends + ratios

• Use a reverse forecast (start with the profit you want, then work backwards)

• Understand the difference between budgeting vs forecasting (hint: it’s about cash)

• Set up a basic cash flow forecast (weekly view, 13 weeks ahead)

• Run Finance Fridays so you’re managing numbers — not vibes

• Use monthly numbers to make decisions: budget vs actual → course-correct

• Stop managing the business by checking the bank account and “hoping”


Homework (this is the big one)

Your homework from this episode is to book the sessions into your calendar - because if it’s not booked, it’s not real. It helps you with forecasting in your business.


Want us to do this LIVE?


DM Doza on Instagram (@hey.doza) with the words: FORECAST LIVE … and if there’s enough interest, we’ll run a live session where we build this together.


What’s next?


This episode was all about containers, cadences, and getting it in the calendar.


In Episode 3, we’re going into decision-making — now that your rhythm is set, what decisions do you make … and how do you get paid properly.


Remember to Like, subscribe, and comment with your biggest takeaway — we read them all.


Connect with us

My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠

IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠

IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠

LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠


Chapters

00:00 – Episode 2 (Finance February): Rhythm + planning

00:22 – From surprises to systems

00:40 – The four cadences: annual / quarterly / monthly / weekly

01:03 – The goal: stop reacting emotionally, operate deliberately

01:22 – The real homework: book it in the calendar

01:46 – Annual planning = budgets + strategy

03:05 – Trends + ratios → plan the next 12 months

05:31 – Reverse forecasting (start with the profit you want)

07:24 – The point of profit: wealth + lifestyle + generational impact

10:41 – Cash flow forecast: why it matters

14:07 – Building a simple cash flow forecast (weekly view)

20:34 – Why this stops “bank balance decisions”

23:04 – Weekly weigh-in (Finance Fridays): what to track

26:10 – First 4 weeks are hardest — then it’s a 15-minute habit

28:11 – Monthly: budget vs actual + benchmarks

30:40 – Monthly overhead deep dive (subscription fat)

33:39 – Quarterly: priorities, focus, reduce shiny object chaos

39:05 – Budgeting vs forecasting (the difference is cash)

39:43 – Final homework recap: book the sessions

]]> 2531 Why Most Studio Profits Die Before the End of the Month Download your workbook here → https://bit.ly/p-finance-in-february-workbook For studio owners, this episode breaks down the only financial numbers that actually matter to run a profitable business. If your Profit & Loss stresses you out or you avoid your numbers altogether, this episode will change how you think about money in your business. → Want to scale your studio and generate more leads? https://bit.ly/4kZSlya → Want proven systems to grow without burnout? https://bit.ly/44XoX5w Most studio owners aren’t bad with money - they’re just looking at the wrong numbers. If opening your Profit & Loss statement makes you feel confused, overwhelmed, or like you “should probably talk to your accountant one day”… this episode is for you. This is Episode 1 of our 4-part Finance February series on the Geronimo Unfiltered podcast. Across this series, we’re breaking down financial literacy for studio owners in plain English - no spreadsheets, no shame and no accounting degree required. In this episode, we lay the foundation. If you don’t understand this part, everything else feels harder than it needs to be.By the end of this episode, you’ll be able to: • Stop saying “I’m bad with numbers” and start saying “I just didn’t know what to look at” • Understand the difference between revenue, profit and cash (and why revenue is vanity) • Read a Profit & Loss statement without panic • Identify the only numbers that actually matter in a studio business • Know what a financially healthy studio actually looks like • Understand simple ratio benchmarks for labour, rent, overheads and profit • Spot the two biggest profit killers for studio owners: overspending on If you want this episode to actually change your business, don’t skip this part. After listening ... here's your homework: 1) Ask your accountant for your last 12 months of Profit & Loss (or log into your accounting software and find it yourself) 2) Calculate your current ratios: - Labour as a percentage of revenue - Rent as a percentage of revenue - Total overheads - Operating profit 3) Compare your numbers to the benchmarks discussed in this episode 4) Bonus power move: ask your accountant to clean up your chart of accounts so your P&L is easy to understand at a glance. This episode kicks off Finance February. In Episode 2, we’ll map out budgeting and forecasting - without overwhelm. Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Chapters: 00:00 – Welcome to Finance February 01:45 – Why studio owners avoid their numbers 04:55 – “I’m bad with numbers” (and why that’s not true) 07:10 – Revenue vs profit vs cash 11:30 – Breaking down a P&L in plain English 14:20 – What counts as direct labour 18:45 – Labour cost benchmarks (and common mistakes) 23:10 – Rent benchmarks and lease red flags 27:05 – Overheads: what matters and what doesn’t 31:45 – What healthy profit actually looks like 35:20 – The two biggest profit killers 38:50 – Homework & what’s coming next Tue, 03 Feb 2026 17:01:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Download your workbook here → https://bit.ly/p-finance-in-february-workbook For studio owners, this episode breaks down the only financial numbers that actually matter to run a profitable business. If your Profit & Loss stresses you out or you avoid your numbers altogether, this episode will change how you think about money in your business. → Want to scale your studio and generate more leads? https://bit.ly/4kZSlya → Want proven systems to grow without burnout? https://bit.ly/44XoX5w Most studio owners aren’t bad with money - they’re just looking at the wrong numbers. If opening your Profit & Loss statement makes you feel confused, overwhelmed, or like you “should probably talk to your accountant one day”… this episode is for you. This is Episode 1 of our 4-part Finance February series on the Geronimo Unfiltered podcast. Across this series, we’re breaking down financial literacy for studio owners in plain English - no spreadsheets, no shame and no accounting degree required. In this episode, we lay the foundation. If you don’t understand this part, everything else feels harder than it needs to be.By the end of this episode, you’ll be able to: • Stop saying “I’m bad with numbers” and start saying “I just didn’t know what to look at” • Understand the difference between revenue, profit and cash (and why revenue is vanity) • Read a Profit & Loss statement without panic • Identify the only numbers that actually matter in a studio business • Know what a financially healthy studio actually looks like • Understand simple ratio benchmarks for labour, rent, overheads and profit • Spot the two biggest profit killers for studio owners: overspending on If you want this episode to actually change your business, don’t skip this part. After listening ... here's your homework: 1) Ask your accountant for your last 12 months of Profit & Loss (or log into your accounting software and find it yourself) 2) Calculate your current ratios: - Labour as a percentage of revenue - Rent as a percentage of revenue - Total overheads - Operating profit 3) Compare your numbers to the benchmarks discussed in this episode 4) Bonus power move: ask your accountant to clean up your chart of accounts so your P&L is easy to understand at a glance. This episode kicks off Finance February. In Episode 2, we’ll map out budgeting and forecasting - without overwhelm. Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Chapters: 00:00 – Welcome to Finance February 01:45 – Why studio owners avoid their numbers 04:55 – “I’m bad with numbers” (and why that’s not true) 07:10 – Revenue vs profit vs cash 11:30 – Breaking down a P&L in plain English 14:20 – What counts as direct labour 18:45 – Labour cost benchmarks (and common mistakes) 23:10 – Rent benchmarks and lease red flags 27:05 – Overheads: what matters and what doesn’t 31:45 – What healthy profit actually looks like 35:20 – The two biggest profit killers 38:50 – Homework & what’s coming next Download your workbook here → https://bit.ly/p-finance-in-february-workbook


For studio owners, this episode breaks down the only financial numbers that actually matter to run a profitable business.


If your Profit & Loss stresses you out or you avoid your numbers altogether, this episode will change how you think about money in your business.


→ Want to scale your studio and generate more leads? https://bit.ly/4kZSlya

→ Want proven systems to grow without burnout? https://bit.ly/44XoX5w


Most studio owners aren’t bad with money - they’re just looking at the wrong numbers.


If opening your Profit & Loss statement makes you feel confused, overwhelmed, or like you “should probably talk to your accountant one day”… this episode is for you.


This is Episode 1 of our 4-part Finance February series on the Geronimo Unfiltered podcast. Across this series, we’re breaking down financial literacy for studio owners in plain English - no spreadsheets, no shame and no accounting degree required.


In this episode, we lay the foundation. If you don’t understand this part, everything else feels harder than it needs to be.By the end of this episode, you’ll be able to:


• Stop saying “I’m bad with numbers” and start saying “I just didn’t know what to look at”

• Understand the difference between revenue, profit and cash (and why revenue is vanity)

• Read a Profit & Loss statement without panic

• Identify the only numbers that actually matter in a studio business

• Know what a financially healthy studio actually looks like

• Understand simple ratio benchmarks for labour, rent, overheads and profit

• Spot the two biggest profit killers for studio owners: overspending on


If you want this episode to actually change your business, don’t skip this part.


After listening ... here's your homework:


1) Ask your accountant for your last 12 months of Profit & Loss (or log into your accounting software and find it yourself)


2) Calculate your current ratios:

- Labour as a percentage of revenue

- Rent as a percentage of revenue

- Total overheads

- Operating profit


3) Compare your numbers to the benchmarks discussed in this episode

4) Bonus power move: ask your accountant to clean up your chart of accounts so your P&L is easy to understand at a glance.


This episode kicks off Finance February.


In Episode 2, we’ll map out budgeting and forecasting - without overwhelm.


Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway.

We read them all.


Connect with us:

My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠

IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠

IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠

LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠


Chapters:

00:00 – Welcome to Finance February

01:45 – Why studio owners avoid their numbers

04:55 – “I’m bad with numbers” (and why that’s not true)

07:10 – Revenue vs profit vs cash

11:30 – Breaking down a P&L in plain English

14:20 – What counts as direct labour

18:45 – Labour cost benchmarks (and common mistakes)

23:10 – Rent benchmarks and lease red flags

27:05 – Overheads: what matters and what doesn’t

31:45 – What healthy profit actually looks like

35:20 – The two biggest profit killers

38:50 – Homework & what’s coming next

]]> 2598 How to Turn Ads Into Consistent Members for Your Studio (With our Ads Man, Pete) Let me know if I should host a live workshop with Pete to build your ads 1. Find me on instagram @Hey.Doza - ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ 2. Send me the message PETE, and I’ll add you to the waitlist If ads feel expensive, unpredictable, or stressful… it’s probably not the platform. In this episode, Doza sits down with Pete (our ads guy) to break down why most studio owners waste money on ads - and how the right system turns paid traffic into consistent members instead of random spikes and burnout. This isn’t theory. You’ll hear exactly how our ads system is built, why most studios fail after week two, and what actually makes ads work long-term - even in competitive local markets. If you’ve tried ads before, turned them off, or felt like they “just don’t work for your studio,” this episode will show you where things usually break - and how to fix them properly. Here’s what we’re covering: • Why most studio ads fail after the first 7-14 days • The biggest mistake owners make before they even launch ads • Why ads don’t fix broken systems - they expose them • The difference between leads, members, and actual growth • How our ads system creates consistency instead of chaos • What studios should have in place before spending a dollar on ads • Why “set and forget” ads quietly drain cash • The role speed, follow-up, and standards play in ad performance • How to judge ads properly (and what metrics actually matter) • Why most owners panic and turn ads off too early • The real job of ads inside a studio growth plan • How to stop guessing and start running ads with control • What predictable member growth from ads actually looks like in practice • Why ads feel stressful when there’s no system behind them • How to scale ads without burning yourself out or your team If you want ads to bring in consistent members - not headaches - this episode is for you. Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w —— Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Intro – Why Ads Feel Harder Than They Should ⏳ [00:02:05] Meet Pete: Our Ads Guy & Why Most Studios Get Ads Wrong ⏳ [00:05:10] The Truth About Ads: They Don’t Fix Broken Systems ⏳ [00:08:20] Why Most Studio Ads Die After 7–14 Days ⏳ [00:11:30] Leads vs Members: The Mistake That Skews Every Result ⏳ [00:14:45] What Ads Are Actually Meant to Do in a Studio Business ⏳ [00:18:10] Inside Our Ads System: How Consistency Is Created ⏳ [00:22:40] Why “Set and Forget” Ads Quietly Burn Cash ⏳ [00:26:15] Speed to Lead, Follow-Up & Why Ads Expose Weaknesses ⏳ [00:30:20] The Metrics That Matter (And What to Ignore) ⏳ [00:34:10] Why Most Owners Panic and Turn Ads Off Too Early ⏳ [00:37:55] What Predictable Member Growth from Ads Really Looks Like ⏳ [00:41:30] Scaling Ads Without Burning Out Your Team ⏳ [00:45:10] When Ads Feel Stressful, This Is Usually Why ⏳ [00:48:30] Final Reality Check: Ads Work When the System Does Tue, 27 Jan 2026 22:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Let me know if I should host a live workshop with Pete to build your ads 1. Find me on instagram @Hey.Doza - ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ 2. Send me the message PETE, and I’ll add you to the waitlist If ads feel expensive, unpredictable, or stressful… it’s probably not the platform. In this episode, Doza sits down with Pete (our ads guy) to break down why most studio owners waste money on ads - and how the right system turns paid traffic into consistent members instead of random spikes and burnout. This isn’t theory. You’ll hear exactly how our ads system is built, why most studios fail after week two, and what actually makes ads work long-term - even in competitive local markets. If you’ve tried ads before, turned them off, or felt like they “just don’t work for your studio,” this episode will show you where things usually break - and how to fix them properly. Here’s what we’re covering: • Why most studio ads fail after the first 7-14 days • The biggest mistake owners make before they even launch ads • Why ads don’t fix broken systems - they expose them • The difference between leads, members, and actual growth • How our ads system creates consistency instead of chaos • What studios should have in place before spending a dollar on ads • Why “set and forget” ads quietly drain cash • The role speed, follow-up, and standards play in ad performance • How to judge ads properly (and what metrics actually matter) • Why most owners panic and turn ads off too early • The real job of ads inside a studio growth plan • How to stop guessing and start running ads with control • What predictable member growth from ads actually looks like in practice • Why ads feel stressful when there’s no system behind them • How to scale ads without burning yourself out or your team If you want ads to bring in consistent members - not headaches - this episode is for you. Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w —— Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Intro – Why Ads Feel Harder Than They Should ⏳ [00:02:05] Meet Pete: Our Ads Guy & Why Most Studios Get Ads Wrong ⏳ [00:05:10] The Truth About Ads: They Don’t Fix Broken Systems ⏳ [00:08:20] Why Most Studio Ads Die After 7–14 Days ⏳ [00:11:30] Leads vs Members: The Mistake That Skews Every Result ⏳ [00:14:45] What Ads Are Actually Meant to Do in a Studio Business ⏳ [00:18:10] Inside Our Ads System: How Consistency Is Created ⏳ [00:22:40] Why “Set and Forget” Ads Quietly Burn Cash ⏳ [00:26:15] Speed to Lead, Follow-Up & Why Ads Expose Weaknesses ⏳ [00:30:20] The Metrics That Matter (And What to Ignore) ⏳ [00:34:10] Why Most Owners Panic and Turn Ads Off Too Early ⏳ [00:37:55] What Predictable Member Growth from Ads Really Looks Like ⏳ [00:41:30] Scaling Ads Without Burning Out Your Team ⏳ [00:45:10] When Ads Feel Stressful, This Is Usually Why ⏳ [00:48:30] Final Reality Check: Ads Work When the System Does Let me know if I should host a live workshop with Pete to build your ads

1. Find me on instagram @Hey.Doza - ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠

2. Send me the message PETE, and I’ll add you to the waitlist


If ads feel expensive, unpredictable, or stressful… it’s probably not the platform.


In this episode, Doza sits down with Pete (our ads guy) to break down why most studio owners waste money on ads - and how the right system turns paid traffic into consistent members instead of random spikes and burnout.


This isn’t theory.


You’ll hear exactly how our ads system is built, why most studios fail after week two, and what actually makes ads work long-term - even in competitive local markets.


If you’ve tried ads before, turned them off, or felt like they “just don’t work for your studio,” this episode will show you where things usually break - and how to fix them properly.


Here’s what we’re covering:


• Why most studio ads fail after the first 7-14 days

• The biggest mistake owners make before they even launch ads

• Why ads don’t fix broken systems - they expose them

• The difference between leads, members, and actual growth

• How our ads system creates consistency instead of chaos

• What studios should have in place before spending a dollar on ads

• Why “set and forget” ads quietly drain cash

• The role speed, follow-up, and standards play in ad performance

• How to judge ads properly (and what metrics actually matter)

• Why most owners panic and turn ads off too early

• The real job of ads inside a studio growth plan

• How to stop guessing and start running ads with control

• What predictable member growth from ads actually looks like in practice

• Why ads feel stressful when there’s no system behind them

• How to scale ads without burning yourself out or your team


If you want ads to bring in consistent members - not headaches - this episode is for you.


Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway.

We read them all.


Connect with us:

My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠

IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠

IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠

LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠


Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya


Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w


——


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] Intro – Why Ads Feel Harder Than They Should

⏳ [00:02:05] Meet Pete: Our Ads Guy & Why Most Studios Get Ads Wrong

⏳ [00:05:10] The Truth About Ads: They Don’t Fix Broken Systems

⏳ [00:08:20] Why Most Studio Ads Die After 7–14 Days

⏳ [00:11:30] Leads vs Members: The Mistake That Skews Every Result

⏳ [00:14:45] What Ads Are Actually Meant to Do in a Studio Business

⏳ [00:18:10] Inside Our Ads System: How Consistency Is Created

⏳ [00:22:40] Why “Set and Forget” Ads Quietly Burn Cash

⏳ [00:26:15] Speed to Lead, Follow-Up & Why Ads Expose Weaknesses

⏳ [00:30:20] The Metrics That Matter (And What to Ignore)

⏳ [00:34:10] Why Most Owners Panic and Turn Ads Off Too Early

⏳ [00:37:55] What Predictable Member Growth from Ads Really Looks Like

⏳ [00:41:30] Scaling Ads Without Burning Out Your Team

⏳ [00:45:10] When Ads Feel Stressful, This Is Usually Why

⏳ [00:48:30] Final Reality Check: Ads Work When the System Does

]]> 4187 Why Most Studio Owners Are Killing Their Own Sales Want the exact sales script used in this episode? Comment SCRIPT on the pinned post at 👉 @hey.doza on Instagram If sales feel harder than they should… it’s probably not the market. In this episode, Doza and Sophie break down why most studio owners are unknowingly killing their own sales - and how something as simple as not picking up the phone is costing them thousands in lost revenue every single month. This isn’t theory. You’ll hear a live mystery shop inside the episode, real conversion stats from hundreds of studios, and the exact standards required to win during the most important sales season of the year. If you own a studio and leads are coming in but sales aren’t sticking, this episode will show you exactly where things are breaking - and how to fix them fast. Here’s what we’re covering: • Why 55% of studio owners don’t answer the phone (and why it’s killing revenue) • The 3 biggest ways owners sabotage sales: timing, avoidance, and ignoring the script • Why sales is the lifeblood of every business - whether you like it or not • The harsh truth: if you don’t sell, you can’t help anyone • Why spring is “go time” - and how missing it can ruin your entire year • A live mystery shop sales call (unscripted and unfiltered) • What a good sales call actually sounds like in real life • How to establish trust, create urgency, and close without being pushy • Why most sales anxiety comes from not following a system • The difference between being “busy” and being effective • The Sale-A-Day standard - and why it solves most business problems • How to generate 100+ net members in 90 days without burnout • The real competitive advantage: speed, standards, and execution • Why free trials and weak offers quietly destroy conversion rates • The mindset shift required to stop avoiding sales and start leading properly If your phone is ringing and you’re not answering it - this episode is for you. Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and drop your biggest takeaway in the comments - we read every one. Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya](https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w](https://bit.ly/44XoX5w Connect with us: Website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ ⸻ Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Intro - Why Most Owners Are Killing Their Own Sales ⏳ [00:02:10] The Real Problem: Not Picking Up the Phone ⏳ [00:05:30] The Shocking Mystery Shop Stats (55% Don’t Answer) ⏳ [00:08:40] Why Sales Isn’t “Sleazy” - It’s Responsibility ⏳ [00:12:30] Seasonal Reality: Why Spring Is Make-or-Break ⏳ [00:16:00] LIVE Mystery Shop Sales Call (Unfiltered) ⏳ [00:23:30] Breaking Down the Call: What Worked & What Didn’t ⏳ [00:28:10] Following the Script vs “Winging It” ⏳ [00:32:45] Sales Anxiety: Where It Really Comes From ⏳ [00:36:30] Speed to Lead & Calling at the Right Times ⏳ [00:40:50] The Sale-A-Day Standard Explained ⏳ [00:44:40] How 100 Net Members in 90 Days Is Actually Possible ⏳ [00:48:30] Why Most Studios Lose Money Even When Leads Are Flowing ⏳ [00:52:10] The Real Competitive Advantage (It’s Not Community) ⏳ [00:56:00] Final Reality Check: Pick Up the Phone or Stay Stuck Tue, 20 Jan 2026 17:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Want the exact sales script used in this episode? Comment SCRIPT on the pinned post at 👉 @hey.doza on Instagram If sales feel harder than they should… it’s probably not the market. In this episode, Doza and Sophie break down why most studio owners are unknowingly killing their own sales - and how something as simple as not picking up the phone is costing them thousands in lost revenue every single month. This isn’t theory. You’ll hear a live mystery shop inside the episode, real conversion stats from hundreds of studios, and the exact standards required to win during the most important sales season of the year. If you own a studio and leads are coming in but sales aren’t sticking, this episode will show you exactly where things are breaking - and how to fix them fast. Here’s what we’re covering: • Why 55% of studio owners don’t answer the phone (and why it’s killing revenue) • The 3 biggest ways owners sabotage sales: timing, avoidance, and ignoring the script • Why sales is the lifeblood of every business - whether you like it or not • The harsh truth: if you don’t sell, you can’t help anyone • Why spring is “go time” - and how missing it can ruin your entire year • A live mystery shop sales call (unscripted and unfiltered) • What a good sales call actually sounds like in real life • How to establish trust, create urgency, and close without being pushy • Why most sales anxiety comes from not following a system • The difference between being “busy” and being effective • The Sale-A-Day standard - and why it solves most business problems • How to generate 100+ net members in 90 days without burnout • The real competitive advantage: speed, standards, and execution • Why free trials and weak offers quietly destroy conversion rates • The mindset shift required to stop avoiding sales and start leading properly If your phone is ringing and you’re not answering it - this episode is for you. Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and drop your biggest takeaway in the comments - we read every one. Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya](https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w](https://bit.ly/44XoX5w Connect with us: Website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ ⸻ Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Intro - Why Most Owners Are Killing Their Own Sales ⏳ [00:02:10] The Real Problem: Not Picking Up the Phone ⏳ [00:05:30] The Shocking Mystery Shop Stats (55% Don’t Answer) ⏳ [00:08:40] Why Sales Isn’t “Sleazy” - It’s Responsibility ⏳ [00:12:30] Seasonal Reality: Why Spring Is Make-or-Break ⏳ [00:16:00] LIVE Mystery Shop Sales Call (Unfiltered) ⏳ [00:23:30] Breaking Down the Call: What Worked & What Didn’t ⏳ [00:28:10] Following the Script vs “Winging It” ⏳ [00:32:45] Sales Anxiety: Where It Really Comes From ⏳ [00:36:30] Speed to Lead & Calling at the Right Times ⏳ [00:40:50] The Sale-A-Day Standard Explained ⏳ [00:44:40] How 100 Net Members in 90 Days Is Actually Possible ⏳ [00:48:30] Why Most Studios Lose Money Even When Leads Are Flowing ⏳ [00:52:10] The Real Competitive Advantage (It’s Not Community) ⏳ [00:56:00] Final Reality Check: Pick Up the Phone or Stay Stuck Want the exact sales script used in this episode?

Comment SCRIPT on the pinned post at 👉 @hey.doza on Instagram


If sales feel harder than they should… it’s probably not the market.


In this episode, Doza and Sophie break down why most studio owners are unknowingly killing their own sales - and how something as simple as not picking up the phone is costing them thousands in lost revenue every single month.


This isn’t theory.


You’ll hear a live mystery shop inside the episode, real conversion stats from hundreds of studios, and the exact standards required to win during the most important sales season of the year.


If you own a studio and leads are coming in but sales aren’t sticking, this episode will show you exactly where things are breaking - and how to fix them fast.


Here’s what we’re covering:


• Why 55% of studio owners don’t answer the phone (and why it’s killing revenue)

• The 3 biggest ways owners sabotage sales: timing, avoidance, and ignoring the script

• Why sales is the lifeblood of every business - whether you like it or not

• The harsh truth: if you don’t sell, you can’t help anyone

• Why spring is “go time” - and how missing it can ruin your entire year

• A live mystery shop sales call (unscripted and unfiltered)

• What a good sales call actually sounds like in real life

• How to establish trust, create urgency, and close without being pushy

• Why most sales anxiety comes from not following a system

• The difference between being “busy” and being effective

• The Sale-A-Day standard - and why it solves most business problems

• How to generate 100+ net members in 90 days without burnout

• The real competitive advantage: speed, standards, and execution

• Why free trials and weak offers quietly destroy conversion rates

• The mindset shift required to stop avoiding sales and start leading properly


If your phone is ringing and you’re not answering it - this episode is for you.


Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and drop your biggest takeaway in the comments - we read every one.


Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya](https://bit.ly/4kZSlya


Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w](https://bit.ly/44XoX5w


Connect with us:

Website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠

IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠

IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠

LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠


⸻


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] Intro - Why Most Owners Are Killing Their Own Sales

⏳ [00:02:10] The Real Problem: Not Picking Up the Phone

⏳ [00:05:30] The Shocking Mystery Shop Stats (55% Don’t Answer)

⏳ [00:08:40] Why Sales Isn’t “Sleazy” - It’s Responsibility

⏳ [00:12:30] Seasonal Reality: Why Spring Is Make-or-Break

⏳ [00:16:00] LIVE Mystery Shop Sales Call (Unfiltered)

⏳ [00:23:30] Breaking Down the Call: What Worked & What Didn’t

⏳ [00:28:10] Following the Script vs “Winging It”

⏳ [00:32:45] Sales Anxiety: Where It Really Comes From

⏳ [00:36:30] Speed to Lead & Calling at the Right Times

⏳ [00:40:50] The Sale-A-Day Standard Explained

⏳ [00:44:40] How 100 Net Members in 90 Days Is Actually Possible

⏳ [00:48:30] Why Most Studios Lose Money Even When Leads Are Flowing

⏳ [00:52:10] The Real Competitive Advantage (It’s Not Community)

⏳ [00:56:00] Final Reality Check: Pick Up the Phone or Stay Stuck

]]> 3085 How a 23-Year-Old Studio Owner Went From 79 to 250 Members in 90 Days Grab our Million Dollar Standards checklist that Chelsea uses here: https://bit.ly/p-million-dollar-standard-checklist If you think meaningful growth requires a big city, a big budget, or perfect timing - this episode will make you rethink what’s actually possible. In this episode, Doza sits down with Chelsea… a 23-year-old Pilates studio owner in regional South Australia - who grew her studio from 79 to 250 paying members in just 3 months. No ads. No gimmicks. No shortcuts. Just the right offer, a clearly defined avatar, consistent content, and a Sell-By-Chat system - paired with a decision most owners avoid: to stop dabbling and go all in. This is a raw breakdown of what actually changed, what Chelsea stopped doing, and the systems that turned burnout and stagnation into momentum. Here’s what we’re covering: • How Chelsea grew from 79 → 250 members in 90 days in a regional town • Why trying to market to everyone made her invisible - and what changed when she picked one avatar • The moment she ditched free trials (and why sales got easier overnight) • Why Gen Z avoids phone calls - and how Sell-By-Chat became her biggest advantage • How trust built through content turns DMs into memberships • The mindset shift from “this is comfortable” to “I’d regret staying here” • Why raising prices attracted better members, not fewer • How to unlock lead flow without ads or complicated funnels • The systems that removed panic, burnout, and emotional cancellations • What “going pro” actually looks like at 23 - standards, numbers, and discipline • Why most owners stay stuck at the same revenue level (and how to break through it) • The uncomfortable truth: if you won’t do the hard work, neither will your members If you’re stuck, plateaued, or quietly burning out while telling yourself “this is just part of it” - this episode is for you. Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and drop your biggest “aha” moment in the comments - we read every one. Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ ⸻ Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Intro – 79 to 250 Members in 3 Months ⏳ [00:02:05] Meet Chelsea: 23 Years Old, Regional Studio Owner ⏳ [00:06:30] Life at 79 Members: Burnout, Free Trials & Panic Mode ⏳ [00:11:40] Why Marketing to Everyone Makes You Invisible ⏳ [00:15:45] The Offer Shift: Ditching Free Trials for Commitment ⏳ [00:20:30] Why Raising Prices Attracted Better Members ⏳ [00:25:05] The New Funnel: Content → Trust → DM → Sale ⏳ [00:30:50] Gen Z, Sell-By-Chat & Why Phone Calls Don’t Work ⏳ [00:36:10] Overcoming Sales Anxiety (and Why It Matters) ⏳ [00:41:45] Systems That Removed Burnout & Stabilised Growth ⏳ [00:47:30] The “Stop Dabbling” Moment ⏳ [00:52:40] Standards, Numbers & Never Missing ⏳ [00:57:50] The Real Cost of Staying Comfortable ⏳ [01:02:30] Final Advice for Owners Who Feel Stuck Tue, 13 Jan 2026 17:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Grab our Million Dollar Standards checklist that Chelsea uses here: https://bit.ly/p-million-dollar-standard-checklist If you think meaningful growth requires a big city, a big budget, or perfect timing - this episode will make you rethink what’s actually possible. In this episode, Doza sits down with Chelsea… a 23-year-old Pilates studio owner in regional South Australia - who grew her studio from 79 to 250 paying members in just 3 months. No ads. No gimmicks. No shortcuts. Just the right offer, a clearly defined avatar, consistent content, and a Sell-By-Chat system - paired with a decision most owners avoid: to stop dabbling and go all in. This is a raw breakdown of what actually changed, what Chelsea stopped doing, and the systems that turned burnout and stagnation into momentum. Here’s what we’re covering: • How Chelsea grew from 79 → 250 members in 90 days in a regional town • Why trying to market to everyone made her invisible - and what changed when she picked one avatar • The moment she ditched free trials (and why sales got easier overnight) • Why Gen Z avoids phone calls - and how Sell-By-Chat became her biggest advantage • How trust built through content turns DMs into memberships • The mindset shift from “this is comfortable” to “I’d regret staying here” • Why raising prices attracted better members, not fewer • How to unlock lead flow without ads or complicated funnels • The systems that removed panic, burnout, and emotional cancellations • What “going pro” actually looks like at 23 - standards, numbers, and discipline • Why most owners stay stuck at the same revenue level (and how to break through it) • The uncomfortable truth: if you won’t do the hard work, neither will your members If you’re stuck, plateaued, or quietly burning out while telling yourself “this is just part of it” - this episode is for you. Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and drop your biggest “aha” moment in the comments - we read every one. Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ ⸻ Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Intro – 79 to 250 Members in 3 Months ⏳ [00:02:05] Meet Chelsea: 23 Years Old, Regional Studio Owner ⏳ [00:06:30] Life at 79 Members: Burnout, Free Trials & Panic Mode ⏳ [00:11:40] Why Marketing to Everyone Makes You Invisible ⏳ [00:15:45] The Offer Shift: Ditching Free Trials for Commitment ⏳ [00:20:30] Why Raising Prices Attracted Better Members ⏳ [00:25:05] The New Funnel: Content → Trust → DM → Sale ⏳ [00:30:50] Gen Z, Sell-By-Chat & Why Phone Calls Don’t Work ⏳ [00:36:10] Overcoming Sales Anxiety (and Why It Matters) ⏳ [00:41:45] Systems That Removed Burnout & Stabilised Growth ⏳ [00:47:30] The “Stop Dabbling” Moment ⏳ [00:52:40] Standards, Numbers & Never Missing ⏳ [00:57:50] The Real Cost of Staying Comfortable ⏳ [01:02:30] Final Advice for Owners Who Feel Stuck Grab our Million Dollar Standards checklist that Chelsea uses here: https://bit.ly/p-million-dollar-standard-checklist


If you think meaningful growth requires a big city, a big budget, or perfect timing - this episode will make you rethink what’s actually possible.


In this episode, Doza sits down with Chelsea… a 23-year-old Pilates studio owner in regional South Australia - who grew her studio from 79 to 250 paying members in just 3 months.


No ads.

No gimmicks.

No shortcuts.


Just the right offer, a clearly defined avatar, consistent content, and a Sell-By-Chat system - paired with a decision most owners avoid: to stop dabbling and go all in.


This is a raw breakdown of what actually changed, what Chelsea stopped doing, and the systems that turned burnout and stagnation into momentum.


Here’s what we’re covering:


• How Chelsea grew from 79 → 250 members in 90 days in a regional town

• Why trying to market to everyone made her invisible - and what changed when she picked one avatar

• The moment she ditched free trials (and why sales got easier overnight)

• Why Gen Z avoids phone calls - and how Sell-By-Chat became her biggest advantage

• How trust built through content turns DMs into memberships

• The mindset shift from “this is comfortable” to “I’d regret staying here”

• Why raising prices attracted better members, not fewer

• How to unlock lead flow without ads or complicated funnels

• The systems that removed panic, burnout, and emotional cancellations

• What “going pro” actually looks like at 23 - standards, numbers, and discipline

• Why most owners stay stuck at the same revenue level (and how to break through it)

• The uncomfortable truth: if you won’t do the hard work, neither will your members


If you’re stuck, plateaued, or quietly burning out while telling yourself “this is just part of it” - this episode is for you.


Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and drop your biggest “aha” moment in the comments - we read every one.


Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya


Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w


Connect with us:

My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠

IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠

IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠

LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠


⸻


Chapters:


⏳ [00:00] Intro – 79 to 250 Members in 3 Months

⏳ [00:02:05] Meet Chelsea: 23 Years Old, Regional Studio Owner

⏳ [00:06:30] Life at 79 Members: Burnout, Free Trials & Panic Mode

⏳ [00:11:40] Why Marketing to Everyone Makes You Invisible

⏳ [00:15:45] The Offer Shift: Ditching Free Trials for Commitment

⏳ [00:20:30] Why Raising Prices Attracted Better Members

⏳ [00:25:05] The New Funnel: Content → Trust → DM → Sale

⏳ [00:30:50] Gen Z, Sell-By-Chat & Why Phone Calls Don’t Work

⏳ [00:36:10] Overcoming Sales Anxiety (and Why It Matters)

⏳ [00:41:45] Systems That Removed Burnout & Stabilised Growth

⏳ [00:47:30] The “Stop Dabbling” Moment

⏳ [00:52:40] Standards, Numbers & Never Missing

⏳ [00:57:50] The Real Cost of Staying Comfortable

⏳ [01:02:30] Final Advice for Owners Who Feel Stuck

]]> 3512 From One Studio to 170: The Real Truth About Scaling a Fitness Franchise Keen to chat to our team about building a $1M dream business and life? Go here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Want to learn more of my proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w What does it actually take to build a franchise that lasts, not just through the hype years, but through market shifts, Covid, competition and real growth pains? In this episode of Geronimo Unfiltered, we sit down with Peter Hull, Founder & CEO of Fitstop, to unpack the unfiltered story behind building one of Australia’s fastest-growing fitness franchises, from selling his wife’s car and leasing a tiny industrial shed, to scaling across four countries with 170+ studios. This is a raw, honest conversation about resilience, leadership, franchising realities, and why the pilot matters more than the plane when it comes to building a million-dollar studio. Here’s what we’re covering: -The moment Fitstop almost didn’t happen, and why quitting felt like an option every single day -The brutal realities of franchising (and why most people shouldn’t do it) -Why you need at least 75 studios before a franchise model actually works -The traits of the highest-performing Fitstop owners, and what holds others back -What Australia can learn from the US, and what the US is behind on -Why multi-site owners are the happiest, most profitable operators in the network -The mindset shift required to build $1M+ studios -Why playing defence is killing growth, and how to start playing offence again … and a whole lot more Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] From Knee Reconstructions to Fitstop Founder ⏳ [04:30] Selling the Car, Leasing the Shed & Betting on the Vision ⏳ [09:45] How Fitstop Accidentally Became a Franchise ⏳ [12:40] The Harsh Reality of Franchising (And Why Most Fail) ⏳ [17:10] Scaling Through Covid: What Nearly Broke - and What Made Them Stronger ⏳ [22:00] Competition, Market Cycles & Why Trends Kill Weak Businesses ⏳ [26:30] Leadership Growth, Feedback & Learning to Slow Down ⏳ [31:40] The Traits of High-Performing Studio Owners ⏳ [36:45] Coachability, Curiosity & Why Most Owners Stay Stuck ⏳ [41:05] Why It’s Not the Plane - It’s the Pilot ⏳ [46:20] Building Million-Dollar Studios & Playing Offence Again ⏳ [51:30] Global Vision, Purpose & Why There Is No Exit Number Tue, 06 Jan 2026 17:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Keen to chat to our team about building a $1M dream business and life? Go here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Want to learn more of my proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w What does it actually take to build a franchise that lasts, not just through the hype years, but through market shifts, Covid, competition and real growth pains? In this episode of Geronimo Unfiltered, we sit down with Peter Hull, Founder & CEO of Fitstop, to unpack the unfiltered story behind building one of Australia’s fastest-growing fitness franchises, from selling his wife’s car and leasing a tiny industrial shed, to scaling across four countries with 170+ studios. This is a raw, honest conversation about resilience, leadership, franchising realities, and why the pilot matters more than the plane when it comes to building a million-dollar studio. Here’s what we’re covering: -The moment Fitstop almost didn’t happen, and why quitting felt like an option every single day -The brutal realities of franchising (and why most people shouldn’t do it) -Why you need at least 75 studios before a franchise model actually works -The traits of the highest-performing Fitstop owners, and what holds others back -What Australia can learn from the US, and what the US is behind on -Why multi-site owners are the happiest, most profitable operators in the network -The mindset shift required to build $1M+ studios -Why playing defence is killing growth, and how to start playing offence again … and a whole lot more Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] From Knee Reconstructions to Fitstop Founder ⏳ [04:30] Selling the Car, Leasing the Shed & Betting on the Vision ⏳ [09:45] How Fitstop Accidentally Became a Franchise ⏳ [12:40] The Harsh Reality of Franchising (And Why Most Fail) ⏳ [17:10] Scaling Through Covid: What Nearly Broke - and What Made Them Stronger ⏳ [22:00] Competition, Market Cycles & Why Trends Kill Weak Businesses ⏳ [26:30] Leadership Growth, Feedback & Learning to Slow Down ⏳ [31:40] The Traits of High-Performing Studio Owners ⏳ [36:45] Coachability, Curiosity & Why Most Owners Stay Stuck ⏳ [41:05] Why It’s Not the Plane - It’s the Pilot ⏳ [46:20] Building Million-Dollar Studios & Playing Offence Again ⏳ [51:30] Global Vision, Purpose & Why There Is No Exit Number Keen to chat to our team about building a $1M dream business and life? Go here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya


Want to learn more of my proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w


What does it actually take to build a franchise that lasts, not just through the hype years, but through market shifts, Covid, competition and real growth pains?


In this episode of Geronimo Unfiltered, we sit down with Peter Hull, Founder & CEO of Fitstop, to unpack the unfiltered story behind building one of Australia’s fastest-growing fitness franchises, from selling his wife’s car and leasing a tiny industrial shed, to scaling across four countries with 170+ studios.


This is a raw, honest conversation about resilience, leadership, franchising realities, and why the pilot matters more than the plane when it comes to building a million-dollar studio.


Here’s what we’re covering:


-The moment Fitstop almost didn’t happen, and why quitting felt like an option every single day

-The brutal realities of franchising (and why most people shouldn’t do it)

-Why you need at least 75 studios before a franchise model actually works

-The traits of the highest-performing Fitstop owners, and what holds others back

-What Australia can learn from the US, and what the US is behind on

-Why multi-site owners are the happiest, most profitable operators in the network

-The mindset shift required to build $1M+ studios

-Why playing defence is killing growth, and how to start playing offence again

… and a whole lot more


Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway.

We read them all.


Connect with us:

My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠

IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠

IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠

LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] From Knee Reconstructions to Fitstop Founder

⏳ [04:30] Selling the Car, Leasing the Shed & Betting on the Vision

⏳ [09:45] How Fitstop Accidentally Became a Franchise

⏳ [12:40] The Harsh Reality of Franchising (And Why Most Fail)

⏳ [17:10] Scaling Through Covid: What Nearly Broke - and What Made Them Stronger

⏳ [22:00] Competition, Market Cycles & Why Trends Kill Weak Businesses

⏳ [26:30] Leadership Growth, Feedback & Learning to Slow Down

⏳ [31:40] The Traits of High-Performing Studio Owners

⏳ [36:45] Coachability, Curiosity & Why Most Owners Stay Stuck

⏳ [41:05] Why It’s Not the Plane - It’s the Pilot

⏳ [46:20] Building Million-Dollar Studios & Playing Offence Again

⏳ [51:30] Global Vision, Purpose & Why There Is No Exit Number

]]> 3235 This Sh*t Isn’t a Coincidence: How Achievement Roadmaps Make ‘Impossible’ Studio Goals Inevitable Grab my Achievement Roadmap framework here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/achievement-roadmap Want to access more of my proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w Picture this: you’re standing on the deck of a 52ft boat, eagle flying overhead, on your way to Hawaii with your dream clients… and you realise you wrote this exact moment down in a vision book three years ago. That’s exactly what just happened. And at this point, it’s too cooked to call it “luck” anymore. In this episode, we’re unpacking the exact Achievement Roadmap framework we use with our team and our studio owners to turn “one day” goals into “holy sht, it actually happened” reality, in business, body, bank account and life. We’re talking vision books, Power 12, Separation Sunday, eagles, crows, boats, Broncos, net growth records… and why once you get this right, you honestly have to be careful what you put on the roadmap, because it will come true. Here’s what we’re covering: -The wild story of a made-up vision book that turned into Hawaii, boats, and record-breaking growth -What an Achievement Roadmap actually is (and why your goals keep stalling without one) -The “Holy Trinity”: Achievement Roadmap, Power 12 and Separation Sunday working together -How to turn 5-year studio goals into daily standards you actually follow through on -Why your environment matters more than your willpower (and how to get in the right arena) -Real client examples: from stuck and vague to new locations, dream teams and $100k months -The power of milestones and rewards (and why most owners are terrible at both) -How to reset and upgrade your roadmap once you hit your “dream” goals faster than expected … and a whole lot more Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Connect with us: My website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com IG Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy IG Hey.Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Big Fck-Off Boats & Hawaii: When Your Vision Book Comes True ⏳ [06:40] From Vivid Vision to Achievement Roadmap: How It All Started ⏳ [13:20] The “Day Rock” Story: Unlocking Big Hires With Big Targets ⏳ [20:30] Power 12, Screensavers & Why You Must Be Careful What You Write Down ⏳ [26:50] Team Wins: Weight Loss, Investing, Debt-Free and Dream-Living ⏳ [33:00] In the Arena: Doing the Same Work We Ask Our Studio Owners to Do ⏳ [40:05] Milestones, Rewards & Why Money Alone Won’t Fill the Meaning Gap ⏳ [46:30] Case Studies: Studios Hitting 5-Year Visions in 6–12 Months ⏳ [52:10] Why This One System Alone Can ROI Your Entire Membership ⏳ [58:00] Decide, Do, Declare: Your Next Steps With the Achievement Roadmap Tue, 30 Dec 2025 17:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Grab my Achievement Roadmap framework here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/achievement-roadmap Want to access more of my proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w Picture this: you’re standing on the deck of a 52ft boat, eagle flying overhead, on your way to Hawaii with your dream clients… and you realise you wrote this exact moment down in a vision book three years ago. That’s exactly what just happened. And at this point, it’s too cooked to call it “luck” anymore. In this episode, we’re unpacking the exact Achievement Roadmap framework we use with our team and our studio owners to turn “one day” goals into “holy sht, it actually happened” reality, in business, body, bank account and life. We’re talking vision books, Power 12, Separation Sunday, eagles, crows, boats, Broncos, net growth records… and why once you get this right, you honestly have to be careful what you put on the roadmap, because it will come true. Here’s what we’re covering: -The wild story of a made-up vision book that turned into Hawaii, boats, and record-breaking growth -What an Achievement Roadmap actually is (and why your goals keep stalling without one) -The “Holy Trinity”: Achievement Roadmap, Power 12 and Separation Sunday working together -How to turn 5-year studio goals into daily standards you actually follow through on -Why your environment matters more than your willpower (and how to get in the right arena) -Real client examples: from stuck and vague to new locations, dream teams and $100k months -The power of milestones and rewards (and why most owners are terrible at both) -How to reset and upgrade your roadmap once you hit your “dream” goals faster than expected … and a whole lot more Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Connect with us: My website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com IG Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy IG Hey.Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Big Fck-Off Boats & Hawaii: When Your Vision Book Comes True ⏳ [06:40] From Vivid Vision to Achievement Roadmap: How It All Started ⏳ [13:20] The “Day Rock” Story: Unlocking Big Hires With Big Targets ⏳ [20:30] Power 12, Screensavers & Why You Must Be Careful What You Write Down ⏳ [26:50] Team Wins: Weight Loss, Investing, Debt-Free and Dream-Living ⏳ [33:00] In the Arena: Doing the Same Work We Ask Our Studio Owners to Do ⏳ [40:05] Milestones, Rewards & Why Money Alone Won’t Fill the Meaning Gap ⏳ [46:30] Case Studies: Studios Hitting 5-Year Visions in 6–12 Months ⏳ [52:10] Why This One System Alone Can ROI Your Entire Membership ⏳ [58:00] Decide, Do, Declare: Your Next Steps With the Achievement Roadmap Grab my Achievement Roadmap framework here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/achievement-roadmap


Want to access more of my proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w


Picture this: you’re standing on the deck of a 52ft boat, eagle flying overhead, on your way to Hawaii with your dream clients… and you realise you wrote this exact moment down in a vision book three years ago.


That’s exactly what just happened. And at this point, it’s too cooked to call it “luck” anymore.


In this episode, we’re unpacking the exact Achievement Roadmap framework we use with our team and our studio owners to turn “one day” goals into “holy sht, it actually happened” reality, in business, body, bank account and life.


We’re talking vision books, Power 12, Separation Sunday, eagles, crows, boats, Broncos, net growth records… and why once you get this right, you honestly have to be careful what you put on the roadmap, because it will come true.


Here’s what we’re covering:

-The wild story of a made-up vision book that turned into Hawaii, boats, and record-breaking growth

-What an Achievement Roadmap actually is (and why your goals keep stalling without one)

-The “Holy Trinity”: Achievement Roadmap, Power 12 and Separation Sunday working together

-How to turn 5-year studio goals into daily standards you actually follow through on

-Why your environment matters more than your willpower (and how to get in the right arena)

-Real client examples: from stuck and vague to new locations, dream teams and $100k months

-The power of milestones and rewards (and why most owners are terrible at both)

-How to reset and upgrade your roadmap once you hit your “dream” goals faster than expected

… and a whole lot more


Connect with us:

My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠

IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠

IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠

LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠


Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway.

We read them all.


Connect with us:

My website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com

IG Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy

IG Hey.Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] Big Fck-Off Boats & Hawaii: When Your Vision Book Comes True

⏳ [06:40] From Vivid Vision to Achievement Roadmap: How It All Started

⏳ [13:20] The “Day Rock” Story: Unlocking Big Hires With Big Targets

⏳ [20:30] Power 12, Screensavers & Why You Must Be Careful What You Write Down

⏳ [26:50] Team Wins: Weight Loss, Investing, Debt-Free and Dream-Living

⏳ [33:00] In the Arena: Doing the Same Work We Ask Our Studio Owners to Do

⏳ [40:05] Milestones, Rewards & Why Money Alone Won’t Fill the Meaning Gap

⏳ [46:30] Case Studies: Studios Hitting 5-Year Visions in 6–12 Months

⏳ [52:10] Why This One System Alone Can ROI Your Entire Membership

⏳ [58:00] Decide, Do, Declare: Your Next Steps With the Achievement Roadmap

]]> 3434 Escaping the Coaching Grind: How Hayden & Sel Built a Business That Runs Without Them Keen to chat to our team about building a $1M dream business and life? Go here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w If I opened your week right now, would I see a coach chained to the field from dawn till dark, or a leader who’s built a business that runs without them? Because here’s the truth: staying on the pitch for every single session is the fastest way to cap your impact, your income and your time with the people you actually care about. Hayden was running 50 sessions a week, squeezing admin in from 7pm till midnight, and barely present with Sel and the kids… until something had to give. In this episode, we’re unpacking exactly how Hayden and Sel turned All Things Football from a COVID side hustle into a 350-kid confidence factory, with a growing team, systems that run the show, and a vision for 1000 kids and a month in Croatia where the business doesn’t miss a beat. Here’s what we’re covering: -The reality of running 50 sessions a week and still feeling like you’re failing at home -How Hayden went from Young Socceroos and the A-League to coaching confidence-first football for kids -Why “we build confidence, not just soccer skills” became the core offer (and why parents loved it) -The 5-star session framework and coaches playbook that finally got Hayden off the field -How they hired and grew a team of coaches parents adore, without dropping standards -What changed when they picked a clear avatar and stopped trying to be “for everyone” -How they hit their 5-year member goal in 6 months by doing less, not more -The new target: 1000 kids, stronger systems and a business that passes the “Croatia holiday” test -What this means for you if you’re still chained to the floor, field or reformer… … and a whole lot more Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] From Nala’s Favourite Night of the Week to 50 Sessions on the Field ⏳ [01:00] Burnout, Groundhog Day & Missing the Moments at Home ⏳ [05:05] Young Socceroos, A-League Debut & Secret Confidence Struggles ⏳ [11:16] Beyond the Money: Impact, Identity & Why ATF Really Exists ⏳ [14:50] Building a Dream Coaching Team and a Culture Parents Rave About ⏳ [18:06] The 5-Star Session Framework & Coaches Playbook That Changed Everything ⏳ [24:30] Avatar, Content & Cleaning Up the Message: From “Soccer Skills” to Confidence ⏳ [32:20] COVID Curveballs, Sold-Out Camps & Turning Crisis Into Momentum ⏳ [42:10] 350 Kids a Week, Big Vision & Setting the Target for 1000 ⏳ [49:45] The Croatia Test: Can Your Business Run While You Switch Off? ⏳ [55:30] Legacy, Leadership & A Wake-Up Call for Owners Still on the Floor Tue, 23 Dec 2025 17:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Keen to chat to our team about building a $1M dream business and life? Go here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w If I opened your week right now, would I see a coach chained to the field from dawn till dark, or a leader who’s built a business that runs without them? Because here’s the truth: staying on the pitch for every single session is the fastest way to cap your impact, your income and your time with the people you actually care about. Hayden was running 50 sessions a week, squeezing admin in from 7pm till midnight, and barely present with Sel and the kids… until something had to give. In this episode, we’re unpacking exactly how Hayden and Sel turned All Things Football from a COVID side hustle into a 350-kid confidence factory, with a growing team, systems that run the show, and a vision for 1000 kids and a month in Croatia where the business doesn’t miss a beat. Here’s what we’re covering: -The reality of running 50 sessions a week and still feeling like you’re failing at home -How Hayden went from Young Socceroos and the A-League to coaching confidence-first football for kids -Why “we build confidence, not just soccer skills” became the core offer (and why parents loved it) -The 5-star session framework and coaches playbook that finally got Hayden off the field -How they hired and grew a team of coaches parents adore, without dropping standards -What changed when they picked a clear avatar and stopped trying to be “for everyone” -How they hit their 5-year member goal in 6 months by doing less, not more -The new target: 1000 kids, stronger systems and a business that passes the “Croatia holiday” test -What this means for you if you’re still chained to the floor, field or reformer… … and a whole lot more Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] From Nala’s Favourite Night of the Week to 50 Sessions on the Field ⏳ [01:00] Burnout, Groundhog Day & Missing the Moments at Home ⏳ [05:05] Young Socceroos, A-League Debut & Secret Confidence Struggles ⏳ [11:16] Beyond the Money: Impact, Identity & Why ATF Really Exists ⏳ [14:50] Building a Dream Coaching Team and a Culture Parents Rave About ⏳ [18:06] The 5-Star Session Framework & Coaches Playbook That Changed Everything ⏳ [24:30] Avatar, Content & Cleaning Up the Message: From “Soccer Skills” to Confidence ⏳ [32:20] COVID Curveballs, Sold-Out Camps & Turning Crisis Into Momentum ⏳ [42:10] 350 Kids a Week, Big Vision & Setting the Target for 1000 ⏳ [49:45] The Croatia Test: Can Your Business Run While You Switch Off? ⏳ [55:30] Legacy, Leadership & A Wake-Up Call for Owners Still on the Floor Keen to chat to our team about building a $1M dream business and life? Go here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya


Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w


If I opened your week right now, would I see a coach chained to the field from dawn till dark, or a leader who’s built a business that runs without them?


Because here’s the truth: staying on the pitch for every single session is the fastest way to cap your impact, your income and your time with the people you actually care about. Hayden was running 50 sessions a week, squeezing admin in from 7pm till midnight, and barely present with Sel and the kids… until something had to give.


In this episode, we’re unpacking exactly how Hayden and Sel turned All Things Football from a COVID side hustle into a 350-kid confidence factory, with a growing team, systems that run the show, and a vision for 1000 kids and a month in Croatia where the business doesn’t miss a beat.


Here’s what we’re covering:


-The reality of running 50 sessions a week and still feeling like you’re failing at home

-How Hayden went from Young Socceroos and the A-League to coaching confidence-first football for kids

-Why “we build confidence, not just soccer skills” became the core offer (and why parents loved it)

-The 5-star session framework and coaches playbook that finally got Hayden off the field

-How they hired and grew a team of coaches parents adore, without dropping standards

-What changed when they picked a clear avatar and stopped trying to be “for everyone”

-How they hit their 5-year member goal in 6 months by doing less, not more

-The new target: 1000 kids, stronger systems and a business that passes the “Croatia holiday” test

-What this means for you if you’re still chained to the floor, field or reformer…

… and a whole lot more


Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway.

We read them all.


Connect with us:

My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠

IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠

IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠

LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] From Nala’s Favourite Night of the Week to 50 Sessions on the Field

⏳ [01:00] Burnout, Groundhog Day & Missing the Moments at Home

⏳ [05:05] Young Socceroos, A-League Debut & Secret Confidence Struggles

⏳ [11:16] Beyond the Money: Impact, Identity & Why ATF Really Exists

⏳ [14:50] Building a Dream Coaching Team and a Culture Parents Rave About

⏳ [18:06] The 5-Star Session Framework & Coaches Playbook That Changed Everything

⏳ [24:30] Avatar, Content & Cleaning Up the Message: From “Soccer Skills” to Confidence

⏳ [32:20] COVID Curveballs, Sold-Out Camps & Turning Crisis Into Momentum

⏳ [42:10] 350 Kids a Week, Big Vision & Setting the Target for 1000

⏳ [49:45] The Croatia Test: Can Your Business Run While You Switch Off?

⏳ [55:30] Legacy, Leadership & A Wake-Up Call for Owners Still on the Floor

]]> 3469 Burnt Out, Broke & Backed Into a Corner: How Lily Fought Her Way to 200+ Members Find out the EXACT day you’ll hit Million Dollar Run Rate: https://bit.ly/p-million-dollar-day-calculator Two years ago, Lily was sitting in a lawyer’s office, her business partner had just pulled out, the lease was signed, the money was gone, and she was staring down the barrel of a $70k loan with a newborn on her hip. Most people would’ve walked away. She didn’t. Instead, she backed herself, rallied a village, rebuilt her identity through movement, and turned Limber into one of the most heart-driven, community-led studios in the country. In this episode, Lily opens up about the grit, the healing, the systems, the breakthroughs, and the brutal self-belief it took to go from teaching 10 hours a day and crying in breathwork sessions… to doubling her studio in six months and building a team that actually runs the business with her. Here’s what we’re covering: How Limber was born from rock bottom, identity loss, and a mountain of debt Why Lily refused to quit, even when everyone told her she should The wild early days: teaching 13 surf-club classes, Pilates in pubs & lugging rollers around town The moment she realised having “no systems” was costing her thousands How hiring a salesperson changed everything (and why she should’ve done it sooner) The retention system that saved 110k+ a year in churn Why contractors are killing your culture - and how she’s building a real “dream team” instead Her breakthrough moment inside Academy that stopped her from quitting How she doubled revenue & members in six months without burning out The bold mission behind Limber - and how she’s turning her healing into her life’s work … and the studio-number-two vision that will blow your mind Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Rock Bottom: The $70k Loan, a Newborn & a Studio With No Money ⏳ [06:30] Pilates in a Pub?! How Limber Built a Community Before a Studio ⏳ [12:00] Losing Her Identity — And How Movement Became Her Medicine ⏳ [18:00] From 10-Hour Teaching Days to Actual Systems (Finally) ⏳ [22:45] Hiring Sales, Nurturers & Building a Team That Cares ⏳ [27:00] Contractors vs Employees: Why Lily Is Done With the Old Model ⏳ [33:00] The Leadership Breakthrough That Nearly Made Her Quit ⏳ [36:00] Doubling the Business in 6 Months: What Actually Moved the Needle ⏳ [42:00] Mission, Content & Showing Her Face (Even When It Felt Terrifying) ⏳ [47:00] Studio #2, “The Circle” & the Global Limber Vision Tue, 16 Dec 2025 17:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Find out the EXACT day you’ll hit Million Dollar Run Rate: https://bit.ly/p-million-dollar-day-calculator Two years ago, Lily was sitting in a lawyer’s office, her business partner had just pulled out, the lease was signed, the money was gone, and she was staring down the barrel of a $70k loan with a newborn on her hip. Most people would’ve walked away. She didn’t. Instead, she backed herself, rallied a village, rebuilt her identity through movement, and turned Limber into one of the most heart-driven, community-led studios in the country. In this episode, Lily opens up about the grit, the healing, the systems, the breakthroughs, and the brutal self-belief it took to go from teaching 10 hours a day and crying in breathwork sessions… to doubling her studio in six months and building a team that actually runs the business with her. Here’s what we’re covering: How Limber was born from rock bottom, identity loss, and a mountain of debt Why Lily refused to quit, even when everyone told her she should The wild early days: teaching 13 surf-club classes, Pilates in pubs & lugging rollers around town The moment she realised having “no systems” was costing her thousands How hiring a salesperson changed everything (and why she should’ve done it sooner) The retention system that saved 110k+ a year in churn Why contractors are killing your culture - and how she’s building a real “dream team” instead Her breakthrough moment inside Academy that stopped her from quitting How she doubled revenue & members in six months without burning out The bold mission behind Limber - and how she’s turning her healing into her life’s work … and the studio-number-two vision that will blow your mind Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Rock Bottom: The $70k Loan, a Newborn & a Studio With No Money ⏳ [06:30] Pilates in a Pub?! How Limber Built a Community Before a Studio ⏳ [12:00] Losing Her Identity — And How Movement Became Her Medicine ⏳ [18:00] From 10-Hour Teaching Days to Actual Systems (Finally) ⏳ [22:45] Hiring Sales, Nurturers & Building a Team That Cares ⏳ [27:00] Contractors vs Employees: Why Lily Is Done With the Old Model ⏳ [33:00] The Leadership Breakthrough That Nearly Made Her Quit ⏳ [36:00] Doubling the Business in 6 Months: What Actually Moved the Needle ⏳ [42:00] Mission, Content & Showing Her Face (Even When It Felt Terrifying) ⏳ [47:00] Studio #2, “The Circle” & the Global Limber Vision Find out the EXACT day you’ll hit Million Dollar Run Rate: https://bit.ly/p-million-dollar-day-calculator


Two years ago, Lily was sitting in a lawyer’s office, her business partner had just pulled out, the lease was signed, the money was gone, and she was staring down the barrel of a $70k loan with a newborn on her hip.


Most people would’ve walked away.


She didn’t.


Instead, she backed herself, rallied a village, rebuilt her identity through movement, and turned Limber into one of the most heart-driven, community-led studios in the country.


In this episode, Lily opens up about the grit, the healing, the systems, the breakthroughs, and the brutal self-belief it took to go from teaching 10 hours a day and crying in breathwork sessions… to doubling her studio in six months and building a team that actually runs the business with her.


Here’s what we’re covering:


How Limber was born from rock bottom, identity loss, and a mountain of debt


Why Lily refused to quit, even when everyone told her she should


The wild early days: teaching 13 surf-club classes, Pilates in pubs & lugging rollers around town


The moment she realised having “no systems” was costing her thousands


How hiring a salesperson changed everything (and why she should’ve done it sooner)


The retention system that saved 110k+ a year in churn


Why contractors are killing your culture - and how she’s building a real “dream team” instead


Her breakthrough moment inside Academy that stopped her from quitting


How she doubled revenue & members in six months without burning out


The bold mission behind Limber - and how she’s turning her healing into her life’s work

… and the studio-number-two vision that will blow your mind


Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway.

We read them all.


Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS?

Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya


Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout?

Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w


Connect with us:

My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠

IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠

IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠

LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] Rock Bottom: The $70k Loan, a Newborn & a Studio With No Money

⏳ [06:30] Pilates in a Pub?! How Limber Built a Community Before a Studio

⏳ [12:00] Losing Her Identity — And How Movement Became Her Medicine

⏳ [18:00] From 10-Hour Teaching Days to Actual Systems (Finally)

⏳ [22:45] Hiring Sales, Nurturers & Building a Team That Cares

⏳ [27:00] Contractors vs Employees: Why Lily Is Done With the Old Model

⏳ [33:00] The Leadership Breakthrough That Nearly Made Her Quit

⏳ [36:00] Doubling the Business in 6 Months: What Actually Moved the Needle

⏳ [42:00] Mission, Content & Showing Her Face (Even When It Felt Terrifying)

⏳ [47:00] Studio #2, “The Circle” & the Global Limber Vision

]]> 3164 How to Beat The 3 Devils Every Business Owner Faces If you want to join the inner circle of Million Dollar Studios then head to my Instagram and DM me ‘Million’ and let’s chat. If business has started to feel like one long fight… Doza unpacks the 3 devils every business owner must face and the mindset, systems, and leadership shifts needed to beat each one, climb every level, and build a $1M Dream Business that doesn’t burn you out in the process. Here’s what we’re covering: • The 3 devils that haunt every business: Money, Time, and People. • The Money Devil - why most owners stay broke and how to finally beat it. • The Time Devil - how “busy” is actually the new form of avoidance • The TwoHeaded Devil - the people + purpose trap that kills momentum at scale. • The real reason you’re stuck: doing “busy work” instead of revenue work. • The story behind Doza’s first 100 sales - and the night everything changed. • How to build a team that lets you step out without your business falling apart. • Leadership at Level 3: accidental managers vs. transformative leaders. • Why the devil you refuse to face will own you (and how to fight back). • What it actually means to reach freedom - hint: you don’t slay the devil, you learn to dance with it. • Why most businesses stay stuck and how to finally stop fighting the wrong enemy. Chapters: ⏳ [00:01:20] Level 1: The Money Devil (and why broke isn’t noble) ⏳ [00:06:00] How to Slay the Money Devil: Leads, Sales, Tracking ⏳ [00:10:00] The Lifeguard Analogy: What Sales Really Means ⏳ [00:17:30] The Time Devil: Why “Busy” Is a Trap ⏳ [00:26:00] Buying Back Time and Building Your First Team ⏳ [00:33:00] Level 3: The TwoHeaded Devil (People + Purpose) ⏳ [00:44:00] From Accidental Manager to Transformational Leader ⏳ [00:56:00] Why You’ll Never Slay the Devil - You Just Learn to Dance with It ⏳ [01:02:00] The Million Dollar Standard & How to Get the Checklist Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and drop your biggest “aha” moment in the comments - we read every one. Keen to chat to our team about building a $1M dream business and life? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Tue, 09 Dec 2025 17:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios If you want to join the inner circle of Million Dollar Studios then head to my Instagram and DM me ‘Million’ and let’s chat. If business has started to feel like one long fight… Doza unpacks the 3 devils every business owner must face and the mindset, systems, and leadership shifts needed to beat each one, climb every level, and build a $1M Dream Business that doesn’t burn you out in the process. Here’s what we’re covering: • The 3 devils that haunt every business: Money, Time, and People. • The Money Devil - why most owners stay broke and how to finally beat it. • The Time Devil - how “busy” is actually the new form of avoidance • The TwoHeaded Devil - the people + purpose trap that kills momentum at scale. • The real reason you’re stuck: doing “busy work” instead of revenue work. • The story behind Doza’s first 100 sales - and the night everything changed. • How to build a team that lets you step out without your business falling apart. • Leadership at Level 3: accidental managers vs. transformative leaders. • Why the devil you refuse to face will own you (and how to fight back). • What it actually means to reach freedom - hint: you don’t slay the devil, you learn to dance with it. • Why most businesses stay stuck and how to finally stop fighting the wrong enemy. Chapters: ⏳ [00:01:20] Level 1: The Money Devil (and why broke isn’t noble) ⏳ [00:06:00] How to Slay the Money Devil: Leads, Sales, Tracking ⏳ [00:10:00] The Lifeguard Analogy: What Sales Really Means ⏳ [00:17:30] The Time Devil: Why “Busy” Is a Trap ⏳ [00:26:00] Buying Back Time and Building Your First Team ⏳ [00:33:00] Level 3: The TwoHeaded Devil (People + Purpose) ⏳ [00:44:00] From Accidental Manager to Transformational Leader ⏳ [00:56:00] Why You’ll Never Slay the Devil - You Just Learn to Dance with It ⏳ [01:02:00] The Million Dollar Standard & How to Get the Checklist Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and drop your biggest “aha” moment in the comments - we read every one. Keen to chat to our team about building a $1M dream business and life? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ If you want to join the inner circle of Million Dollar Studios then head to my Instagram and DM me ‘Million’ and let’s chat.


If business has started to feel like one long fight… Doza unpacks the 3 devils every business owner must face and the mindset, systems, and leadership shifts needed to beat each one, climb every level, and build a $1M Dream Business that doesn’t burn you out in the process.


Here’s what we’re covering:


• The 3 devils that haunt every business: Money, Time, and People.

• The Money Devil - why most owners stay broke and how to finally beat it.

• The Time Devil - how “busy” is actually the new form of avoidance

• The TwoHeaded Devil - the people + purpose trap that kills momentum at scale.

• The real reason you’re stuck: doing “busy work” instead of revenue work.

• The story behind Doza’s first 100 sales - and the night everything changed.

• How to build a team that lets you step out without your business falling apart.

• Leadership at Level 3: accidental managers vs. transformative leaders.

• Why the devil you refuse to face will own you (and how to fight back).

• What it actually means to reach freedom - hint: you don’t slay the devil, you learn to dance with it.

• Why most businesses stay stuck and how to finally stop fighting the wrong enemy.


Chapters:

⏳ [00:01:20] Level 1: The Money Devil (and why broke isn’t noble)

⏳ [00:06:00] How to Slay the Money Devil: Leads, Sales, Tracking

⏳ [00:10:00] The Lifeguard Analogy: What Sales Really Means

⏳ [00:17:30] The Time Devil: Why “Busy” Is a Trap

⏳ [00:26:00] Buying Back Time and Building Your First Team

⏳ [00:33:00] Level 3: The TwoHeaded Devil (People + Purpose)

⏳ [00:44:00] From Accidental Manager to Transformational Leader

⏳ [00:56:00] Why You’ll Never Slay the Devil - You Just Learn to Dance with It

⏳ [01:02:00] The Million Dollar Standard & How to Get the Checklist


Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and drop your biggest “aha” moment in the comments - we read every one.


Keen to chat to our team about building a $1M dream business and life? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya


Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya


Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w


Connect with us:

My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠

IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠

IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠

LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠

]]> 3926 Team Buy-In: How We Built a Crew That Would Fight for the Vision In this video... Most studio owners want a team that’s loyal, driven, and fully aligned… but they never actually build the environment where buy-in can exist. In this episode, I sat down with my entire team - the same crew who came with me to Hawaii - and we broke down exactly how we became a unit that fights for the same mission, the same standards, and the same future. This isn’t “team culture fluff.” This is practical, operational buy-in - how to get your people to care as much as you do. Inside this episode, we cover: - Why your team won’t fight for a vision they never helped shape. - How we built a team that holds the standard - even when I’m not in the room. - Why showing your team the destination transforms their commitment overnight - We reveal the exact stories, rituals, and strategic transparency that make buy-in inevitable. - The psychology behind team alignment. - How we got the team to take the Hawaii vision personally. - The simple systems we use to keep everyone rowing in the same direction. This episode will change the way you think about leadership and team performance. If your team feels disconnected, unmotivated, or “not getting it” - this will show you why… and how to fix it. Chapters ⏳ [00:00] Buy-in isn’t magic, it’s leadership ⏳ [01:24] Why most teams don’t care about the vision ⏳ [04:10] The Hawai’i story & how the team made the vision theirs ⏳ [08:45] How we built shared ownership (not forced motivation) ⏳ [12:30] LER & leadership lanes - everyone knows their job ⏳ [17:02] How we got aligned on standards and identity ⏳ [22:44] Why vision clarity fixes 80% of team problems ⏳ [28:10] Building a team that runs with you - not behind you ⏳ [32:55] What to do if your team “doesn’t get it yet” ⏳ [40:18] Next Steps - How to get leadership support fast Resources Mentioned ⭐️ Grab my Million Dollar Day Calculator: https://bit.ly/yt-million-dollar-day ⭐️ Want more leads? Start here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya ⭐️ Want proven systems to grow without burnout? https://bit.ly/44XoX5w Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Fri, 05 Dec 2025 02:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios In this video... Most studio owners want a team that’s loyal, driven, and fully aligned… but they never actually build the environment where buy-in can exist. In this episode, I sat down with my entire team - the same crew who came with me to Hawaii - and we broke down exactly how we became a unit that fights for the same mission, the same standards, and the same future. This isn’t “team culture fluff.” This is practical, operational buy-in - how to get your people to care as much as you do. Inside this episode, we cover: - Why your team won’t fight for a vision they never helped shape. - How we built a team that holds the standard - even when I’m not in the room. - Why showing your team the destination transforms their commitment overnight - We reveal the exact stories, rituals, and strategic transparency that make buy-in inevitable. - The psychology behind team alignment. - How we got the team to take the Hawaii vision personally. - The simple systems we use to keep everyone rowing in the same direction. This episode will change the way you think about leadership and team performance. If your team feels disconnected, unmotivated, or “not getting it” - this will show you why… and how to fix it. Chapters ⏳ [00:00] Buy-in isn’t magic, it’s leadership ⏳ [01:24] Why most teams don’t care about the vision ⏳ [04:10] The Hawai’i story & how the team made the vision theirs ⏳ [08:45] How we built shared ownership (not forced motivation) ⏳ [12:30] LER & leadership lanes - everyone knows their job ⏳ [17:02] How we got aligned on standards and identity ⏳ [22:44] Why vision clarity fixes 80% of team problems ⏳ [28:10] Building a team that runs with you - not behind you ⏳ [32:55] What to do if your team “doesn’t get it yet” ⏳ [40:18] Next Steps - How to get leadership support fast Resources Mentioned ⭐️ Grab my Million Dollar Day Calculator: https://bit.ly/yt-million-dollar-day ⭐️ Want more leads? Start here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya ⭐️ Want proven systems to grow without burnout? https://bit.ly/44XoX5w Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ In this video...

Most studio owners want a team that’s loyal, driven, and fully aligned…

but they never actually build the environment where buy-in can exist.


In this episode, I sat down with my entire team - the same crew who came with me to Hawaii - and we broke down exactly how we became a unit that fights for the same mission, the same standards, and the same future.


This isn’t “team culture fluff.”


This is practical, operational buy-in - how to get your people to care as much as you do.


Inside this episode, we cover:

- Why your team won’t fight for a vision they never helped shape.

- How we built a team that holds the standard - even when I’m not in the room.

- Why showing your team the destination transforms their commitment overnight

- We reveal the exact stories, rituals, and strategic transparency that make buy-in inevitable.

- The psychology behind team alignment.

- How we got the team to take the Hawaii vision personally.

- The simple systems we use to keep everyone rowing in the same direction.


This episode will change the way you think about leadership and team performance.


If your team feels disconnected, unmotivated, or “not getting it” - this will show you why… and how to fix it.


Chapters

⏳ [00:00] Buy-in isn’t magic, it’s leadership

⏳ [01:24] Why most teams don’t care about the vision

⏳ [04:10] The Hawai’i story & how the team made the vision theirs

⏳ [08:45] How we built shared ownership (not forced motivation)

⏳ [12:30] LER & leadership lanes - everyone knows their job

⏳ [17:02] How we got aligned on standards and identity

⏳ [22:44] Why vision clarity fixes 80% of team problems

⏳ [28:10] Building a team that runs with you - not behind you

⏳ [32:55] What to do if your team “doesn’t get it yet”

⏳ [40:18] Next Steps - How to get leadership support fast


Resources Mentioned

⭐️ Grab my Million Dollar Day Calculator: https://bit.ly/yt-million-dollar-day

⭐️ Want more leads? Start here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya

⭐️ Want proven systems to grow without burnout? https://bit.ly/44XoX5w


Connect with us:

My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠

IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠

IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠

LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠

]]> 5382 MILLION-Dollar Maths: The 7 Numbers To Build A $1M Studio In 12 Months (Without Burning Out) Build your million dollar studio plan with me LIVE this week: https://bit.ly/p-2026-million-dollar-studio If I opened your numbers this week, would they show a calm, composed operator - or someone flying the plane on feelings? Because here’s the truth: business isn’t magic, it’s maths. In this episode, we give you the exact model to hit the million-dollar run rate in 12 months - without the burnout, the guesswork, or the fluff. We’ll show you the weekly targets, the order to install them, and the mindset to stick with it long enough for compounding to kick in. Here’s what we’re covering: The 21 → 7 → 80% → 5 − 2 = Net 3 weekly formula that gets you to $1M Why holding a “Net 3” for 50 weeks (the Green Line) changes everything The success sequence: leads → sales → rollovers → retention (don’t do it out of order) Problems vs projects—how to sit with the real constraint until it’s solved Running the business strategically (not emotionally): be the composed pilot Building the dream team and tracking LER 2–3 so your growth is profitable Owner hours: forced vs optional—and why freedom requires a real handover … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Cold Open: Business Isn’t Magic - It’s Maths ⏳ [01:08] Life & Drama Updates: Hawaii Vision, MDS Pro Launch ⏳ [03:43] Manager School & Content Room: Closing Team Gaps ⏳ [08:12] The Million-Dollar Model: 5–7 Numbers You Need ⏳ [10:09] The Formula: 21 Leads → 7 Sales → 80% Rollovers → 5 − 2 = Net 3 ⏳ [11:01] From 150 Members To $1M: Hold Net 3 For 50 Weeks ⏳ [13:41] Success Is In The Sequence (Install In Order) ⏳ [16:26] Why Most Studios Don’t Make It: Consistency & Composure ⏳ [22:25] Face The Facts: Track Numbers Weekly & Win The Week ⏳ [26:15] Turning Pro: Choose Your Hard & Stay The Course ⏳ [34:34] Compounding: Don’t Quit Before The Stack Hits ⏳ [37:53] Bonus Metrics: LER 2–3 & Owner Hours (Freedom Test) ⏳ [41:05] Your Duty: Stay Open & Serve Your Community Keen to chat to our team about building a $1M dream business and life? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Tue, 02 Dec 2025 17:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Build your million dollar studio plan with me LIVE this week: https://bit.ly/p-2026-million-dollar-studio If I opened your numbers this week, would they show a calm, composed operator - or someone flying the plane on feelings? Because here’s the truth: business isn’t magic, it’s maths. In this episode, we give you the exact model to hit the million-dollar run rate in 12 months - without the burnout, the guesswork, or the fluff. We’ll show you the weekly targets, the order to install them, and the mindset to stick with it long enough for compounding to kick in. Here’s what we’re covering: The 21 → 7 → 80% → 5 − 2 = Net 3 weekly formula that gets you to $1M Why holding a “Net 3” for 50 weeks (the Green Line) changes everything The success sequence: leads → sales → rollovers → retention (don’t do it out of order) Problems vs projects—how to sit with the real constraint until it’s solved Running the business strategically (not emotionally): be the composed pilot Building the dream team and tracking LER 2–3 so your growth is profitable Owner hours: forced vs optional—and why freedom requires a real handover … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Cold Open: Business Isn’t Magic - It’s Maths ⏳ [01:08] Life & Drama Updates: Hawaii Vision, MDS Pro Launch ⏳ [03:43] Manager School & Content Room: Closing Team Gaps ⏳ [08:12] The Million-Dollar Model: 5–7 Numbers You Need ⏳ [10:09] The Formula: 21 Leads → 7 Sales → 80% Rollovers → 5 − 2 = Net 3 ⏳ [11:01] From 150 Members To $1M: Hold Net 3 For 50 Weeks ⏳ [13:41] Success Is In The Sequence (Install In Order) ⏳ [16:26] Why Most Studios Don’t Make It: Consistency & Composure ⏳ [22:25] Face The Facts: Track Numbers Weekly & Win The Week ⏳ [26:15] Turning Pro: Choose Your Hard & Stay The Course ⏳ [34:34] Compounding: Don’t Quit Before The Stack Hits ⏳ [37:53] Bonus Metrics: LER 2–3 & Owner Hours (Freedom Test) ⏳ [41:05] Your Duty: Stay Open & Serve Your Community Keen to chat to our team about building a $1M dream business and life? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Build your million dollar studio plan with me LIVE this week: https://bit.ly/p-2026-million-dollar-studio


If I opened your numbers this week, would they show a calm, composed operator - or someone flying the plane on feelings?


Because here’s the truth: business isn’t magic, it’s maths.


In this episode, we give you the exact model to hit the million-dollar run rate in 12 months - without the burnout, the guesswork, or the fluff.


We’ll show you the weekly targets, the order to install them, and the mindset to stick with it long enough for compounding to kick in.


Here’s what we’re covering:


The 21 → 7 → 80% → 5 − 2 = Net 3 weekly formula that gets you to $1M


Why holding a “Net 3” for 50 weeks (the Green Line) changes everything


The success sequence: leads → sales → rollovers → retention (don’t do it out of order)


Problems vs projects—how to sit with the real constraint until it’s solved


Running the business strategically (not emotionally): be the composed pilot


Building the dream team and tracking LER 2–3 so your growth is profitable


Owner hours: forced vs optional—and why freedom requires a real handover

… and a whole lot more


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] Cold Open: Business Isn’t Magic - It’s Maths

⏳ [01:08] Life & Drama Updates: Hawaii Vision, MDS Pro Launch

⏳ [03:43] Manager School & Content Room: Closing Team Gaps

⏳ [08:12] The Million-Dollar Model: 5–7 Numbers You Need

⏳ [10:09] The Formula: 21 Leads → 7 Sales → 80% Rollovers → 5 − 2 = Net 3

⏳ [11:01] From 150 Members To $1M: Hold Net 3 For 50 Weeks

⏳ [13:41] Success Is In The Sequence (Install In Order)

⏳ [16:26] Why Most Studios Don’t Make It: Consistency & Composure

⏳ [22:25] Face The Facts: Track Numbers Weekly & Win The Week

⏳ [26:15] Turning Pro: Choose Your Hard & Stay The Course

⏳ [34:34] Compounding: Don’t Quit Before The Stack Hits

⏳ [37:53] Bonus Metrics: LER 2–3 & Owner Hours (Freedom Test)

⏳ [41:05] Your Duty: Stay Open & Serve Your Community

Keen to chat to our team about building a $1M dream business and life? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya


Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya


Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w


Connect with us:

My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠

IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠

IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠

LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠

]]> 2588 How to Know When You’ve Outgrown Your Circle If you want to join the inner circle of Million Dollar Studios then head to my Instagram and DM me ‘Million’ and let’s chat. Most business owners don’t fail because they’re untalented - they fail because they stay surrounded by people who keep them small. This episode breaks down exactly how to audit your circle, upgrade your environment, and build rooms that match your ambition. Here’s what we’re covering: - Why even the most talented business owners stay stuck (and how to break out of it) - The six silent killers of growth: fear, control, comfort, environment, systems, and identity - How fear of success keeps you playing small - and how to rewire it into momentum - The truth about control freak founders and why being “the best at a small game” keeps you broke - The “Blame = Broke” mindset shift that separates winners from victims - How to audit your circle, upgrade your environment, and find rooms that pull you forward - The power of permission - what happens when you finally give yourself space to dream bigger - Real client stories of owners who stopped surviving and started scaling - Identity work for founders: how to stop being “just a trainer” and start being a real CEO - Why playing small isn’t humble - it’s selfish, because the people you could have helped will never find you Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] It’s Easy to Think You’re Great… Until You Have to Prove It ⏳ [00:01:57] Meet Matt: The Silent Killer Coach Unlocking Results ⏳ [00:02:14] Why Most Business Owners Stay Stuck (Even When They’re Talented) ⏳ [00:06:00] Outgrowing Your Circle: The Price of Playing Bigger ⏳ [00:08:47] Lack of Vision: Why “Maintenance Mode” is Death ⏳ [00:11:01] Permission to Dream: Reclaiming Ambition and Ownership ⏳ [00:13:21] Comfort in Control: Why Letting Go Feels So Hard ⏳ [00:16:47] Poor Environment, Wrong Frequency: The Circle Audit ⏳ [00:18:36] Blame = Broke: The Hardest Truth About Leadership ⏳ [00:23:10] Systems, Support, and the Operator Trap ⏳ [00:28:32] The Story of Katie: From 20 Years Stuck to 65k Months ⏳ [00:31:33] Identity Shift: From “Just a Trainer” to CEO ⏳ [00:35:05] Why Growth Feels Lonely - and How to Find Bigger Rooms ⏳ [00:38:46] The Real Divide: Coachable vs. Comfortable ⏳ [00:40:04] Playing Small Isn’t Humble - It’s Selfish ⏳ [00:43:04] How to Stop Playing Half a Dream and Start Scaling for Real Keen to chat to our team about building a $1M dream business and life? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Tue, 25 Nov 2025 17:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios If you want to join the inner circle of Million Dollar Studios then head to my Instagram and DM me ‘Million’ and let’s chat. Most business owners don’t fail because they’re untalented - they fail because they stay surrounded by people who keep them small. This episode breaks down exactly how to audit your circle, upgrade your environment, and build rooms that match your ambition. Here’s what we’re covering: - Why even the most talented business owners stay stuck (and how to break out of it) - The six silent killers of growth: fear, control, comfort, environment, systems, and identity - How fear of success keeps you playing small - and how to rewire it into momentum - The truth about control freak founders and why being “the best at a small game” keeps you broke - The “Blame = Broke” mindset shift that separates winners from victims - How to audit your circle, upgrade your environment, and find rooms that pull you forward - The power of permission - what happens when you finally give yourself space to dream bigger - Real client stories of owners who stopped surviving and started scaling - Identity work for founders: how to stop being “just a trainer” and start being a real CEO - Why playing small isn’t humble - it’s selfish, because the people you could have helped will never find you Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] It’s Easy to Think You’re Great… Until You Have to Prove It ⏳ [00:01:57] Meet Matt: The Silent Killer Coach Unlocking Results ⏳ [00:02:14] Why Most Business Owners Stay Stuck (Even When They’re Talented) ⏳ [00:06:00] Outgrowing Your Circle: The Price of Playing Bigger ⏳ [00:08:47] Lack of Vision: Why “Maintenance Mode” is Death ⏳ [00:11:01] Permission to Dream: Reclaiming Ambition and Ownership ⏳ [00:13:21] Comfort in Control: Why Letting Go Feels So Hard ⏳ [00:16:47] Poor Environment, Wrong Frequency: The Circle Audit ⏳ [00:18:36] Blame = Broke: The Hardest Truth About Leadership ⏳ [00:23:10] Systems, Support, and the Operator Trap ⏳ [00:28:32] The Story of Katie: From 20 Years Stuck to 65k Months ⏳ [00:31:33] Identity Shift: From “Just a Trainer” to CEO ⏳ [00:35:05] Why Growth Feels Lonely - and How to Find Bigger Rooms ⏳ [00:38:46] The Real Divide: Coachable vs. Comfortable ⏳ [00:40:04] Playing Small Isn’t Humble - It’s Selfish ⏳ [00:43:04] How to Stop Playing Half a Dream and Start Scaling for Real Keen to chat to our team about building a $1M dream business and life? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ If you want to join the inner circle of Million Dollar Studios then head to my Instagram and DM me ‘Million’ and let’s chat.


Most business owners don’t fail because they’re untalented - they fail because they stay surrounded by people who keep them small.

This episode breaks down exactly how to audit your circle, upgrade your environment, and build rooms that match your ambition.


Here’s what we’re covering:


- Why even the most talented business owners stay stuck (and how to break out of it)

- The six silent killers of growth: fear, control, comfort, environment, systems, and identity

- How fear of success keeps you playing small - and how to rewire it into momentum

- The truth about control freak founders and why being “the best at a small game” keeps you broke

- The “Blame = Broke” mindset shift that separates winners from victims

- How to audit your circle, upgrade your environment, and find rooms that pull you forward

- The power of permission - what happens when you finally give yourself space to dream bigger

- Real client stories of owners who stopped surviving and started scaling

- Identity work for founders: how to stop being “just a trainer” and start being a real CEO

- Why playing small isn’t humble - it’s selfish, because the people you could have helped will never find you


Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all.


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] It’s Easy to Think You’re Great… Until You Have to Prove It

⏳ [00:01:57] Meet Matt: The Silent Killer Coach Unlocking Results

⏳ [00:02:14] Why Most Business Owners Stay Stuck (Even When They’re Talented)

⏳ [00:06:00] Outgrowing Your Circle: The Price of Playing Bigger

⏳ [00:08:47] Lack of Vision: Why “Maintenance Mode” is Death

⏳ [00:11:01] Permission to Dream: Reclaiming Ambition and Ownership

⏳ [00:13:21] Comfort in Control: Why Letting Go Feels So Hard

⏳ [00:16:47] Poor Environment, Wrong Frequency: The Circle Audit

⏳ [00:18:36] Blame = Broke: The Hardest Truth About Leadership

⏳ [00:23:10] Systems, Support, and the Operator Trap

⏳ [00:28:32] The Story of Katie: From 20 Years Stuck to 65k Months

⏳ [00:31:33] Identity Shift: From “Just a Trainer” to CEO

⏳ [00:35:05] Why Growth Feels Lonely - and How to Find Bigger Rooms

⏳ [00:38:46] The Real Divide: Coachable vs. Comfortable

⏳ [00:40:04] Playing Small Isn’t Humble - It’s Selfish

⏳ [00:43:04] How to Stop Playing Half a Dream and Start Scaling for Real


Keen to chat to our team about building a $1M dream business and life?

Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya


Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS?

Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya


Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout?

Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w


Connect with us:

My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠

IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠

IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠

LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠

]]> 2744 How to 10x Your Life Using the Achievement Roadmap Framework If you want to join the inner circle of Million Dollar Studios then head to my Instagram and DM me ‘Million’ and let’s chat. Most business owners are stuck building a life they need a holiday from, not one they designed on purpose. This episode breaks down the Achievement Roadmap - the exact system to 10x your clarity, upgrade your standards, and build a business that finally gives you freedom. Here’s what we’re covering: - Why most business owners wake up on Mondays with that sinking feeling in their gut - The real reason you built yourself a job instead of a business - and how to fix it - The Achievement Roadmap - the 5-step system to design your life and business on purpose - Permission to dream again - how to think 25 years ahead and reverse-engineer your goals - Why 10x is easier than 2x - and how to stop aiming for “break even” - The power of identity work - defining who you need to become before setting targets - Turning vision into traction - daily standards, not goals, that drive results - Unlocking resources - the tools, people, and power-ups you’ll need along the way - Milestones and rewards - how to celebrate progress and fuel long-term motivation - The 300% rule - 100% clarity, 100% belief, 100% of the time Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Grab your copy of the Achievement Roadmap here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/achievement-roadmap Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Tue, 18 Nov 2025 17:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios If you want to join the inner circle of Million Dollar Studios then head to my Instagram and DM me ‘Million’ and let’s chat. Most business owners are stuck building a life they need a holiday from, not one they designed on purpose. This episode breaks down the Achievement Roadmap - the exact system to 10x your clarity, upgrade your standards, and build a business that finally gives you freedom. Here’s what we’re covering: - Why most business owners wake up on Mondays with that sinking feeling in their gut - The real reason you built yourself a job instead of a business - and how to fix it - The Achievement Roadmap - the 5-step system to design your life and business on purpose - Permission to dream again - how to think 25 years ahead and reverse-engineer your goals - Why 10x is easier than 2x - and how to stop aiming for “break even” - The power of identity work - defining who you need to become before setting targets - Turning vision into traction - daily standards, not goals, that drive results - Unlocking resources - the tools, people, and power-ups you’ll need along the way - Milestones and rewards - how to celebrate progress and fuel long-term motivation - The 300% rule - 100% clarity, 100% belief, 100% of the time Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Grab your copy of the Achievement Roadmap here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/achievement-roadmap Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ If you want to join the inner circle of Million Dollar Studios then head to my Instagram and DM me ‘Million’ and let’s chat.


Most business owners are stuck building a life they need a holiday from, not one they designed on purpose.

This episode breaks down the Achievement Roadmap - the exact system to 10x your clarity, upgrade your standards, and build a business that finally gives you freedom.


Here’s what we’re covering:


- Why most business owners wake up on Mondays with that sinking feeling in their gut

- The real reason you built yourself a job instead of a business - and how to fix it

- The Achievement Roadmap - the 5-step system to design your life and business on purpose

- Permission to dream again - how to think 25 years ahead and reverse-engineer your goals

- Why 10x is easier than 2x - and how to stop aiming for “break even”

- The power of identity work - defining who you need to become before setting targets

- Turning vision into traction - daily standards, not goals, that drive results

- Unlocking resources - the tools, people, and power-ups you’ll need along the way

- Milestones and rewards - how to celebrate progress and fuel long-term motivation

- The 300% rule - 100% clarity, 100% belief, 100% of the time


Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all.


Grab your copy of the Achievement Roadmap here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/achievement-roadmap


Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya


Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w


Connect with us:

My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠

IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠

IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠

LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠

]]> 2955 The Retention Revolution: What the Top 1% of Studios Are Doing Differently Most studios are stuck on the membership hamster wheel - constantly chasing new clients while their back door swings wide open. But the smartest studio owners know the real money isn’t in the front end… it’s in retention. In this episode, we’re joined by JP, CEO of Xoda, to unpack what separates the top 1% of studios from everyone else - and how to finally build a business that members never want to leave. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why retention - not sales - is your studio’s most powerful growth lever -The “member-to-member” connection that doubles loyalty (and why most studios ignore it) -How to build a retention budget that actually moves the needle -The 3 metrics every high-performing team tracks weekly -The difference between a product and an experience (and how to design one that sells itself) -What the world’s top studio owners are doing right now to boost loyalty and profits -How to lead and grow a team without burning out or micromanaging … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Why Most Studios Don’t Have a Real Business Model ⏳ [03:30] The Membership Hamster Wheel: Churn vs Retention ⏳ [07:40] Retention as a Strategy - Not an Afterthought ⏳ [10:30] Why Your Studio Should Be the Most Important Business in Your Community ⏳ [15:00] The Retention Budget: Investing in Product and People ⏳ [20:00] The Data Behind the Top 1% of Studios ⏳ [25:00] Gamifying Attendance and Member Habits ⏳ [32:00] The Power of Member-to-Member Interaction ⏳ [40:00] Designing Experiences That Keep People for Life ⏳ [48:00] Leadership Lessons: Letting Go of Perfectionism ⏳ [55:00] Building People Who Build the Business ⏳ [58:00] JP’s Biggest Lesson: Learning to Be Present Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Tue, 11 Nov 2025 17:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Most studios are stuck on the membership hamster wheel - constantly chasing new clients while their back door swings wide open. But the smartest studio owners know the real money isn’t in the front end… it’s in retention. In this episode, we’re joined by JP, CEO of Xoda, to unpack what separates the top 1% of studios from everyone else - and how to finally build a business that members never want to leave. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why retention - not sales - is your studio’s most powerful growth lever -The “member-to-member” connection that doubles loyalty (and why most studios ignore it) -How to build a retention budget that actually moves the needle -The 3 metrics every high-performing team tracks weekly -The difference between a product and an experience (and how to design one that sells itself) -What the world’s top studio owners are doing right now to boost loyalty and profits -How to lead and grow a team without burning out or micromanaging … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Why Most Studios Don’t Have a Real Business Model ⏳ [03:30] The Membership Hamster Wheel: Churn vs Retention ⏳ [07:40] Retention as a Strategy - Not an Afterthought ⏳ [10:30] Why Your Studio Should Be the Most Important Business in Your Community ⏳ [15:00] The Retention Budget: Investing in Product and People ⏳ [20:00] The Data Behind the Top 1% of Studios ⏳ [25:00] Gamifying Attendance and Member Habits ⏳ [32:00] The Power of Member-to-Member Interaction ⏳ [40:00] Designing Experiences That Keep People for Life ⏳ [48:00] Leadership Lessons: Letting Go of Perfectionism ⏳ [55:00] Building People Who Build the Business ⏳ [58:00] JP’s Biggest Lesson: Learning to Be Present Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Most studios are stuck on the membership hamster wheel - constantly chasing new clients while their back door swings wide open. But the smartest studio owners know the real money isn’t in the front end… it’s in retention.


In this episode, we’re joined by JP, CEO of Xoda, to unpack what separates the top 1% of studios from everyone else - and how to finally build a business that members never want to leave.


Here’s what we’re covering:

-Why retention - not sales - is your studio’s most powerful growth lever

-The “member-to-member” connection that doubles loyalty (and why most studios ignore it)

-How to build a retention budget that actually moves the needle

-The 3 metrics every high-performing team tracks weekly

-The difference between a product and an experience (and how to design one that sells itself)

-What the world’s top studio owners are doing right now to boost loyalty and profits

-How to lead and grow a team without burning out or micromanaging

… and a whole lot more


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] Why Most Studios Don’t Have a Real Business Model

⏳ [03:30] The Membership Hamster Wheel: Churn vs Retention

⏳ [07:40] Retention as a Strategy - Not an Afterthought

⏳ [10:30] Why Your Studio Should Be the Most Important Business in Your Community

⏳ [15:00] The Retention Budget: Investing in Product and People

⏳ [20:00] The Data Behind the Top 1% of Studios

⏳ [25:00] Gamifying Attendance and Member Habits

⏳ [32:00] The Power of Member-to-Member Interaction

⏳ [40:00] Designing Experiences That Keep People for Life

⏳ [48:00] Leadership Lessons: Letting Go of Perfectionism

⏳ [55:00] Building People Who Build the Business

⏳ [58:00] JP’s Biggest Lesson: Learning to Be Present


Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all.


Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter


Connect with us:

My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠

IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠

IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠

LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠

]]> 3618 STOP Confusing Busy With Progress: Win The Day With Plan, Pick & Protect For our Separation Sunday System go here: https://bit.ly/pod-separationsunday1 If you’re ending most days knackered but nothing’s actually moved, this one’s for you. Being flat-out isn’t the same as building a business - and the difference is learning to separate signal from noise, then structuring your week so momentum becomes inevitable. In this episode, we walk through the Win The Day discipline - practical, no-fluff steps you can use to turn chaos into controlled progress, from Separation Sunday to a proper “F**k Yeah Friday”. Here’s what we’re covering: -The illusion of productivity: why movement ≠ progress (and what to do instead) -The North Star principles: signal vs noise, momentum, deep work, and discipline over motivation -The “zombie test”: win the day even if it all goes sideways at 3pm -Deep Work 101: 60–120 minutes on the one thing that moves the needle -The triple Ps: Plan, Pick, Protect - how to set up each day to actually win it -Three lenses to choose the right work: revenue, systems, leadership -F**k Yeh Friday: measure what matters, earn your weekend, and celebrate the wins -Real examples: leads vs Canva, sales roleplay vs “follow-up purgatory”, playbooks vs pretty folders -The mindset traps keeping you stuck (comfort, avoidance of hard, fear) - and how pros move through them Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Busy vs Progress: The Hard Truth About Your Day ⏳ [07:55] Win The Day: The North Star Principles ⏳ [09:36] The Zombie Test: How To Lock In A Win ⏳ [10:04] Deep Work That Actually Moves The Business ⏳ [12:02] “F**k It Friday”: Scoreboard, Energy, Momentum ⏳ [13:36] The Triple Ps: Plan, Pick, Protect ⏳ [14:38] Choosing Signal: Revenue, Systems, Leadership ⏳ [16:32] Your Weekly Flow: Separation Sunday To Nightly Review ⏳ [20:06] Lead Gen Example: Members’ Insights vs Canva ⏳ [21:02] Sales Example: Roleplay > Objection Whack-A-Mole ⏳ [22:36] Systems Example: Write The Playbook, Train The Team ⏳ [24:22] Mindset Blocks: Comfort, Avoidance, Fear - Becoming Pro Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Tue, 04 Nov 2025 17:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios For our Separation Sunday System go here: https://bit.ly/pod-separationsunday1 If you’re ending most days knackered but nothing’s actually moved, this one’s for you. Being flat-out isn’t the same as building a business - and the difference is learning to separate signal from noise, then structuring your week so momentum becomes inevitable. In this episode, we walk through the Win The Day discipline - practical, no-fluff steps you can use to turn chaos into controlled progress, from Separation Sunday to a proper “F**k Yeah Friday”. Here’s what we’re covering: -The illusion of productivity: why movement ≠ progress (and what to do instead) -The North Star principles: signal vs noise, momentum, deep work, and discipline over motivation -The “zombie test”: win the day even if it all goes sideways at 3pm -Deep Work 101: 60–120 minutes on the one thing that moves the needle -The triple Ps: Plan, Pick, Protect - how to set up each day to actually win it -Three lenses to choose the right work: revenue, systems, leadership -F**k Yeh Friday: measure what matters, earn your weekend, and celebrate the wins -Real examples: leads vs Canva, sales roleplay vs “follow-up purgatory”, playbooks vs pretty folders -The mindset traps keeping you stuck (comfort, avoidance of hard, fear) - and how pros move through them Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Busy vs Progress: The Hard Truth About Your Day ⏳ [07:55] Win The Day: The North Star Principles ⏳ [09:36] The Zombie Test: How To Lock In A Win ⏳ [10:04] Deep Work That Actually Moves The Business ⏳ [12:02] “F**k It Friday”: Scoreboard, Energy, Momentum ⏳ [13:36] The Triple Ps: Plan, Pick, Protect ⏳ [14:38] Choosing Signal: Revenue, Systems, Leadership ⏳ [16:32] Your Weekly Flow: Separation Sunday To Nightly Review ⏳ [20:06] Lead Gen Example: Members’ Insights vs Canva ⏳ [21:02] Sales Example: Roleplay > Objection Whack-A-Mole ⏳ [22:36] Systems Example: Write The Playbook, Train The Team ⏳ [24:22] Mindset Blocks: Comfort, Avoidance, Fear - Becoming Pro Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ For our Separation Sunday System go here: https://bit.ly/pod-separationsunday1


If you’re ending most days knackered but nothing’s actually moved, this one’s for you. Being flat-out isn’t the same as building a business - and the difference is learning to separate signal from noise, then structuring your week so momentum becomes inevitable.


In this episode, we walk through the Win The Day discipline - practical, no-fluff steps you can use to turn chaos into controlled progress, from Separation Sunday to a proper “F**k Yeah Friday”.


Here’s what we’re covering:

-The illusion of productivity: why movement ≠ progress (and what to do instead)

-The North Star principles: signal vs noise, momentum, deep work, and discipline over motivation

-The “zombie test”: win the day even if it all goes sideways at 3pm

-Deep Work 101: 60–120 minutes on the one thing that moves the needle

-The triple Ps: Plan, Pick, Protect - how to set up each day to actually win it

-Three lenses to choose the right work: revenue, systems, leadership

-F**k Yeh Friday: measure what matters, earn your weekend, and celebrate the wins

-Real examples: leads vs Canva, sales roleplay vs “follow-up purgatory”, playbooks vs pretty folders

-The mindset traps keeping you stuck (comfort, avoidance of hard, fear) - and how pros move through them


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] Busy vs Progress: The Hard Truth About Your Day

⏳ [07:55] Win The Day: The North Star Principles

⏳ [09:36] The Zombie Test: How To Lock In A Win

⏳ [10:04] Deep Work That Actually Moves The Business

⏳ [12:02] “F**k It Friday”: Scoreboard, Energy, Momentum

⏳ [13:36] The Triple Ps: Plan, Pick, Protect

⏳ [14:38] Choosing Signal: Revenue, Systems, Leadership

⏳ [16:32] Your Weekly Flow: Separation Sunday To Nightly Review

⏳ [20:06] Lead Gen Example: Members’ Insights vs Canva

⏳ [21:02] Sales Example: Roleplay > Objection Whack-A-Mole

⏳ [22:36] Systems Example: Write The Playbook, Train The Team

⏳ [24:22] Mindset Blocks: Comfort, Avoidance, Fear - Becoming Pro


Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all.


Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter


Connect with us:

My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠

IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠

IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠

LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠

]]> 1596 Burn the Boats & Build the Machine: How Fitstop Owners Turned a ‘Sinking Ship’ into Record Profit For our Sale A Day Playbook go here: https://bit.ly/pod-saleadayplaybook1 Ever felt like you’re doing everything “right”… but the numbers still aren’t moving? Today’s chat is for the owners who nearly walked away - then doubled down, rebuilt their engine, and clocked best-ever months and highest profit. In this episode, three legends from the Fitstop network get brutally honest about expanding too soon, clawing back from under-100 members, and the identity shift from chief-everything-officer to real CEO. You’ll hear the exact plays they ran - leads, sales, content, roles, KPIs, and hiring - that turned overwhelm into momentum, and momentum into money. Here’s what we’re covering: -The multi-site mistake (and the readiness checklist to avoid it) -Why your manager shouldn’t own sales - and the simple split that fixes retention -Avatar-led content that pulls quality leads (even when ads don’t get the click) -Become obsessed with your numbers: daily tracking, net member movement, and realistic lead targets -How a VA can buy back ~15 hours a week - and what to do with that deep work time -Accountability over excuses: stop blaming HQ, markets or seasons -Designing lifetime retention beyond 90 days (and building member “future”) -Hiring sequence for scale: content first, then sales, with clear KPIs and forecasts Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Cold Open & Intros: From nerves to wins on the board ⏳ [06:42] The Hard Lesson: Went multi-site too early and paid for it ⏳ [09:44] Are You Ready for Site #2? Team & structure checklist ⏳ [10:27] Burnout & Churn: The surprises no one tells you about ⏳ [19:46] Losing Hurts, But It Teaches: How setbacks sparked better marketing ⏳ [20:29] Ditch Free Trials: Paid offers that attract the right members ⏳ [37:10] Split the Roles: Managers own retention, one owner owns sales ⏳ [42:18] Know Your Numbers: Daily tracking and reverse-engineering leads ⏳ [44:14] Content That Converts: One clear avatar per site ⏳ [57:03] Follow-Up That Lands: 6–7 calls in 3 days + smart DMs ⏳ [63:09] Buy Back Time: Hire a VA and do real deep work ⏳ [73:00] Lead Like a CEO: Clarity, KPIs, standards, cadence ⏳ [75:21] No More Excuses: Radical ownership beats blame every time ⏳ [79:45] The Cost of Wearing All the Hats: Burnout and a silent studio ⏳ [83:06] Big Next Moves: Content hire, then full-time sales, then scale ⏳ [86:02] Freedom & Optionality: Build a business you can keep - or sell ⏳ [87:16] One Piece of Advice: Learn fast, get help, and get out of your own way Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Tue, 28 Oct 2025 17:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios For our Sale A Day Playbook go here: https://bit.ly/pod-saleadayplaybook1 Ever felt like you’re doing everything “right”… but the numbers still aren’t moving? Today’s chat is for the owners who nearly walked away - then doubled down, rebuilt their engine, and clocked best-ever months and highest profit. In this episode, three legends from the Fitstop network get brutally honest about expanding too soon, clawing back from under-100 members, and the identity shift from chief-everything-officer to real CEO. You’ll hear the exact plays they ran - leads, sales, content, roles, KPIs, and hiring - that turned overwhelm into momentum, and momentum into money. Here’s what we’re covering: -The multi-site mistake (and the readiness checklist to avoid it) -Why your manager shouldn’t own sales - and the simple split that fixes retention -Avatar-led content that pulls quality leads (even when ads don’t get the click) -Become obsessed with your numbers: daily tracking, net member movement, and realistic lead targets -How a VA can buy back ~15 hours a week - and what to do with that deep work time -Accountability over excuses: stop blaming HQ, markets or seasons -Designing lifetime retention beyond 90 days (and building member “future”) -Hiring sequence for scale: content first, then sales, with clear KPIs and forecasts Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Cold Open & Intros: From nerves to wins on the board ⏳ [06:42] The Hard Lesson: Went multi-site too early and paid for it ⏳ [09:44] Are You Ready for Site #2? Team & structure checklist ⏳ [10:27] Burnout & Churn: The surprises no one tells you about ⏳ [19:46] Losing Hurts, But It Teaches: How setbacks sparked better marketing ⏳ [20:29] Ditch Free Trials: Paid offers that attract the right members ⏳ [37:10] Split the Roles: Managers own retention, one owner owns sales ⏳ [42:18] Know Your Numbers: Daily tracking and reverse-engineering leads ⏳ [44:14] Content That Converts: One clear avatar per site ⏳ [57:03] Follow-Up That Lands: 6–7 calls in 3 days + smart DMs ⏳ [63:09] Buy Back Time: Hire a VA and do real deep work ⏳ [73:00] Lead Like a CEO: Clarity, KPIs, standards, cadence ⏳ [75:21] No More Excuses: Radical ownership beats blame every time ⏳ [79:45] The Cost of Wearing All the Hats: Burnout and a silent studio ⏳ [83:06] Big Next Moves: Content hire, then full-time sales, then scale ⏳ [86:02] Freedom & Optionality: Build a business you can keep - or sell ⏳ [87:16] One Piece of Advice: Learn fast, get help, and get out of your own way Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ For our Sale A Day Playbook go here: https://bit.ly/pod-saleadayplaybook1


Ever felt like you’re doing everything “right”… but the numbers still aren’t moving? Today’s chat is for the owners who nearly walked away - then doubled down, rebuilt their engine, and clocked best-ever months and highest profit.


In this episode, three legends from the Fitstop network get brutally honest about expanding too soon, clawing back from under-100 members, and the identity shift from chief-everything-officer to real CEO.


You’ll hear the exact plays they ran - leads, sales, content, roles, KPIs, and hiring - that turned overwhelm into momentum, and momentum into money.


Here’s what we’re covering:


-The multi-site mistake (and the readiness checklist to avoid it)

-Why your manager shouldn’t own sales - and the simple split that fixes retention

-Avatar-led content that pulls quality leads (even when ads don’t get the click)

-Become obsessed with your numbers: daily tracking, net member movement, and realistic lead targets

-How a VA can buy back ~15 hours a week - and what to do with that deep work time

-Accountability over excuses: stop blaming HQ, markets or seasons

-Designing lifetime retention beyond 90 days (and building member “future”)

-Hiring sequence for scale: content first, then sales, with clear KPIs and forecasts


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] Cold Open & Intros: From nerves to wins on the board

⏳ [06:42] The Hard Lesson: Went multi-site too early and paid for it

⏳ [09:44] Are You Ready for Site #2? Team & structure checklist

⏳ [10:27] Burnout & Churn: The surprises no one tells you about

⏳ [19:46] Losing Hurts, But It Teaches: How setbacks sparked better marketing

⏳ [20:29] Ditch Free Trials: Paid offers that attract the right members

⏳ [37:10] Split the Roles: Managers own retention, one owner owns sales

⏳ [42:18] Know Your Numbers: Daily tracking and reverse-engineering leads

⏳ [44:14] Content That Converts: One clear avatar per site

⏳ [57:03] Follow-Up That Lands: 6–7 calls in 3 days + smart DMs

⏳ [63:09] Buy Back Time: Hire a VA and do real deep work

⏳ [73:00] Lead Like a CEO: Clarity, KPIs, standards, cadence

⏳ [75:21] No More Excuses: Radical ownership beats blame every time

⏳ [79:45] The Cost of Wearing All the Hats: Burnout and a silent studio

⏳ [83:06] Big Next Moves: Content hire, then full-time sales, then scale

⏳ [86:02] Freedom & Optionality: Build a business you can keep - or sell

⏳ [87:16] One Piece of Advice: Learn fast, get help, and get out of your own way


Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all.


Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter


Connect with us:

My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠

IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠

IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠

LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠

]]> 5446 The Green Line Game Plan: How Ryan Fernance Built 300-Club Studios (And You Can Too) If your studio limps into summer every year, bleeds through Christmas, then prays for a New Year miracle - you’re not alone. But you don’t have to cop another rinse-and-repeat. This episode is a line in the sand. Ryan Fernance (the bloke who steered multiple F45s to the 300 Club through lockdowns) breaks down “Separation Season” - the next 90 days where the pros surge ahead and the dabblers burn out. No fluff. Just the boring, battleground basics that actually move the needle. Here’s what we’re covering: -The real reason studios spiral - and how to stop it at the source -Why “boring is the battleground”: show up, sleep, macros… and business fundamentals -The Green Line: grow by net +3 members per week (and why it saves your summer) -Lead flow that works: 20 leads/week, call inside 5 minutes (1 minute = 300x pickup) -Offers that profit from day one (ditch free/$7 trials) and convert 80% to full-price -Your UVP: be “[Your Suburb] [Your Brand]”, speak to one avatar, one problem, one offer -Seasonal strategy: spring push, Christmas survival, and rolling into the New Year miles ahead … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] From Spiral To Structure: Ryan’s Lowest Points (And The Way Out) ⏳ [02:10] Backstory: 10 Years In, Hitting The 300 Club (Twice) ⏳ [06:40] Boring Is The Battleground: Basics That Actually Win ⏳ [09:40] UVP 101: Be “Hope Island, F45” - Not Just “F45” ⏳ [15:00] Fix Root Causes, Not Quick Hacks ⏳ [17:10] What Is “Separation Season”? ⏳ [20:14] The Green Line: Net +3/Wk So You Don’t Limp Into Summer ⏳ [22:30] Lead Gen That Lands: Avatar, Content, One Profitable Offer ⏳ [28:35] Turn Pro: Standards, Separation Sunday, Time Blocking ⏳ [34:05] Profitable Intros, Real Retention, 2–3% Churn ⏳ [35:51] Traction Discipline: How To Win The Day ⏳ [37:50] Grab The Playbook + Next Steps Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Tue, 21 Oct 2025 17:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios If your studio limps into summer every year, bleeds through Christmas, then prays for a New Year miracle - you’re not alone. But you don’t have to cop another rinse-and-repeat. This episode is a line in the sand. Ryan Fernance (the bloke who steered multiple F45s to the 300 Club through lockdowns) breaks down “Separation Season” - the next 90 days where the pros surge ahead and the dabblers burn out. No fluff. Just the boring, battleground basics that actually move the needle. Here’s what we’re covering: -The real reason studios spiral - and how to stop it at the source -Why “boring is the battleground”: show up, sleep, macros… and business fundamentals -The Green Line: grow by net +3 members per week (and why it saves your summer) -Lead flow that works: 20 leads/week, call inside 5 minutes (1 minute = 300x pickup) -Offers that profit from day one (ditch free/$7 trials) and convert 80% to full-price -Your UVP: be “[Your Suburb] [Your Brand]”, speak to one avatar, one problem, one offer -Seasonal strategy: spring push, Christmas survival, and rolling into the New Year miles ahead … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] From Spiral To Structure: Ryan’s Lowest Points (And The Way Out) ⏳ [02:10] Backstory: 10 Years In, Hitting The 300 Club (Twice) ⏳ [06:40] Boring Is The Battleground: Basics That Actually Win ⏳ [09:40] UVP 101: Be “Hope Island, F45” - Not Just “F45” ⏳ [15:00] Fix Root Causes, Not Quick Hacks ⏳ [17:10] What Is “Separation Season”? ⏳ [20:14] The Green Line: Net +3/Wk So You Don’t Limp Into Summer ⏳ [22:30] Lead Gen That Lands: Avatar, Content, One Profitable Offer ⏳ [28:35] Turn Pro: Standards, Separation Sunday, Time Blocking ⏳ [34:05] Profitable Intros, Real Retention, 2–3% Churn ⏳ [35:51] Traction Discipline: How To Win The Day ⏳ [37:50] Grab The Playbook + Next Steps Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ If your studio limps into summer every year, bleeds through Christmas, then prays for a New Year miracle - you’re not alone. But you don’t have to cop another rinse-and-repeat.


This episode is a line in the sand. Ryan Fernance (the bloke who steered multiple F45s to the 300 Club through lockdowns) breaks down “Separation Season” - the next 90 days where the pros surge ahead and the dabblers burn out. No fluff. Just the boring, battleground basics that actually move the needle.


Here’s what we’re covering:


-The real reason studios spiral - and how to stop it at the source

-Why “boring is the battleground”: show up, sleep, macros… and business fundamentals

-The Green Line: grow by net +3 members per week (and why it saves your summer)

-Lead flow that works: 20 leads/week, call inside 5 minutes (1 minute = 300x pickup)

-Offers that profit from day one (ditch free/$7 trials) and convert 80% to full-price

-Your UVP: be “[Your Suburb] [Your Brand]”, speak to one avatar, one problem, one offer

-Seasonal strategy: spring push, Christmas survival, and rolling into the New Year miles ahead

… and a whole lot more


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] From Spiral To Structure: Ryan’s Lowest Points (And The Way Out)

⏳ [02:10] Backstory: 10 Years In, Hitting The 300 Club (Twice)

⏳ [06:40] Boring Is The Battleground: Basics That Actually Win

⏳ [09:40] UVP 101: Be “Hope Island, F45” - Not Just “F45”

⏳ [15:00] Fix Root Causes, Not Quick Hacks

⏳ [17:10] What Is “Separation Season”?

⏳ [20:14] The Green Line: Net +3/Wk So You Don’t Limp Into Summer

⏳ [22:30] Lead Gen That Lands: Avatar, Content, One Profitable Offer

⏳ [28:35] Turn Pro: Standards, Separation Sunday, Time Blocking

⏳ [34:05] Profitable Intros, Real Retention, 2–3% Churn

⏳ [35:51] Traction Discipline: How To Win The Day

⏳ [37:50] Grab The Playbook + Next Steps


Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all.


Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter


Connect with us:

My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠

IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠

IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠

LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠

]]> 2311 How Newstrength Went From 'Good Enough' to a $1M Run Rate If you’ve been coasting on “good enough”, this one’s a rocket. Nate and Jacob from Newstrength (Newcastle) walk us through the exact standards, systems and mindset shifts that took them from restless operators to a million-dollar run rate while juggling kids, 3am training and a team that now runs with them, not behind them. Here’s what we’re covering: - The moment they said “fuck that” to fine and chose standards over excuses - From ~$60k months to an $84k run rate, and 210 → 220+ members (fast) - Letting go of control so the team can actually step up (and stick) - Vivid Vision, permission to dream, and making the metrics mean something - The systems stack: SALAD sales, scripts, scorecards, playbooks, handbooks, KPIs - “Separation Sunday” and the weekly rhythm of million-dollar studios - Sales as belief transfer: make a friend, help a friend - then change a life - Building real careers in fitness: pay, roles, and culture that lasts - Visionary × Integrator: how this partnership actually works day-to-day - The 300-member plan, a NZ team retreat, and why 2026 is on the board - Parenting while building: 3am training, uncommon standards, zero victimhood Why most gyms stay stuck and how to stop normal habits delivering normal results Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] “Fuck That”: Refusing to Settle for Fine ⏳ [00:03:52] From Survival to $1M Run Rate: The Plan and the Numbers ⏳ [00:04:46] The Model: Small Group & Semi-Private for Busy Parents ⏳ [00:12:06] Standards > Excuses: Carving Your Own Path ⏳ [00:17:19] The Turning Point: A Line in the Sand at $1M ⏳ [00:21:11] Letting Go: Handing Over Control So the Team Can Win ⏳ [00:30:14] The Systems Stack That Moved the Needle ⏳ [00:33:59] Playbooks, Skill Gaps & Content That Actually Converts ⏳ [00:42:05] Leadership Evolution: Making It a Mission, Not a Job ⏳ [00:49:06] Lifting Industry Standards: Real Careers for Coaches ⏳ [00:59:57] Separation Sunday & Level 10s: The $1M Weekly Rhythm ⏳ [01:09:00] 300 Members & a NZ Team Retreat: The Vision ⏳ [01:17:04] Stuck at $20-30k/Month? Start Here ⏳ [01:23:45] Who Shouldn’t Join Geronimo (Real Talk) Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Tue, 14 Oct 2025 17:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios If you’ve been coasting on “good enough”, this one’s a rocket. Nate and Jacob from Newstrength (Newcastle) walk us through the exact standards, systems and mindset shifts that took them from restless operators to a million-dollar run rate while juggling kids, 3am training and a team that now runs with them, not behind them. Here’s what we’re covering: - The moment they said “fuck that” to fine and chose standards over excuses - From ~$60k months to an $84k run rate, and 210 → 220+ members (fast) - Letting go of control so the team can actually step up (and stick) - Vivid Vision, permission to dream, and making the metrics mean something - The systems stack: SALAD sales, scripts, scorecards, playbooks, handbooks, KPIs - “Separation Sunday” and the weekly rhythm of million-dollar studios - Sales as belief transfer: make a friend, help a friend - then change a life - Building real careers in fitness: pay, roles, and culture that lasts - Visionary × Integrator: how this partnership actually works day-to-day - The 300-member plan, a NZ team retreat, and why 2026 is on the board - Parenting while building: 3am training, uncommon standards, zero victimhood Why most gyms stay stuck and how to stop normal habits delivering normal results Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] “Fuck That”: Refusing to Settle for Fine ⏳ [00:03:52] From Survival to $1M Run Rate: The Plan and the Numbers ⏳ [00:04:46] The Model: Small Group & Semi-Private for Busy Parents ⏳ [00:12:06] Standards > Excuses: Carving Your Own Path ⏳ [00:17:19] The Turning Point: A Line in the Sand at $1M ⏳ [00:21:11] Letting Go: Handing Over Control So the Team Can Win ⏳ [00:30:14] The Systems Stack That Moved the Needle ⏳ [00:33:59] Playbooks, Skill Gaps & Content That Actually Converts ⏳ [00:42:05] Leadership Evolution: Making It a Mission, Not a Job ⏳ [00:49:06] Lifting Industry Standards: Real Careers for Coaches ⏳ [00:59:57] Separation Sunday & Level 10s: The $1M Weekly Rhythm ⏳ [01:09:00] 300 Members & a NZ Team Retreat: The Vision ⏳ [01:17:04] Stuck at $20-30k/Month? Start Here ⏳ [01:23:45] Who Shouldn’t Join Geronimo (Real Talk) Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ If you’ve been coasting on “good enough”, this one’s a rocket. Nate and Jacob from Newstrength (Newcastle) walk us through the exact standards, systems and mindset shifts that took them from restless operators to a million-dollar run rate while juggling kids, 3am training and a team that now runs with them, not behind them.


Here’s what we’re covering:


- The moment they said “fuck that” to fine and chose standards over excuses

- From ~$60k months to an $84k run rate, and 210 → 220+ members (fast)

- Letting go of control so the team can actually step up (and stick)

- Vivid Vision, permission to dream, and making the metrics mean something

- The systems stack: SALAD sales, scripts, scorecards, playbooks, handbooks, KPIs

- “Separation Sunday” and the weekly rhythm of million-dollar studios

- Sales as belief transfer: make a friend, help a friend - then change a life

- Building real careers in fitness: pay, roles, and culture that lasts

- Visionary × Integrator: how this partnership actually works day-to-day

- The 300-member plan, a NZ team retreat, and why 2026 is on the board

- Parenting while building: 3am training, uncommon standards, zero victimhood


Why most gyms stay stuck and how to stop normal habits delivering normal results


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] “Fuck That”: Refusing to Settle for Fine

⏳ [00:03:52] From Survival to $1M Run Rate: The Plan and the Numbers

⏳ [00:04:46] The Model: Small Group & Semi-Private for Busy Parents

⏳ [00:12:06] Standards > Excuses: Carving Your Own Path

⏳ [00:17:19] The Turning Point: A Line in the Sand at $1M

⏳ [00:21:11] Letting Go: Handing Over Control So the Team Can Win

⏳ [00:30:14] The Systems Stack That Moved the Needle

⏳ [00:33:59] Playbooks, Skill Gaps & Content That Actually Converts

⏳ [00:42:05] Leadership Evolution: Making It a Mission, Not a Job

⏳ [00:49:06] Lifting Industry Standards: Real Careers for Coaches

⏳ [00:59:57] Separation Sunday & Level 10s: The $1M Weekly Rhythm

⏳ [01:09:00] 300 Members & a NZ Team Retreat: The Vision

⏳ [01:17:04] Stuck at $20-30k/Month? Start Here

⏳ [01:23:45] Who Shouldn’t Join Geronimo (Real Talk)


Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all.


Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter


Connect with us:

My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠

IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠

IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠

LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠

]]> 5443 STOP Hiring the Wrong Salespeople: The Wolfpack Playbook to Build a Studio Sales Machine If your “sales hire” is squeezing in calls at lunch and blaming leads by Friday, you don’t have a sales function - you’ve got a headache. This episode is your full, no-fluff Wolfpack Playbook: how to find, hire, pay, and lead a salesperson who actually sells - plus the rhythms, standards and incentives that turn one rep into a team that hunts together. You’ll hear real war stories from scaling a multi-country sales team doing 200+ sales a month - what worked, what bombed, and the exact structures you can swipe and deploy this week. Here’s what we’re covering: -The biggest hiring mistakes studio owners make (part-timers, wrong pay mix, and “nice” trainers who can’t sell) -What great sales candidates look like - and where to find them (phone sales > retail smiles) -The must-have hoops in your recruiting funnel (fast video response, script roleplay, “close me” moment) -The red flags to spot early (low energy, slick talkers, weak punctuality, zero learning velocity) -The Wolfpack Academy: your first 14 days to get a rep selling fast -The five non-negotiables (first 5 minutes, first 4 seconds, script discipline, call blocks, daily PD) -How to manage and motivate salespeople (scoreboards, public recognition, clean incentives) -Targets, activity and timing: 3-7pm and 8:30-10:30am call blocks, daily quotas, and follow-ups that win -Commission, spiffs and “Woolies card” sugar hits -without trashing refund rates -Integrating sales with marketing and ops so your rep is fed, focused and not buried in admin … and a whole lot more Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Tue, 07 Oct 2025 17:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios If your “sales hire” is squeezing in calls at lunch and blaming leads by Friday, you don’t have a sales function - you’ve got a headache. This episode is your full, no-fluff Wolfpack Playbook: how to find, hire, pay, and lead a salesperson who actually sells - plus the rhythms, standards and incentives that turn one rep into a team that hunts together. You’ll hear real war stories from scaling a multi-country sales team doing 200+ sales a month - what worked, what bombed, and the exact structures you can swipe and deploy this week. Here’s what we’re covering: -The biggest hiring mistakes studio owners make (part-timers, wrong pay mix, and “nice” trainers who can’t sell) -What great sales candidates look like - and where to find them (phone sales > retail smiles) -The must-have hoops in your recruiting funnel (fast video response, script roleplay, “close me” moment) -The red flags to spot early (low energy, slick talkers, weak punctuality, zero learning velocity) -The Wolfpack Academy: your first 14 days to get a rep selling fast -The five non-negotiables (first 5 minutes, first 4 seconds, script discipline, call blocks, daily PD) -How to manage and motivate salespeople (scoreboards, public recognition, clean incentives) -Targets, activity and timing: 3-7pm and 8:30-10:30am call blocks, daily quotas, and follow-ups that win -Commission, spiffs and “Woolies card” sugar hits -without trashing refund rates -Integrating sales with marketing and ops so your rep is fed, focused and not buried in admin … and a whole lot more Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ If your “sales hire” is squeezing in calls at lunch and blaming leads by Friday, you don’t have a sales function - you’ve got a headache.


This episode is your full, no-fluff Wolfpack Playbook: how to find, hire, pay, and lead a salesperson who actually sells - plus the rhythms, standards and incentives that turn one rep into a team that hunts together.


You’ll hear real war stories from scaling a multi-country sales team doing 200+ sales a month - what worked, what bombed, and the exact structures you can swipe and deploy this week.


Here’s what we’re covering:


-The biggest hiring mistakes studio owners make (part-timers, wrong pay mix, and “nice” trainers who can’t sell)

-What great sales candidates look like - and where to find them (phone sales > retail smiles)

-The must-have hoops in your recruiting funnel (fast video response, script roleplay, “close me” moment)

-The red flags to spot early (low energy, slick talkers, weak punctuality, zero learning velocity)

-The Wolfpack Academy: your first 14 days to get a rep selling fast

-The five non-negotiables (first 5 minutes, first 4 seconds, script discipline, call blocks, daily PD)

-How to manage and motivate salespeople (scoreboards, public recognition, clean incentives)

-Targets, activity and timing: 3-7pm and 8:30-10:30am call blocks, daily quotas, and follow-ups that win

-Commission, spiffs and “Woolies card” sugar hits -without trashing refund rates

-Integrating sales with marketing and ops so your rep is fed, focused and not buried in admin

… and a whole lot more


Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all.


Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter


Connect with us:

My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠

IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠

IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠

LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠

]]> 3338 The 8 Principles of the Top 1%: How Elite Studio Owners Think, Act & Win (Without Burning Out) Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Tue, 30 Sep 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠




















































Connect with us:

My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠

IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠

IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠

LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠

]]> 2834 The Culture Playbook: 90 Days to a High-Performance Studio If you think culture is free brekkie and a flash coffee machine, think again - this is the nuts-and-bolts playbook to build a standards-driven, high-performance team in a real Aussie studio. In this episode, we get practical: exactly how to reset your vision, earn buy-in fast, set non-negotiables, and run a 90-day turnaround that dials up performance without burning your people out. Here’s what we’re covering: -Culture ≠ perks: it’s standards, rituals and accountability (not vibes) -How to relaunch your vision with vulnerability - and make it about your team’s financial freedom -The 90-day turnaround: lead with actions, earn respect, then meet -Non-negotiables are the floor: reward behaviours, not just outcomes -Gamify the next month: incentives, consequences, and removing fear of failure -Measuring culture: track the intangibles and non-talent KPIs that actually win games -Hiring truths: choose culture fit over raw talent (“change the man or change the man”) -Everyone’s a leader: clear lanes of ownership that lift standards -The SRB framework (Situation-Impact-Behaviour) for tough conversations -Reframes that kill frustration, keep your best people, and create momentum … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Culture Isn’t Perks - It’s Standards, Rituals, Accountability ⏳ [01:26] The Playbook Brief: Bringing World-Class Culture to Small Teams ⏳ [02:52] Re-Energising a Team After Poor Leadership: Vision & Vulnerability ⏳ [06:31] Cadences & Ownership: Weekly/Monthly Rhythm That Sticks ⏳ [07:19] Week One: The “Respect Checklist” and Leading With Actions ⏳ [09:03] Link Personal Goals to Business Goals (You Go First on Vulnerability) ⏳ [12:29] Make Non-Negotiables the Win Condition - Reward Behaviours ⏳ [16:02] Gamify the Next 90 Days: Incentives, Consequences, Accountability ⏳ [18:13] How to Measure Culture: Intangibles and Non-Talent KPIs ⏳ [21:27] Talent vs Culture Fit: Pick Your Pain (Choose Culture) ⏳ [24:05] “Change the Man or Change the Man”: Setting a Standard ⏳ [29:03] Tough Chats Made Simple: The SRB (Situation-Impact-Behaviour) Model ⏳ [36:04] Avoiding Conflict Loses Your Best People ⏳ [38:32] The Simple Truth: Standards Drive Everything ⏳ [40:01] When Culture Runs Without You (And Attracts Performers) ⏳ [41:15] Wrap-Up & Your Next Step Hope you enjoy! Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Tue, 23 Sep 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios If you think culture is free brekkie and a flash coffee machine, think again - this is the nuts-and-bolts playbook to build a standards-driven, high-performance team in a real Aussie studio. In this episode, we get practical: exactly how to reset your vision, earn buy-in fast, set non-negotiables, and run a 90-day turnaround that dials up performance without burning your people out. Here’s what we’re covering: -Culture ≠ perks: it’s standards, rituals and accountability (not vibes) -How to relaunch your vision with vulnerability - and make it about your team’s financial freedom -The 90-day turnaround: lead with actions, earn respect, then meet -Non-negotiables are the floor: reward behaviours, not just outcomes -Gamify the next month: incentives, consequences, and removing fear of failure -Measuring culture: track the intangibles and non-talent KPIs that actually win games -Hiring truths: choose culture fit over raw talent (“change the man or change the man”) -Everyone’s a leader: clear lanes of ownership that lift standards -The SRB framework (Situation-Impact-Behaviour) for tough conversations -Reframes that kill frustration, keep your best people, and create momentum … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Culture Isn’t Perks - It’s Standards, Rituals, Accountability ⏳ [01:26] The Playbook Brief: Bringing World-Class Culture to Small Teams ⏳ [02:52] Re-Energising a Team After Poor Leadership: Vision & Vulnerability ⏳ [06:31] Cadences & Ownership: Weekly/Monthly Rhythm That Sticks ⏳ [07:19] Week One: The “Respect Checklist” and Leading With Actions ⏳ [09:03] Link Personal Goals to Business Goals (You Go First on Vulnerability) ⏳ [12:29] Make Non-Negotiables the Win Condition - Reward Behaviours ⏳ [16:02] Gamify the Next 90 Days: Incentives, Consequences, Accountability ⏳ [18:13] How to Measure Culture: Intangibles and Non-Talent KPIs ⏳ [21:27] Talent vs Culture Fit: Pick Your Pain (Choose Culture) ⏳ [24:05] “Change the Man or Change the Man”: Setting a Standard ⏳ [29:03] Tough Chats Made Simple: The SRB (Situation-Impact-Behaviour) Model ⏳ [36:04] Avoiding Conflict Loses Your Best People ⏳ [38:32] The Simple Truth: Standards Drive Everything ⏳ [40:01] When Culture Runs Without You (And Attracts Performers) ⏳ [41:15] Wrap-Up & Your Next Step Hope you enjoy! Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ If you think culture is free brekkie and a flash coffee machine, think again - this is the nuts-and-bolts playbook to build a standards-driven, high-performance team in a real Aussie studio.


In this episode, we get practical: exactly how to reset your vision, earn buy-in fast, set non-negotiables, and run a 90-day turnaround that dials up performance without burning your people out.


Here’s what we’re covering:


-Culture ≠ perks: it’s standards, rituals and accountability (not vibes)

-How to relaunch your vision with vulnerability - and make it about your team’s financial freedom

-The 90-day turnaround: lead with actions, earn respect, then meet

-Non-negotiables are the floor: reward behaviours, not just outcomes

-Gamify the next month: incentives, consequences, and removing fear of failure

-Measuring culture: track the intangibles and non-talent KPIs that actually win games

-Hiring truths: choose culture fit over raw talent (“change the man or change the man”)

-Everyone’s a leader: clear lanes of ownership that lift standards

-The SRB framework (Situation-Impact-Behaviour) for tough conversations

-Reframes that kill frustration, keep your best people, and create momentum

… and a whole lot more


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] Culture Isn’t Perks - It’s Standards, Rituals, Accountability

⏳ [01:26] The Playbook Brief: Bringing World-Class Culture to Small Teams

⏳ [02:52] Re-Energising a Team After Poor Leadership: Vision & Vulnerability

⏳ [06:31] Cadences & Ownership: Weekly/Monthly Rhythm That Sticks

⏳ [07:19] Week One: The “Respect Checklist” and Leading With Actions

⏳ [09:03] Link Personal Goals to Business Goals (You Go First on Vulnerability)

⏳ [12:29] Make Non-Negotiables the Win Condition - Reward Behaviours

⏳ [16:02] Gamify the Next 90 Days: Incentives, Consequences, Accountability

⏳ [18:13] How to Measure Culture: Intangibles and Non-Talent KPIs

⏳ [21:27] Talent vs Culture Fit: Pick Your Pain (Choose Culture)

⏳ [24:05] “Change the Man or Change the Man”: Setting a Standard

⏳ [29:03] Tough Chats Made Simple: The SRB (Situation-Impact-Behaviour) Model

⏳ [36:04] Avoiding Conflict Loses Your Best People

⏳ [38:32] The Simple Truth: Standards Drive Everything

⏳ [40:01] When Culture Runs Without You (And Attracts Performers)

⏳ [41:15] Wrap-Up & Your Next Step


Hope you enjoy!


Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all.


Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout?

Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter


Connect with us:

My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠

IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠

IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠

LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠

]]> 2529 The Hidden Reasons Your Culture Sucks and How to Build One Built to Win If you’re burnt out, juggling casuals and “spare parts”, and hoping a fruit bowl and team brekkie will fix culture - you’re kidding yourself. Here’s the truth: culture isn’t vibes. It’s standards, systems and accountability - lived daily. In this episode, we unpack how elite footy programs like the Melbourne Storm and Norths turn “off-cuts” into pros, and how you can install the same habits in a five-person studio. We’re talking non-negotiables (as the floor, not the ceiling), recruiting on character over CV, team-driven leadership, and the exact rhythms - huddles, reviews and scoreboards - that lift performance without you barking orders. Here’s what we’re covering: -The difference between real culture and “bribery” (and why free coffees won’t save you) -Why recruiting on character beats qualifications every day of the week -Non-negotiables as the floor (not the ceiling) - and how to set them -The Storm “work program”, Purple Hearts and rituals that hardwire effort -How to build team-driven accountability (so standards police themselves) -The review room: 3 effort-based actions, player self-scores and visible scoreboards -Mini-teams, healthy competition and gamifying the right behaviours -Leading with questions, not speeches - practical prompts you can steal -How to reset a weak culture in 90 days (without blowing up your team) -What to do when a high performer is in a slump (support vs standards) Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Why Your “Culture” Isn’t Working (and What It Actually Is) ⏳ [01:05] Character Over CV: How Elite Teams Recruit Winners ⏳ [07:07] Systems, Standards, Accountability - the Culture Trinity ⏳ [12:21] Rituals That Matter: Jerseys Off the Floor & Standing to Greet ⏳ [20:10] Non-Negotiables Are the Floor, Not the Ceiling ⏳ [23:06] Inside the Storm: The Work Program & Perspective Shift ⏳ [33:44] Spotting Weak Culture: Meetings, Dialogue and Behaviours ⏳ [41:10] The Review Room: Effort Metrics, Self-Scores & Scoreboards ⏳ [44:30] Build the Framework: Themes, Mini-Teams & Gamification ⏳ [51:30] Listener Q&A: Spare Parts, Monthly Meetings & Where to Start ⏳ [1:03:00] Coaching High Performers Through a Slump (Without Dropping Standards) ⏳ [1:16:20] Daily/Weekly Huddles That Drive Action (Not Just Talk) ⏳ [1:21:30] Vision That Sticks: From Top-Down to Team-Owned Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Tue, 16 Sep 2025 23:55:00 -0000 full TBC Studios If you’re burnt out, juggling casuals and “spare parts”, and hoping a fruit bowl and team brekkie will fix culture - you’re kidding yourself. Here’s the truth: culture isn’t vibes. It’s standards, systems and accountability - lived daily. In this episode, we unpack how elite footy programs like the Melbourne Storm and Norths turn “off-cuts” into pros, and how you can install the same habits in a five-person studio. We’re talking non-negotiables (as the floor, not the ceiling), recruiting on character over CV, team-driven leadership, and the exact rhythms - huddles, reviews and scoreboards - that lift performance without you barking orders. Here’s what we’re covering: -The difference between real culture and “bribery” (and why free coffees won’t save you) -Why recruiting on character beats qualifications every day of the week -Non-negotiables as the floor (not the ceiling) - and how to set them -The Storm “work program”, Purple Hearts and rituals that hardwire effort -How to build team-driven accountability (so standards police themselves) -The review room: 3 effort-based actions, player self-scores and visible scoreboards -Mini-teams, healthy competition and gamifying the right behaviours -Leading with questions, not speeches - practical prompts you can steal -How to reset a weak culture in 90 days (without blowing up your team) -What to do when a high performer is in a slump (support vs standards) Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Why Your “Culture” Isn’t Working (and What It Actually Is) ⏳ [01:05] Character Over CV: How Elite Teams Recruit Winners ⏳ [07:07] Systems, Standards, Accountability - the Culture Trinity ⏳ [12:21] Rituals That Matter: Jerseys Off the Floor & Standing to Greet ⏳ [20:10] Non-Negotiables Are the Floor, Not the Ceiling ⏳ [23:06] Inside the Storm: The Work Program & Perspective Shift ⏳ [33:44] Spotting Weak Culture: Meetings, Dialogue and Behaviours ⏳ [41:10] The Review Room: Effort Metrics, Self-Scores & Scoreboards ⏳ [44:30] Build the Framework: Themes, Mini-Teams & Gamification ⏳ [51:30] Listener Q&A: Spare Parts, Monthly Meetings & Where to Start ⏳ [1:03:00] Coaching High Performers Through a Slump (Without Dropping Standards) ⏳ [1:16:20] Daily/Weekly Huddles That Drive Action (Not Just Talk) ⏳ [1:21:30] Vision That Sticks: From Top-Down to Team-Owned Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ If you’re burnt out, juggling casuals and “spare parts”, and hoping a fruit bowl and team brekkie will fix culture - you’re kidding yourself.


Here’s the truth: culture isn’t vibes. It’s standards, systems and accountability - lived daily. In this episode, we unpack how elite footy programs like the Melbourne Storm and Norths turn “off-cuts” into pros, and how you can install the same habits in a five-person studio.


We’re talking non-negotiables (as the floor, not the ceiling), recruiting on character over CV, team-driven leadership, and the exact rhythms - huddles, reviews and scoreboards - that lift performance without you barking orders.


Here’s what we’re covering:


-The difference between real culture and “bribery” (and why free coffees won’t save you)

-Why recruiting on character beats qualifications every day of the week

-Non-negotiables as the floor (not the ceiling) - and how to set them

-The Storm “work program”, Purple Hearts and rituals that hardwire effort

-How to build team-driven accountability (so standards police themselves)

-The review room: 3 effort-based actions, player self-scores and visible scoreboards

-Mini-teams, healthy competition and gamifying the right behaviours

-Leading with questions, not speeches - practical prompts you can steal

-How to reset a weak culture in 90 days (without blowing up your team)

-What to do when a high performer is in a slump (support vs standards)


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] Why Your “Culture” Isn’t Working (and What It Actually Is)

⏳ [01:05] Character Over CV: How Elite Teams Recruit Winners

⏳ [07:07] Systems, Standards, Accountability - the Culture Trinity

⏳ [12:21] Rituals That Matter: Jerseys Off the Floor & Standing to Greet

⏳ [20:10] Non-Negotiables Are the Floor, Not the Ceiling

⏳ [23:06] Inside the Storm: The Work Program & Perspective Shift

⏳ [33:44] Spotting Weak Culture: Meetings, Dialogue and Behaviours

⏳ [41:10] The Review Room: Effort Metrics, Self-Scores & Scoreboards

⏳ [44:30] Build the Framework: Themes, Mini-Teams & Gamification

⏳ [51:30] Listener Q&A: Spare Parts, Monthly Meetings & Where to Start

⏳ [1:03:00] Coaching High Performers Through a Slump (Without Dropping Standards)

⏳ [1:16:20] Daily/Weekly Huddles That Drive Action (Not Just Talk)

⏳ [1:21:30] Vision That Sticks: From Top-Down to Team-Owned


Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all.


Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout?

Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter


Connect with us:

My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com ⁠

IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠

IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠

LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠

]]> 4964 The $1M Rise of Earth To Body Can you build a savage training culture, scale to seven figures, and regenerate rainforest - without burning out? Adrian and Chrissy from Earth To Body prove you can. In this unfiltered convo, we dig into how they turned a hardcore strength-and-conditioning community into a movement that funds rewilding in the Daintree -while tightening systems, team design and sales to hit a million-dollar run rate. Here’s what we’re covering: The origin story: from plant-based living to a “most savage” Melbourne training ground HYROX as the perfect plug-and-play test of real-world performance “Sustainability isn’t soft”: why fitness and rewilding belong together The Daintree partnership, $40k raised so far, and the goal to revegetate a hectare Retreats & tours that lock members into the mission (Bali, reef & croc tours) From vibe mode to business mode: vision, clarity and looking at it daily The sales unlock: Sell-By-Chat reps that built genuine confidence Separation Sunday + Deep Work: simple systems that changed their week Knowing the numbers: capacity, cadence, KPIs and team ownership Letting go of control (for real): ego, delegation and building leaders … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Meet Adrian & Chrissy + Why This Is An Unfiltered Chat ⏳ [01:06] Savage, Legit, Real-World Performance: What Earth To Body Stands For ⏳ [04:15] “Sustainability Isn’t Soft” - The Planet-First DNA Behind the Name ⏳ [06:42] Daintree Partnership: Land Back, Rewilding & $40k Raised ⏳ [17:47] Before the Shift: Frustration, No Clear Vision, Ready for More ⏳ [22:07] The Sales Game-Changer: Why Sell-By-Chat Built Real Confidence ⏳ [28:04] Know Your Numbers: Capacity, Profit, Cadence & Team KPIs ⏳ [34:25] Burnout vs Vision: Why Clarity Stops You Hitting Rock Bottom ⏳ [36:36] Level 1 Advice: Plan Your Week, Time-Cap Tasks, Kill the Overwhelm ⏳ [41:31] Now vs Then: Team Design, Ownership & a Clear Path to Capacity Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter Connect with us: My website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com IG Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy IG Hey.Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa Wed, 10 Sep 2025 01:19:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Can you build a savage training culture, scale to seven figures, and regenerate rainforest - without burning out? Adrian and Chrissy from Earth To Body prove you can. In this unfiltered convo, we dig into how they turned a hardcore strength-and-conditioning community into a movement that funds rewilding in the Daintree -while tightening systems, team design and sales to hit a million-dollar run rate. Here’s what we’re covering: The origin story: from plant-based living to a “most savage” Melbourne training ground HYROX as the perfect plug-and-play test of real-world performance “Sustainability isn’t soft”: why fitness and rewilding belong together The Daintree partnership, $40k raised so far, and the goal to revegetate a hectare Retreats & tours that lock members into the mission (Bali, reef & croc tours) From vibe mode to business mode: vision, clarity and looking at it daily The sales unlock: Sell-By-Chat reps that built genuine confidence Separation Sunday + Deep Work: simple systems that changed their week Knowing the numbers: capacity, cadence, KPIs and team ownership Letting go of control (for real): ego, delegation and building leaders … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Meet Adrian & Chrissy + Why This Is An Unfiltered Chat ⏳ [01:06] Savage, Legit, Real-World Performance: What Earth To Body Stands For ⏳ [04:15] “Sustainability Isn’t Soft” - The Planet-First DNA Behind the Name ⏳ [06:42] Daintree Partnership: Land Back, Rewilding & $40k Raised ⏳ [17:47] Before the Shift: Frustration, No Clear Vision, Ready for More ⏳ [22:07] The Sales Game-Changer: Why Sell-By-Chat Built Real Confidence ⏳ [28:04] Know Your Numbers: Capacity, Profit, Cadence & Team KPIs ⏳ [34:25] Burnout vs Vision: Why Clarity Stops You Hitting Rock Bottom ⏳ [36:36] Level 1 Advice: Plan Your Week, Time-Cap Tasks, Kill the Overwhelm ⏳ [41:31] Now vs Then: Team Design, Ownership & a Clear Path to Capacity Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter Connect with us: My website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com IG Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy IG Hey.Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa Can you build a savage training culture, scale to seven figures, and regenerate rainforest - without burning out?


Adrian and Chrissy from Earth To Body prove you can. In this unfiltered convo, we dig into how they turned a hardcore strength-and-conditioning community into a movement that funds rewilding in the Daintree -while tightening systems, team design and sales to hit a million-dollar run rate.


Here’s what we’re covering:


The origin story: from plant-based living to a “most savage” Melbourne training ground


HYROX as the perfect plug-and-play test of real-world performance


“Sustainability isn’t soft”: why fitness and rewilding belong together


The Daintree partnership, $40k raised so far, and the goal to revegetate a hectare


Retreats & tours that lock members into the mission (Bali, reef & croc tours)


From vibe mode to business mode: vision, clarity and looking at it daily


The sales unlock: Sell-By-Chat reps that built genuine confidence


Separation Sunday + Deep Work: simple systems that changed their week


Knowing the numbers: capacity, cadence, KPIs and team ownership


Letting go of control (for real): ego, delegation and building leaders

… and a whole lot more


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] Meet Adrian & Chrissy + Why This Is An Unfiltered Chat

⏳ [01:06] Savage, Legit, Real-World Performance: What Earth To Body Stands For

⏳ [04:15] “Sustainability Isn’t Soft” - The Planet-First DNA Behind the Name

⏳ [06:42] Daintree Partnership: Land Back, Rewilding & $40k Raised

⏳ [17:47] Before the Shift: Frustration, No Clear Vision, Ready for More

⏳ [22:07] The Sales Game-Changer: Why Sell-By-Chat Built Real Confidence

⏳ [28:04] Know Your Numbers: Capacity, Profit, Cadence & Team KPIs

⏳ [34:25] Burnout vs Vision: Why Clarity Stops You Hitting Rock Bottom

⏳ [36:36] Level 1 Advice: Plan Your Week, Time-Cap Tasks, Kill the Overwhelm

⏳ [41:31] Now vs Then: Team Design, Ownership & a Clear Path to Capacity


Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all.


Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout?

Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter


Connect with us:

My website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com

IG Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy

IG Hey.Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa

]]> 2852 STOP Playing Small: How Kristy Sellars Built a Booming Studio Network & a Game-Changing Booking Platform If you think pole is “just a class”, think again—Kristy Sellars turned a single weekend studio into a 20-location network, won Australia’s Got Talent, placed on stages around the world, and is now taking on the software giants with a platform built by a studio owner, for studio owners. This one’s part mindset reset, part masterclass in community, pricing, processes—and a full-on permission slip to go bigger. Here’s what we’re covering: The origin story: from renting a dojo on weekends to a 20-studio network Why community (not ads) is your unfair advantage in 2025 The $1,000/week trap: work out your real hourly rate (and fix it fast) Pricing without guilt—and why “treat it like a business” wins Processes, delegation and escaping overwhelm at Level 1 Dirty calories: when to refund, reset and protect your energy The “frequency” toolkit: breathwork, grounding, water, exercise, gratitude Visualisation, evidence and the 300% Rule (clarity, belief, consistency) Inside Groovier: class chats, progress tracking, retail, auto-cancels & more Big goals: reigniting owner fire post-COVID and scaling to 1,000 studios Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] AGT Winner, Studio Owner, Tech Founder: Meet Kristy Sellars ⏳ [06:00] From One Room to 20 Studios: What Actually Worked ⏳ [08:45] Community Over Everything (and how to build it on purpose) ⏳ [11:00] Treat It Like a Business: Pricing, margins and no more guilt ⏳ [15:20] The $20/hour Reality Check: Do the maths on your week ⏳ [18:00] Buy Back Your Time: Processes, delegation and momentum ⏳ [19:10] Dirty Calories: Refund fast, protect reputation, move on ⏳ [23:40] Energy & Leadership: Keep your vibe where growth lives ⏳ [33:00] The 5 Tools: Breathwork, grounding, water, exercise, gratitude ⏳ [39:00] Visualise the Win: Building evidence and unshakeable belief ⏳ [44:10] All-In on Software: Risk, resilience and the 300% Rule ⏳ [54:30] Groovier Deep Dive: Features studios actually use ⏳ [61:20] Goals That Pull You Forward: 450 → 1,000 studios & reigniting owners ⏳ [66:00] Final Word: Brainwash yourself (the good way) & pick a destination Hope you enjoy! Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter Connect with us: My website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com IG Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy IG Hey.Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa Tue, 02 Sep 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios If you think pole is “just a class”, think again—Kristy Sellars turned a single weekend studio into a 20-location network, won Australia’s Got Talent, placed on stages around the world, and is now taking on the software giants with a platform built by a studio owner, for studio owners. This one’s part mindset reset, part masterclass in community, pricing, processes—and a full-on permission slip to go bigger. Here’s what we’re covering: The origin story: from renting a dojo on weekends to a 20-studio network Why community (not ads) is your unfair advantage in 2025 The $1,000/week trap: work out your real hourly rate (and fix it fast) Pricing without guilt—and why “treat it like a business” wins Processes, delegation and escaping overwhelm at Level 1 Dirty calories: when to refund, reset and protect your energy The “frequency” toolkit: breathwork, grounding, water, exercise, gratitude Visualisation, evidence and the 300% Rule (clarity, belief, consistency) Inside Groovier: class chats, progress tracking, retail, auto-cancels & more Big goals: reigniting owner fire post-COVID and scaling to 1,000 studios Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] AGT Winner, Studio Owner, Tech Founder: Meet Kristy Sellars ⏳ [06:00] From One Room to 20 Studios: What Actually Worked ⏳ [08:45] Community Over Everything (and how to build it on purpose) ⏳ [11:00] Treat It Like a Business: Pricing, margins and no more guilt ⏳ [15:20] The $20/hour Reality Check: Do the maths on your week ⏳ [18:00] Buy Back Your Time: Processes, delegation and momentum ⏳ [19:10] Dirty Calories: Refund fast, protect reputation, move on ⏳ [23:40] Energy & Leadership: Keep your vibe where growth lives ⏳ [33:00] The 5 Tools: Breathwork, grounding, water, exercise, gratitude ⏳ [39:00] Visualise the Win: Building evidence and unshakeable belief ⏳ [44:10] All-In on Software: Risk, resilience and the 300% Rule ⏳ [54:30] Groovier Deep Dive: Features studios actually use ⏳ [61:20] Goals That Pull You Forward: 450 → 1,000 studios & reigniting owners ⏳ [66:00] Final Word: Brainwash yourself (the good way) & pick a destination Hope you enjoy! Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter Connect with us: My website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com IG Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy IG Hey.Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa If you think pole is “just a class”, think again—Kristy Sellars turned a single weekend studio into a 20-location network, won Australia’s Got Talent, placed on stages around the world, and is now taking on the software giants with a platform built by a studio owner, for studio owners.


This one’s part mindset reset, part masterclass in community, pricing, processes—and a full-on permission slip to go bigger.


Here’s what we’re covering:


The origin story: from renting a dojo on weekends to a 20-studio network


Why community (not ads) is your unfair advantage in 2025


The $1,000/week trap: work out your real hourly rate (and fix it fast)


Pricing without guilt—and why “treat it like a business” wins


Processes, delegation and escaping overwhelm at Level 1


Dirty calories: when to refund, reset and protect your energy


The “frequency” toolkit: breathwork, grounding, water, exercise, gratitude


Visualisation, evidence and the 300% Rule (clarity, belief, consistency)


Inside Groovier: class chats, progress tracking, retail, auto-cancels & more


Big goals: reigniting owner fire post-COVID and scaling to 1,000 studios


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] AGT Winner, Studio Owner, Tech Founder: Meet Kristy Sellars

⏳ [06:00] From One Room to 20 Studios: What Actually Worked

⏳ [08:45] Community Over Everything (and how to build it on purpose)

⏳ [11:00] Treat It Like a Business: Pricing, margins and no more guilt

⏳ [15:20] The $20/hour Reality Check: Do the maths on your week

⏳ [18:00] Buy Back Your Time: Processes, delegation and momentum

⏳ [19:10] Dirty Calories: Refund fast, protect reputation, move on

⏳ [23:40] Energy & Leadership: Keep your vibe where growth lives

⏳ [33:00] The 5 Tools: Breathwork, grounding, water, exercise, gratitude

⏳ [39:00] Visualise the Win: Building evidence and unshakeable belief

⏳ [44:10] All-In on Software: Risk, resilience and the 300% Rule

⏳ [54:30] Groovier Deep Dive: Features studios actually use

⏳ [61:20] Goals That Pull You Forward: 450 → 1,000 studios & reigniting owners

⏳ [66:00] Final Word: Brainwash yourself (the good way) & pick a destination


Hope you enjoy!


Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all.


Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter


Connect with us:

My website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com

IG Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy

IG Hey.Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa

]]> 3964 ClassPass on Trial: Who It Helps, Who It Hurts, and Why It Divides the Industry. ClassPass - friend or foe? For years, studio owners have argued whether it’s the best tool to fill empty spots or the very thing devaluing boutique fitness. In this episode, we go straight to the source. Doza sits down with Kinsey Livingston, VP of Sales at Mindbody & ClassPass, to unpack the biggest myths, frustrations, and opportunities when it comes to using ClassPass in your studio. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why some studios make $16k/month from ClassPass while others swear it’s killing their business -The brutal truth about what ClassPass is (and what it isn’t) -The real payout structure - and how rates surge or drop based on demand -The 4 biggest myths about ClassPass (and the data that busts them) -Why free trials aren’t the enemy (and how studios can benefit long term) -What the numbers actually say about cannibalisation of your members -How corporate wellness deals with Canva, KPMG & more are changing the game -Why your strategy - not ClassPass - is the real difference between success and frustration … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] ClassPass Love - Hate: $16k a Month But Still Frustrated ⏳ [06:00] The Real Purpose of ClassPass (And Why Studios Get It Wrong) ⏳ [12:00] Who ClassPass Users Really Are (And Why They Rarely Convert) ⏳ [18:00] The #1 Mistake Studios Make With ClassPass Strategy ⏳ [26:00] Pricing, Credits & Why Most Studios Lose Revenue When They Demand More ⏳ [33:00] Free Trials, Fraud & Why ClassPass Still Backs Them ⏳ [43:00] Studio Success Story: $8-10k a Month & 20% Conversions ⏳ [47:00] Cannibalisation: The Data vs The Felt Experience ⏳ [56:00] The Mindbody Guarantee: How ClassPass Offsets Risk ⏳ [01:00:00] Corporate Wellness Deals & New Revenue Streams ⏳ [01:06:00] The 4 Biggest Myths About ClassPass- Busted ⏳ [01:12:00] Final Word: ClassPass as a Tool, Not a Business Model Hope you enjoy! Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter Connect with us: My website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com IG Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy IG Hey.Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa Tue, 26 Aug 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios ClassPass - friend or foe? For years, studio owners have argued whether it’s the best tool to fill empty spots or the very thing devaluing boutique fitness. In this episode, we go straight to the source. Doza sits down with Kinsey Livingston, VP of Sales at Mindbody & ClassPass, to unpack the biggest myths, frustrations, and opportunities when it comes to using ClassPass in your studio. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why some studios make $16k/month from ClassPass while others swear it’s killing their business -The brutal truth about what ClassPass is (and what it isn’t) -The real payout structure - and how rates surge or drop based on demand -The 4 biggest myths about ClassPass (and the data that busts them) -Why free trials aren’t the enemy (and how studios can benefit long term) -What the numbers actually say about cannibalisation of your members -How corporate wellness deals with Canva, KPMG & more are changing the game -Why your strategy - not ClassPass - is the real difference between success and frustration … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] ClassPass Love - Hate: $16k a Month But Still Frustrated ⏳ [06:00] The Real Purpose of ClassPass (And Why Studios Get It Wrong) ⏳ [12:00] Who ClassPass Users Really Are (And Why They Rarely Convert) ⏳ [18:00] The #1 Mistake Studios Make With ClassPass Strategy ⏳ [26:00] Pricing, Credits & Why Most Studios Lose Revenue When They Demand More ⏳ [33:00] Free Trials, Fraud & Why ClassPass Still Backs Them ⏳ [43:00] Studio Success Story: $8-10k a Month & 20% Conversions ⏳ [47:00] Cannibalisation: The Data vs The Felt Experience ⏳ [56:00] The Mindbody Guarantee: How ClassPass Offsets Risk ⏳ [01:00:00] Corporate Wellness Deals & New Revenue Streams ⏳ [01:06:00] The 4 Biggest Myths About ClassPass- Busted ⏳ [01:12:00] Final Word: ClassPass as a Tool, Not a Business Model Hope you enjoy! Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter Connect with us: My website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com IG Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy IG Hey.Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa ClassPass - friend or foe? For years, studio owners have argued whether it’s the best tool to fill empty spots or the very thing devaluing boutique fitness.


In this episode, we go straight to the source. Doza sits down with Kinsey Livingston, VP of Sales at Mindbody & ClassPass, to unpack the biggest myths, frustrations, and opportunities when it comes to using ClassPass in your studio.


Here’s what we’re covering:


-Why some studios make $16k/month from ClassPass while others swear it’s killing their business

-The brutal truth about what ClassPass is (and what it isn’t)

-The real payout structure - and how rates surge or drop based on demand

-The 4 biggest myths about ClassPass (and the data that busts them)

-Why free trials aren’t the enemy (and how studios can benefit long term)

-What the numbers actually say about cannibalisation of your members

-How corporate wellness deals with Canva, KPMG & more are changing the game

-Why your strategy - not ClassPass - is the real difference between success and frustration

… and a whole lot more


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] ClassPass Love - Hate: $16k a Month But Still Frustrated

⏳ [06:00] The Real Purpose of ClassPass (And Why Studios Get It Wrong)

⏳ [12:00] Who ClassPass Users Really Are (And Why They Rarely Convert)

⏳ [18:00] The #1 Mistake Studios Make With ClassPass Strategy

⏳ [26:00] Pricing, Credits & Why Most Studios Lose Revenue When They Demand More

⏳ [33:00] Free Trials, Fraud & Why ClassPass Still Backs Them

⏳ [43:00] Studio Success Story: $8-10k a Month & 20% Conversions

⏳ [47:00] Cannibalisation: The Data vs The Felt Experience

⏳ [56:00] The Mindbody Guarantee: How ClassPass Offsets Risk

⏳ [01:00:00] Corporate Wellness Deals & New Revenue Streams

⏳ [01:06:00] The 4 Biggest Myths About ClassPass- Busted

⏳ [01:12:00] Final Word: ClassPass as a Tool, Not a Business Model


Hope you enjoy!


Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all.


Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter


Connect with us:

My website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com

IG Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy

IG Hey.Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa

]]> 6041 Separation Sunday: The 20-Minute Ritual That Saved My Life (and My Business) Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w Feel like you’re grinding through weeks, stuck in survival mode, and starting to resent Mondays? You’re not alone. In this episode, we’re breaking down the Separation Sunday system—the 20-minute ritual that flips dread into design and keeps 7-figure owners in momentum all year round. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why “work-life balance” is bullshit—and what to focus on instead -The near-death experience that sparked this framework -The Review/Preview ritual: Diamonds, Rocks, and Stars -How to WIN THE WEEK across work, personal, wealth, and relationships -The commit-to-three rule that stops overwhelm and builds momentum -Why amateurs avoid problems and pros run straight at them -The weekly reset that turns Sundays from fear into fuel -How to judge the week so you stop lying to yourself about progress … and a whole lot more. Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Why Mondays Make Most People Want to Quit ⏳ [01:40] The Heart Attack That Changed Everything ⏳ [03:15] Soph’s Side of the Story: What Really Happened That Day ⏳ [06:45] Facing Death, Redefining Success, and Writing a Eulogy ⏳ [10:30] Life by Design or by Default ⏳ [13:30] What Separation Sunday Really Is (and Isn’t) ⏳ [15:00] The Review-Preview: Diamonds, Rocks, and Stars ⏳ [18:30] WIN THE WEEK Across Work, Personal, Wealth & Relationships ⏳ [24:00] Commit to Three: The Secret to Real Momentum ⏳ [28:00] Why “Work-Life Balance” is a Trap ⏳ [31:00] The Tools, Templates & Pads That Make It Stick ⏳ [35:00] Building Fulfillment Instead of Just Fun or Escape ⏳ [37:00] Judging the Week: How to Know If You Really Won Tue, 19 Aug 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w Feel like you’re grinding through weeks, stuck in survival mode, and starting to resent Mondays? You’re not alone. In this episode, we’re breaking down the Separation Sunday system—the 20-minute ritual that flips dread into design and keeps 7-figure owners in momentum all year round. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why “work-life balance” is bullshit—and what to focus on instead -The near-death experience that sparked this framework -The Review/Preview ritual: Diamonds, Rocks, and Stars -How to WIN THE WEEK across work, personal, wealth, and relationships -The commit-to-three rule that stops overwhelm and builds momentum -Why amateurs avoid problems and pros run straight at them -The weekly reset that turns Sundays from fear into fuel -How to judge the week so you stop lying to yourself about progress … and a whole lot more. Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Connect with us: My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com⁠ IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠ IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠ LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠ Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Why Mondays Make Most People Want to Quit ⏳ [01:40] The Heart Attack That Changed Everything ⏳ [03:15] Soph’s Side of the Story: What Really Happened That Day ⏳ [06:45] Facing Death, Redefining Success, and Writing a Eulogy ⏳ [10:30] Life by Design or by Default ⏳ [13:30] What Separation Sunday Really Is (and Isn’t) ⏳ [15:00] The Review-Preview: Diamonds, Rocks, and Stars ⏳ [18:30] WIN THE WEEK Across Work, Personal, Wealth & Relationships ⏳ [24:00] Commit to Three: The Secret to Real Momentum ⏳ [28:00] Why “Work-Life Balance” is a Trap ⏳ [31:00] The Tools, Templates & Pads That Make It Stick ⏳ [35:00] Building Fulfillment Instead of Just Fun or Escape ⏳ [37:00] Judging the Week: How to Know If You Really Won Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS? Go Here: https://bit.ly/4kZSlya


Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/44XoX5w


Feel like you’re grinding through weeks, stuck in survival mode, and starting to resent Mondays?


You’re not alone.


In this episode, we’re breaking down the Separation Sunday system—the 20-minute ritual that flips dread into design and keeps 7-figure owners in momentum all year round.


Here’s what we’re covering:

-Why “work-life balance” is bullshit—and what to focus on instead

-The near-death experience that sparked this framework

-The Review/Preview ritual: Diamonds, Rocks, and Stars

-How to WIN THE WEEK across work, personal, wealth, and relationships

-The commit-to-three rule that stops overwhelm and builds momentum

-Why amateurs avoid problems and pros run straight at them

-The weekly reset that turns Sundays from fear into fuel

-How to judge the week so you stop lying to yourself about progress

… and a whole lot more.


Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway.


We read them all.


Connect with us:

My website: ⁠https://thegeronimoacademy.com⁠

IG Geronimo: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy⁠

IG Hey.Doza: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza⁠

LinkedIn: ⁠https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa⁠


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] Why Mondays Make Most People Want to Quit

⏳ [01:40] The Heart Attack That Changed Everything

⏳ [03:15] Soph’s Side of the Story: What Really Happened That Day

⏳ [06:45] Facing Death, Redefining Success, and Writing a Eulogy

⏳ [10:30] Life by Design or by Default

⏳ [13:30] What Separation Sunday Really Is (and Isn’t)

⏳ [15:00] The Review-Preview: Diamonds, Rocks, and Stars

⏳ [18:30] WIN THE WEEK Across Work, Personal, Wealth & Relationships

⏳ [24:00] Commit to Three: The Secret to Real Momentum

⏳ [28:00] Why “Work-Life Balance” is a Trap

⏳ [31:00] The Tools, Templates & Pads That Make It Stick

⏳ [35:00] Building Fulfillment Instead of Just Fun or Escape

⏳ [37:00] Judging the Week: How to Know If You Really Won

]]> 2814 Burnout, Bottlenecks & Breakthroughs: How to Scale from $20K to $60K Without Dying Feel like you're doing everything but still stuck at the same revenue level? You’re not alone. In this episode, we’re breaking down the exact actions, shifts and mindset required to break through from $20K to $60K months - without burning out or bottlenecking your business. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why sales avoidance is keeping you broke - and the script that changed everything -The real reason you’re stuck at $20K (and it’s not your staff) -The “cash flow calendar” that turns chaos into consistent sales -The brutal truth about undercharging, overworking, and doing it all yourself -What to delegate first so you can finally get out of the burnout zone -How to design your dream team with just 50 extra members -The biggest trap at $40K - and how to avoid starving your business of growth -Why your impact statement matters more than your income statement -The $1M shift: You’re not selling sessions anymore - your product is your people Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] The Scariest Part of Scaling: Why You Can’t Stay Stuck ⏳ [01:45] Every Revenue Level Has a Feedback Loop - Here’s How to Read Yours ⏳ [03:00] Breaking Through the $20K Barrier: Leads, Sales & Cash Flow Calendars ⏳ [06:00] Stop Doing $30 Tasks - Here’s How to Buy Back Your Time ⏳ [10:00] The Rule of Ones: Why Focus is the Fastest Path to $1M ⏳ [14:00] From $40K to $60K: The Team, Systems & Leadership Shift ⏳ [17:00] The Ideal Team Design That Funds Your Freedom ⏳ [21:00] Replacing Yourself: Why You’re the Bottleneck ⏳ [24:00] Vision, Mission, Culture: The Untapped Power of an Impact Statement ⏳ [27:00] Fuel, Not Fear: How to Keep Going When Survival Isn’t the Driver ⏳ [29:00] Your Next Move: DM “Map” for the Full $1M Revenue Plan Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter Connect with us: My website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com IG Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy IG Hey.Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa Tue, 12 Aug 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Feel like you're doing everything but still stuck at the same revenue level? You’re not alone. In this episode, we’re breaking down the exact actions, shifts and mindset required to break through from $20K to $60K months - without burning out or bottlenecking your business. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why sales avoidance is keeping you broke - and the script that changed everything -The real reason you’re stuck at $20K (and it’s not your staff) -The “cash flow calendar” that turns chaos into consistent sales -The brutal truth about undercharging, overworking, and doing it all yourself -What to delegate first so you can finally get out of the burnout zone -How to design your dream team with just 50 extra members -The biggest trap at $40K - and how to avoid starving your business of growth -Why your impact statement matters more than your income statement -The $1M shift: You’re not selling sessions anymore - your product is your people Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] The Scariest Part of Scaling: Why You Can’t Stay Stuck ⏳ [01:45] Every Revenue Level Has a Feedback Loop - Here’s How to Read Yours ⏳ [03:00] Breaking Through the $20K Barrier: Leads, Sales & Cash Flow Calendars ⏳ [06:00] Stop Doing $30 Tasks - Here’s How to Buy Back Your Time ⏳ [10:00] The Rule of Ones: Why Focus is the Fastest Path to $1M ⏳ [14:00] From $40K to $60K: The Team, Systems & Leadership Shift ⏳ [17:00] The Ideal Team Design That Funds Your Freedom ⏳ [21:00] Replacing Yourself: Why You’re the Bottleneck ⏳ [24:00] Vision, Mission, Culture: The Untapped Power of an Impact Statement ⏳ [27:00] Fuel, Not Fear: How to Keep Going When Survival Isn’t the Driver ⏳ [29:00] Your Next Move: DM “Map” for the Full $1M Revenue Plan Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter Connect with us: My website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com IG Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy IG Hey.Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa Feel like you're doing everything but still stuck at the same revenue level?

You’re not alone.


In this episode, we’re breaking down the exact actions, shifts and mindset required to break through from $20K to $60K months - without burning out or bottlenecking your business.


Here’s what we’re covering:

-Why sales avoidance is keeping you broke - and the script that changed everything

-The real reason you’re stuck at $20K (and it’s not your staff)

-The “cash flow calendar” that turns chaos into consistent sales

-The brutal truth about undercharging, overworking, and doing it all yourself

-What to delegate first so you can finally get out of the burnout zone

-How to design your dream team with just 50 extra members

-The biggest trap at $40K - and how to avoid starving your business of growth

-Why your impact statement matters more than your income statement

-The $1M shift: You’re not selling sessions anymore - your product is your people


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] The Scariest Part of Scaling: Why You Can’t Stay Stuck

⏳ [01:45] Every Revenue Level Has a Feedback Loop - Here’s How to Read Yours

⏳ [03:00] Breaking Through the $20K Barrier: Leads, Sales & Cash Flow Calendars

⏳ [06:00] Stop Doing $30 Tasks - Here’s How to Buy Back Your Time

⏳ [10:00] The Rule of Ones: Why Focus is the Fastest Path to $1M

⏳ [14:00] From $40K to $60K: The Team, Systems & Leadership Shift

⏳ [17:00] The Ideal Team Design That Funds Your Freedom

⏳ [21:00] Replacing Yourself: Why You’re the Bottleneck

⏳ [24:00] Vision, Mission, Culture: The Untapped Power of an Impact Statement

⏳ [27:00] Fuel, Not Fear: How to Keep Going When Survival Isn’t the Driver

⏳ [29:00] Your Next Move: DM “Map” for the Full $1M Revenue Plan


Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all.


Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter


Connect with us:

My website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com

IG Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy

IG Hey.Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa

]]> 1831 From Burnt Out to Booked Out: How Indi Took Back Control of Her Studio Ever feel like you're running your studio with pure grit, zero sleep, and no clear plan - just hoping it doesn’t all fall apart? Indi knows the feeling. She built her Reformer Pilates studio from scratch at 22, made every mistake in the book, nearly walked away more times than she can count - and came out the other side building something even bigger than she imagined. In this raw and unfiltered ep, Indi shares how she turned things around, scaled her revenue while stepping back from the day-to-day, and what it really looks like to move from overwhelmed studio owner to empowered CEO. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why the fear of untapped potential still drives Indi’s every move -The biggest mindset shift she made to finally stop doing everything herself -The 4-week intro offer strategy that tripled revenue (and killed off the time-wasters) -How she finally stopped losing sleep over money (and what changed) -The brutal truth about ClassPass -and why most studio owners are stuck wearing golden handcuffs -Why she’s ditching packs for good (and what she’s doing instead) -How Indi grew every week, even while getting married in another country -The moment she realised leadership was her next frontier - and how she's rising to it -Her mission to franchise Core Culture - and help other instructors skip the painful first 3 years … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Fear of Untapped Potential - and Why Indi Almost Gave Up ⏳ [06:30] What No One Tells You About Running a Pilates Studio ⏳ [13:00] Why Most Studio Owners Stay Stuck (And How Indi Broke Free) ⏳ [20:15] From 5am to Midnight: The Reality of Doing It All ⏳ [27:45] Ditching the Free Trial - And Tripling Revenue with One Offer ⏳ [35:00] The ClassPass Trap: Why It’s Costing You More Than You Think ⏳ [42:10] Packs vs. Memberships: Indi’s Big Business Model Pivot ⏳ [50:00] Leadership Lessons - and Building a Team That Actually Works ⏳ [57:30] From One Studio to Fifteen: The Vision Behind Core Culture Franchising ⏳ [01:03:00] The Hard Truth: There Is No Finish Line in Business (and That’s the Point) Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter Connect with us: My website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com IG Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy IG Hey.Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa Tue, 05 Aug 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Ever feel like you're running your studio with pure grit, zero sleep, and no clear plan - just hoping it doesn’t all fall apart? Indi knows the feeling. She built her Reformer Pilates studio from scratch at 22, made every mistake in the book, nearly walked away more times than she can count - and came out the other side building something even bigger than she imagined. In this raw and unfiltered ep, Indi shares how she turned things around, scaled her revenue while stepping back from the day-to-day, and what it really looks like to move from overwhelmed studio owner to empowered CEO. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why the fear of untapped potential still drives Indi’s every move -The biggest mindset shift she made to finally stop doing everything herself -The 4-week intro offer strategy that tripled revenue (and killed off the time-wasters) -How she finally stopped losing sleep over money (and what changed) -The brutal truth about ClassPass -and why most studio owners are stuck wearing golden handcuffs -Why she’s ditching packs for good (and what she’s doing instead) -How Indi grew every week, even while getting married in another country -The moment she realised leadership was her next frontier - and how she's rising to it -Her mission to franchise Core Culture - and help other instructors skip the painful first 3 years … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Fear of Untapped Potential - and Why Indi Almost Gave Up ⏳ [06:30] What No One Tells You About Running a Pilates Studio ⏳ [13:00] Why Most Studio Owners Stay Stuck (And How Indi Broke Free) ⏳ [20:15] From 5am to Midnight: The Reality of Doing It All ⏳ [27:45] Ditching the Free Trial - And Tripling Revenue with One Offer ⏳ [35:00] The ClassPass Trap: Why It’s Costing You More Than You Think ⏳ [42:10] Packs vs. Memberships: Indi’s Big Business Model Pivot ⏳ [50:00] Leadership Lessons - and Building a Team That Actually Works ⏳ [57:30] From One Studio to Fifteen: The Vision Behind Core Culture Franchising ⏳ [01:03:00] The Hard Truth: There Is No Finish Line in Business (and That’s the Point) Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter Connect with us: My website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com IG Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy IG Hey.Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa Ever feel like you're running your studio with pure grit, zero sleep, and no clear plan - just hoping it doesn’t all fall apart?


Indi knows the feeling. She built her Reformer Pilates studio from scratch at 22, made every mistake in the book, nearly walked away more times than she can count - and came out the other side building something even bigger than she imagined.


In this raw and unfiltered ep, Indi shares how she turned things around, scaled her revenue while stepping back from the day-to-day, and what it really looks like to move from overwhelmed studio owner to empowered CEO.


Here’s what we’re covering:

-Why the fear of untapped potential still drives Indi’s every move

-The biggest mindset shift she made to finally stop doing everything herself

-The 4-week intro offer strategy that tripled revenue (and killed off the time-wasters)

-How she finally stopped losing sleep over money (and what changed)

-The brutal truth about ClassPass -and why most studio owners are stuck wearing golden handcuffs

-Why she’s ditching packs for good (and what she’s doing instead)

-How Indi grew every week, even while getting married in another country

-The moment she realised leadership was her next frontier - and how she's rising to it

-Her mission to franchise Core Culture - and help other instructors skip the painful first 3 years

… and a whole lot more


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] Fear of Untapped Potential - and Why Indi Almost Gave Up

⏳ [06:30] What No One Tells You About Running a Pilates Studio

⏳ [13:00] Why Most Studio Owners Stay Stuck (And How Indi Broke Free)

⏳ [20:15] From 5am to Midnight: The Reality of Doing It All

⏳ [27:45] Ditching the Free Trial - And Tripling Revenue with One Offer

⏳ [35:00] The ClassPass Trap: Why It’s Costing You More Than You Think

⏳ [42:10] Packs vs. Memberships: Indi’s Big Business Model Pivot

⏳ [50:00] Leadership Lessons - and Building a Team That Actually Works

⏳ [57:30] From One Studio to Fifteen: The Vision Behind Core Culture Franchising

⏳ [01:03:00] The Hard Truth: There Is No Finish Line in Business (and That’s the Point)


Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all.


Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter


Connect with us:

My website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com

IG Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy

IG Hey.Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa

]]> 4137 The 5-Phase Formula to Launch Your Studio at a Profit (and Avoid a Total Flop) Thinking about opening your first studio, or your next one? Before you spend another cent on fit-outs, reformers or a fancy sign, you need to hear this. Because the hard truth is: you only get one shot at a profitable open. And most studio owners blow it. In this episode, we’re exposing the biggest mistakes studio owners make when launching, and the exact formula to make sure you don’t end up 657 sleepless nights deep, still trying to break even. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why most ‘done-for-you’ agencies actually cost you more in the long run -The top 5 mistakes that lead to studio launches flopping (including the one almost nobody talks about) -The critical difference between trials and true members, and how to avoid a mass exodus -How one Pilates studio sold 100 memberships before spending a cent on ads -The 5-phase pre-sale strategy that guarantees you open at a profit -What to do after opening day to maintain momentum (and avoid the post-launch slump) -The one number you need to be obsessed with from day one … and loads more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Studio Launch Horror Stories—and Why They Keep Happening ⏳ [06:00] The Real Cost of Opening Without a Plan ⏳ [13:00] Why You Only Get One Shot at a Profitable Open ⏳ [18:30] The Biggest Launch Mistakes Studio Owners Make ⏳ [26:00] The 5 Phases of a Profitable Studio Launch ⏳ [34:00] How to Sell Out Tier 1 (Without Spending on Ads) ⏳ [38:00] Selling Out Tier 2 and Tier 3 Like a Pro ⏳ [43:00] Grand Opening Week: The Hidden Goldmine ⏳ [44:30] The Two Things That Will Still Derail Your Launch (Even With a Plan) ⏳ [45:45] Final Word: Avoid the Flop. Open at a Profit Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS? Go Here: https://bit.ly/p-free3step Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/3IB9MaZ Connect with us: My website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com IG Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy IG Hey.Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa Tue, 29 Jul 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Thinking about opening your first studio, or your next one? Before you spend another cent on fit-outs, reformers or a fancy sign, you need to hear this. Because the hard truth is: you only get one shot at a profitable open. And most studio owners blow it. In this episode, we’re exposing the biggest mistakes studio owners make when launching, and the exact formula to make sure you don’t end up 657 sleepless nights deep, still trying to break even. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why most ‘done-for-you’ agencies actually cost you more in the long run -The top 5 mistakes that lead to studio launches flopping (including the one almost nobody talks about) -The critical difference between trials and true members, and how to avoid a mass exodus -How one Pilates studio sold 100 memberships before spending a cent on ads -The 5-phase pre-sale strategy that guarantees you open at a profit -What to do after opening day to maintain momentum (and avoid the post-launch slump) -The one number you need to be obsessed with from day one … and loads more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Studio Launch Horror Stories—and Why They Keep Happening ⏳ [06:00] The Real Cost of Opening Without a Plan ⏳ [13:00] Why You Only Get One Shot at a Profitable Open ⏳ [18:30] The Biggest Launch Mistakes Studio Owners Make ⏳ [26:00] The 5 Phases of a Profitable Studio Launch ⏳ [34:00] How to Sell Out Tier 1 (Without Spending on Ads) ⏳ [38:00] Selling Out Tier 2 and Tier 3 Like a Pro ⏳ [43:00] Grand Opening Week: The Hidden Goldmine ⏳ [44:30] The Two Things That Will Still Derail Your Launch (Even With a Plan) ⏳ [45:45] Final Word: Avoid the Flop. Open at a Profit Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS? Go Here: https://bit.ly/p-free3step Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/3IB9MaZ Connect with us: My website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com IG Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy IG Hey.Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa Thinking about opening your first studio, or your next one? Before you spend another cent on fit-outs, reformers or a fancy sign, you need to hear this.


Because the hard truth is: you only get one shot at a profitable open. And most studio owners blow it.


In this episode, we’re exposing the biggest mistakes studio owners make when launching, and the exact formula to make sure you don’t end up 657 sleepless nights deep, still trying to break even.


Here’s what we’re covering:


-Why most ‘done-for-you’ agencies actually cost you more in the long run

-The top 5 mistakes that lead to studio launches flopping (including the one almost nobody talks about)

-The critical difference between trials and true members, and how to avoid a mass exodus

-How one Pilates studio sold 100 memberships before spending a cent on ads

-The 5-phase pre-sale strategy that guarantees you open at a profit

-What to do after opening day to maintain momentum (and avoid the post-launch slump)

-The one number you need to be obsessed with from day one

… and loads more


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] Studio Launch Horror Stories—and Why They Keep Happening

⏳ [06:00] The Real Cost of Opening Without a Plan

⏳ [13:00] Why You Only Get One Shot at a Profitable Open

⏳ [18:30] The Biggest Launch Mistakes Studio Owners Make

⏳ [26:00] The 5 Phases of a Profitable Studio Launch

⏳ [34:00] How to Sell Out Tier 1 (Without Spending on Ads)

⏳ [38:00] Selling Out Tier 2 and Tier 3 Like a Pro

⏳ [43:00] Grand Opening Week: The Hidden Goldmine

⏳ [44:30] The Two Things That Will Still Derail Your Launch (Even With a Plan)

⏳ [45:45] Final Word: Avoid the Flop. Open at a Profit


Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all.


Want to SCALE your business and generate more LEADS? Go Here: https://bit.ly/p-free3step


Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://bit.ly/3IB9MaZ


Connect with us:

My website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com

IG Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy

IG Hey.Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa

]]> 2784 From Shy Kid to CEO: The Truth About What It Really Takes to Build a Million Dollar Studio Because the truth is, this guest didn’t have a clear vision, a big network, or a fancy business degree. He started as a shy, introverted trainer pouring beers just to make rent—and built himself into a 7-figure studio leader running multiple locations and launching new training systems. In this raw and honest convo, we break down what it really takes to make the leap from trainer to CEO (and dominate your market in the process). Here’s what we’re covering: -Why he nearly didn’t step into business—and what finally flipped the switch -How a Contiki trip epiphany triggered a complete career overhaul -The truth about opening a studio during lockdown (and how he made it work) -The mindset shift that took him from winging it to running it -Why he stopped overthinking—and started backing himself -The exact systems he used to go from stuck at 120 members to 230+ -How “The Underground” was born—and how he used dead space to build new revenue -The team strategy that’s unlocked freedom and built loyalty for life -The real reason he never burnt out (even when working 3 jobs) … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Meet the Most Jacked Cricketer in the Game ⏳ [02:00] From F45 Trainer to Studio Owner: How It All Started ⏳ [06:00] A Contiki Trip Epiphany That Changed Everything ⏳ [08:00] Battling Imposter Syndrome and Building Belief ⏳ [11:30] Working 3 Jobs to Make It Work (No Excuses) ⏳ [14:00] From Trainer to CEO: The Real Identity Shift ⏳ [17:00] Making the First Hire: How He Knew It Was Time ⏳ [20:00] Blaxland’s Breakthrough: Going from 120 to 230 Members ⏳ [22:00] The Birth of ‘Underground’—Turning Dead Space Into Gold ⏳ [26:00] Dominating the Mountains: What Drives Him Now ⏳ [30:00] Avoiding Burnout and Building a Bulletproof Week ⏳ [34:00] Surviving Level One: Why Most Studio Owners Quit Too Soon ⏳ [38:00] The 3 Game-Changing Systems He Can’t Live Without ⏳ [43:00] The Power of Belief—and What It Really Looks Like in Action ⏳ [47:00] What He’d Say to the Younger Version of Himself (And Anyone Still Stuck) ⏳ [49:00] Dominate or Don’t Bother—The Mentality That Changed Everything Hope you enjoy! Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter Connect with us: My website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com IG Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy IG Hey.Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa Tue, 22 Jul 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Because the truth is, this guest didn’t have a clear vision, a big network, or a fancy business degree. He started as a shy, introverted trainer pouring beers just to make rent—and built himself into a 7-figure studio leader running multiple locations and launching new training systems. In this raw and honest convo, we break down what it really takes to make the leap from trainer to CEO (and dominate your market in the process). Here’s what we’re covering: -Why he nearly didn’t step into business—and what finally flipped the switch -How a Contiki trip epiphany triggered a complete career overhaul -The truth about opening a studio during lockdown (and how he made it work) -The mindset shift that took him from winging it to running it -Why he stopped overthinking—and started backing himself -The exact systems he used to go from stuck at 120 members to 230+ -How “The Underground” was born—and how he used dead space to build new revenue -The team strategy that’s unlocked freedom and built loyalty for life -The real reason he never burnt out (even when working 3 jobs) … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Meet the Most Jacked Cricketer in the Game ⏳ [02:00] From F45 Trainer to Studio Owner: How It All Started ⏳ [06:00] A Contiki Trip Epiphany That Changed Everything ⏳ [08:00] Battling Imposter Syndrome and Building Belief ⏳ [11:30] Working 3 Jobs to Make It Work (No Excuses) ⏳ [14:00] From Trainer to CEO: The Real Identity Shift ⏳ [17:00] Making the First Hire: How He Knew It Was Time ⏳ [20:00] Blaxland’s Breakthrough: Going from 120 to 230 Members ⏳ [22:00] The Birth of ‘Underground’—Turning Dead Space Into Gold ⏳ [26:00] Dominating the Mountains: What Drives Him Now ⏳ [30:00] Avoiding Burnout and Building a Bulletproof Week ⏳ [34:00] Surviving Level One: Why Most Studio Owners Quit Too Soon ⏳ [38:00] The 3 Game-Changing Systems He Can’t Live Without ⏳ [43:00] The Power of Belief—and What It Really Looks Like in Action ⏳ [47:00] What He’d Say to the Younger Version of Himself (And Anyone Still Stuck) ⏳ [49:00] Dominate or Don’t Bother—The Mentality That Changed Everything Hope you enjoy! Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter Connect with us: My website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com IG Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy IG Hey.Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa Because the truth is, this guest didn’t have a clear vision, a big network, or a fancy business degree. He started as a shy, introverted trainer pouring beers just to make rent—and built himself into a 7-figure studio leader running multiple locations and launching new training systems.


In this raw and honest convo, we break down what it really takes to make the leap from trainer to CEO (and dominate your market in the process).


Here’s what we’re covering:


-Why he nearly didn’t step into business—and what finally flipped the switch

-How a Contiki trip epiphany triggered a complete career overhaul

-The truth about opening a studio during lockdown (and how he made it work)

-The mindset shift that took him from winging it to running it

-Why he stopped overthinking—and started backing himself

-The exact systems he used to go from stuck at 120 members to 230+

-How “The Underground” was born—and how he used dead space to build new revenue

-The team strategy that’s unlocked freedom and built loyalty for life

-The real reason he never burnt out (even when working 3 jobs)

… and a whole lot more


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] Meet the Most Jacked Cricketer in the Game

⏳ [02:00] From F45 Trainer to Studio Owner: How It All Started

⏳ [06:00] A Contiki Trip Epiphany That Changed Everything

⏳ [08:00] Battling Imposter Syndrome and Building Belief

⏳ [11:30] Working 3 Jobs to Make It Work (No Excuses)

⏳ [14:00] From Trainer to CEO: The Real Identity Shift

⏳ [17:00] Making the First Hire: How He Knew It Was Time

⏳ [20:00] Blaxland’s Breakthrough: Going from 120 to 230 Members

⏳ [22:00] The Birth of ‘Underground’—Turning Dead Space Into Gold

⏳ [26:00] Dominating the Mountains: What Drives Him Now

⏳ [30:00] Avoiding Burnout and Building a Bulletproof Week

⏳ [34:00] Surviving Level One: Why Most Studio Owners Quit Too Soon

⏳ [38:00] The 3 Game-Changing Systems He Can’t Live Without

⏳ [43:00] The Power of Belief—and What It Really Looks Like in Action

⏳ [47:00] What He’d Say to the Younger Version of Himself (And Anyone Still Stuck)

⏳ [49:00] Dominate or Don’t Bother—The Mentality That Changed Everything


Hope you enjoy!


Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all.



Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter



Connect with us:

My website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com

IG Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy

IG Hey.Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa

]]> 2942 TURN Content Into Cash: Why You Don’t Need a Million Followers to Build a 7-Figure Studio Think you need a million followers to make $1 million? Think again. This episode is your no-BS breakdown of how to actually grow your studio using content that converts—without chasing trends, dancing on TikTok, or wasting hours making reels no one watches. Matt Purcell is back on the pod, and we’re ripping apart some real-life fitness studio feeds (and helping them fix it in real time) to show you exactly what content builds trust, attracts the right people, and turns attention into paying clients. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why most fitness content fails (and how to make yours bingeable) -How to stop chasing views and start building trust -The 3 types of stories every studio should be posting -Why posting trends might be killing your business -The ‘Dirty 30’ content strategy that fuels 7-figure growth -The biggest mistake studios make with their “before & after” posts -How to find your winning content formats (and scale the shit out of them) -The studio “logo test”—and why yours might fail it -What to pin on your feed to instantly boost trust and follows -How to turn a handful of followers into a 6- or 7-figure pipeline … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:54] Why Your Content Isn’t Converting (And How to Fix It) ⏳ [04:12] Stop Entertaining—Start Demonstrating Your Expertise ⏳ [06:16] The 7-11-4 Rule: Building Trust That Sells ⏳ [08:54] The Growth Flywheel: Content That Drives Sales ⏳ [12:21] The Power of a Hook (And Why 3 Seconds Matter) ⏳ [15:07] Are You Bingeable? Why Studios Are Losing Attention ⏳ [20:03] The Most Powerful Post You Can Create (And Why Most Studio Owners Avoid It) ⏳ [22:49] Speak to One Person—Not the Algorithm ⏳ [24:25] What Makes Content Truly Valuable? ⏳ [30:00] The Dirty 30 Method: Post More. Learn Faster. Win Bigger. ⏳ [31:27] The ‘Follow’ Metric That Changes Everything ⏳ [32:04] Real-Time Feed Roasts: What Your Content Is Missing ⏳ [36:33] Stop Being Generic: Show Your Studio’s Soul ⏳ [40:50] The Studio Content Logo Test (You Need This) ⏳ [45:08] Don’t Use Your Grid as a Noticeboard ⏳ [48:10] Why Your Hooks Suck (And How to Fix Them) ⏳ [50:00] From Content to Cash: How the System Works ⏳ [54:18] Behind the Scenes of a Viral Post That Converted ⏳ [56:04] We’re Going Live: In-Person Content & Cash Events Are Coming ⏳ [59:04] Recap & Your Next Steps to Scale with Content Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. BOOK YOUR TICKET TO OUR LIVE EVENT HERE: https://www.eventbrite.com.au/e/1468415282639?aff=oddtdtcreator Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter Connect with us: My website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com IG Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy IG Hey.Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa Tue, 15 Jul 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Think you need a million followers to make $1 million? Think again. This episode is your no-BS breakdown of how to actually grow your studio using content that converts—without chasing trends, dancing on TikTok, or wasting hours making reels no one watches. Matt Purcell is back on the pod, and we’re ripping apart some real-life fitness studio feeds (and helping them fix it in real time) to show you exactly what content builds trust, attracts the right people, and turns attention into paying clients. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why most fitness content fails (and how to make yours bingeable) -How to stop chasing views and start building trust -The 3 types of stories every studio should be posting -Why posting trends might be killing your business -The ‘Dirty 30’ content strategy that fuels 7-figure growth -The biggest mistake studios make with their “before & after” posts -How to find your winning content formats (and scale the shit out of them) -The studio “logo test”—and why yours might fail it -What to pin on your feed to instantly boost trust and follows -How to turn a handful of followers into a 6- or 7-figure pipeline … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:54] Why Your Content Isn’t Converting (And How to Fix It) ⏳ [04:12] Stop Entertaining—Start Demonstrating Your Expertise ⏳ [06:16] The 7-11-4 Rule: Building Trust That Sells ⏳ [08:54] The Growth Flywheel: Content That Drives Sales ⏳ [12:21] The Power of a Hook (And Why 3 Seconds Matter) ⏳ [15:07] Are You Bingeable? Why Studios Are Losing Attention ⏳ [20:03] The Most Powerful Post You Can Create (And Why Most Studio Owners Avoid It) ⏳ [22:49] Speak to One Person—Not the Algorithm ⏳ [24:25] What Makes Content Truly Valuable? ⏳ [30:00] The Dirty 30 Method: Post More. Learn Faster. Win Bigger. ⏳ [31:27] The ‘Follow’ Metric That Changes Everything ⏳ [32:04] Real-Time Feed Roasts: What Your Content Is Missing ⏳ [36:33] Stop Being Generic: Show Your Studio’s Soul ⏳ [40:50] The Studio Content Logo Test (You Need This) ⏳ [45:08] Don’t Use Your Grid as a Noticeboard ⏳ [48:10] Why Your Hooks Suck (And How to Fix Them) ⏳ [50:00] From Content to Cash: How the System Works ⏳ [54:18] Behind the Scenes of a Viral Post That Converted ⏳ [56:04] We’re Going Live: In-Person Content & Cash Events Are Coming ⏳ [59:04] Recap & Your Next Steps to Scale with Content Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all. BOOK YOUR TICKET TO OUR LIVE EVENT HERE: https://www.eventbrite.com.au/e/1468415282639?aff=oddtdtcreator Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter Connect with us: My website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com IG Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy IG Hey.Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa Think you need a million followers to make $1 million? Think again.


This episode is your no-BS breakdown of how to actually grow your studio using content that converts—without chasing trends, dancing on TikTok, or wasting hours making reels no one watches.


Matt Purcell is back on the pod, and we’re ripping apart some real-life fitness studio feeds (and helping them fix it in real time) to show you exactly what content builds trust, attracts the right people, and turns attention into paying clients.


Here’s what we’re covering:


-Why most fitness content fails (and how to make yours bingeable)

-How to stop chasing views and start building trust

-The 3 types of stories every studio should be posting

-Why posting trends might be killing your business

-The ‘Dirty 30’ content strategy that fuels 7-figure growth

-The biggest mistake studios make with their “before & after” posts

-How to find your winning content formats (and scale the shit out of them)

-The studio “logo test”—and why yours might fail it

-What to pin on your feed to instantly boost trust and follows

-How to turn a handful of followers into a 6- or 7-figure pipeline

… and a whole lot more


Chapters:

⏳ [00:54] Why Your Content Isn’t Converting (And How to Fix It)

⏳ [04:12] Stop Entertaining—Start Demonstrating Your Expertise

⏳ [06:16] The 7-11-4 Rule: Building Trust That Sells

⏳ [08:54] The Growth Flywheel: Content That Drives Sales

⏳ [12:21] The Power of a Hook (And Why 3 Seconds Matter)

⏳ [15:07] Are You Bingeable? Why Studios Are Losing Attention

⏳ [20:03] The Most Powerful Post You Can Create (And Why Most Studio Owners Avoid It)

⏳ [22:49] Speak to One Person—Not the Algorithm

⏳ [24:25] What Makes Content Truly Valuable?

⏳ [30:00] The Dirty 30 Method: Post More. Learn Faster. Win Bigger.

⏳ [31:27] The ‘Follow’ Metric That Changes Everything

⏳ [32:04] Real-Time Feed Roasts: What Your Content Is Missing

⏳ [36:33] Stop Being Generic: Show Your Studio’s Soul

⏳ [40:50] The Studio Content Logo Test (You Need This)

⏳ [45:08] Don’t Use Your Grid as a Noticeboard

⏳ [48:10] Why Your Hooks Suck (And How to Fix Them)

⏳ [50:00] From Content to Cash: How the System Works

⏳ [54:18] Behind the Scenes of a Viral Post That Converted

⏳ [56:04] We’re Going Live: In-Person Content & Cash Events Are Coming

⏳ [59:04] Recap & Your Next Steps to Scale with Content


Don’t forget to like, subscribe, and comment below with your biggest takeaway. We read them all.


BOOK YOUR TICKET TO OUR LIVE EVENT HERE: https://www.eventbrite.com.au/e/1468415282639?aff=oddtdtcreator


Want to LEARN proven systems to grow your business without burnout? Go here: https://live.geronimoacademy.com/newsletter


Connect with us:

My website: https://thegeronimoacademy.com

IG Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy

IG Hey.Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/andrewhandosa

]]> 3629 Best Month Ever: The Leadership Shift Behind Moe’s Studio Success Burnt out, lost, and ready to quit—until one bold move changed everything. In this episode, we’re joined by Moe from Frontline, who went from the edge of breakdown to building a business with vision, impact, and his best month ever. We’re diving deep into how he rewired his mindset, stepped into true leadership, and uncovered a mission bigger than gym memberships. Here’s what we’re covering: -How Moe went from couch-surfing and burnout to owning a thriving studio -The ‘BMA’ moment that shifted everything (and what it means inside the Academy) -The personal breakthrough on a solo CEO retreat that changed the game -Why your team will never follow a leader without a vision -The moment Moe realised his studio was about more than fitness—and how it unlocked a bigger mission -The daily grind facing his clients—and why he’s now helping them win the war at home -What it really means to lead from the frontline -The hard truth: You don’t need to be on the floor to be a great coach -How to create a generational ripple effect through health and leadership … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] From Burnout to Breakthrough: Moe’s Story Begins ⏳ [01:15] Kicked Out at 18—And the Two Weeks That Turned into Two Years ⏳ [02:53] A Life-Changing Call from the Army ⏳ [04:03] Iraq, Isolation, and the Realisation That Sparked Frontline ⏳ [06:00] The Struggle Before Geronimo—and What Wasn’t Working ⏳ [07:06] BMA: The Birth of “Best Month Ever” ⏳ [08:10] The Mindset Shift That Unlocked Growth ⏳ [10:00] From Reactive to Proactive: Moe’s Leadership Evolution ⏳ [13:00] The Solo CEO Retreat That Changed Everything ⏳ [16:44] The Real Vision: Disrupting Australia’s Divorce Rate ⏳ [20:00] How Frontline is Creating Confident, Present Parents ⏳ [22:00] Leading in the Local Community—And Building a Movement ⏳ [25:00] Redefining Targets and Building a Legacy Team ⏳ [27:00] Why Vision is a Non-Negotiable for Any Business Owner ⏳ [30:04] What Moe’s Celebrating in Hawaii (Hint: 55K Months & a Family Home) ⏳ [33:05] The Power of Personal Brand—and How It Fuels the Mission ⏳ [35:00] Manifesting the Moment: Moe’s Full Circle Podcast Story If you want to book your next breakthrough, grab a copy of our Solo CEO Retreat Agenda here: https://bit.ly/p-solo-retreat Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza Tue, 08 Jul 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Burnt out, lost, and ready to quit—until one bold move changed everything. In this episode, we’re joined by Moe from Frontline, who went from the edge of breakdown to building a business with vision, impact, and his best month ever. We’re diving deep into how he rewired his mindset, stepped into true leadership, and uncovered a mission bigger than gym memberships. Here’s what we’re covering: -How Moe went from couch-surfing and burnout to owning a thriving studio -The ‘BMA’ moment that shifted everything (and what it means inside the Academy) -The personal breakthrough on a solo CEO retreat that changed the game -Why your team will never follow a leader without a vision -The moment Moe realised his studio was about more than fitness—and how it unlocked a bigger mission -The daily grind facing his clients—and why he’s now helping them win the war at home -What it really means to lead from the frontline -The hard truth: You don’t need to be on the floor to be a great coach -How to create a generational ripple effect through health and leadership … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] From Burnout to Breakthrough: Moe’s Story Begins ⏳ [01:15] Kicked Out at 18—And the Two Weeks That Turned into Two Years ⏳ [02:53] A Life-Changing Call from the Army ⏳ [04:03] Iraq, Isolation, and the Realisation That Sparked Frontline ⏳ [06:00] The Struggle Before Geronimo—and What Wasn’t Working ⏳ [07:06] BMA: The Birth of “Best Month Ever” ⏳ [08:10] The Mindset Shift That Unlocked Growth ⏳ [10:00] From Reactive to Proactive: Moe’s Leadership Evolution ⏳ [13:00] The Solo CEO Retreat That Changed Everything ⏳ [16:44] The Real Vision: Disrupting Australia’s Divorce Rate ⏳ [20:00] How Frontline is Creating Confident, Present Parents ⏳ [22:00] Leading in the Local Community—And Building a Movement ⏳ [25:00] Redefining Targets and Building a Legacy Team ⏳ [27:00] Why Vision is a Non-Negotiable for Any Business Owner ⏳ [30:04] What Moe’s Celebrating in Hawaii (Hint: 55K Months & a Family Home) ⏳ [33:05] The Power of Personal Brand—and How It Fuels the Mission ⏳ [35:00] Manifesting the Moment: Moe’s Full Circle Podcast Story If you want to book your next breakthrough, grab a copy of our Solo CEO Retreat Agenda here: https://bit.ly/p-solo-retreat Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza Burnt out, lost, and ready to quit—until one bold move changed everything.


In this episode, we’re joined by Moe from Frontline, who went from the edge of breakdown to building a business with vision, impact, and his best month ever. We’re diving deep into how he rewired his mindset, stepped into true leadership, and uncovered a mission bigger than gym memberships.


Here’s what we’re covering:


-How Moe went from couch-surfing and burnout to owning a thriving studio

-The ‘BMA’ moment that shifted everything (and what it means inside the Academy)

-The personal breakthrough on a solo CEO retreat that changed the game

-Why your team will never follow a leader without a vision

-The moment Moe realised his studio was about more than fitness—and how it unlocked a bigger mission

-The daily grind facing his clients—and why he’s now helping them win the war at home

-What it really means to lead from the frontline

-The hard truth: You don’t need to be on the floor to be a great coach

-How to create a generational ripple effect through health and leadership

… and a whole lot more


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] From Burnout to Breakthrough: Moe’s Story Begins

⏳ [01:15] Kicked Out at 18—And the Two Weeks That Turned into Two Years

⏳ [02:53] A Life-Changing Call from the Army

⏳ [04:03] Iraq, Isolation, and the Realisation That Sparked Frontline

⏳ [06:00] The Struggle Before Geronimo—and What Wasn’t Working

⏳ [07:06] BMA: The Birth of “Best Month Ever”

⏳ [08:10] The Mindset Shift That Unlocked Growth

⏳ [10:00] From Reactive to Proactive: Moe’s Leadership Evolution

⏳ [13:00] The Solo CEO Retreat That Changed Everything

⏳ [16:44] The Real Vision: Disrupting Australia’s Divorce Rate

⏳ [20:00] How Frontline is Creating Confident, Present Parents

⏳ [22:00] Leading in the Local Community—And Building a Movement

⏳ [25:00] Redefining Targets and Building a Legacy Team

⏳ [27:00] Why Vision is a Non-Negotiable for Any Business Owner

⏳ [30:04] What Moe’s Celebrating in Hawaii (Hint: 55K Months & a Family Home)

⏳ [33:05] The Power of Personal Brand—and How It Fuels the Mission

⏳ [35:00] Manifesting the Moment: Moe’s Full Circle Podcast Story


If you want to book your next breakthrough, grab a copy of our Solo CEO Retreat Agenda here: https://bit.ly/p-solo-retreat


Hope you enjoy!


Want free resources?

DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered

WANT MORE:

To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan

Connect with us:

Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy

Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

]]> 2352 Why Some Studio Owners Win—And Others Stay Stuck Ever feel like you're doing all the right things—but still not getting anywhere? Truth is, most studio owners stay stuck not because they’re lazy… but because they’re accidentally running on broke behaviours and patterns that sabotage growth. In this episode, we’re unpacking the 5 subconscious distortions and 7 failure personalities that are keeping you stuck—and how to switch into the mindset of a real winner. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why your brain is wired to keep you broke (and what to do about it) -The 5 unconscious mindset distortions that stop you from scaling -How to know if you're a romantic altruist, lone wolf, or intellectual—and why it's keeping you small -The dangerous belief that you have to "earn" freedom by working harder -Why some studio owners win with less effort—and how to become one of them -How to identify your core values (and finally feel aligned in your business again) -The real reason you're scared to delegate—and how to fix it for good … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Why Most Owners Stay Stuck (Even When They’re Working Hard) ⏳ [02:00] Loss Aversion: The Hidden Fear That’s Sabotaging Your Growth ⏳ [06:30] Confirmation Bias: How You’re Proving Yourself Right (And Staying Small) ⏳ [11:15] Dunning-Kruger: Why Confidence Isn’t Always a Good Thing ⏳ [17:00] Sunk Cost Fallacy: Letting Go of What’s No Longer Working ⏳ [22:00] Self-Serving Bias: The Mindset That Keeps You Playing Victim ⏳ [28:00] The 7 ‘Brokie’ Personality Types (And How to Spot Yours) ⏳ [36:00] The Lone Wolf: Why Doing It Alone Is Slowing You Down ⏳ [40:00] The Winning Mindset: What 7-Figure Owners Do Differently ⏳ [43:00] The Identity-Based Discipline Hack for Daily Consistency ⏳ [46:00] Values-Driven Action: The Fastest Way to Feel Fulfilled Again ⏳ [52:00] Why Some Winners Still Burn Out—And How to Avoid It ⏳ [56:00] The #1 Thing You Need to Break Free (And Win On Your Terms) Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza Tue, 01 Jul 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Ever feel like you're doing all the right things—but still not getting anywhere? Truth is, most studio owners stay stuck not because they’re lazy… but because they’re accidentally running on broke behaviours and patterns that sabotage growth. In this episode, we’re unpacking the 5 subconscious distortions and 7 failure personalities that are keeping you stuck—and how to switch into the mindset of a real winner. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why your brain is wired to keep you broke (and what to do about it) -The 5 unconscious mindset distortions that stop you from scaling -How to know if you're a romantic altruist, lone wolf, or intellectual—and why it's keeping you small -The dangerous belief that you have to "earn" freedom by working harder -Why some studio owners win with less effort—and how to become one of them -How to identify your core values (and finally feel aligned in your business again) -The real reason you're scared to delegate—and how to fix it for good … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Why Most Owners Stay Stuck (Even When They’re Working Hard) ⏳ [02:00] Loss Aversion: The Hidden Fear That’s Sabotaging Your Growth ⏳ [06:30] Confirmation Bias: How You’re Proving Yourself Right (And Staying Small) ⏳ [11:15] Dunning-Kruger: Why Confidence Isn’t Always a Good Thing ⏳ [17:00] Sunk Cost Fallacy: Letting Go of What’s No Longer Working ⏳ [22:00] Self-Serving Bias: The Mindset That Keeps You Playing Victim ⏳ [28:00] The 7 ‘Brokie’ Personality Types (And How to Spot Yours) ⏳ [36:00] The Lone Wolf: Why Doing It Alone Is Slowing You Down ⏳ [40:00] The Winning Mindset: What 7-Figure Owners Do Differently ⏳ [43:00] The Identity-Based Discipline Hack for Daily Consistency ⏳ [46:00] Values-Driven Action: The Fastest Way to Feel Fulfilled Again ⏳ [52:00] Why Some Winners Still Burn Out—And How to Avoid It ⏳ [56:00] The #1 Thing You Need to Break Free (And Win On Your Terms) Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza Ever feel like you're doing all the right things—but still not getting anywhere?


Truth is, most studio owners stay stuck not because they’re lazy… but because they’re accidentally running on broke behaviours and patterns that sabotage growth.


In this episode, we’re unpacking the 5 subconscious distortions and 7 failure personalities that are keeping you stuck—and how to switch into the mindset of a real winner.


Here’s what we’re covering:


-Why your brain is wired to keep you broke (and what to do about it)

-The 5 unconscious mindset distortions that stop you from scaling

-How to know if you're a romantic altruist, lone wolf, or intellectual—and why it's keeping you small

-The dangerous belief that you have to "earn" freedom by working harder

-Why some studio owners win with less effort—and how to become one of them

-How to identify your core values (and finally feel aligned in your business again)

-The real reason you're scared to delegate—and how to fix it for good

… and a whole lot more


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] Why Most Owners Stay Stuck (Even When They’re Working Hard)

⏳ [02:00] Loss Aversion: The Hidden Fear That’s Sabotaging Your Growth

⏳ [06:30] Confirmation Bias: How You’re Proving Yourself Right (And Staying Small)

⏳ [11:15] Dunning-Kruger: Why Confidence Isn’t Always a Good Thing

⏳ [17:00] Sunk Cost Fallacy: Letting Go of What’s No Longer Working

⏳ [22:00] Self-Serving Bias: The Mindset That Keeps You Playing Victim

⏳ [28:00] The 7 ‘Brokie’ Personality Types (And How to Spot Yours)

⏳ [36:00] The Lone Wolf: Why Doing It Alone Is Slowing You Down

⏳ [40:00] The Winning Mindset: What 7-Figure Owners Do Differently

⏳ [43:00] The Identity-Based Discipline Hack for Daily Consistency

⏳ [46:00] Values-Driven Action: The Fastest Way to Feel Fulfilled Again

⏳ [52:00] Why Some Winners Still Burn Out—And How to Avoid It

⏳ [56:00] The #1 Thing You Need to Break Free (And Win On Your Terms)


Hope you enjoy!


Want free resources?


DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’.


https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered


WANT MORE:

To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow.

Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan


Connect with us:

Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy

Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

]]> 3465 From Zero to Hero: How AI Agents Are Replacing Busywork & Building Superhuman Businesses If you still think AI is just a Google replacement, you're already falling behind. Because here’s the truth: AI is no longer about answering questions. It's building full-blown agents that handle entire workflows for you—freeing up your time, reducing burnout, and allowing you to scale smarter than ever before. In this episode, we sat down with Mark B, Head of AI at Geronimo, to break down exactly how AI is reshaping businesses RIGHT NOW. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why AI isn't a Silicon Valley toy anymore—it's mainstream, and it's here to stay -The 4 levels of AI adoption every business owner needs to understand -How AI agents are replacing admin tasks, lead research, and repetitive workflows -The exact way Geronimo is using AI to scale coaching, ad copy, and internal operations -Why 'human in the loop' is the ultimate productivity superpower -How AI will change hiring forever (and why 20 years experience may no longer matter) -The biggest traps business owners fall into when overusing AI too early -The R.I.C.E. framework to train AI tools to think like you -The real-world tools you can start using TODAY to reduce burnout and free up your team -Why empathy, leadership and human nuance will always win—even in an AI-first world -How business owners can start building their personal AI operating system for $20/month -Where the risks are (privacy, hallucinations, and the future 'dark forest' of AI) … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Welcome to the AI Deep Dive with Mark B ⏳ [02:00] What Every Business Owner Needs to Know About AI in 2025 ⏳ [06:00] Why AI Is Guessing—and How That Powers Creativity ⏳ [09:00] The Evolution: From Google Replacement to Business Co-Pilot ⏳ [12:00] Real-World Example: AI Agents Replacing Lead Research ⏳ [16:00] The Future: Hybrid Workforces of Humans & AI Agents ⏳ [19:00] Why 'Human in the Loop' Will Always Be Essential ⏳ [22:00] Levels of AI Adoption: Search, Memory, Agents & Org Structures ⏳ [27:00] Are Jobs Being Replaced? Where It's Already Happening ⏳ [30:00] Industries on the Edge: Law, Healthcare, and Customer Service ⏳ [35:00] How Hiring Is Shifting Away From Experience to AI Fluency ⏳ [42:00] The Problem of AI Hallucinations and How to Guard Against Them ⏳ [46:00] The Jagged Frontier: Where AI Struggles (Numbers, Reasoning, Context) ⏳ [50:00] How to Customise AI Using the R.I.C.E. Framework ⏳ [56:00] Prompting Like a Pro: The Secret to High-Quality AI Output ⏳ [58:00] Real Life Example: How Geronimo Uses Custom GPTs Across the Business ⏳ [63:00] Building Inspector Gadget: Sales & Coaching Call Scoring ⏳ [70:00] Why AI Is Helping Humans Focus On What Actually Moves The Needle ⏳ [73:00] Ending Burnout: The 3 Ways Business Owners Should Start Using AI ⏳ [80:00] Why Fitness Studios Are In The Perfect Industry To Augment AI ⏳ [87:00] Live Q&A: Bots, Sales, Websites & Predicting Member Behaviour ⏳ [98:00] The Non-Negotiables For Business Owners Moving Into An AI Future Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza Tue, 24 Jun 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios If you still think AI is just a Google replacement, you're already falling behind. Because here’s the truth: AI is no longer about answering questions. It's building full-blown agents that handle entire workflows for you—freeing up your time, reducing burnout, and allowing you to scale smarter than ever before. In this episode, we sat down with Mark B, Head of AI at Geronimo, to break down exactly how AI is reshaping businesses RIGHT NOW. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why AI isn't a Silicon Valley toy anymore—it's mainstream, and it's here to stay -The 4 levels of AI adoption every business owner needs to understand -How AI agents are replacing admin tasks, lead research, and repetitive workflows -The exact way Geronimo is using AI to scale coaching, ad copy, and internal operations -Why 'human in the loop' is the ultimate productivity superpower -How AI will change hiring forever (and why 20 years experience may no longer matter) -The biggest traps business owners fall into when overusing AI too early -The R.I.C.E. framework to train AI tools to think like you -The real-world tools you can start using TODAY to reduce burnout and free up your team -Why empathy, leadership and human nuance will always win—even in an AI-first world -How business owners can start building their personal AI operating system for $20/month -Where the risks are (privacy, hallucinations, and the future 'dark forest' of AI) … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Welcome to the AI Deep Dive with Mark B ⏳ [02:00] What Every Business Owner Needs to Know About AI in 2025 ⏳ [06:00] Why AI Is Guessing—and How That Powers Creativity ⏳ [09:00] The Evolution: From Google Replacement to Business Co-Pilot ⏳ [12:00] Real-World Example: AI Agents Replacing Lead Research ⏳ [16:00] The Future: Hybrid Workforces of Humans & AI Agents ⏳ [19:00] Why 'Human in the Loop' Will Always Be Essential ⏳ [22:00] Levels of AI Adoption: Search, Memory, Agents & Org Structures ⏳ [27:00] Are Jobs Being Replaced? Where It's Already Happening ⏳ [30:00] Industries on the Edge: Law, Healthcare, and Customer Service ⏳ [35:00] How Hiring Is Shifting Away From Experience to AI Fluency ⏳ [42:00] The Problem of AI Hallucinations and How to Guard Against Them ⏳ [46:00] The Jagged Frontier: Where AI Struggles (Numbers, Reasoning, Context) ⏳ [50:00] How to Customise AI Using the R.I.C.E. Framework ⏳ [56:00] Prompting Like a Pro: The Secret to High-Quality AI Output ⏳ [58:00] Real Life Example: How Geronimo Uses Custom GPTs Across the Business ⏳ [63:00] Building Inspector Gadget: Sales & Coaching Call Scoring ⏳ [70:00] Why AI Is Helping Humans Focus On What Actually Moves The Needle ⏳ [73:00] Ending Burnout: The 3 Ways Business Owners Should Start Using AI ⏳ [80:00] Why Fitness Studios Are In The Perfect Industry To Augment AI ⏳ [87:00] Live Q&A: Bots, Sales, Websites & Predicting Member Behaviour ⏳ [98:00] The Non-Negotiables For Business Owners Moving Into An AI Future Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza If you still think AI is just a Google replacement, you're already falling behind.


Because here’s the truth: AI is no longer about answering questions. It's building full-blown agents that handle entire workflows for you—freeing up your time, reducing burnout, and allowing you to scale smarter than ever before.


In this episode, we sat down with Mark B, Head of AI at Geronimo, to break down exactly how AI is reshaping businesses RIGHT NOW.


Here’s what we’re covering:


-Why AI isn't a Silicon Valley toy anymore—it's mainstream, and it's here to stay

-The 4 levels of AI adoption every business owner needs to understand

-How AI agents are replacing admin tasks, lead research, and repetitive workflows

-The exact way Geronimo is using AI to scale coaching, ad copy, and internal operations

-Why 'human in the loop' is the ultimate productivity superpower

-How AI will change hiring forever (and why 20 years experience may no longer matter)

-The biggest traps business owners fall into when overusing AI too early

-The R.I.C.E. framework to train AI tools to think like you

-The real-world tools you can start using TODAY to reduce burnout and free up your team

-Why empathy, leadership and human nuance will always win—even in an AI-first world

-How business owners can start building their personal AI operating system for $20/month

-Where the risks are (privacy, hallucinations, and the future 'dark forest' of AI)


… and a whole lot more


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] Welcome to the AI Deep Dive with Mark B

⏳ [02:00] What Every Business Owner Needs to Know About AI in 2025

⏳ [06:00] Why AI Is Guessing—and How That Powers Creativity

⏳ [09:00] The Evolution: From Google Replacement to Business Co-Pilot

⏳ [12:00] Real-World Example: AI Agents Replacing Lead Research

⏳ [16:00] The Future: Hybrid Workforces of Humans & AI Agents

⏳ [19:00] Why 'Human in the Loop' Will Always Be Essential

⏳ [22:00] Levels of AI Adoption: Search, Memory, Agents & Org Structures

⏳ [27:00] Are Jobs Being Replaced? Where It's Already Happening

⏳ [30:00] Industries on the Edge: Law, Healthcare, and Customer Service

⏳ [35:00] How Hiring Is Shifting Away From Experience to AI Fluency

⏳ [42:00] The Problem of AI Hallucinations and How to Guard Against Them

⏳ [46:00] The Jagged Frontier: Where AI Struggles (Numbers, Reasoning, Context)

⏳ [50:00] How to Customise AI Using the R.I.C.E. Framework

⏳ [56:00] Prompting Like a Pro: The Secret to High-Quality AI Output

⏳ [58:00] Real Life Example: How Geronimo Uses Custom GPTs Across the Business

⏳ [63:00] Building Inspector Gadget: Sales & Coaching Call Scoring

⏳ [70:00] Why AI Is Helping Humans Focus On What Actually Moves The Needle

⏳ [73:00] Ending Burnout: The 3 Ways Business Owners Should Start Using AI

⏳ [80:00] Why Fitness Studios Are In The Perfect Industry To Augment AI

⏳ [87:00] Live Q&A: Bots, Sales, Websites & Predicting Member Behaviour

⏳ [98:00] The Non-Negotiables For Business Owners Moving Into An AI Future


Hope you enjoy!


Want free resources?


DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered


WANT MORE:

To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan

Connect with us:

Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy

Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

]]> 6411 The Brutal Reality of Scaling Multi Studios: The Systems You Need to Survive Most studio owners dream of expansion—until they get punched in the face by reality. Because here’s the truth: opening multiple studios isn’t just copy-paste. It tests your leadership, your systems, and your sanity. In this episode, we’re sitting down with multi-studio owners to break down the exact systems you need to scale successfully without burning out or blowing up your business. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why starting a second studio is nothing like opening your first (and the mistakes that nearly broke them) -The critical systems you MUST have in place before you even consider expanding -How documented playbooks are the key to freeing yourself from day-to-day operations -The onboarding system that ensures your culture scales with your business -Why hiring the right people for the right roles is a total game changer -The power of numbers: the metrics you need to track daily, weekly and monthly -How a dual converter sales system dramatically increased conversions while reducing stress on the team -Red flags that prove you’re NOT ready to scale (and how to fix them) -The biggest personal lessons they learned while scaling—from burnout to leadership breakthroughs -How creating a Vivid Vision helps align your entire team towards your long-term goals -Why business is a skill you can learn—and the resources to help you do it … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] The Brutal Reality of Scaling Multi Studios ⏳ [02:26] The Hard Lessons from 1 to 2 Studios ⏳ [06:08] Scaling Fast: From 2 to 6 Studios ⏳ [10:00] What Broke First? The Messy Truth ⏳ [12:04] Systems vs. Chaos: The Power of Playbooks ⏳ [17:07] The 3 Must-Have Systems for Scaling ⏳ [23:03] Hiring & Onboarding to Protect Your Culture ⏳ [24:24] The Dual Converter Sales System Explained ⏳ [28:28] The Right People in the Right Seats ⏳ [31:14] The Red Flags That Mean You're Not Ready to Scale ⏳ [34:04] The Win-The-Week System for Growth ⏳ [41:12] Advice to Our Former Selves Before Scaling ⏳ [43:19] The Personal Growth Journey of Scaling ⏳ [52:11] The Next Level: Vision, Leadership & Legacy ⏳ [54:46] Final Takeaways & Homework for Growth Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza Tue, 17 Jun 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Most studio owners dream of expansion—until they get punched in the face by reality. Because here’s the truth: opening multiple studios isn’t just copy-paste. It tests your leadership, your systems, and your sanity. In this episode, we’re sitting down with multi-studio owners to break down the exact systems you need to scale successfully without burning out or blowing up your business. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why starting a second studio is nothing like opening your first (and the mistakes that nearly broke them) -The critical systems you MUST have in place before you even consider expanding -How documented playbooks are the key to freeing yourself from day-to-day operations -The onboarding system that ensures your culture scales with your business -Why hiring the right people for the right roles is a total game changer -The power of numbers: the metrics you need to track daily, weekly and monthly -How a dual converter sales system dramatically increased conversions while reducing stress on the team -Red flags that prove you’re NOT ready to scale (and how to fix them) -The biggest personal lessons they learned while scaling—from burnout to leadership breakthroughs -How creating a Vivid Vision helps align your entire team towards your long-term goals -Why business is a skill you can learn—and the resources to help you do it … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] The Brutal Reality of Scaling Multi Studios ⏳ [02:26] The Hard Lessons from 1 to 2 Studios ⏳ [06:08] Scaling Fast: From 2 to 6 Studios ⏳ [10:00] What Broke First? The Messy Truth ⏳ [12:04] Systems vs. Chaos: The Power of Playbooks ⏳ [17:07] The 3 Must-Have Systems for Scaling ⏳ [23:03] Hiring & Onboarding to Protect Your Culture ⏳ [24:24] The Dual Converter Sales System Explained ⏳ [28:28] The Right People in the Right Seats ⏳ [31:14] The Red Flags That Mean You're Not Ready to Scale ⏳ [34:04] The Win-The-Week System for Growth ⏳ [41:12] Advice to Our Former Selves Before Scaling ⏳ [43:19] The Personal Growth Journey of Scaling ⏳ [52:11] The Next Level: Vision, Leadership & Legacy ⏳ [54:46] Final Takeaways & Homework for Growth Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza Most studio owners dream of expansion—until they get punched in the face by reality.


Because here’s the truth: opening multiple studios isn’t just copy-paste. It tests your leadership, your systems, and your sanity.


In this episode, we’re sitting down with multi-studio owners to break down the exact systems you need to scale successfully without burning out or blowing up your business.


Here’s what we’re covering:


-Why starting a second studio is nothing like opening your first (and the mistakes that nearly broke them)

-The critical systems you MUST have in place before you even consider expanding

-How documented playbooks are the key to freeing yourself from day-to-day operations

-The onboarding system that ensures your culture scales with your business

-Why hiring the right people for the right roles is a total game changer

-The power of numbers: the metrics you need to track daily, weekly and monthly

-How a dual converter sales system dramatically increased conversions while reducing stress on the team

-Red flags that prove you’re NOT ready to scale (and how to fix them)

-The biggest personal lessons they learned while scaling—from burnout to leadership breakthroughs

-How creating a Vivid Vision helps align your entire team towards your long-term goals

-Why business is a skill you can learn—and the resources to help you do it


… and a whole lot more


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] The Brutal Reality of Scaling Multi Studios

⏳ [02:26] The Hard Lessons from 1 to 2 Studios

⏳ [06:08] Scaling Fast: From 2 to 6 Studios

⏳ [10:00] What Broke First? The Messy Truth

⏳ [12:04] Systems vs. Chaos: The Power of Playbooks

⏳ [17:07] The 3 Must-Have Systems for Scaling

⏳ [23:03] Hiring & Onboarding to Protect Your Culture

⏳ [24:24] The Dual Converter Sales System Explained

⏳ [28:28] The Right People in the Right Seats

⏳ [31:14] The Red Flags That Mean You're Not Ready to Scale

⏳ [34:04] The Win-The-Week System for Growth

⏳ [41:12] Advice to Our Former Selves Before Scaling

⏳ [43:19] The Personal Growth Journey of Scaling

⏳ [52:11] The Next Level: Vision, Leadership & Legacy

⏳ [54:46] Final Takeaways & Homework for Growth


Hope you enjoy!


Want free resources?


DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered


WANT MORE:

To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan

Connect with us:

Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy

Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

]]> 3436 Rare Breed: From Local Gym to Movement They didn’t scale with luck. They scaled with bold decisions, team buy-in, and no free trials. In this episode, Doza sits down with the founders of Rare Breed—a boxing gym that’s gone from local standout to multi-location leader. You’ll hear the real story behind their growth: → The systems they built → The mindset shifts that changed everything → The team culture driving performance If you want to build without the burnout—this one’s for you. Here's what we cover: Why Most Studios Stay Stuck The Silent Killers of Growth What Happens When You Install Real Systems Mindset Shifts That Unlock Scale How to Build a Team That Steps Up Keeping Culture Strong While You Grow What the Founder Actually Needs to Let Go Of Avoiding Burnout on the Road to $1M+ The Difference Between Leading and Managing Your Next Move if You Want to Scale Without Burning Out. Chapters ⏳ 00:00 – The Real Reason Most Studios Stay Stuck ⏳ 04:10 – Growth Isn’t Always a Sign of Health ⏳ 08:40 – What Happens When You Install Real Systems ⏳ 13:05 – The Mindset Shift That Unlocks Scale ⏳ 17:50 – How to Build a Team That Steps Up ⏳ 22:15 – Culture Is a System, Not a Vibe ⏳ 26:45 – Why Your Studio Plateaus at $30K/Month ⏳ 30:30 – Burnout Is a System Failure, Not a You Problem ⏳ 34:00 – Leading vs. Managing (And Why It Matters) ⏳ 38:20 – Your Move: What to Fix First ⏳ 41:10 – Most Founders Are Still Doing $10 Tasks ⏳ 44:55 – How to Get Your Time Back as a Studio Owner ⏳ 48:30 – What Makes a Team Take Ownership ⏳ 52:40 – Why Clarity Beats Hustle Every Time ⏳ 56:00 – The Questions That Will Unf*ck Your Business Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. WANT MORE?: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza Tue, 10 Jun 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios They didn’t scale with luck. They scaled with bold decisions, team buy-in, and no free trials. In this episode, Doza sits down with the founders of Rare Breed—a boxing gym that’s gone from local standout to multi-location leader. You’ll hear the real story behind their growth: → The systems they built → The mindset shifts that changed everything → The team culture driving performance If you want to build without the burnout—this one’s for you. Here's what we cover: Why Most Studios Stay Stuck The Silent Killers of Growth What Happens When You Install Real Systems Mindset Shifts That Unlock Scale How to Build a Team That Steps Up Keeping Culture Strong While You Grow What the Founder Actually Needs to Let Go Of Avoiding Burnout on the Road to $1M+ The Difference Between Leading and Managing Your Next Move if You Want to Scale Without Burning Out. Chapters ⏳ 00:00 – The Real Reason Most Studios Stay Stuck ⏳ 04:10 – Growth Isn’t Always a Sign of Health ⏳ 08:40 – What Happens When You Install Real Systems ⏳ 13:05 – The Mindset Shift That Unlocks Scale ⏳ 17:50 – How to Build a Team That Steps Up ⏳ 22:15 – Culture Is a System, Not a Vibe ⏳ 26:45 – Why Your Studio Plateaus at $30K/Month ⏳ 30:30 – Burnout Is a System Failure, Not a You Problem ⏳ 34:00 – Leading vs. Managing (And Why It Matters) ⏳ 38:20 – Your Move: What to Fix First ⏳ 41:10 – Most Founders Are Still Doing $10 Tasks ⏳ 44:55 – How to Get Your Time Back as a Studio Owner ⏳ 48:30 – What Makes a Team Take Ownership ⏳ 52:40 – Why Clarity Beats Hustle Every Time ⏳ 56:00 – The Questions That Will Unf*ck Your Business Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. WANT MORE?: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza They didn’t scale with luck.

They scaled with bold decisions, team buy-in, and no free trials.


In this episode, Doza sits down with the founders of Rare Breed—a boxing gym that’s gone from local standout to multi-location leader.


You’ll hear the real story behind their growth:

→ The systems they built

→ The mindset shifts that changed everything

→ The team culture driving performance


If you want to build without the burnout—this one’s for you.


Here's what we cover:

Why Most Studios Stay Stuck

The Silent Killers of Growth

What Happens When You Install Real Systems

Mindset Shifts That Unlock Scale

How to Build a Team That Steps Up

Keeping Culture Strong While You Grow

What the Founder Actually Needs to Let Go Of

Avoiding Burnout on the Road to $1M+

The Difference Between Leading and Managing

Your Next Move if You Want to Scale Without Burning Out.


Chapters


⏳ 00:00 – The Real Reason Most Studios Stay Stuck

⏳ 04:10 – Growth Isn’t Always a Sign of Health

⏳ 08:40 – What Happens When You Install Real Systems

⏳ 13:05 – The Mindset Shift That Unlocks Scale

⏳ 17:50 – How to Build a Team That Steps Up

⏳ 22:15 – Culture Is a System, Not a Vibe

⏳ 26:45 – Why Your Studio Plateaus at $30K/Month

⏳ 30:30 – Burnout Is a System Failure, Not a You Problem

⏳ 34:00 – Leading vs. Managing (And Why It Matters)

⏳ 38:20 – Your Move: What to Fix First

⏳ 41:10 – Most Founders Are Still Doing $10 Tasks

⏳ 44:55 – How to Get Your Time Back as a Studio Owner

⏳ 48:30 – What Makes a Team Take Ownership

⏳ 52:40 – Why Clarity Beats Hustle Every Time

⏳ 56:00 – The Questions That Will Unf*ck Your Business


Hope you enjoy!


Want free resources?

DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’.


WANT MORE?:

To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan


Connect with us:

Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy

Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

]]> 4023 10x Your Leads in 2025: Why Your Ads Aren’t Working (And What To Do Instead) If you’re still running ads like it’s 2023, you might as well be invisible. The rules have changed—again. The way consumers buy, how they build trust, and what they expect from your content has shifted massively in 2025. In this episode, we’re breaking down exactly why your lead flow has stalled—and what the most profitable studios are doing differently to generate 2-3 leads a day, not a month. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why Canva graphics and stock photos are killing your lead flow -The new rules of trust: What the 7-11-4 principle means for your ads -Why generic offers (like “5 classes for $55”) are dead—and what to do instead -The only type of content converting on Meta and TikTok in 2025 -The real reason you’re still stuck at $40/day ad spend (and how to scale) -The new path to purchase: Why organic and paid work together -Three content pillars your studio’s feed must include in 2025 -The marketing strategy that made one studio $3.5K in 14 days from $600 spend … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] The Brutal Truth: You’re Invisible Without This Type of Content ⏳ [01:30] Why Studios Are Still Stuck Getting 2 Leads a Week ⏳ [03:00] The $237B Industry Surge—and Why You’re Still Not Growing ⏳ [06:30] What Makes Ads Flop in 2025 (And What Actually Works) ⏳ [10:00] The $55 Offer That Failed—and the $149 Offer That Crushed ⏳ [12:00] Building Trust with Raw, Organic Content ⏳ [14:00] From Stock Images to Storytelling: The Content Shift You Need ⏳ [16:30] Gen Z, Millennials, Gen X: How Each Group Buys Differently ⏳ [21:30] Why Most Studios Should Be Spending $150+/Day (Not $40) ⏳ [26:00] The Online vs Offline Myth—and Why It’s One Funnel ⏳ [29:30] Meta Trends: UGC Beats Polished Every Time ⏳ [33:00] What Big Brands Like Marc Jacobs Get Right (And You Can Too) ⏳ [35:00] How to Build a Binge-Worthy Feed That Converts ⏳ [37:00] Free Ad Audits: How to Get One (And What We’ll Show You) ⏳ [38:30] Final Word: Content = Visibility = Viability Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza Tue, 03 Jun 2025 23:13:00 -0000 full TBC Studios If you’re still running ads like it’s 2023, you might as well be invisible. The rules have changed—again. The way consumers buy, how they build trust, and what they expect from your content has shifted massively in 2025. In this episode, we’re breaking down exactly why your lead flow has stalled—and what the most profitable studios are doing differently to generate 2-3 leads a day, not a month. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why Canva graphics and stock photos are killing your lead flow -The new rules of trust: What the 7-11-4 principle means for your ads -Why generic offers (like “5 classes for $55”) are dead—and what to do instead -The only type of content converting on Meta and TikTok in 2025 -The real reason you’re still stuck at $40/day ad spend (and how to scale) -The new path to purchase: Why organic and paid work together -Three content pillars your studio’s feed must include in 2025 -The marketing strategy that made one studio $3.5K in 14 days from $600 spend … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] The Brutal Truth: You’re Invisible Without This Type of Content ⏳ [01:30] Why Studios Are Still Stuck Getting 2 Leads a Week ⏳ [03:00] The $237B Industry Surge—and Why You’re Still Not Growing ⏳ [06:30] What Makes Ads Flop in 2025 (And What Actually Works) ⏳ [10:00] The $55 Offer That Failed—and the $149 Offer That Crushed ⏳ [12:00] Building Trust with Raw, Organic Content ⏳ [14:00] From Stock Images to Storytelling: The Content Shift You Need ⏳ [16:30] Gen Z, Millennials, Gen X: How Each Group Buys Differently ⏳ [21:30] Why Most Studios Should Be Spending $150+/Day (Not $40) ⏳ [26:00] The Online vs Offline Myth—and Why It’s One Funnel ⏳ [29:30] Meta Trends: UGC Beats Polished Every Time ⏳ [33:00] What Big Brands Like Marc Jacobs Get Right (And You Can Too) ⏳ [35:00] How to Build a Binge-Worthy Feed That Converts ⏳ [37:00] Free Ad Audits: How to Get One (And What We’ll Show You) ⏳ [38:30] Final Word: Content = Visibility = Viability Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza If you’re still running ads like it’s 2023, you might as well be invisible. The rules have changed—again. The way consumers buy, how they build trust, and what they expect from your content has shifted massively in 2025.


In this episode, we’re breaking down exactly why your lead flow has stalled—and what the most profitable studios are doing differently to generate 2-3 leads a day, not a month.


Here’s what we’re covering:


-Why Canva graphics and stock photos are killing your lead flow

-The new rules of trust: What the 7-11-4 principle means for your ads

-Why generic offers (like “5 classes for $55”) are dead—and what to do instead

-The only type of content converting on Meta and TikTok in 2025

-The real reason you’re still stuck at $40/day ad spend (and how to scale)

-The new path to purchase: Why organic and paid work together

-Three content pillars your studio’s feed must include in 2025

-The marketing strategy that made one studio $3.5K in 14 days from $600 spend

… and a whole lot more


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] The Brutal Truth: You’re Invisible Without This Type of Content

⏳ [01:30] Why Studios Are Still Stuck Getting 2 Leads a Week

⏳ [03:00] The $237B Industry Surge—and Why You’re Still Not Growing

⏳ [06:30] What Makes Ads Flop in 2025 (And What Actually Works)

⏳ [10:00] The $55 Offer That Failed—and the $149 Offer That Crushed

⏳ [12:00] Building Trust with Raw, Organic Content

⏳ [14:00] From Stock Images to Storytelling: The Content Shift You Need

⏳ [16:30] Gen Z, Millennials, Gen X: How Each Group Buys Differently

⏳ [21:30] Why Most Studios Should Be Spending $150+/Day (Not $40)

⏳ [26:00] The Online vs Offline Myth—and Why It’s One Funnel

⏳ [29:30] Meta Trends: UGC Beats Polished Every Time

⏳ [33:00] What Big Brands Like Marc Jacobs Get Right (And You Can Too)

⏳ [35:00] How to Build a Binge-Worthy Feed That Converts

⏳ [37:00] Free Ad Audits: How to Get One (And What We’ll Show You)

⏳ [38:30] Final Word: Content = Visibility = Viability


Hope you enjoy!


Want free resources?


DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered


WANT MORE:

To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan

Connect with us:

Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy

Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

]]> 2398 The One Retention Play That’ll Save Your Winter (and Grow Your Studio) If you're dreading winter, worried about cancellations, and watching revenue walk out the door—this episode will be your game changer. Because the truth is: winter doesn’t have to be a write-off. In fact, it can be the most powerful season for retention and growth—if you play the right game. In this episode, we’re breaking down the exact seasonal retention strategy used by 7-figure studios to eliminate churn and actually grow over winter. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why “just getting through” winter is the biggest lie in the industry -The internal behaviour change campaign that cuts churn to 1% (or less) -Exactly how to set up your own Winter Warrior or Summer Survival program -How to use identity and status to make your members beg to keep training -The reason this isn’t a challenge or marketing play—and what it actually is -Why free merch works like magic (and the $14 hoodie that saves your bottom line) -How to build FOMO, social proof, and hype that makes other studios look boring -The 3 program levels—from basic leaderboard to full-blown community movement -The rollout checklist that will make or break your success … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] The Biggest Lie in the Industry: “Just Get Through Winter” ⏳ [01:35] Why Playing Offence in Winter Will Change Your Business ⏳ [03:10] Retention Stats That’ll Blow Your Mind (85–90% Revenue Kept) ⏳ [04:45] The Mindset Shift: Your Members Need You Most Right Now ⏳ [06:30] How Winter Warriors & Summer Survival Were Born ⏳ [08:10] The Core Concept: Threshold-Based Behaviour Change ⏳ [09:25] Identity, Status & Why Free Merch Works So Damn Well ⏳ [12:00] This is NOT a Challenge or a Shred—Here’s What It Is ⏳ [13:30] Level 1, 2 & 3: How to Make It Bigger Every Year ⏳ [15:00] Remote Warriors, Weekly Missions & Creating a Festival Vibe ⏳ [18:15] Leaderboards, Merch and the Art of Keeping Skin in the Game ⏳ [20:00] Your Rollout Strategy: The Studio Must Feel Different ⏳ [22:15] Checklist for Success: From Launch Video to Leaderboard ⏳ [25:00] How to Spot (and Fix) Dangerous Churn in Your Studio ⏳ [27:00] Why This Works—and How to Make It Work for You Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza Tue, 27 May 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios If you're dreading winter, worried about cancellations, and watching revenue walk out the door—this episode will be your game changer. Because the truth is: winter doesn’t have to be a write-off. In fact, it can be the most powerful season for retention and growth—if you play the right game. In this episode, we’re breaking down the exact seasonal retention strategy used by 7-figure studios to eliminate churn and actually grow over winter. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why “just getting through” winter is the biggest lie in the industry -The internal behaviour change campaign that cuts churn to 1% (or less) -Exactly how to set up your own Winter Warrior or Summer Survival program -How to use identity and status to make your members beg to keep training -The reason this isn’t a challenge or marketing play—and what it actually is -Why free merch works like magic (and the $14 hoodie that saves your bottom line) -How to build FOMO, social proof, and hype that makes other studios look boring -The 3 program levels—from basic leaderboard to full-blown community movement -The rollout checklist that will make or break your success … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] The Biggest Lie in the Industry: “Just Get Through Winter” ⏳ [01:35] Why Playing Offence in Winter Will Change Your Business ⏳ [03:10] Retention Stats That’ll Blow Your Mind (85–90% Revenue Kept) ⏳ [04:45] The Mindset Shift: Your Members Need You Most Right Now ⏳ [06:30] How Winter Warriors & Summer Survival Were Born ⏳ [08:10] The Core Concept: Threshold-Based Behaviour Change ⏳ [09:25] Identity, Status & Why Free Merch Works So Damn Well ⏳ [12:00] This is NOT a Challenge or a Shred—Here’s What It Is ⏳ [13:30] Level 1, 2 & 3: How to Make It Bigger Every Year ⏳ [15:00] Remote Warriors, Weekly Missions & Creating a Festival Vibe ⏳ [18:15] Leaderboards, Merch and the Art of Keeping Skin in the Game ⏳ [20:00] Your Rollout Strategy: The Studio Must Feel Different ⏳ [22:15] Checklist for Success: From Launch Video to Leaderboard ⏳ [25:00] How to Spot (and Fix) Dangerous Churn in Your Studio ⏳ [27:00] Why This Works—and How to Make It Work for You Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza If you're dreading winter, worried about cancellations, and watching revenue walk out the door—this episode will be your game changer.


Because the truth is: winter doesn’t have to be a write-off. In fact, it can be the most powerful season for retention and growth—if you play the right game.


In this episode, we’re breaking down the exact seasonal retention strategy used by 7-figure studios to eliminate churn and actually grow over winter.


Here’s what we’re covering:


-Why “just getting through” winter is the biggest lie in the industry

-The internal behaviour change campaign that cuts churn to 1% (or less)

-Exactly how to set up your own Winter Warrior or Summer Survival program

-How to use identity and status to make your members beg to keep training

-The reason this isn’t a challenge or marketing play—and what it actually is

-Why free merch works like magic (and the $14 hoodie that saves your bottom line)

-How to build FOMO, social proof, and hype that makes other studios look boring

-The 3 program levels—from basic leaderboard to full-blown community movement

-The rollout checklist that will make or break your success

… and a whole lot more


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] The Biggest Lie in the Industry: “Just Get Through Winter”

⏳ [01:35] Why Playing Offence in Winter Will Change Your Business

⏳ [03:10] Retention Stats That’ll Blow Your Mind (85–90% Revenue Kept)

⏳ [04:45] The Mindset Shift: Your Members Need You Most Right Now

⏳ [06:30] How Winter Warriors & Summer Survival Were Born

⏳ [08:10] The Core Concept: Threshold-Based Behaviour Change

⏳ [09:25] Identity, Status & Why Free Merch Works So Damn Well

⏳ [12:00] This is NOT a Challenge or a Shred—Here’s What It Is

⏳ [13:30] Level 1, 2 & 3: How to Make It Bigger Every Year

⏳ [15:00] Remote Warriors, Weekly Missions & Creating a Festival Vibe

⏳ [18:15] Leaderboards, Merch and the Art of Keeping Skin in the Game

⏳ [20:00] Your Rollout Strategy: The Studio Must Feel Different

⏳ [22:15] Checklist for Success: From Launch Video to Leaderboard

⏳ [25:00] How to Spot (and Fix) Dangerous Churn in Your Studio

⏳ [27:00] Why This Works—and How to Make It Work for You


Hope you enjoy!


Want free resources?


DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’.

https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered


WANT MORE:

To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan

Connect with us:

Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy

Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

]]> 1692 STOP Playing Small: Why 10X Thinking Will Change Your Business (And Life) Are you stuck on survival mode—chasing another 20 members, hoping to just get by? Here’s the thing: Playing small is costing you big. Most studio owners aren’t failing because they don’t work hard—they’re failing because they’re thinking too small. This episode is your wake-up call. It’s the permission slip you’ve been waiting for to dream bigger, lead stronger and finally build the kind of business (and life) you actually want. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why 10X is actually easier than 2X—and backed by stats -The mindset shift that took us from broke to a month's worth of sales in one week -How to kill your ‘survival mode’ identity and step into leadership -Real stories: From chasing 100 members to building multi-studio empires -How to set a “Big F*ck Off Goal” and actually make it happen -The exact language shift we see in studio owners who succeed -The trap of tweaking what’s broken vs. redesigning it for scale -Why ‘blame equals broke’—and what the most successful owners say instead … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Why Playing to Not Lose is Keeping You Stuck ⏳ [01:00] The Core Belief: 10X Is Easier Than 2X ⏳ [03:00] Stats That Prove Less But Better = Bigger Growth ⏳ [05:00] What It Feels Like to Work for a 2X vs 10X Leader ⏳ [08:00] Real Talk: The 80% Rollover System That Changed Everything ⏳ [13:00] Ditching Free Trials and Redesigning the Front End Offer ⏳ [15:00] Redefining the Studio Manager Role for Maximum ROI ⏳ [17:00] Blueprint Breakthroughs: From Scrapping to Scaling ⏳ [21:00] CrossFit Case Study: From 100 Members to a Holistic Health HQ ⏳ [24:00] Choosing Between 2X and 10X Leadership (From Your Team’s POV) ⏳ [28:00] Why Some Owners Self-Sabotage After $1M ⏳ [30:00] The Identity Shift: Your New Life Will Cost You Your Old One ⏳ [33:00] The Most Dangerous People in Your Orbit (Hint: It’s Not the Haters) ⏳ [36:00] Kill the 2X Version—Design a 10X Future ⏳ [39:00] Building a Business Worth Waking Up For ⏳ [41:00] It’s Not About Business—It’s About Becoming Who You’re Meant to Be ⏳ [45:00] Real Coaching, Real Circles, Real Results Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza Tue, 20 May 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Are you stuck on survival mode—chasing another 20 members, hoping to just get by? Here’s the thing: Playing small is costing you big. Most studio owners aren’t failing because they don’t work hard—they’re failing because they’re thinking too small. This episode is your wake-up call. It’s the permission slip you’ve been waiting for to dream bigger, lead stronger and finally build the kind of business (and life) you actually want. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why 10X is actually easier than 2X—and backed by stats -The mindset shift that took us from broke to a month's worth of sales in one week -How to kill your ‘survival mode’ identity and step into leadership -Real stories: From chasing 100 members to building multi-studio empires -How to set a “Big F*ck Off Goal” and actually make it happen -The exact language shift we see in studio owners who succeed -The trap of tweaking what’s broken vs. redesigning it for scale -Why ‘blame equals broke’—and what the most successful owners say instead … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Why Playing to Not Lose is Keeping You Stuck ⏳ [01:00] The Core Belief: 10X Is Easier Than 2X ⏳ [03:00] Stats That Prove Less But Better = Bigger Growth ⏳ [05:00] What It Feels Like to Work for a 2X vs 10X Leader ⏳ [08:00] Real Talk: The 80% Rollover System That Changed Everything ⏳ [13:00] Ditching Free Trials and Redesigning the Front End Offer ⏳ [15:00] Redefining the Studio Manager Role for Maximum ROI ⏳ [17:00] Blueprint Breakthroughs: From Scrapping to Scaling ⏳ [21:00] CrossFit Case Study: From 100 Members to a Holistic Health HQ ⏳ [24:00] Choosing Between 2X and 10X Leadership (From Your Team’s POV) ⏳ [28:00] Why Some Owners Self-Sabotage After $1M ⏳ [30:00] The Identity Shift: Your New Life Will Cost You Your Old One ⏳ [33:00] The Most Dangerous People in Your Orbit (Hint: It’s Not the Haters) ⏳ [36:00] Kill the 2X Version—Design a 10X Future ⏳ [39:00] Building a Business Worth Waking Up For ⏳ [41:00] It’s Not About Business—It’s About Becoming Who You’re Meant to Be ⏳ [45:00] Real Coaching, Real Circles, Real Results Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza Are you stuck on survival mode—chasing another 20 members, hoping to just get by?


Here’s the thing: Playing small is costing you big. Most studio owners aren’t failing because they don’t work hard—they’re failing because they’re thinking too small.


This episode is your wake-up call. It’s the permission slip you’ve been waiting for to dream bigger, lead stronger and finally build the kind of business (and life) you actually want.


Here’s what we’re covering:


-Why 10X is actually easier than 2X—and backed by stats

-The mindset shift that took us from broke to a month's worth of sales in one week

-How to kill your ‘survival mode’ identity and step into leadership

-Real stories: From chasing 100 members to building multi-studio empires

-How to set a “Big F*ck Off Goal” and actually make it happen

-The exact language shift we see in studio owners who succeed

-The trap of tweaking what’s broken vs. redesigning it for scale

-Why ‘blame equals broke’—and what the most successful owners say instead

… and a whole lot more


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] Why Playing to Not Lose is Keeping You Stuck

⏳ [01:00] The Core Belief: 10X Is Easier Than 2X

⏳ [03:00] Stats That Prove Less But Better = Bigger Growth

⏳ [05:00] What It Feels Like to Work for a 2X vs 10X Leader

⏳ [08:00] Real Talk: The 80% Rollover System That Changed Everything

⏳ [13:00] Ditching Free Trials and Redesigning the Front End Offer

⏳ [15:00] Redefining the Studio Manager Role for Maximum ROI

⏳ [17:00] Blueprint Breakthroughs: From Scrapping to Scaling

⏳ [21:00] CrossFit Case Study: From 100 Members to a Holistic Health HQ

⏳ [24:00] Choosing Between 2X and 10X Leadership (From Your Team’s POV)

⏳ [28:00] Why Some Owners Self-Sabotage After $1M

⏳ [30:00] The Identity Shift: Your New Life Will Cost You Your Old One

⏳ [33:00] The Most Dangerous People in Your Orbit (Hint: It’s Not the Haters)

⏳ [36:00] Kill the 2X Version—Design a 10X Future

⏳ [39:00] Building a Business Worth Waking Up For

⏳ [41:00] It’s Not About Business—It’s About Becoming Who You’re Meant to Be

⏳ [45:00] Real Coaching, Real Circles, Real Results


Hope you enjoy!


Want free resources?


DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’.


https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered


WANT MORE:


To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan


Connect with us:


Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy


Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

]]> 2826 The Secret Weapon of 7-Figure Studio Owners (Hint: It’s Not More Hustle) If your team still comes to you with every question, drops the ball when you're away, or can’t seem to “just get it right”… this episode is your wake-up call. Because here’s the truth: You don’t have a people problem—you have a process problem. In this episode, we’re unpacking the most overlooked tool for buying back your time, building a business that runs without you, and hitting your next best month ever: Playbooks. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why even 7-figure studio owners get stuck in the “golden cage” -The difference between a system, a process, and a playbook (and why it matters) -The 4 North Star principles that make a playbook actually work -Why perfectionism is killing your scale—and what to do instead -The anatomy of a winning playbook (steal this structure!) -How to stop control-freaking and start coaching your team to win -The 5 playbooks every studio owner should create this month … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Why You’re Stuck in the “Golden Cage” (Even If You’re at $1M+) ⏳ [03:00] Systems vs Processes vs Playbooks—Here’s the Real Difference ⏳ [07:00] The Most Common Mistakes Studio Owners Make With Playbooks ⏳ [10:00] The Real Reason You Can’t Finish Your Playbooks ⏳ [13:00] How One Studio Owner Unlocked Record Revenue With One Simple Shift ⏳ [17:00] Process Before the Person—What That Actually Means ⏳ [21:00] The 4 North Star Principles That Make Playbooks Work ⏳ [26:00] Anatomy of a Winning Playbook (Steal This Template) ⏳ [33:00] If You Think “It’s Easier If I Just Do It”… Listen to This ⏳ [36:00] Why Most Teams Fail (And Why It’s Not Their Fault) ⏳ [40:00] 5 Playbooks to Build in the Next 30 Days (Do These First) ⏳ [44:00] Your Homework: Start Small and Playbook the Gaps Hope you enjoy! Tue, 13 May 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios If your team still comes to you with every question, drops the ball when you're away, or can’t seem to “just get it right”… this episode is your wake-up call. Because here’s the truth: You don’t have a people problem—you have a process problem. In this episode, we’re unpacking the most overlooked tool for buying back your time, building a business that runs without you, and hitting your next best month ever: Playbooks. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why even 7-figure studio owners get stuck in the “golden cage” -The difference between a system, a process, and a playbook (and why it matters) -The 4 North Star principles that make a playbook actually work -Why perfectionism is killing your scale—and what to do instead -The anatomy of a winning playbook (steal this structure!) -How to stop control-freaking and start coaching your team to win -The 5 playbooks every studio owner should create this month … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Why You’re Stuck in the “Golden Cage” (Even If You’re at $1M+) ⏳ [03:00] Systems vs Processes vs Playbooks—Here’s the Real Difference ⏳ [07:00] The Most Common Mistakes Studio Owners Make With Playbooks ⏳ [10:00] The Real Reason You Can’t Finish Your Playbooks ⏳ [13:00] How One Studio Owner Unlocked Record Revenue With One Simple Shift ⏳ [17:00] Process Before the Person—What That Actually Means ⏳ [21:00] The 4 North Star Principles That Make Playbooks Work ⏳ [26:00] Anatomy of a Winning Playbook (Steal This Template) ⏳ [33:00] If You Think “It’s Easier If I Just Do It”… Listen to This ⏳ [36:00] Why Most Teams Fail (And Why It’s Not Their Fault) ⏳ [40:00] 5 Playbooks to Build in the Next 30 Days (Do These First) ⏳ [44:00] Your Homework: Start Small and Playbook the Gaps Hope you enjoy! If your team still comes to you with every question, drops the ball when you're away, or can’t seem to “just get it right”… this episode is your wake-up call.


Because here’s the truth: You don’t have a people problem—you have a process problem.


In this episode, we’re unpacking the most overlooked tool for buying back your time, building a business that runs without you, and hitting your next best month ever: Playbooks.


Here’s what we’re covering:


-Why even 7-figure studio owners get stuck in the “golden cage”

-The difference between a system, a process, and a playbook (and why it matters)

-The 4 North Star principles that make a playbook actually work

-Why perfectionism is killing your scale—and what to do instead

-The anatomy of a winning playbook (steal this structure!)

-How to stop control-freaking and start coaching your team to win

-The 5 playbooks every studio owner should create this month

… and a whole lot more


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] Why You’re Stuck in the “Golden Cage” (Even If You’re at $1M+)

⏳ [03:00] Systems vs Processes vs Playbooks—Here’s the Real Difference

⏳ [07:00] The Most Common Mistakes Studio Owners Make With Playbooks

⏳ [10:00] The Real Reason You Can’t Finish Your Playbooks

⏳ [13:00] How One Studio Owner Unlocked Record Revenue With One Simple Shift

⏳ [17:00] Process Before the Person—What That Actually Means

⏳ [21:00] The 4 North Star Principles That Make Playbooks Work

⏳ [26:00] Anatomy of a Winning Playbook (Steal This Template)

⏳ [33:00] If You Think “It’s Easier If I Just Do It”… Listen to This

⏳ [36:00] Why Most Teams Fail (And Why It’s Not Their Fault)

⏳ [40:00] 5 Playbooks to Build in the Next 30 Days (Do These First)

⏳ [44:00] Your Homework: Start Small and Playbook the Gaps


Hope you enjoy!

]]> 2782 The Data Doesn’t Lie: Why Most Studio Owners Stay Stuck (And How to Break Free) If it feels like you’re doing all the things and still spinning your wheels—this episode is your wake-up call. Because the data is in. And it confirms what we’ve been saying for months: Most studio owners are doing way too much, making way too little, and stuck playing last season’s game. In this episode, we’re lifting the lid on what the top 8% of studios are doing differently—and how you can break through to your best month ever (without burning out). Here’s what we’re covering: -Why visibility on socials = viability in the new attention economy -What the best studios are doing to close at 65–78% (not 20%) -The #1 stat that turns poor studios into profitable ones -The 4 stages of studio growth—and where most get stuck -The double dip paradox: Why things get harder before the breakthrough -The million dollar studio stack (and how to build yours) -The rise of hybrid business models—and how to stay ahead -Why your energy (not rent) is your biggest business cost -How to start marketing like a CEO (even if you’re “not a marketer”) … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] The Truth: Most Studio Owners Are Doing Too Much, Making Too Little ⏳ [01:44] 70% of Buyers Check Instagram Before Buying—Are You Visible? ⏳ [04:12] Why BME (Best Month Ever) Is Becoming the New Normal ⏳ [07:05] Higher Standards, Faster Growth: The Real Secret Behind BME ⏳ [09:08] Big F*ck Off Goals—Why You Need Them (Now) ⏳ [13:00] What Business Are You Really In? (Hint: It’s Not Fitness) ⏳ [15:06] The Report: Data from 1,000+ Studios Reveals What Works ⏳ [20:00] The Attention Economy: What’s Changed in Marketing ⏳ [23:44] You Don’t Have to Be a Marketer—But You Do Have to Market ⏳ [25:04] How the Fastest-Growing Studios Use AI to Win Back Time ⏳ [28:56] The Link Between Your Energy and Your Profit ⏳ [30:00] Rise of Hybrid Models (And Why They’re So Hot Right Now) ⏳ [33:30] The 4 Stages of Studio Growth (And Where Most Get Stuck) ⏳ [36:09] 300 Members = Danger Zone? Here’s Why ⏳ [41:02] Breaking Through: What the Top 8% Are Doing Differently ⏳ [44:07] Rollovers: The Hero Metric No One Talks About ⏳ [46:31] The Million Dollar Studio Stack (And How to Build Yours) ⏳ [52:14] Your Studio Won’t Scale Until You Upgrade ⏳ [54:00] How to Follow the Map from $0 to $1M ⏳ [56:00] Listener Q&A: Hiring Sales Staff, Online Coaching Tips + Dance Studios ⏳ [62:00] How to Join the Waitlist + Get In On Our Lock-In Sessions Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy?igsh=MTQ4bDZ2aTR6Ym43dA== Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza Tue, 06 May 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios If it feels like you’re doing all the things and still spinning your wheels—this episode is your wake-up call. Because the data is in. And it confirms what we’ve been saying for months: Most studio owners are doing way too much, making way too little, and stuck playing last season’s game. In this episode, we’re lifting the lid on what the top 8% of studios are doing differently—and how you can break through to your best month ever (without burning out). Here’s what we’re covering: -Why visibility on socials = viability in the new attention economy -What the best studios are doing to close at 65–78% (not 20%) -The #1 stat that turns poor studios into profitable ones -The 4 stages of studio growth—and where most get stuck -The double dip paradox: Why things get harder before the breakthrough -The million dollar studio stack (and how to build yours) -The rise of hybrid business models—and how to stay ahead -Why your energy (not rent) is your biggest business cost -How to start marketing like a CEO (even if you’re “not a marketer”) … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] The Truth: Most Studio Owners Are Doing Too Much, Making Too Little ⏳ [01:44] 70% of Buyers Check Instagram Before Buying—Are You Visible? ⏳ [04:12] Why BME (Best Month Ever) Is Becoming the New Normal ⏳ [07:05] Higher Standards, Faster Growth: The Real Secret Behind BME ⏳ [09:08] Big F*ck Off Goals—Why You Need Them (Now) ⏳ [13:00] What Business Are You Really In? (Hint: It’s Not Fitness) ⏳ [15:06] The Report: Data from 1,000+ Studios Reveals What Works ⏳ [20:00] The Attention Economy: What’s Changed in Marketing ⏳ [23:44] You Don’t Have to Be a Marketer—But You Do Have to Market ⏳ [25:04] How the Fastest-Growing Studios Use AI to Win Back Time ⏳ [28:56] The Link Between Your Energy and Your Profit ⏳ [30:00] Rise of Hybrid Models (And Why They’re So Hot Right Now) ⏳ [33:30] The 4 Stages of Studio Growth (And Where Most Get Stuck) ⏳ [36:09] 300 Members = Danger Zone? Here’s Why ⏳ [41:02] Breaking Through: What the Top 8% Are Doing Differently ⏳ [44:07] Rollovers: The Hero Metric No One Talks About ⏳ [46:31] The Million Dollar Studio Stack (And How to Build Yours) ⏳ [52:14] Your Studio Won’t Scale Until You Upgrade ⏳ [54:00] How to Follow the Map from $0 to $1M ⏳ [56:00] Listener Q&A: Hiring Sales Staff, Online Coaching Tips + Dance Studios ⏳ [62:00] How to Join the Waitlist + Get In On Our Lock-In Sessions Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy?igsh=MTQ4bDZ2aTR6Ym43dA== Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza If it feels like you’re doing all the things and still spinning your wheels—this episode is your wake-up call.


Because the data is in. And it confirms what we’ve been saying for months: Most studio owners are doing way too much, making way too little, and stuck playing last season’s game.


In this episode, we’re lifting the lid on what the top 8% of studios are doing differently—and how you can break through to your best month ever (without burning out).


Here’s what we’re covering:


-Why visibility on socials = viability in the new attention economy

-What the best studios are doing to close at 65–78% (not 20%)

-The #1 stat that turns poor studios into profitable ones

-The 4 stages of studio growth—and where most get stuck

-The double dip paradox: Why things get harder before the breakthrough

-The million dollar studio stack (and how to build yours)

-The rise of hybrid business models—and how to stay ahead

-Why your energy (not rent) is your biggest business cost

-How to start marketing like a CEO (even if you’re “not a marketer”)

… and a whole lot more


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] The Truth: Most Studio Owners Are Doing Too Much, Making Too Little

⏳ [01:44] 70% of Buyers Check Instagram Before Buying—Are You Visible?

⏳ [04:12] Why BME (Best Month Ever) Is Becoming the New Normal

⏳ [07:05] Higher Standards, Faster Growth: The Real Secret Behind BME

⏳ [09:08] Big F*ck Off Goals—Why You Need Them (Now)

⏳ [13:00] What Business Are You Really In? (Hint: It’s Not Fitness)

⏳ [15:06] The Report: Data from 1,000+ Studios Reveals What Works

⏳ [20:00] The Attention Economy: What’s Changed in Marketing

⏳ [23:44] You Don’t Have to Be a Marketer—But You Do Have to Market

⏳ [25:04] How the Fastest-Growing Studios Use AI to Win Back Time

⏳ [28:56] The Link Between Your Energy and Your Profit

⏳ [30:00] Rise of Hybrid Models (And Why They’re So Hot Right Now)

⏳ [33:30] The 4 Stages of Studio Growth (And Where Most Get Stuck)

⏳ [36:09] 300 Members = Danger Zone? Here’s Why

⏳ [41:02] Breaking Through: What the Top 8% Are Doing Differently

⏳ [44:07] Rollovers: The Hero Metric No One Talks About

⏳ [46:31] The Million Dollar Studio Stack (And How to Build Yours)

⏳ [52:14] Your Studio Won’t Scale Until You Upgrade

⏳ [54:00] How to Follow the Map from $0 to $1M

⏳ [56:00] Listener Q&A: Hiring Sales Staff, Online Coaching Tips + Dance Studios

⏳ [62:00] How to Join the Waitlist + Get In On Our Lock-In Sessions


Hope you enjoy!


Want free resources?


DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’.


https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered


WANT MORE:


To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan


Connect with us:


Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy?igsh=MTQ4bDZ2aTR6Ym43dA==


Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

]]> 3880 The 9-Step Checklist to Know If You’re Actually Ready for Studio #2 Thinking about opening a second studio? Before you sign that lease or paint that second set of walls, you need to listen to this episode. Because here's the brutal truth: most studio owners jump to a second location way too soon—and it ends up nearly destroying the first one. In this episode, we’re unpacking the real checklist to know if you’re actually ready to expand—or if you're about to double your chaos. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why growing too soon will cost you way more than just money -The real reason your second studio won’t feel anything like your first -How to know if Studio 1 is truly ready (or if it’s still held together by duct tape) -The 9-point checklist you must pass before opening another location -Why a “good deal” on a lease could still sink your business -What to do if you’ve already signed a lease—but you’re not ready -The fastest way to stabilise two studios before everything crashes -How to restructure your team and leadership to survive the jump -The 3 proven paths to scale your studio empire without losing your mind … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] The Exciting (and Dangerous) Leap from Studio 1 to 2 ⏳ [01:00] Why Doubling Means Doubling Costs—Not Just Doubling Revenue ⏳ [06:00] The Second Studio Syndrome: What Really Goes Wrong ⏳ [11:00] The 3 Levels of Business Growth (And Why Most Owners Are Stuck at Level 1) ⏳ [16:00] The ‘Ready for Studio 2’ 9-Point Checklist ⏳ [24:00] 3 Different (and Proven) Paths to Expanding Safely ⏳ [29:00] Already Signed the Lease? Here's Your Emergency Plan ⏳ [36:00] Team, Scoreboards, and The Leadership Shift You Must Make ⏳ [38:00] How to Scale Without Chaos—and Actually Love Running Two Studios Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy?igsh=MTQ4bDZ2aTR6Ym43dA== Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza Tue, 29 Apr 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Thinking about opening a second studio? Before you sign that lease or paint that second set of walls, you need to listen to this episode. Because here's the brutal truth: most studio owners jump to a second location way too soon—and it ends up nearly destroying the first one. In this episode, we’re unpacking the real checklist to know if you’re actually ready to expand—or if you're about to double your chaos. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why growing too soon will cost you way more than just money -The real reason your second studio won’t feel anything like your first -How to know if Studio 1 is truly ready (or if it’s still held together by duct tape) -The 9-point checklist you must pass before opening another location -Why a “good deal” on a lease could still sink your business -What to do if you’ve already signed a lease—but you’re not ready -The fastest way to stabilise two studios before everything crashes -How to restructure your team and leadership to survive the jump -The 3 proven paths to scale your studio empire without losing your mind … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] The Exciting (and Dangerous) Leap from Studio 1 to 2 ⏳ [01:00] Why Doubling Means Doubling Costs—Not Just Doubling Revenue ⏳ [06:00] The Second Studio Syndrome: What Really Goes Wrong ⏳ [11:00] The 3 Levels of Business Growth (And Why Most Owners Are Stuck at Level 1) ⏳ [16:00] The ‘Ready for Studio 2’ 9-Point Checklist ⏳ [24:00] 3 Different (and Proven) Paths to Expanding Safely ⏳ [29:00] Already Signed the Lease? Here's Your Emergency Plan ⏳ [36:00] Team, Scoreboards, and The Leadership Shift You Must Make ⏳ [38:00] How to Scale Without Chaos—and Actually Love Running Two Studios Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy?igsh=MTQ4bDZ2aTR6Ym43dA== Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza Thinking about opening a second studio?

Before you sign that lease or paint that second set of walls, you need to listen to this episode.


Because here's the brutal truth: most studio owners jump to a second location way too soon—and it ends up nearly destroying the first one.


In this episode, we’re unpacking the real checklist to know if you’re actually ready to expand—or if you're about to double your chaos.


Here’s what we’re covering: -Why growing too soon will cost you way more than just money -The real reason your second studio won’t feel anything like your first -How to know if Studio 1 is truly ready (or if it’s still held together by duct tape) -The 9-point checklist you must pass before opening another location -Why a “good deal” on a lease could still sink your business -What to do if you’ve already signed a lease—but you’re not ready -The fastest way to stabilise two studios before everything crashes -How to restructure your team and leadership to survive the jump -The 3 proven paths to scale your studio empire without losing your mind … and a whole lot more


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] The Exciting (and Dangerous) Leap from Studio 1 to 2

⏳ [01:00] Why Doubling Means Doubling Costs—Not Just Doubling Revenue

⏳ [06:00] The Second Studio Syndrome: What Really Goes Wrong

⏳ [11:00] The 3 Levels of Business Growth (And Why Most Owners Are Stuck at Level 1)

⏳ [16:00] The ‘Ready for Studio 2’ 9-Point Checklist

⏳ [24:00] 3 Different (and Proven) Paths to Expanding Safely

⏳ [29:00] Already Signed the Lease? Here's Your Emergency Plan

⏳ [36:00] Team, Scoreboards, and The Leadership Shift You Must Make

⏳ [38:00] How to Scale Without Chaos—and Actually Love Running Two Studios


Hope you enjoy!


Want free resources?


DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’.


https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered


WANT MORE:

To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan


Connect with us:


Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy?igsh=MTQ4bDZ2aTR6Ym43dA==


Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

]]> 2410 How Studio Owners Can 10x Their Results in 90 Days What if I told you the biggest bottleneck in your business isn’t your leads, your sales team, or even your offer… it’s your calendar? This episode is a game-changer. We’re unpacking exactly how the highest-performing studio owners use deep work to multiply their output, slash distractions, and unlock serious momentum—without burning out. If you’ve been feeling stuck, scattered or just flat-out exhausted, this one’s for you. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why studio owners are addicted to shallow work—and how to break free for good -The #1 thing to focus on (hint: it’s not your merch printer) -The 7-step Deep Work System to get your time and brain back -Exactly what deep work looks like (with real examples from the trenches) -How to delegate, delay or ditch your way out of overwhelm -Why batching your shallow tasks could save your sanity -The Deep Work Challenge: 90 minutes a day for 90 days—and how to actually stick to it -How to align your calendar with your biggest goals (and your team’s future) Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Welcome Back—What We Noticed at the Manly Event ⏳ [02:00] The Deep Work Epidemic: Everyone Knows It, No One Does It ⏳ [05:10] Deep Work vs Shallow Work: Real Studio Owner Examples ⏳ [10:40] The Power of the ‘One Thing’—And How to Find Yours ⏳ [15:00] Calendar Audit: Are You a CEO or a Technician? ⏳ [18:30] How to Build a Deep Work Routine (That Actually Sticks) ⏳ [24:10] Pre-Agreements, Noise Cancelling Headphones & Stop Signs ⏳ [30:00] Where All Your Shallow Work Goes (Delegate, Delay, Ditch) ⏳ [35:00] Going Pro: How to Combine Deep Work with the BFOG ⏳ [41:00] The Deep Work Challenge: 90 Minutes a Day for 90 Days ⏳ [45:00] Final Thoughts: You Don’t Need More Hours—You Need More Intention Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’ https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza Tue, 22 Apr 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios What if I told you the biggest bottleneck in your business isn’t your leads, your sales team, or even your offer… it’s your calendar? This episode is a game-changer. We’re unpacking exactly how the highest-performing studio owners use deep work to multiply their output, slash distractions, and unlock serious momentum—without burning out. If you’ve been feeling stuck, scattered or just flat-out exhausted, this one’s for you. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why studio owners are addicted to shallow work—and how to break free for good -The #1 thing to focus on (hint: it’s not your merch printer) -The 7-step Deep Work System to get your time and brain back -Exactly what deep work looks like (with real examples from the trenches) -How to delegate, delay or ditch your way out of overwhelm -Why batching your shallow tasks could save your sanity -The Deep Work Challenge: 90 minutes a day for 90 days—and how to actually stick to it -How to align your calendar with your biggest goals (and your team’s future) Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Welcome Back—What We Noticed at the Manly Event ⏳ [02:00] The Deep Work Epidemic: Everyone Knows It, No One Does It ⏳ [05:10] Deep Work vs Shallow Work: Real Studio Owner Examples ⏳ [10:40] The Power of the ‘One Thing’—And How to Find Yours ⏳ [15:00] Calendar Audit: Are You a CEO or a Technician? ⏳ [18:30] How to Build a Deep Work Routine (That Actually Sticks) ⏳ [24:10] Pre-Agreements, Noise Cancelling Headphones & Stop Signs ⏳ [30:00] Where All Your Shallow Work Goes (Delegate, Delay, Ditch) ⏳ [35:00] Going Pro: How to Combine Deep Work with the BFOG ⏳ [41:00] The Deep Work Challenge: 90 Minutes a Day for 90 Days ⏳ [45:00] Final Thoughts: You Don’t Need More Hours—You Need More Intention Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’ https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza What if I told you the biggest bottleneck in your business isn’t your leads, your sales team, or even your offer… it’s your calendar?


This episode is a game-changer. We’re unpacking exactly how the highest-performing studio owners use deep work to multiply their output, slash distractions, and unlock serious momentum—without burning out.


If you’ve been feeling stuck, scattered or just flat-out exhausted, this one’s for you.


Here’s what we’re covering:


-Why studio owners are addicted to shallow work—and how to break free for good

-The #1 thing to focus on (hint: it’s not your merch printer)

-The 7-step Deep Work System to get your time and brain back

-Exactly what deep work looks like (with real examples from the trenches)

-How to delegate, delay or ditch your way out of overwhelm

-Why batching your shallow tasks could save your sanity

-The Deep Work Challenge: 90 minutes a day for 90 days—and how to actually stick to it

-How to align your calendar with your biggest goals (and your team’s future)


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] Welcome Back—What We Noticed at the Manly Event

⏳ [02:00] The Deep Work Epidemic: Everyone Knows It, No One Does It

⏳ [05:10] Deep Work vs Shallow Work: Real Studio Owner Examples

⏳ [10:40] The Power of the ‘One Thing’—And How to Find Yours

⏳ [15:00] Calendar Audit: Are You a CEO or a Technician?

⏳ [18:30] How to Build a Deep Work Routine (That Actually Sticks)

⏳ [24:10] Pre-Agreements, Noise Cancelling Headphones & Stop Signs

⏳ [30:00] Where All Your Shallow Work Goes (Delegate, Delay, Ditch)

⏳ [35:00] Going Pro: How to Combine Deep Work with the BFOG

⏳ [41:00] The Deep Work Challenge: 90 Minutes a Day for 90 Days

⏳ [45:00] Final Thoughts: You Don’t Need More Hours—You Need More Intention


Hope you enjoy!


Want free resources?

DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’


https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered


WANT MORE:

To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow.

Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan


Connect with us:

Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy

Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

]]> 2316 STOP ‘Winging It’: The Exact Plan to Win Your Week, Month & Quarter If you’re stuck in the “busy but broke” cycle, feeling like your months just blur into one long week—you’re not alone. But the real reason most studio owners stay stuck? It’s not motivation. It’s a lack of planning. No targets. No tracking. No ownership. Just vibes. In this episode, we’re breaking down how to build a business plan that actually drives results—without the fluff or overwhelm. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why forecasting isn’t optional if you actually want to scale -How to reverse engineer your sales targets the smart way -The labour ratio rule that keeps your team costs in check -How to theme your quarter and build momentum (with real examples) -The one number your team must know—and the ones they don’t need -Why you’re not tracking hard enough—and how to fix it -What “winning the day” really means (and how to bring that culture into your studio) … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Welcome Back: Retreats, Real Talk & Why Planning Matters ⏳ [03:00] Studio Owners’ Biggest Mistake: No Targets, No Plan, No Progress ⏳ [06:00] The Four Zones You’re In Right Now—And How to Shift ⏳ [10:00] Forecasting 101: Why Revenue Goals Are Not a Vibe ⏳ [14:30] Building Your Reverse Forecast: Start With What You’re Worth ⏳ [17:00] Expense Ratios, Labour Costs & What Numbers Really Matter ⏳ [20:00] Win the Quarter: How to Set the Theme, Targets & KPIs ⏳ [25:00] Culture Over Casual: Aligning Your Team to Drive Growth ⏳ [30:00] Tracking Daily: Why You Must Know Your Numbers in Real Time ⏳ [34:00] The Power of Separation Sunday (And Weekly Reset Rituals) ⏳ [37:00] Ask Us Anything: Your Questions on Planning, AI, and Team ⏳ [44:00] Planning in Action: Should You Share Goals With Your Team? ⏳ [47:00] Struggling Team Members: Process Before People ⏳ [52:00] Daily Tracking, Rollover Metrics & The Game of Growth ⏳ [58:00] Wrapping Up: Lock-In Sessions, Free Workshop & Final Thoughts Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza Tue, 15 Apr 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios If you’re stuck in the “busy but broke” cycle, feeling like your months just blur into one long week—you’re not alone. But the real reason most studio owners stay stuck? It’s not motivation. It’s a lack of planning. No targets. No tracking. No ownership. Just vibes. In this episode, we’re breaking down how to build a business plan that actually drives results—without the fluff or overwhelm. Here’s what we’re covering: -Why forecasting isn’t optional if you actually want to scale -How to reverse engineer your sales targets the smart way -The labour ratio rule that keeps your team costs in check -How to theme your quarter and build momentum (with real examples) -The one number your team must know—and the ones they don’t need -Why you’re not tracking hard enough—and how to fix it -What “winning the day” really means (and how to bring that culture into your studio) … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Welcome Back: Retreats, Real Talk & Why Planning Matters ⏳ [03:00] Studio Owners’ Biggest Mistake: No Targets, No Plan, No Progress ⏳ [06:00] The Four Zones You’re In Right Now—And How to Shift ⏳ [10:00] Forecasting 101: Why Revenue Goals Are Not a Vibe ⏳ [14:30] Building Your Reverse Forecast: Start With What You’re Worth ⏳ [17:00] Expense Ratios, Labour Costs & What Numbers Really Matter ⏳ [20:00] Win the Quarter: How to Set the Theme, Targets & KPIs ⏳ [25:00] Culture Over Casual: Aligning Your Team to Drive Growth ⏳ [30:00] Tracking Daily: Why You Must Know Your Numbers in Real Time ⏳ [34:00] The Power of Separation Sunday (And Weekly Reset Rituals) ⏳ [37:00] Ask Us Anything: Your Questions on Planning, AI, and Team ⏳ [44:00] Planning in Action: Should You Share Goals With Your Team? ⏳ [47:00] Struggling Team Members: Process Before People ⏳ [52:00] Daily Tracking, Rollover Metrics & The Game of Growth ⏳ [58:00] Wrapping Up: Lock-In Sessions, Free Workshop & Final Thoughts Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza If you’re stuck in the “busy but broke” cycle, feeling like your months just blur into one long week—you’re not alone.


But the real reason most studio owners stay stuck? It’s not motivation. It’s a lack of planning. No targets. No tracking. No ownership. Just vibes.


In this episode, we’re breaking down how to build a business plan that actually drives results—without the fluff or overwhelm.


Here’s what we’re covering:


-Why forecasting isn’t optional if you actually want to scale

-How to reverse engineer your sales targets the smart way

-The labour ratio rule that keeps your team costs in check -How to theme your quarter and build momentum (with real examples)

-The one number your team must know—and the ones they don’t need

-Why you’re not tracking hard enough—and how to fix it

-What “winning the day” really means (and how to bring that culture into your studio) … and a whole lot more


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] Welcome Back: Retreats, Real Talk & Why Planning Matters

⏳ [03:00] Studio Owners’ Biggest Mistake: No Targets, No Plan, No Progress

⏳ [06:00] The Four Zones You’re In Right Now—And How to Shift

⏳ [10:00] Forecasting 101: Why Revenue Goals Are Not a Vibe

⏳ [14:30] Building Your Reverse Forecast: Start With What You’re Worth

⏳ [17:00] Expense Ratios, Labour Costs & What Numbers Really Matter

⏳ [20:00] Win the Quarter: How to Set the Theme, Targets & KPIs

⏳ [25:00] Culture Over Casual: Aligning Your Team to Drive Growth

⏳ [30:00] Tracking Daily: Why You Must Know Your Numbers in Real Time

⏳ [34:00] The Power of Separation Sunday (And Weekly Reset Rituals)

⏳ [37:00] Ask Us Anything: Your Questions on Planning, AI, and Team

⏳ [44:00] Planning in Action: Should You Share Goals With Your Team?

⏳ [47:00] Struggling Team Members: Process Before People

⏳ [52:00] Daily Tracking, Rollover Metrics & The Game of Growth

⏳ [58:00] Wrapping Up: Lock-In Sessions, Free Workshop & Final Thoughts


Hope you enjoy!


Want free resources?


DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’.


https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered


WANT MORE:

To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow.

Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan


Connect with us:

Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy


Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

]]> 2237 200 Sales in Two Months - How This Pilates Studio Doubled Their Revenue in 60 Days Is Pilates blowing up for no good reason—or is this your golden chance to build in the Pilates boom? Because here’s the truth: Whether your studio’s tucked away in the suburbs or you’re already running multiple locations, this new wave of mindful, community-focused training is transforming the fitness industry, and there’s a savvy way to capitalise on it. In this episode, we’re tackling the rise of Pilates, the pitfalls of cheap intros, and how clever studio owners are leveraging structure, systems and collaboration to thrive (without losing their sanity). Here’s what we’re covering: -The truth about Pilates: Just trending … or here to stay? -How studios are cashing in on #1 search demand without racing to the bottom -Why “cheap, shallow nets” attract the wrong crowd (and tank your revenue) -How to turn community vibes into real, long-term profits -The role of mentorship, and why it’s vital if you want to expand -Scaling up without chaos: Key systems, roles and delegation -The family factor: Finding real freedom to be with those who matter -Why “playing nice” with ClassPass can backfire—and how to negotiate differently -How to create membership offers that outperform class packs … and a whole lot more ⏳ [00:00] Welcome & Backstory: Why These Owners Nearly Gave Up ⏳ [07:00] 200 Sales in 60 Days: The Jaw-Dropping Turnaround ⏳ [14:00] Abandoning the “Cheap Intro” Mentality ⏳ [21:00] The 6k to 11k Weekly Leap ⏳ [28:00] Why Mentorship and Systems Matter ⏳ [35:00] Community vs. Chaos: Building an Unstoppable Culture ⏳ [42:00] Looking Ahead: Scaling Up, Paying Themselves and Beyond Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3-Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza Tue, 08 Apr 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Is Pilates blowing up for no good reason—or is this your golden chance to build in the Pilates boom? Because here’s the truth: Whether your studio’s tucked away in the suburbs or you’re already running multiple locations, this new wave of mindful, community-focused training is transforming the fitness industry, and there’s a savvy way to capitalise on it. In this episode, we’re tackling the rise of Pilates, the pitfalls of cheap intros, and how clever studio owners are leveraging structure, systems and collaboration to thrive (without losing their sanity). Here’s what we’re covering: -The truth about Pilates: Just trending … or here to stay? -How studios are cashing in on #1 search demand without racing to the bottom -Why “cheap, shallow nets” attract the wrong crowd (and tank your revenue) -How to turn community vibes into real, long-term profits -The role of mentorship, and why it’s vital if you want to expand -Scaling up without chaos: Key systems, roles and delegation -The family factor: Finding real freedom to be with those who matter -Why “playing nice” with ClassPass can backfire—and how to negotiate differently -How to create membership offers that outperform class packs … and a whole lot more ⏳ [00:00] Welcome & Backstory: Why These Owners Nearly Gave Up ⏳ [07:00] 200 Sales in 60 Days: The Jaw-Dropping Turnaround ⏳ [14:00] Abandoning the “Cheap Intro” Mentality ⏳ [21:00] The 6k to 11k Weekly Leap ⏳ [28:00] Why Mentorship and Systems Matter ⏳ [35:00] Community vs. Chaos: Building an Unstoppable Culture ⏳ [42:00] Looking Ahead: Scaling Up, Paying Themselves and Beyond Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3-Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza Is Pilates blowing up for no good reason—or is this your golden chance to build in the Pilates boom?


Because here’s the truth: Whether your studio’s tucked away in the suburbs or you’re already running multiple locations, this new wave of mindful, community-focused training is transforming the fitness industry, and there’s a savvy way to capitalise on it.


In this episode, we’re tackling the rise of Pilates, the pitfalls of cheap intros, and how clever studio owners are leveraging structure, systems and collaboration to thrive (without losing their sanity).


Here’s what we’re covering:


-The truth about Pilates: Just trending … or here to stay?

-How studios are cashing in on #1 search demand without racing to the bottom

-Why “cheap, shallow nets” attract the wrong crowd (and tank your revenue)

-How to turn community vibes into real, long-term profits

-The role of mentorship, and why it’s vital if you want to expand

-Scaling up without chaos: Key systems, roles and delegation

-The family factor: Finding real freedom to be with those who matter

-Why “playing nice” with ClassPass can backfire—and how to negotiate differently

-How to create membership offers that outperform class packs


… and a whole lot more


⏳ [00:00] Welcome & Backstory: Why These Owners Nearly Gave Up

⏳ [07:00] 200 Sales in 60 Days: The Jaw-Dropping Turnaround

⏳ [14:00] Abandoning the “Cheap Intro” Mentality

⏳ [21:00] The 6k to 11k Weekly Leap

⏳ [28:00] Why Mentorship and Systems Matter

⏳ [35:00] Community vs. Chaos: Building an Unstoppable Culture

⏳ [42:00] Looking Ahead: Scaling Up, Paying Themselves and Beyond


Hope you enjoy!


Want free resources?

DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’.


https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered


WANT MORE:

To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3-Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow.

Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan


Connect with us:

Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy

Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

]]> 3103 Is Your Studio Ready for the Hyrox Boom? Here’s How to Cash In Is Hyrox just a fad—or the biggest opportunity you’re about to miss? Because here’s the truth: Whether your studio is functional, wellness-based or somewhere in between, this new wave of hybrid athletes is shaking up the industry—and there’s a smart way to capitalise on it. In this episode, we’re diving deep into the rise of Hyrox, hybrid training, and how smart studios are creating new offers, memberships and collabs to ride the wave (without losing their identity). Here’s what we’re covering: -The truth about Hyrox: Fad or here to stay? -Why hybrid athletes are reshaping the way studios program, market and retain members -How yoga, Pilates and recovery studios can still tap into this trend without adding squat racks -The new definition of success: Strength, recovery and longevity—not just fat loss or performance -The ‘Harvard business model’ and how to use it to boost retention and revenue -How to turn the hybrid athlete into your highest-spending member -What to include in a hybrid membership—and the real reason it works … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] The “Hybrid Athlete” Craze—And Why It’s Blowing Up ⏳ [02:00] What Is Hyrox (And Why Should Studio Owners Care?) ⏳ [04:00] The Growth Stats You Can’t Ignore ⏳ [06:00] Is This Just for 25-Year-Olds? Why It’s More Inclusive Than You Think ⏳ [08:00] Hyrox vs. CrossFit—What’s the Difference? ⏳ [10:00] Retention Playbook: How to Keep Members Long-Term with Hybrid Goals ⏳ [12:00] Is It Just a Trend? Or a Whole New Way to Train? ⏳ [14:00] How Smart Studios Are Integrating Hyrox Training ⏳ [16:00] New Offers, Secondary Memberships & Rep Teams ⏳ [18:00] How Pilates, Yoga and Recovery Studios Can Get Involved (Without Changing Core Offerings) ⏳ [21:00] The ‘30% Innovation Budget’ Approach to Experimenting ⏳ [24:00] The Harvard Membership Model—And How It’s Being Done Now ⏳ [28:00] Strength for Longevity: Why Hybrid Isn’t Just for Athletes ⏳ [31:00] The 7 Fitness Tests Every 40-Year-Old Should Pass ⏳ [34:00] Longevity, Recovery, and the Rise of Performance-Based Wellness ⏳ [36:00] Final Word: Don’t Miss the Wave—Create Your Hybrid Offer Now Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza Tue, 01 Apr 2025 22:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Is Hyrox just a fad—or the biggest opportunity you’re about to miss? Because here’s the truth: Whether your studio is functional, wellness-based or somewhere in between, this new wave of hybrid athletes is shaking up the industry—and there’s a smart way to capitalise on it. In this episode, we’re diving deep into the rise of Hyrox, hybrid training, and how smart studios are creating new offers, memberships and collabs to ride the wave (without losing their identity). Here’s what we’re covering: -The truth about Hyrox: Fad or here to stay? -Why hybrid athletes are reshaping the way studios program, market and retain members -How yoga, Pilates and recovery studios can still tap into this trend without adding squat racks -The new definition of success: Strength, recovery and longevity—not just fat loss or performance -The ‘Harvard business model’ and how to use it to boost retention and revenue -How to turn the hybrid athlete into your highest-spending member -What to include in a hybrid membership—and the real reason it works … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] The “Hybrid Athlete” Craze—And Why It’s Blowing Up ⏳ [02:00] What Is Hyrox (And Why Should Studio Owners Care?) ⏳ [04:00] The Growth Stats You Can’t Ignore ⏳ [06:00] Is This Just for 25-Year-Olds? Why It’s More Inclusive Than You Think ⏳ [08:00] Hyrox vs. CrossFit—What’s the Difference? ⏳ [10:00] Retention Playbook: How to Keep Members Long-Term with Hybrid Goals ⏳ [12:00] Is It Just a Trend? Or a Whole New Way to Train? ⏳ [14:00] How Smart Studios Are Integrating Hyrox Training ⏳ [16:00] New Offers, Secondary Memberships & Rep Teams ⏳ [18:00] How Pilates, Yoga and Recovery Studios Can Get Involved (Without Changing Core Offerings) ⏳ [21:00] The ‘30% Innovation Budget’ Approach to Experimenting ⏳ [24:00] The Harvard Membership Model—And How It’s Being Done Now ⏳ [28:00] Strength for Longevity: Why Hybrid Isn’t Just for Athletes ⏳ [31:00] The 7 Fitness Tests Every 40-Year-Old Should Pass ⏳ [34:00] Longevity, Recovery, and the Rise of Performance-Based Wellness ⏳ [36:00] Final Word: Don’t Miss the Wave—Create Your Hybrid Offer Now Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza Is Hyrox just a fad—or the biggest opportunity you’re about to miss?


Because here’s the truth: Whether your studio is functional, wellness-based or somewhere in between, this new wave of hybrid athletes is shaking up the industry—and there’s a smart way to capitalise on it.


In this episode, we’re diving deep into the rise of Hyrox, hybrid training, and how smart studios are creating new offers, memberships and collabs to ride the wave (without losing their identity).


Here’s what we’re covering:


-The truth about Hyrox: Fad or here to stay?

-Why hybrid athletes are reshaping the way studios program, market and retain members

-How yoga, Pilates and recovery studios can still tap into this trend without adding squat racks

-The new definition of success: Strength, recovery and longevity—not just fat loss or performance

-The ‘Harvard business model’ and how to use it to boost retention and revenue

-How to turn the hybrid athlete into your highest-spending member

-What to include in a hybrid membership—and the real reason it works

… and a whole lot more


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] The “Hybrid Athlete” Craze—And Why It’s Blowing Up

⏳ [02:00] What Is Hyrox (And Why Should Studio Owners Care?)

⏳ [04:00] The Growth Stats You Can’t Ignore

⏳ [06:00] Is This Just for 25-Year-Olds? Why It’s More Inclusive Than You Think

⏳ [08:00] Hyrox vs. CrossFit—What’s the Difference?

⏳ [10:00] Retention Playbook: How to Keep Members Long-Term with Hybrid Goals

⏳ [12:00] Is It Just a Trend? Or a Whole New Way to Train?

⏳ [14:00] How Smart Studios Are Integrating Hyrox Training

⏳ [16:00] New Offers, Secondary Memberships & Rep Teams

⏳ [18:00] How Pilates, Yoga and Recovery Studios Can Get Involved (Without Changing Core Offerings)

⏳ [21:00] The ‘30% Innovation Budget’ Approach to Experimenting

⏳ [24:00] The Harvard Membership Model—And How It’s Being Done Now

⏳ [28:00] Strength for Longevity: Why Hybrid Isn’t Just for Athletes

⏳ [31:00] The 7 Fitness Tests Every 40-Year-Old Should Pass

⏳ [34:00] Longevity, Recovery, and the Rise of Performance-Based Wellness

⏳ [36:00] Final Word: Don’t Miss the Wave—Create Your Hybrid Offer Now


Hope you enjoy!


Want free resources?

DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’.


https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered


WANT MORE:

To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow.

Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan


Connect with us:

Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy

Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

]]> 1686 The 8 Metrics That Separate 6-Figure Studios from 7-Figure Ones Most studio owners are working hard—but are they working on the right things? Because here's the truth: If your benchmarks are off, it doesn't matter how many hours you put in. You're going to stay stuck. In this episode, we're diving deep into the data that matters most—so you can track, fix and grow your studio without burning out. Here’s what we’re covering: -Exactly what ‘good’ looks like across the 8 essential benchmarks (and where most people are bleeding revenue) -Why leads, sales and rollovers are your fastest path to growth (and how to improve them this week) -What most studios get dead wrong when it comes to suspensions and churn -The ‘traffic light’ system we use with 7-figure clients to pinpoint growth killers -Why auto-rollovers and free trials are tanking your numbers (and what to do instead) -The exact ad copy and creative strategy our clients use to hit 40%+ conversions -Why sales isn’t about being ‘pushy’— and the real reason most owners never ask for the sale … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Why You’re Probably Guessing If You’re Doing Well ⏳ [03:00] The Traffic Light Benchmark System (And Why It Works) ⏳ [05:00] Leads, Sales & Rollovers: The First Three KPIs to Fix ⏳ [07:45] The ‘Revenue Accelerator’ Most Studios Ignore ⏳ [10:00] The Hidden Tax That’s Killing Your Profit ⏳ [12:00] Churn: What It Actually Means (And What It Isn’t) ⏳ [14:30] Net Growth vs. Net Profit—And How to Get Both ⏳ [17:30] Surface-Level Work vs. Real Execution ⏳ [20:00] Why Paid and Organic Leads Are Not Separate Anymore ⏳ [23:00] Gut-Punching Copy That Actually Converts ⏳ [26:00] The Video Strategy Driving a Sale a Day ⏳ [31:00] The Ad Creative Mistakes You Can’t Afford to Make ⏳ [33:00] The Sales Call That Changes Everything ⏳ [36:00] Sales Scripts: Why You Need to Drill, Not Wing It ⏳ [40:00] Speed to Lead: How to Triple Your Pickups ⏳ [43:00] Rollovers: The KPI That Separates the Good from the Great ⏳ [46:00] Onboarding Done Right = Higher Lifetime Value ⏳ [49:00] Stuck and Working Long Hours? Here’s What to Do Instead ⏳ [51:00] How to Rank Yourself—and What to Fix First ⏳ [53:00] You Don’t Need Another Plan. You Just Need to Do the Thing. Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza Tue, 25 Mar 2025 17:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Most studio owners are working hard—but are they working on the right things? Because here's the truth: If your benchmarks are off, it doesn't matter how many hours you put in. You're going to stay stuck. In this episode, we're diving deep into the data that matters most—so you can track, fix and grow your studio without burning out. Here’s what we’re covering: -Exactly what ‘good’ looks like across the 8 essential benchmarks (and where most people are bleeding revenue) -Why leads, sales and rollovers are your fastest path to growth (and how to improve them this week) -What most studios get dead wrong when it comes to suspensions and churn -The ‘traffic light’ system we use with 7-figure clients to pinpoint growth killers -Why auto-rollovers and free trials are tanking your numbers (and what to do instead) -The exact ad copy and creative strategy our clients use to hit 40%+ conversions -Why sales isn’t about being ‘pushy’— and the real reason most owners never ask for the sale … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Why You’re Probably Guessing If You’re Doing Well ⏳ [03:00] The Traffic Light Benchmark System (And Why It Works) ⏳ [05:00] Leads, Sales & Rollovers: The First Three KPIs to Fix ⏳ [07:45] The ‘Revenue Accelerator’ Most Studios Ignore ⏳ [10:00] The Hidden Tax That’s Killing Your Profit ⏳ [12:00] Churn: What It Actually Means (And What It Isn’t) ⏳ [14:30] Net Growth vs. Net Profit—And How to Get Both ⏳ [17:30] Surface-Level Work vs. Real Execution ⏳ [20:00] Why Paid and Organic Leads Are Not Separate Anymore ⏳ [23:00] Gut-Punching Copy That Actually Converts ⏳ [26:00] The Video Strategy Driving a Sale a Day ⏳ [31:00] The Ad Creative Mistakes You Can’t Afford to Make ⏳ [33:00] The Sales Call That Changes Everything ⏳ [36:00] Sales Scripts: Why You Need to Drill, Not Wing It ⏳ [40:00] Speed to Lead: How to Triple Your Pickups ⏳ [43:00] Rollovers: The KPI That Separates the Good from the Great ⏳ [46:00] Onboarding Done Right = Higher Lifetime Value ⏳ [49:00] Stuck and Working Long Hours? Here’s What to Do Instead ⏳ [51:00] How to Rank Yourself—and What to Fix First ⏳ [53:00] You Don’t Need Another Plan. You Just Need to Do the Thing. Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza Most studio owners are working hard—but are they working on the right things?


Because here's the truth: If your benchmarks are off, it doesn't matter how many hours you put in. You're going to stay stuck.


In this episode, we're diving deep into the data that matters most—so you can track, fix and grow your studio without burning out.


Here’s what we’re covering:


-Exactly what ‘good’ looks like across the 8 essential benchmarks (and where most people are bleeding revenue)

-Why leads, sales and rollovers are your fastest path to growth (and how to improve them this week)

-What most studios get dead wrong when it comes to suspensions and churn

-The ‘traffic light’ system we use with 7-figure clients to pinpoint growth killers

-Why auto-rollovers and free trials are tanking your numbers (and what to do instead)

-The exact ad copy and creative strategy our clients use to hit 40%+ conversions

-Why sales isn’t about being ‘pushy’—

and the real reason most owners never ask for the sale …

and a whole lot more


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] Why You’re Probably Guessing If You’re Doing Well

⏳ [03:00] The Traffic Light Benchmark System (And Why It Works)

⏳ [05:00] Leads, Sales & Rollovers: The First Three KPIs to Fix

⏳ [07:45] The ‘Revenue Accelerator’ Most Studios Ignore

⏳ [10:00] The Hidden Tax That’s Killing Your Profit

⏳ [12:00] Churn: What It Actually Means (And What It Isn’t)

⏳ [14:30] Net Growth vs. Net Profit—And How to Get Both

⏳ [17:30] Surface-Level Work vs. Real Execution

⏳ [20:00] Why Paid and Organic Leads Are Not Separate Anymore

⏳ [23:00] Gut-Punching Copy That Actually Converts

⏳ [26:00] The Video Strategy Driving a Sale a Day

⏳ [31:00] The Ad Creative Mistakes You Can’t Afford to Make

⏳ [33:00] The Sales Call That Changes Everything

⏳ [36:00] Sales Scripts: Why You Need to Drill, Not Wing It

⏳ [40:00] Speed to Lead: How to Triple Your Pickups

⏳ [43:00] Rollovers: The KPI That Separates the Good from the Great

⏳ [46:00] Onboarding Done Right = Higher Lifetime Value

⏳ [49:00] Stuck and Working Long Hours? Here’s What to Do Instead

⏳ [51:00] How to Rank Yourself—and What to Fix First

⏳ [53:00] You Don’t Need Another Plan. You Just Need to Do the Thing.


Hope you enjoy!


Want free resources?

DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’.


https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered


WANT MORE:

To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow.

Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan


Connect with us:

Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy

Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

]]> 2662 Should You Buy a Franchise or Go Independent? The Brutal Truth for Gym Owners Franchise or independent—what’s the better move? If you’ve ever wondered whether owning a franchise gym is the golden ticket to success or if going independent gives you more control and profitability, this episode is for you. We’re cutting through the noise and giving you the real talk on what it takes to run a successful gym, no matter what’s on the logo. Here’s what we’re covering: Is F45 dead? The truth behind what happened The biggest mistake independent gym owners make Why some franchisees stay broke while others crush it The 3 non-negotiables for running a profitable gym (franchise or not) Should you leave your franchise and go independent? The key questions to ask The mindset shift that separates successful gym owners from those who struggle How business owners sabotage their own sales process—without even realising it … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Is F45 Really Dead? The Truth Behind the Headlines ⏳ [06:30] Franchise vs Independent: Which One Makes More Money? ⏳ [12:45] Why Most Gym Owners Fail (And How to Avoid Their Mistakes) ⏳ [18:20] The 3 Things You NEED to Succeed—Regardless of Your Business Model ⏳ [24:10] Should You Leave Your Franchise? What to Consider First ⏳ [30:35] The Hard Truth: No One is Coming to Save Your Business ⏳ [37:50] How to Stop Sabotaging Your Own Sales Process ⏳ [45:15] What’s Next? How to Take Action and Win in 2024 Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3-Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza Tue, 18 Mar 2025 17:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Franchise or independent—what’s the better move? If you’ve ever wondered whether owning a franchise gym is the golden ticket to success or if going independent gives you more control and profitability, this episode is for you. We’re cutting through the noise and giving you the real talk on what it takes to run a successful gym, no matter what’s on the logo. Here’s what we’re covering: Is F45 dead? The truth behind what happened The biggest mistake independent gym owners make Why some franchisees stay broke while others crush it The 3 non-negotiables for running a profitable gym (franchise or not) Should you leave your franchise and go independent? The key questions to ask The mindset shift that separates successful gym owners from those who struggle How business owners sabotage their own sales process—without even realising it … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Is F45 Really Dead? The Truth Behind the Headlines ⏳ [06:30] Franchise vs Independent: Which One Makes More Money? ⏳ [12:45] Why Most Gym Owners Fail (And How to Avoid Their Mistakes) ⏳ [18:20] The 3 Things You NEED to Succeed—Regardless of Your Business Model ⏳ [24:10] Should You Leave Your Franchise? What to Consider First ⏳ [30:35] The Hard Truth: No One is Coming to Save Your Business ⏳ [37:50] How to Stop Sabotaging Your Own Sales Process ⏳ [45:15] What’s Next? How to Take Action and Win in 2024 Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3-Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza Franchise or independent—what’s the better move? If you’ve ever wondered whether owning a franchise gym is the golden ticket to success or if going independent gives you more control and profitability, this episode is for you.


We’re cutting through the noise and giving you the real talk on what it takes to run a successful gym, no matter what’s on the logo.


Here’s what we’re covering:


Is F45 dead? The truth behind what happened

The biggest mistake independent gym owners make

Why some franchisees stay broke while others crush it

The 3 non-negotiables for running a profitable gym (franchise or not)

Should you leave your franchise and go independent? The key questions to ask

The mindset shift that separates successful gym owners from those who struggle

How business owners sabotage their own sales process—without even realising it

… and a whole lot more


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] Is F45 Really Dead? The Truth Behind the Headlines

⏳ [06:30] Franchise vs Independent: Which One Makes More Money?

⏳ [12:45] Why Most Gym Owners Fail (And How to Avoid Their Mistakes)

⏳ [18:20] The 3 Things You NEED to Succeed—Regardless of Your Business Model

⏳ [24:10] Should You Leave Your Franchise? What to Consider First

⏳ [30:35] The Hard Truth: No One is Coming to Save Your Business

⏳ [37:50] How to Stop Sabotaging Your Own Sales Process

⏳ [45:15] What’s Next? How to Take Action and Win in 2024


Hope you enjoy!


Want free resources?

DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered


WANT MORE:

To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3-Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow.

Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan


Connect with us:

Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy

Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

]]> 1553 Why the Cost of Living Isn't Ruining Your Gym: Gen Z Is Spending More Than Ever It's time to cut through the bull and face facts: If your gym isn't making it, blaming the cost of living crisis is just an excuse. The real data shows Gen Z is actually spending MORE on fitness than any other generation. In this eye-opening episode, Dozer and the team break down the shocking truth about who's really spending on fitness, what each generation actually wants from their gym experience, and why most gym owners are completely missing the mark with their marketing. Here's what we're covering: The myth of the "cost of living crisis" in the fitness industry Why Gen Z is spending over $1000 a month on fitness while claiming they can't afford housing The real reasons people don't join gyms (hint: it's NOT price) Generation-specific marketing strategies that actually work Why your gym's social media probably looks like "an Ikea catalogue" to Gen Z How to create content that resonates with each generation Why most gym owners are "fishing with the wrong bait" and wondering why no one's biting … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] The Cost of Living Myth in Fitness ⏳ [05:10] Why People REALLY Don't Join Gyms ⏳ [10:45] Gen Z Fitness Motivations: Appearance, Connection & Identity ⏳ [16:30] Millennials: Energy, Stress & Family Health ⏳ [21:05] Gen X & Boomers: Weight Management & Longevity ⏳ [28:15] Marketing to Different Generations: Platforms & Messages ⏳ [34:40] Adapting Your Content for Generation-Specific Marketing ⏳ [42:10] Why Businesses That Don't Adapt Will Die Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod, we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3-Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza Tue, 11 Mar 2025 17:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios It's time to cut through the bull and face facts: If your gym isn't making it, blaming the cost of living crisis is just an excuse. The real data shows Gen Z is actually spending MORE on fitness than any other generation. In this eye-opening episode, Dozer and the team break down the shocking truth about who's really spending on fitness, what each generation actually wants from their gym experience, and why most gym owners are completely missing the mark with their marketing. Here's what we're covering: The myth of the "cost of living crisis" in the fitness industry Why Gen Z is spending over $1000 a month on fitness while claiming they can't afford housing The real reasons people don't join gyms (hint: it's NOT price) Generation-specific marketing strategies that actually work Why your gym's social media probably looks like "an Ikea catalogue" to Gen Z How to create content that resonates with each generation Why most gym owners are "fishing with the wrong bait" and wondering why no one's biting … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] The Cost of Living Myth in Fitness ⏳ [05:10] Why People REALLY Don't Join Gyms ⏳ [10:45] Gen Z Fitness Motivations: Appearance, Connection & Identity ⏳ [16:30] Millennials: Energy, Stress & Family Health ⏳ [21:05] Gen X & Boomers: Weight Management & Longevity ⏳ [28:15] Marketing to Different Generations: Platforms & Messages ⏳ [34:40] Adapting Your Content for Generation-Specific Marketing ⏳ [42:10] Why Businesses That Don't Adapt Will Die Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod, we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3-Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza It's time to cut through the bull and face facts: If your gym isn't making it, blaming the cost of living crisis is just an excuse. The real data shows Gen Z is actually spending MORE on fitness than any other generation.


In this eye-opening episode, Dozer and the team break down the shocking truth about who's really spending on fitness, what each generation actually wants from their gym experience, and why most gym owners are completely missing the mark with their marketing.


Here's what we're covering:

The myth of the "cost of living crisis" in the fitness industry

Why Gen Z is spending over $1000 a month on fitness while claiming they can't afford housing

The real reasons people don't join gyms (hint: it's NOT price)

Generation-specific marketing strategies that actually work

Why your gym's social media probably looks like "an Ikea catalogue" to Gen Z

How to create content that resonates with each generation


Why most gym owners are "fishing with the wrong bait" and wondering why no one's biting

… and a whole lot more


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] The Cost of Living Myth in Fitness

⏳ [05:10] Why People REALLY Don't Join Gyms

⏳ [10:45] Gen Z Fitness Motivations: Appearance, Connection & Identity

⏳ [16:30] Millennials: Energy, Stress & Family Health

⏳ [21:05] Gen X & Boomers: Weight Management & Longevity

⏳ [28:15] Marketing to Different Generations: Platforms & Messages

⏳ [34:40] Adapting Your Content for Generation-Specific Marketing

⏳ [42:10] Why Businesses That Don't Adapt Will Die


Hope you enjoy!


Want free resources?

DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered


WANT MORE:

To say thank you for listening to the pod, we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3-Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow.


Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan


Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy


Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

]]> 1502 Studio Owners: Here’s Why Your Memberships Are Stuck & How to Fix It If your studio is bleeding out right now, it’s not the economy, it’s not your sales skills—it’s a toxic marketing virus that’s spreading fast. And if you’ve been running discount-heavy, low-value offers just to get people through the door, you’ve already been infected. In this episode, we’re exposing the real reason so many studios are struggling with retention, cash flow, and high churn rates—and exactly how to turn it around before it’s too late. Here’s what we’re covering: The ‘cheap offer’ trap that’s secretly killing your business Why discounting your services is the fastest way to attract low-quality leads The brutal truth about why your marketing isn’t working (and how to fix it) The only type of offer that will actually bring in high-value members How to structure a profitable front-end offer that converts long-term clients Why most ad agencies are setting studio owners up to fail What to do if your studio is stuck with a bunch of freeloaders … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] The Hidden Virus That’s Killing Studios Right Now ⏳ [06:30] How a ‘Marketing Expert’ Led One Studio to Financial Disaster ⏳ [12:00] The Fatal Mistake That Turns Your Studio Into a Revolving Door ⏳ [18:40] Why Free Trials & Discount Offers Attract the Wrong Clients ⏳ [25:15] The Simple Formula for a Profitable Front-End Offer ⏳ [32:50] Ad Agencies vs. Studio Owners—Why You Can’t Outsource Sales ⏳ [40:10] How to Stop the Bleeding & Fix Your Membership Pipeline ⏳ [48:30] The Fastest Way to Turn High Leads Into High-Value Members ⏳ [55:00] Your Next Move: The High-Converting Offer Playbook Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza Tue, 04 Mar 2025 17:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios If your studio is bleeding out right now, it’s not the economy, it’s not your sales skills—it’s a toxic marketing virus that’s spreading fast. And if you’ve been running discount-heavy, low-value offers just to get people through the door, you’ve already been infected. In this episode, we’re exposing the real reason so many studios are struggling with retention, cash flow, and high churn rates—and exactly how to turn it around before it’s too late. Here’s what we’re covering: The ‘cheap offer’ trap that’s secretly killing your business Why discounting your services is the fastest way to attract low-quality leads The brutal truth about why your marketing isn’t working (and how to fix it) The only type of offer that will actually bring in high-value members How to structure a profitable front-end offer that converts long-term clients Why most ad agencies are setting studio owners up to fail What to do if your studio is stuck with a bunch of freeloaders … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] The Hidden Virus That’s Killing Studios Right Now ⏳ [06:30] How a ‘Marketing Expert’ Led One Studio to Financial Disaster ⏳ [12:00] The Fatal Mistake That Turns Your Studio Into a Revolving Door ⏳ [18:40] Why Free Trials & Discount Offers Attract the Wrong Clients ⏳ [25:15] The Simple Formula for a Profitable Front-End Offer ⏳ [32:50] Ad Agencies vs. Studio Owners—Why You Can’t Outsource Sales ⏳ [40:10] How to Stop the Bleeding & Fix Your Membership Pipeline ⏳ [48:30] The Fastest Way to Turn High Leads Into High-Value Members ⏳ [55:00] Your Next Move: The High-Converting Offer Playbook Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza If your studio is bleeding out right now, it’s not the economy, it’s not your sales skills—it’s a toxic marketing virus that’s spreading fast. And if you’ve been running discount-heavy, low-value offers just to get people through the door, you’ve already been infected.


In this episode, we’re exposing the real reason so many studios are struggling with retention, cash flow, and high churn rates—and exactly how to turn it around before it’s too late.


Here’s what we’re covering:


The ‘cheap offer’ trap that’s secretly killing your business

Why discounting your services is the fastest way to attract low-quality leads

The brutal truth about why your marketing isn’t working (and how to fix it)

The only type of offer that will actually bring in high-value members

How to structure a profitable front-end offer that converts long-term clients

Why most ad agencies are setting studio owners up to fail

What to do if your studio is stuck with a bunch of freeloaders

… and a whole lot more


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] The Hidden Virus That’s Killing Studios Right Now

⏳ [06:30] How a ‘Marketing Expert’ Led One Studio to Financial Disaster

⏳ [12:00] The Fatal Mistake That Turns Your Studio Into a Revolving Door

⏳ [18:40] Why Free Trials & Discount Offers Attract the Wrong Clients

⏳ [25:15] The Simple Formula for a Profitable Front-End Offer

⏳ [32:50] Ad Agencies vs. Studio Owners—Why You Can’t Outsource Sales

⏳ [40:10] How to Stop the Bleeding & Fix Your Membership Pipeline

⏳ [48:30] The Fastest Way to Turn High Leads Into High-Value Members

⏳ [55:00] Your Next Move: The High-Converting Offer Playbook


Hope you enjoy!


Want free resources?


DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non-negotiables’.


https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered


WANT MORE:


To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan


Connect with us:


Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy


Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

]]> 1571 Managing Gen Z: Nightmare or Leadership Wake-Up Call? Are Gen Z employees really lazy, entitled, and impossible to manage? Or do most business owners just suck at leadership?   In this no-BS episode, we’re tackling one of the biggest challenges facing studio owners today- building and leading a high-performing Gen Z team. Whether you’re struggling with retention, motivation, or just getting them to show up on time, we’re unpacking exactly what’s driving this generation and how to get the best out of them.   Here’s what we’re covering:   ·      The brutal truth - avoid hiring Gen Z at your own risk ·      Why resilience is the missing link (and how to build it in your team) ·      The #1 hiring mistake studio owners keep making ·      How to filter out the fluff and find driven Gen Z employees ·      Why your vision matters more than ever for leadership ·      The secret to keeping your best team members from burning out ·      How to set standards without sounding like a dictator ·      … and a whole lot more   Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Are Gen Z Employees Actually the Problem? ⏳ [05:30] The Gen Z Hiring Cheat Sheet - What to Look For ⏳ [12:00] Why Studio Owners Struggle to Retain Young Talent ⏳ [18:40] Motivation, Resilience & Work Ethic - Can It Be Built? ⏳ [25:15] Managing vs. Leading: The Shift Every Owner Must Make ⏳ [32:50] The Mistakes You’re Making That Drive Gen Z Away ⏳ [40:10] Creating a Team Culture That Actually Works ⏳ [48:30] The Gen Z Retention Playbook—Keep Your Best People ⏳ [55:00] Your Next Steps to Building a High-Performance Team   Want free Resources: DM me “TEAM” on Instagram @Hey.Doza for the 5-Step Hiring & Leadership Cheat Sheet that’s helped hundreds of studio owners build rock-solid teams. Check us out on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfilteredOfficial   Hope you enjoy!   WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan   Connect with us:   Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy?igsh=MTQ4bDZ2aTR6Ym43dA==   Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza     Tue, 25 Feb 2025 17:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios Are Gen Z employees really lazy, entitled, and impossible to manage? Or do most business owners just suck at leadership?   In this no-BS episode, we’re tackling one of the biggest challenges facing studio owners today- building and leading a high-performing Gen Z team. Whether you’re struggling with retention, motivation, or just getting them to show up on time, we’re unpacking exactly what’s driving this generation and how to get the best out of them.   Here’s what we’re covering:   ·      The brutal truth - avoid hiring Gen Z at your own risk ·      Why resilience is the missing link (and how to build it in your team) ·      The #1 hiring mistake studio owners keep making ·      How to filter out the fluff and find driven Gen Z employees ·      Why your vision matters more than ever for leadership ·      The secret to keeping your best team members from burning out ·      How to set standards without sounding like a dictator ·      … and a whole lot more   Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] Are Gen Z Employees Actually the Problem? ⏳ [05:30] The Gen Z Hiring Cheat Sheet - What to Look For ⏳ [12:00] Why Studio Owners Struggle to Retain Young Talent ⏳ [18:40] Motivation, Resilience & Work Ethic - Can It Be Built? ⏳ [25:15] Managing vs. Leading: The Shift Every Owner Must Make ⏳ [32:50] The Mistakes You’re Making That Drive Gen Z Away ⏳ [40:10] Creating a Team Culture That Actually Works ⏳ [48:30] The Gen Z Retention Playbook—Keep Your Best People ⏳ [55:00] Your Next Steps to Building a High-Performance Team   Want free Resources: DM me “TEAM” on Instagram @Hey.Doza for the 5-Step Hiring & Leadership Cheat Sheet that’s helped hundreds of studio owners build rock-solid teams. Check us out on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfilteredOfficial   Hope you enjoy!   WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan   Connect with us:   Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy?igsh=MTQ4bDZ2aTR6Ym43dA==   Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza     Are Gen Z employees really lazy, entitled, and impossible to manage? Or do most business owners just suck at leadership?

 

In this no-BS episode, we’re tackling one of the biggest challenges facing studio owners today- building and leading a high-performing Gen Z team. Whether you’re struggling with retention, motivation, or just getting them to show up on time, we’re unpacking exactly what’s driving this generation and how to get the best out of them.

 

Here’s what we’re covering:

 

·      The brutal truth - avoid hiring Gen Z at your own risk

·      Why resilience is the missing link (and how to build it in your team)

·      The #1 hiring mistake studio owners keep making

·      How to filter out the fluff and find driven Gen Z employees

·      Why your vision matters more than ever for leadership

·      The secret to keeping your best team members from burning out

·      How to set standards without sounding like a dictator

·      … and a whole lot more

 

Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] Are Gen Z Employees Actually the Problem?

⏳ [05:30] The Gen Z Hiring Cheat Sheet - What to Look For

⏳ [12:00] Why Studio Owners Struggle to Retain Young Talent

⏳ [18:40] Motivation, Resilience & Work Ethic - Can It Be Built?

⏳ [25:15] Managing vs. Leading: The Shift Every Owner Must Make

⏳ [32:50] The Mistakes You’re Making That Drive Gen Z Away

⏳ [40:10] Creating a Team Culture That Actually Works

⏳ [48:30] The Gen Z Retention Playbook—Keep Your Best People

⏳ [55:00] Your Next Steps to Building a High-Performance Team

 

Want free Resources:


DM me “TEAM” on Instagram @Hey.Doza for the 5-Step Hiring & Leadership Cheat Sheet that’s helped hundreds of studio owners build rock-solid teams.


Check us out on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfilteredOfficial

 

Hope you enjoy!

 

WANT MORE:

To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan

 

Connect with us:

 

Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy?igsh=MTQ4bDZ2aTR6Ym43dA==

 

Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

 

 

]]> 1856 How the World’s #1 F45 Studio Keeps 570 Members with Just 2% Churn What separates the best from the rest? Why do some studio owners struggle while others dominate? In this episode, we sit down with Ian, owner of the #1 global F45 studio, to break down the exact mindset, strategies, and systems that keep him at the top. Spoiler: It’s not luck. It’s relentless execution. Here’s what we’re covering: • Why your studio isn’t just a gym—it’s your members’ ‘third space’ • The real reason Ian’s studio has a world-class 2% churn rate • How to build a team that wants to perform at the highest level • Why most studio owners are stuck in survival mode—and how to break out • How Ian scaled to 570+ active members (without relying on cheap trials) • The biggest mistake owners make when hiring—and how to fix it • What ‘relentless’ really means—and how to apply it in your business • … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] What Separates the Best from the Rest? ⏳ [05:45] Scaling to the #1 Global F45 Studio—How Ian Did It ⏳ [12:30] The Secret to 2% Churn: Creating a ‘Third Space’ for Members ⏳ [18:15] Building a High-Performance Team: Hiring, Culture & Leadership ⏳ [26:40] Why Most Studio Owners Stay Stuck (And How to Break Free) ⏳ [34:20] The Marketing Strategy That’s Driving Consistent Growth ⏳ [42:00] The #1 Operational Shift That Took Ian’s Business to the Next Level ⏳ [50:10] Elevate, Then Relentless—How to Keep Pushing Forward ⏳ [58:20] Your Next Move: Applying These Lessons to Your Studio Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy?igsh=MTQ4bDZ2aTR6Ym43dA== Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza Tue, 18 Feb 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios What separates the best from the rest? Why do some studio owners struggle while others dominate? In this episode, we sit down with Ian, owner of the #1 global F45 studio, to break down the exact mindset, strategies, and systems that keep him at the top. Spoiler: It’s not luck. It’s relentless execution. Here’s what we’re covering: • Why your studio isn’t just a gym—it’s your members’ ‘third space’ • The real reason Ian’s studio has a world-class 2% churn rate • How to build a team that wants to perform at the highest level • Why most studio owners are stuck in survival mode—and how to break out • How Ian scaled to 570+ active members (without relying on cheap trials) • The biggest mistake owners make when hiring—and how to fix it • What ‘relentless’ really means—and how to apply it in your business • … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] What Separates the Best from the Rest? ⏳ [05:45] Scaling to the #1 Global F45 Studio—How Ian Did It ⏳ [12:30] The Secret to 2% Churn: Creating a ‘Third Space’ for Members ⏳ [18:15] Building a High-Performance Team: Hiring, Culture & Leadership ⏳ [26:40] Why Most Studio Owners Stay Stuck (And How to Break Free) ⏳ [34:20] The Marketing Strategy That’s Driving Consistent Growth ⏳ [42:00] The #1 Operational Shift That Took Ian’s Business to the Next Level ⏳ [50:10] Elevate, Then Relentless—How to Keep Pushing Forward ⏳ [58:20] Your Next Move: Applying These Lessons to Your Studio Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non negotiables’. https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy?igsh=MTQ4bDZ2aTR6Ym43dA== Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza What separates the best from the rest? Why do some studio owners struggle while others dominate?


In this episode, we sit down with Ian, owner of the #1 global F45 studio, to break down the exact mindset, strategies, and systems that keep him at the top. Spoiler: It’s not luck. It’s relentless execution.


Here’s what we’re covering:


• Why your studio isn’t just a gym—it’s your members’ ‘third space’

• The real reason Ian’s studio has a world-class 2% churn rate

• How to build a team that wants to perform at the highest level

• Why most studio owners are stuck in survival mode—and how to break out

• How Ian scaled to 570+ active members (without relying on cheap trials)

• The biggest mistake owners make when hiring—and how to fix it

• What ‘relentless’ really means—and how to apply it in your business

• … and a whole lot more


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] What Separates the Best from the Rest?

⏳ [05:45] Scaling to the #1 Global F45 Studio—How Ian Did It

⏳ [12:30] The Secret to 2% Churn: Creating a ‘Third Space’ for Members

⏳ [18:15] Building a High-Performance Team: Hiring, Culture & Leadership

⏳ [26:40] Why Most Studio Owners Stay Stuck (And How to Break Free)

⏳ [34:20] The Marketing Strategy That’s Driving Consistent Growth

⏳ [42:00] The #1 Operational Shift That Took Ian’s Business to the Next Level

⏳ [50:10] Elevate, Then Relentless—How to Keep Pushing Forward

⏳ [58:20] Your Next Move: Applying These Lessons to Your Studio



Hope you enjoy!


Want free resources?


DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non negotiables’.


https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfiltered


WANT MORE:


To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan


Connect with us:


Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy?igsh=MTQ4bDZ2aTR6Ym43dA==


Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

]]> 1658 How 7 Figure Studio Owners Plan Their Week to Win If I opened your calendar right now, would it scream successful CEO—or just another overwhelmed studio owner? Because here’s the truth: Your calendar doesn’t lie. It tells me exactly what your priorities are, what level you’re operating at, and whether you’re focused on growth or just busywork. In this episode, we’re breaking down exactly how to run your week like a successful CEO, no matter what stage of business you’re at. Here’s what we’re covering: The brutal truth: You’ll never earn a dollar more than you think you’re worth How to know exactly what to focus on (and what to cut) based on your business level The 3 phases of growth—and how to structure your time at each stage Why most studio owners stay trapped—and how to break free for good The exact hires you need to make (in order) to scale without burning out The ‘once and done’ rule that will save you hours every week … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] The Hard Truth: You’ll Never Earn More Than You Think You’re Worth ⏳ [06:30] Your Calendar Doesn’t Lie—Are You Running a Business or Just Busy? ⏳ [13:00] The 3 Levels of Studio Growth (And How to Escape Level 1 Fast) ⏳ [20:15] Stuck in the Grind? How to Start Delegating Like a CEO ⏳ [27:45] The First 3 Hires You Need to Make (And the Order to Do It In) ⏳ [35:00] The ‘Once and Done’ Rule That Will Free Up Hours in Your Week ⏳ [42:10] How to Build a Team That Runs Your Studio Without You ⏳ [50:00] Scaling Past $1M: The CEO Mindset Shift You Need to Make ⏳ [58:30] Your Next Steps: How to Restructure Your Week for Growth Check us out on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfilteredOfficial Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non negotiables’. Want to dive deeper? To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy?igsh=MTQ4bDZ2aTR6Ym43dA== Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza Mon, 10 Feb 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios If I opened your calendar right now, would it scream successful CEO—or just another overwhelmed studio owner? Because here’s the truth: Your calendar doesn’t lie. It tells me exactly what your priorities are, what level you’re operating at, and whether you’re focused on growth or just busywork. In this episode, we’re breaking down exactly how to run your week like a successful CEO, no matter what stage of business you’re at. Here’s what we’re covering: The brutal truth: You’ll never earn a dollar more than you think you’re worth How to know exactly what to focus on (and what to cut) based on your business level The 3 phases of growth—and how to structure your time at each stage Why most studio owners stay trapped—and how to break free for good The exact hires you need to make (in order) to scale without burning out The ‘once and done’ rule that will save you hours every week … and a whole lot more Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] The Hard Truth: You’ll Never Earn More Than You Think You’re Worth ⏳ [06:30] Your Calendar Doesn’t Lie—Are You Running a Business or Just Busy? ⏳ [13:00] The 3 Levels of Studio Growth (And How to Escape Level 1 Fast) ⏳ [20:15] Stuck in the Grind? How to Start Delegating Like a CEO ⏳ [27:45] The First 3 Hires You Need to Make (And the Order to Do It In) ⏳ [35:00] The ‘Once and Done’ Rule That Will Free Up Hours in Your Week ⏳ [42:10] How to Build a Team That Runs Your Studio Without You ⏳ [50:00] Scaling Past $1M: The CEO Mindset Shift You Need to Make ⏳ [58:30] Your Next Steps: How to Restructure Your Week for Growth Check us out on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfilteredOfficial Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non negotiables’. Want to dive deeper? To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy?igsh=MTQ4bDZ2aTR6Ym43dA== Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza If I opened your calendar right now, would it scream successful CEO—or just another overwhelmed studio owner?


Because here’s the truth: Your calendar doesn’t lie. It tells me exactly what your priorities are, what level you’re operating at, and whether you’re focused on growth or just busywork.

In this episode, we’re breaking down exactly how to run your week like a successful CEO, no matter what stage of business you’re at.


Here’s what we’re covering:

  • The brutal truth: You’ll never earn a dollar more than you think you’re worth
  • How to know exactly what to focus on (and what to cut) based on your business level
  • The 3 phases of growth—and how to structure your time at each stage
  • Why most studio owners stay trapped—and how to break free for good
  • The exact hires you need to make (in order) to scale without burning out
  • The ‘once and done’ rule that will save you hours every week
  • … and a whole lot more


Chapters:

⏳ [00:00] The Hard Truth: You’ll Never Earn More Than You Think You’re Worth

⏳ [06:30] Your Calendar Doesn’t Lie—Are You Running a Business or Just Busy?

⏳ [13:00] The 3 Levels of Studio Growth (And How to Escape Level 1 Fast)

⏳ [20:15] Stuck in the Grind? How to Start Delegating Like a CEO

⏳ [27:45] The First 3 Hires You Need to Make (And the Order to Do It In)

⏳ [35:00] The ‘Once and Done’ Rule That Will Free Up Hours in Your Week

⏳ [42:10] How to Build a Team That Runs Your Studio Without You

⏳ [50:00] Scaling Past $1M: The CEO Mindset Shift You Need to Make

⏳ [58:30] Your Next Steps: How to Restructure Your Week for Growth


Check us out on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfilteredOfficial


Want free resources?


DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non negotiables’.


Want to dive deeper?


To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan


Connect with us:


Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy?igsh=MTQ4bDZ2aTR6Ym43dA==


Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza

]]> 1240 Studio Owners Ins and Outs for 2025 If your fitness studio is still running the same way it did last year, you’re already behind. The industry is evolving fast, and the top studio owners are adapting just as quickly. In this episode, we’re breaking down exactly what’s in and what’s out for 2025, so you can stop spinning your wheels and start scaling a million-dollar studio that doesn’t burn you out. Here’s what we’re covering: - The mindset shift that’s making 92% of our academy members more profitable than ever - The marketing strategy that’s driving leads for $0 (and how you can do it too) - Why most studio owners are still underpricing their services—and how to fix it - The simple system that will finally get you out of the day-to-day grind - What you need to stop doing in 2025 if you want to build a studio that works without you Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] The Brutal Truth About Why Most Studios Struggle ⏳ [06:30] The Game-Changing Strategy Driving More Sales for $0 ⏳ [13:00] How to Finally Escape the ‘Doing Everything Yourself’ Trap ⏳ [20:15] The Pricing Mistake That’s Costing You Thousands ⏳ [27:45] The 5-Minute Daily Habit That Will Transform Your Business ⏳ [35:00] Why Personal Branding Is Your Secret Weapon in 2025 ⏳ [42:10] The ‘Deep Work’ Method That Will 10X Your Growth ⏳ [50:00] The 5 Biggest Studio Owner Mistakes That Need to Die ⏳ [58:30] Your 6-Month Growth Plan: What to Do Next Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non negotiables’. Check us out on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfilteredOfficial WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy?igsh=MTQ4bDZ2aTR6Ym43dA== Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza/?hl=en Mon, 03 Feb 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full TBC Studios If your fitness studio is still running the same way it did last year, you’re already behind. The industry is evolving fast, and the top studio owners are adapting just as quickly. In this episode, we’re breaking down exactly what’s in and what’s out for 2025, so you can stop spinning your wheels and start scaling a million-dollar studio that doesn’t burn you out. Here’s what we’re covering: - The mindset shift that’s making 92% of our academy members more profitable than ever - The marketing strategy that’s driving leads for $0 (and how you can do it too) - Why most studio owners are still underpricing their services—and how to fix it - The simple system that will finally get you out of the day-to-day grind - What you need to stop doing in 2025 if you want to build a studio that works without you Chapters: ⏳ [00:00] The Brutal Truth About Why Most Studios Struggle ⏳ [06:30] The Game-Changing Strategy Driving More Sales for $0 ⏳ [13:00] How to Finally Escape the ‘Doing Everything Yourself’ Trap ⏳ [20:15] The Pricing Mistake That’s Costing You Thousands ⏳ [27:45] The 5-Minute Daily Habit That Will Transform Your Business ⏳ [35:00] Why Personal Branding Is Your Secret Weapon in 2025 ⏳ [42:10] The ‘Deep Work’ Method That Will 10X Your Growth ⏳ [50:00] The 5 Biggest Studio Owner Mistakes That Need to Die ⏳ [58:30] Your 6-Month Growth Plan: What to Do Next Hope you enjoy! Want free resources? DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non negotiables’. Check us out on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfilteredOfficial WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan Connect with us: Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy?igsh=MTQ4bDZ2aTR6Ym43dA== Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza/?hl=en If your fitness studio is still running the same way it did last year, you’re already behind.


The industry is evolving fast, and the top studio owners are adapting just as quickly.


In this episode, we’re breaking down exactly what’s in and what’s out for 2025, so you can stop spinning your wheels and start scaling a million-dollar studio that doesn’t burn you out.


Here’s what we’re covering:


- The mindset shift that’s making 92% of our academy members more profitable than ever

- The marketing strategy that’s driving leads for $0 (and how you can do it too)

- Why most studio owners are still underpricing their services—and how to fix it

- The simple system that will finally get you out of the day-to-day grind

- What you need to stop doing in 2025 if you want to build a studio that works without you


Chapters:


⏳ [00:00] The Brutal Truth About Why Most Studios Struggle

⏳ [06:30] The Game-Changing Strategy Driving More Sales for $0

⏳ [13:00] How to Finally Escape the ‘Doing Everything Yourself’ Trap

⏳ [20:15] The Pricing Mistake That’s Costing You Thousands

⏳ [27:45] The 5-Minute Daily Habit That Will Transform Your Business

⏳ [35:00] Why Personal Branding Is Your Secret Weapon in 2025

⏳ [42:10] The ‘Deep Work’ Method That Will 10X Your Growth

⏳ [50:00] The 5 Biggest Studio Owner Mistakes That Need to Die

⏳ [58:30] Your 6-Month Growth Plan: What to Do Next


Hope you enjoy!


Want free resources?


DM over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non negotiables’.


Check us out on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@GeronimoUnfilteredOfficial


WANT MORE:


To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours: https://link.wingmancrm.com/widget/bookings/geronimo-3-step-action-plan


Connect with us:


Geronimo: https://www.instagram.com/thegeronimoacademy?igsh=MTQ4bDZ2aTR6Ym43dA==


Doza: https://www.instagram.com/hey.doza/?hl=en

]]> 2210 Stop Doing It All Yourself: How to Build a Team That Works (So You Don’t Have To) Are you still the one opening the doors at 5 AM, answering texts about broken equipment, and juggling a million tasks that shouldn’t even be on your plate?  If your business falls apart the second you step away, we need to talk.  In this episode, I’m sharing exactly how to stop being the bottleneck, build a team that actually performs, and finally take control of your time in 2025. Here’s what we’re covering: The one test that tells you if you’ve actually built a business or just a job Why your team isn’t performing + how to fix it The daily habits you need to get out of burnout and into growth mode How to finally let go, delegate effectively, and reclaim your time The mindset shift that turns overwhelm into control (and results) … and a whole lot more  Did you miss part 1? Listen to ‘The Winning Habits That Will Break Your Studio Out of Survival Mode in 2025’ on Spotify or Apple. If you’re looking for more info on how to have 1:1s with your team, queue up ‘The 1:1 Formula You Need to Increase Productivity’ next on Spotify or Apple.  Want free resources? DM over over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non negotiables’. Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 28 Jan 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full 1 91 TBC Studios Are you still the one opening the doors at 5 AM, answering texts about broken equipment, and juggling a million tasks that shouldn’t even be on your plate?  If your business falls apart the second you step away, we need to talk.  In this episode, I’m sharing exactly how to stop being the bottleneck, build a team that actually performs, and finally take control of your time in 2025. Here’s what we’re covering: The one test that tells you if you’ve actually built a business or just a job Why your team isn’t performing + how to fix it The daily habits you need to get out of burnout and into growth mode How to finally let go, delegate effectively, and reclaim your time The mindset shift that turns overwhelm into control (and results) … and a whole lot more  Did you miss part 1? Listen to ‘The Winning Habits That Will Break Your Studio Out of Survival Mode in 2025’ on Spotify or Apple. If you’re looking for more info on how to have 1:1s with your team, queue up ‘The 1:1 Formula You Need to Increase Productivity’ next on Spotify or Apple.  Want free resources? DM over over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non negotiables’. Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Are you still the one opening the doors at 5 AM, answering texts about broken equipment, and juggling a million tasks that shouldn’t even be on your plate? 


If your business falls apart the second you step away, we need to talk. 


In this episode, I’m sharing exactly how to stop being the bottleneck, build a team that actually performs, and finally take control of your time in 2025.


Here’s what we’re covering:

  • The one test that tells you if you’ve actually built a business or just a job
  • Why your team isn’t performing + how to fix it
  • The daily habits you need to get out of burnout and into growth mode
  • How to finally let go, delegate effectively, and reclaim your time
  • The mindset shift that turns overwhelm into control (and results)

… and a whole lot more 


Did you miss part 1? Listen to ‘The Winning Habits That Will Break Your Studio Out of Survival Mode in 2025’ on Spotify or Apple.


If you’re looking for more info on how to have 1:1s with your team, queue up ‘The 1:1 Formula You Need to Increase Productivity’ next on Spotify or Apple. 


Want free resources?

DM over over on IG @hey.doza with ‘books’ for my personal recommendations or ‘non negotiables’.


Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1992 no The Winning Habits That Will Break Your Studio Out of Survival Mode in 2025 Are your leads drying up? Is your sales process a mess? Are you just guessing at your numbers? Then this episode is your wake up call. In this episode, I’m breaking down the exact daily, weekly, and monthly habits top studios are using to grow their leads, improve sales, and actually understand their business.  These are the non-negotiables that will get you out of survival mode and set you up for a winning year. Here’s what we’re covering: Why most studios can’t hit consistent lead flow + how to fix it The sales process mistakes that are costing you conversions (and money) How to spot the handbrake holding your business back +  remove it for good The one habit that will make tracking your metrics simple, so you always know what’s working How to turn email marketing into a lead-generating machine (and why most studios aren’t doing it) … and a whole lot more  Want free resources? DM me over at @hey.doza with ‘winning’ to grab the checklist for this episode. Or ‘script’ and I’ll send you our sales script. Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 21 Jan 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full 1 90 TBC Studios Are your leads drying up? Is your sales process a mess? Are you just guessing at your numbers? Then this episode is your wake up call. In this episode, I’m breaking down the exact daily, weekly, and monthly habits top studios are using to grow their leads, improve sales, and actually understand their business.  These are the non-negotiables that will get you out of survival mode and set you up for a winning year. Here’s what we’re covering: Why most studios can’t hit consistent lead flow + how to fix it The sales process mistakes that are costing you conversions (and money) How to spot the handbrake holding your business back +  remove it for good The one habit that will make tracking your metrics simple, so you always know what’s working How to turn email marketing into a lead-generating machine (and why most studios aren’t doing it) … and a whole lot more  Want free resources? DM me over at @hey.doza with ‘winning’ to grab the checklist for this episode. Or ‘script’ and I’ll send you our sales script. Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Are your leads drying up?

Is your sales process a mess?

Are you just guessing at your numbers?

Then this episode is your wake up call.


In this episode, I’m breaking down the exact daily, weekly, and monthly habits top studios are using to grow their leads, improve sales, and actually understand their business. 


These are the non-negotiables that will get you out of survival mode and set you up for a winning year.


Here’s what we’re covering:

  • Why most studios can’t hit consistent lead flow + how to fix it
  • The sales process mistakes that are costing you conversions (and money)
  • How to spot the handbrake holding your business back +  remove it for good
  • The one habit that will make tracking your metrics simple, so you always know what’s working
  • How to turn email marketing into a lead-generating machine (and why most studios aren’t doing it)

… and a whole lot more 


Want free resources?

DM me over at @hey.doza with ‘winning’ to grab the checklist for this episode.

Or ‘script’ and I’ll send you our sales script.


Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1441 no We Found Over $100K in Savings From Analysing P&Ls … and You Could Too Do you feel like your costs are creeping up but you don’t know where to start cutting? Or you feel like you’re working crazy hours but STILL never seeing the money hit your bank account? Then this one is for you. Today I’m sitting down with Benny, Geronimo’s COO to talk about what it looks like to have a PROFITABLE business. The conversation we're having today is something usually only people within the academy have access to but after Benny found $100k after auditing just a couple of our studios we knew we had to bring it to the pod. We’re talking about how much you should be spending on wages each month, when is the right time to hire additional staff, and the immediate actions you can take if your expenses are too high. Tune in to find out:  Why 10% profit is your new breakeven… and how to hit it Common wage mistakes that are draining your bank account The one thing you NEED to stop doing if you want to make profit in 2025 The quick fixes Benny finds in studio P&Ls that will save you thousands … and a whole lot more  Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 14 Jan 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full 1 89 TBC Studios Do you feel like your costs are creeping up but you don’t know where to start cutting? Or you feel like you’re working crazy hours but STILL never seeing the money hit your bank account? Then this one is for you. Today I’m sitting down with Benny, Geronimo’s COO to talk about what it looks like to have a PROFITABLE business. The conversation we're having today is something usually only people within the academy have access to but after Benny found $100k after auditing just a couple of our studios we knew we had to bring it to the pod. We’re talking about how much you should be spending on wages each month, when is the right time to hire additional staff, and the immediate actions you can take if your expenses are too high. Tune in to find out:  Why 10% profit is your new breakeven… and how to hit it Common wage mistakes that are draining your bank account The one thing you NEED to stop doing if you want to make profit in 2025 The quick fixes Benny finds in studio P&Ls that will save you thousands … and a whole lot more  Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Do you feel like your costs are creeping up but you don’t know where to start cutting?

Or you feel like you’re working crazy hours but STILL never seeing the money hit your bank account?


Then this one is for you.


Today I’m sitting down with Benny, Geronimo’s COO to talk about what it looks like to have a PROFITABLE business.


The conversation we're having today is something usually only people within the academy have access to but after Benny found $100k after auditing just a couple of our studios we knew we had to bring it to the pod.


We’re talking about how much you should be spending on wages each month, when is the right time to hire additional staff, and the immediate actions you can take if your expenses are too high.


Tune in to find out: 

  • Why 10% profit is your new breakeven… and how to hit it
  • Common wage mistakes that are draining your bank account
  • The one thing you NEED to stop doing if you want to make profit in 2025
  • The quick fixes Benny finds in studio P&Ls that will save you thousands

… and a whole lot more 


Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1253 no How Kye Made His Studio a Second Home + Created a Membership Base FULL of Organic Leads What if the secret to tripling your revenue wasn’t about working harder… but working smarter? I’ve been talking a lot about consistency on the pod lately, and here’s the truth: you don’t need a million shiny strategies or the fanciest gear to level up your studio. The most successful gym owners aren’t unicorns with secret superpowers. They’re just laser focused on nailing the basics and doing it consistently. Kye, AKA Big Bro, and owner of G3 Narellan is living proof.  His journey shows that success isn’t some smooth, uphill climb. It’s about grinding through the tough spots, fixing what’s broken, and staying committed to the process. In this episode, Kye breaks down his blueprint for growth, and trust me, it’s gold. You’ll hear:  The most efficient way to build a team that lives and breathes your gym’s culture How to build a member base that’s driven by referrals What it takes to create a studio that feels like a second home for members How Benny could tell by the numbers that Kye would TRIPLE his revenue in a year Why you should consider maximising your ONE studio rather than becoming a multi … and a whole lot more  Want to connect with Kye? Head over to IG @g3_fitness_narellan or visit www.g3fitness.com.au/narellan Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 07 Jan 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full 1 88 TBC Studios What if the secret to tripling your revenue wasn’t about working harder… but working smarter? I’ve been talking a lot about consistency on the pod lately, and here’s the truth: you don’t need a million shiny strategies or the fanciest gear to level up your studio. The most successful gym owners aren’t unicorns with secret superpowers. They’re just laser focused on nailing the basics and doing it consistently. Kye, AKA Big Bro, and owner of G3 Narellan is living proof.  His journey shows that success isn’t some smooth, uphill climb. It’s about grinding through the tough spots, fixing what’s broken, and staying committed to the process. In this episode, Kye breaks down his blueprint for growth, and trust me, it’s gold. You’ll hear:  The most efficient way to build a team that lives and breathes your gym’s culture How to build a member base that’s driven by referrals What it takes to create a studio that feels like a second home for members How Benny could tell by the numbers that Kye would TRIPLE his revenue in a year Why you should consider maximising your ONE studio rather than becoming a multi … and a whole lot more  Want to connect with Kye? Head over to IG @g3_fitness_narellan or visit www.g3fitness.com.au/narellan Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza What if the secret to tripling your revenue wasn’t about working harder… but working smarter?


I’ve been talking a lot about consistency on the pod lately, and here’s the truth: you don’t need a million shiny strategies or the fanciest gear to level up your studio.


The most successful gym owners aren’t unicorns with secret superpowers. They’re just laser focused on nailing the basics and doing it consistently.


Kye, AKA Big Bro, and owner of G3 Narellan is living proof. 


His journey shows that success isn’t some smooth, uphill climb. It’s about grinding through the tough spots, fixing what’s broken, and staying committed to the process.


In this episode, Kye breaks down his blueprint for growth, and trust me, it’s gold.


You’ll hear: 

  • The most efficient way to build a team that lives and breathes your gym’s culture
  • How to build a member base that’s driven by referrals
  • What it takes to create a studio that feels like a second home for members
  • How Benny could tell by the numbers that Kye would TRIPLE his revenue in a year
  • Why you should consider maximising your ONE studio rather than becoming a multi

… and a whole lot more 


Want to connect with Kye? Head over to IG @g3_fitness_narellan or visit www.g3fitness.com.au/narellan


Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1554 no How to Design a Business (and Life) That Works FOR You in 2025 Are you running your business, or is your business running you? Every year, I meet studio owners hitting impressive targets but still feeling stuck, overwhelmed, and even burned out. Why? Because they’re chasing goals without setting the terms of how they want to live. Every other podcast is releasing New Years goal setting episodes right now, but I’m not going to do that. Instead, I’m teaching you how to build a business, and life… exactly how you want it. Remember – everything is either by default or by design. 2025 is the year that you’re doing everything on your own terms. We’re covering: Why most business owners are stuck in “busy mode” and how to get time BACK How to identify the one goal that will make the BIGGEST  impact on your life and business Why work/life balance is a myth and what you should focus on instead The one daily habit that will make achieving your goals inevitable (+ why most people miss it) How to create a “not-to-do” list and say no without feeling guilty … and a whole lot more  If you want to find out how to turn your vision into a reality - DM me ‘achievement’ at @hey.doza. Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 31 Dec 2024 18:00:00 -0000 full 1 87 TBC Studios Are you running your business, or is your business running you? Every year, I meet studio owners hitting impressive targets but still feeling stuck, overwhelmed, and even burned out. Why? Because they’re chasing goals without setting the terms of how they want to live. Every other podcast is releasing New Years goal setting episodes right now, but I’m not going to do that. Instead, I’m teaching you how to build a business, and life… exactly how you want it. Remember – everything is either by default or by design. 2025 is the year that you’re doing everything on your own terms. We’re covering: Why most business owners are stuck in “busy mode” and how to get time BACK How to identify the one goal that will make the BIGGEST  impact on your life and business Why work/life balance is a myth and what you should focus on instead The one daily habit that will make achieving your goals inevitable (+ why most people miss it) How to create a “not-to-do” list and say no without feeling guilty … and a whole lot more  If you want to find out how to turn your vision into a reality - DM me ‘achievement’ at @hey.doza. Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Are you running your business, or is your business running you?


Every year, I meet studio owners hitting impressive targets but still feeling stuck, overwhelmed, and even burned out. Why? Because they’re chasing goals without setting the terms of how they want to live.


Every other podcast is releasing New Years goal setting episodes right now, but I’m not going to do that.


Instead, I’m teaching you how to build a business, and life… exactly how you want it.


Remember – everything is either by default or by design.


2025 is the year that you’re doing everything on your own terms.


We’re covering:

  • Why most business owners are stuck in “busy mode” and how to get time BACK
  • How to identify the one goal that will make the BIGGEST  impact on your life and business
  • Why work/life balance is a myth and what you should focus on instead
  • The one daily habit that will make achieving your goals inevitable (+ why most people miss it)
  • How to create a “not-to-do” list and say no without feeling guilty

… and a whole lot more 


If you want to find out how to turn your vision into a reality - DM me ‘achievement’ at @hey.doza.


Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 2143 no Our Gift To You & 12 Life-Changing Lessons We have had some incredible conversations on the podcast this year and have some amazing guests and topics coming up for 2025.  Today I’m summarising ALL of the lessons and learnings I’ve had from interviewing some of Australia’s best athletes, studio owners and business owners into 12 lessons that you can reflect on. Doing this will set you up for our goal setting episode next week and make sure that you NAIL 2025.  Tune in to hear:  The biggest takeaways from interviewing olympians, the 5th fittest man in Australia and hundreds of successful studio owners  Something that will ALWAYS hold you back if you don’t overcome it  The reason your marketing isn’t working (or is about to stop working!)  A mindset shift you can integrate in 2025 that all high performers adopt every single day  … and a whole lot more  Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. And if you want your copy of the boat framework head over to @hey.doza and message me BOAT  Queue these episodes up next: Rohan’s Episodes: How to Establish Yourself as a LEADER with Rohan Dredge: Spotify or Apple How to be a leader people actually want to follow, with Rohan Dredge: Spotify or Apple   Ash’s Episodes: 3 Ways You’re Losing Money Every Single Session (Even if Your Classes Are Full): Spotify or Apple The Only Thing Standing in the Way of You and a Multi-Million Dollar Studio IS You: Spotify or Apple Cappo’s episode: 850 Members & 2.3% Churn Rate: Tribe's Owner Reveals His Game-Changing Strategies in Spotify or Apple Our interview with the 5th fittest man in Australia: What does it take to be Australia's Fittest Man?: Spotify or Apple WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 24 Dec 2024 18:00:00 -0000 full 1 86 TBC Studios We have had some incredible conversations on the podcast this year and have some amazing guests and topics coming up for 2025.  Today I’m summarising ALL of the lessons and learnings I’ve had from interviewing some of Australia’s best athletes, studio owners and business owners into 12 lessons that you can reflect on. Doing this will set you up for our goal setting episode next week and make sure that you NAIL 2025.  Tune in to hear:  The biggest takeaways from interviewing olympians, the 5th fittest man in Australia and hundreds of successful studio owners  Something that will ALWAYS hold you back if you don’t overcome it  The reason your marketing isn’t working (or is about to stop working!)  A mindset shift you can integrate in 2025 that all high performers adopt every single day  … and a whole lot more  Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. And if you want your copy of the boat framework head over to @hey.doza and message me BOAT  Queue these episodes up next: Rohan’s Episodes: How to Establish Yourself as a LEADER with Rohan Dredge: Spotify or Apple How to be a leader people actually want to follow, with Rohan Dredge: Spotify or Apple   Ash’s Episodes: 3 Ways You’re Losing Money Every Single Session (Even if Your Classes Are Full): Spotify or Apple The Only Thing Standing in the Way of You and a Multi-Million Dollar Studio IS You: Spotify or Apple Cappo’s episode: 850 Members & 2.3% Churn Rate: Tribe's Owner Reveals His Game-Changing Strategies in Spotify or Apple Our interview with the 5th fittest man in Australia: What does it take to be Australia's Fittest Man?: Spotify or Apple WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza We have had some incredible conversations on the podcast this year and have some amazing guests and topics coming up for 2025. 


Today I’m summarising ALL of the lessons and learnings I’ve had from interviewing some of Australia’s best athletes, studio owners and business owners into 12 lessons that you can reflect on.


Doing this will set you up for our goal setting episode next week and make sure that you NAIL 2025. 


Tune in to hear: 

  • The biggest takeaways from interviewing olympians, the 5th fittest man in Australia and hundreds of successful studio owners 
  • Something that will ALWAYS hold you back if you don’t overcome it 
  • The reason your marketing isn’t working (or is about to stop working!) 
  • A mindset shift you can integrate in 2025 that all high performers adopt every single day 

… and a whole lot more 


Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here.


And if you want your copy of the boat framework head over to @hey.doza and message me BOAT 


Queue these episodes up next:


Rohan’s Episodes:

How to Establish Yourself as a LEADER with Rohan Dredge: Spotify or Apple

How to be a leader people actually want to follow, with Rohan Dredge: Spotify or Apple

 

Ash’s Episodes:

3 Ways You’re Losing Money Every Single Session (Even if Your Classes Are Full): Spotify or Apple

The Only Thing Standing in the Way of You and a Multi-Million Dollar Studio IS You: Spotify or Apple


Cappo’s episode:

850 Members & 2.3% Churn Rate: Tribe's Owner Reveals His Game-Changing Strategies in Spotify or Apple


Our interview with the 5th fittest man in Australia:

What does it take to be Australia's Fittest Man?: Spotify or Apple


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1301 The Three Non-Negotiables That Will Drive MASSIVE Success for Your Studio Are you grinding out 14 hour days and are still wondering why the numbers aren’t stacking up? Burnt out, fed up, and frustrated because you can’t figure out what’s actually broken? Then this episode is for you. Today, Soph and I are sitting down to talk about the three non-negotiables that every successful studio needs to implement if they want to see GROWTH in their businesses. You don’t have to want to be a millionaire, but if you want to change lives you need to make these changes. These insights are coming STRAIGHT from the trends we’re seeing in Geronimo, and we have proof that they work (shout out to Matt).  You’ll hear:  What you need to do to work LESS hours and bring in more results How to make content that not only looks good but actually brings in leads The 20-minute habit that’s helped studio owners get more done AND enjoy their business again How to avoid ending up in burnout at the end of the year … and a whole lot more  Download Separation Sunday here. Book a FREE 15 min chat with us so we can take a look at what's not working for you here. Want to work with Geronimo? Send me a message on IG @hey.doza Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 17 Dec 2024 18:00:00 -0000 full 1 85 TBC Studios Are you grinding out 14 hour days and are still wondering why the numbers aren’t stacking up? Burnt out, fed up, and frustrated because you can’t figure out what’s actually broken? Then this episode is for you. Today, Soph and I are sitting down to talk about the three non-negotiables that every successful studio needs to implement if they want to see GROWTH in their businesses. You don’t have to want to be a millionaire, but if you want to change lives you need to make these changes. These insights are coming STRAIGHT from the trends we’re seeing in Geronimo, and we have proof that they work (shout out to Matt).  You’ll hear:  What you need to do to work LESS hours and bring in more results How to make content that not only looks good but actually brings in leads The 20-minute habit that’s helped studio owners get more done AND enjoy their business again How to avoid ending up in burnout at the end of the year … and a whole lot more  Download Separation Sunday here. Book a FREE 15 min chat with us so we can take a look at what's not working for you here. Want to work with Geronimo? Send me a message on IG @hey.doza Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Are you grinding out 14 hour days and are still wondering why the numbers aren’t stacking up?

Burnt out, fed up, and frustrated because you can’t figure out what’s actually broken?


Then this episode is for you.


Today, Soph and I are sitting down to talk about the three non-negotiables that every successful studio needs to implement if they want to see GROWTH in their businesses.


You don’t have to want to be a millionaire, but if you want to change lives you need to make these changes.


These insights are coming STRAIGHT from the trends we’re seeing in Geronimo, and we have proof that they work (shout out to Matt). 


You’ll hear: 

  • What you need to do to work LESS hours and bring in more results
  • How to make content that not only looks good but actually brings in leads
  • The 20-minute habit that’s helped studio owners get more done AND enjoy their business again
  • How to avoid ending up in burnout at the end of the year

… and a whole lot more 


Download Separation Sunday here.

Book a FREE 15 min chat with us so we can take a look at what's not working for you here.

Want to work with Geronimo? Send me a message on IG @hey.doza


Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1621 no “I Slept in My Warehouse to Build Muscle Republic…” The Reality Behind Building Australia’s BIGGEST Sportswear Brand From the outside, so many brands look like they were always destined to be successful… But that’s not the case. Today’s guest, Vic from Muscle Republic, is here to share the real, unfiltered journey of what it takes to build a business that LASTS and all the road bumps that come with it. This isn’t a highlight reel. We’re diving into the raw, behind-the-scenes moments that nearly broke him… and how he pushed through it when most people would’ve walked away. We’re talking sleeping in his warehouse to cut costs and go ALL IN, flying to Bangladesh and China to track down suppliers, delivering t-shirts door to door to build Muscle Republic, and ultimately turning it into one of Australia’s top sportswear brands. You’ll hear:  The Black Friday sale that created so much hype that it oversold by 3000 orders How he keeps his team and himself focused on the vision, no matter how tough it gets Why he kept going EVEN when his family and friends staged an intervention … and a whole lot more  Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. Want to learn more about Vic? Head over to his IG @vic_mscr Or visit Muscle Republic at  www.musclerepublic.com or IG @musclerepublic   WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 10 Dec 2024 21:06:00 -0000 full 2 84 TBC Studios From the outside, so many brands look like they were always destined to be successful… But that’s not the case. Today’s guest, Vic from Muscle Republic, is here to share the real, unfiltered journey of what it takes to build a business that LASTS and all the road bumps that come with it. This isn’t a highlight reel. We’re diving into the raw, behind-the-scenes moments that nearly broke him… and how he pushed through it when most people would’ve walked away. We’re talking sleeping in his warehouse to cut costs and go ALL IN, flying to Bangladesh and China to track down suppliers, delivering t-shirts door to door to build Muscle Republic, and ultimately turning it into one of Australia’s top sportswear brands. You’ll hear:  The Black Friday sale that created so much hype that it oversold by 3000 orders How he keeps his team and himself focused on the vision, no matter how tough it gets Why he kept going EVEN when his family and friends staged an intervention … and a whole lot more  Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. Want to learn more about Vic? Head over to his IG @vic_mscr Or visit Muscle Republic at  www.musclerepublic.com or IG @musclerepublic   WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza From the outside, so many brands look like they were always destined to be successful… But that’s not the case.


Today’s guest, Vic from Muscle Republic, is here to share the real, unfiltered journey of what it takes to build a business that LASTS and all the road bumps that come with it.


This isn’t a highlight reel. We’re diving into the raw, behind-the-scenes moments that nearly broke him… and how he pushed through it when most people would’ve walked away.


We’re talking sleeping in his warehouse to cut costs and go ALL IN, flying to Bangladesh and China to track down suppliers, delivering t-shirts door to door to build Muscle Republic, and ultimately turning it into one of Australia’s top sportswear brands.


You’ll hear: 

  • The Black Friday sale that created so much hype that it oversold by 3000 orders
  • How he keeps his team and himself focused on the vision, no matter how tough it gets
  • Why he kept going EVEN when his family and friends staged an intervention

… and a whole lot more 


Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here.


Want to learn more about Vic? Head over to his IG @vic_mscr

Or visit Muscle Republic at  www.musclerepublic.com or IG @musclerepublic

 

WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here

Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza

]]> 3587 Bexy Wanted to Quit 3 Times & Now She’s TRIPLED Her Revenue How do you stop burning yourself out when you’re trying to grow your studio? What’s the secret to building a team that thrives… without you running every single session? Why do so many gym owners hit eject the second things get tough… and how do you break that cycle for good? Today, I’m sitting down with Bexy, owner of BE-IT Windsor to get real on the journey you need to go on to run a successful studio. This episode is about the stuff nobody talks about. It’s about personal growth, breaking patterns and showing up as the leader your studio actually needs. You’ll hear:  How your personal growth FUELS your business success (whether you realise it or not) The “Be-Do-Have” mindset that will transform your goals, your team AND your results How to keep yourself AND your team accountable to bigger visions What it takes to stop being ‘just another gym’ and start building a brand that changes lives … and a whole lot more  Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. Check out BE-IT over on IG @be.it.studios @bexyhurt or YouTube WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 03 Dec 2024 18:00:00 -0000 full 1 83 TBC Studios How do you stop burning yourself out when you’re trying to grow your studio? What’s the secret to building a team that thrives… without you running every single session? Why do so many gym owners hit eject the second things get tough… and how do you break that cycle for good? Today, I’m sitting down with Bexy, owner of BE-IT Windsor to get real on the journey you need to go on to run a successful studio. This episode is about the stuff nobody talks about. It’s about personal growth, breaking patterns and showing up as the leader your studio actually needs. You’ll hear:  How your personal growth FUELS your business success (whether you realise it or not) The “Be-Do-Have” mindset that will transform your goals, your team AND your results How to keep yourself AND your team accountable to bigger visions What it takes to stop being ‘just another gym’ and start building a brand that changes lives … and a whole lot more  Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. Check out BE-IT over on IG @be.it.studios @bexyhurt or YouTube WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza How do you stop burning yourself out when you’re trying to grow your studio?


What’s the secret to building a team that thrives… without you running every single session?


Why do so many gym owners hit eject the second things get tough… and how do you break that cycle for good?


Today, I’m sitting down with Bexy, owner of BE-IT Windsor to get real on the journey you need to go on to run a successful studio.


This episode is about the stuff nobody talks about. It’s about personal growth, breaking patterns and showing up as the leader your studio actually needs.


You’ll hear: 

  • How your personal growth FUELS your business success (whether you realise it or not)
  • The “Be-Do-Have” mindset that will transform your goals, your team AND your results
  • How to keep yourself AND your team accountable to bigger visions
  • What it takes to stop being ‘just another gym’ and start building a brand that changes lives

… and a whole lot more 


Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here.


Check out BE-IT over on IG @be.it.studios @bexyhurt or YouTube


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 2796 no Building a Personal Brand That SELLS + How to Leverage YOUR Story for Leads with Matt Purcell My personal IG account outsells my business account 4:1. Why? Because people want to buy from people NOT companies. Today, I’m bringing in Matt Purcell, Australia’s top personal brand expert and my own coach to chat about personal branding. We’re diving deep into why YOUR story is what people are actually paying for and how to turn your followers into leads that convert. Forget every other gym marketing pod out there. This is the one you need to listen to. In this episode, we get into: Matt’s advice on the type of content you should be making The top branding mistake 90% of gyms and studios make + how to avoid it Why copying the competition just boosts their brand, not yours How a strong personal brand pulls in high-level partnerships, elite talent, AND legit leads Tips for starting to share your story – even if you think nobody cares … and a whole lot more  Want to learn more about Matt? Check out his IG @mattpurcellofficial or www.mattpurcell.com Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 26 Nov 2024 18:00:00 -0000 full 1 82 TBC Studios My personal IG account outsells my business account 4:1. Why? Because people want to buy from people NOT companies. Today, I’m bringing in Matt Purcell, Australia’s top personal brand expert and my own coach to chat about personal branding. We’re diving deep into why YOUR story is what people are actually paying for and how to turn your followers into leads that convert. Forget every other gym marketing pod out there. This is the one you need to listen to. In this episode, we get into: Matt’s advice on the type of content you should be making The top branding mistake 90% of gyms and studios make + how to avoid it Why copying the competition just boosts their brand, not yours How a strong personal brand pulls in high-level partnerships, elite talent, AND legit leads Tips for starting to share your story – even if you think nobody cares … and a whole lot more  Want to learn more about Matt? Check out his IG @mattpurcellofficial or www.mattpurcell.com Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza My personal IG account outsells my business account 4:1.


Why?


Because people want to buy from people NOT companies.


Today, I’m bringing in Matt Purcell, Australia’s top personal brand expert and my own coach to chat about personal branding.


We’re diving deep into why YOUR story is what people are actually paying for and how to turn your followers into leads that convert.


Forget every other gym marketing pod out there. This is the one you need to listen to.


In this episode, we get into:

  • Matt’s advice on the type of content you should be making
  • The top branding mistake 90% of gyms and studios make + how to avoid it
  • Why copying the competition just boosts their brand, not yours
  • How a strong personal brand pulls in high-level partnerships, elite talent, AND legit leads
  • Tips for starting to share your story – even if you think nobody cares

… and a whole lot more 


Want to learn more about Matt? Check out his IG @mattpurcellofficial or www.mattpurcell.com


Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 3108 no THIS is the #1 Reason Your New Hires Aren’t Sticking Around Think hiring is over once they sign? Not even close. Most studios drop the ball here, and end up with team members who burn out, flake or just show up for the paycheck. Last week, we showed you how to write a job ad that cuts through the noise and pulls in driven people. Now let’s talk about what happens after they walk through your door. This is where you find out if you’ve got a winner. You’ll hear:  Questions that will show you if someone has grit (or if they will flake when things get hard) The biggest mistake studios are making once someone signs the contract How to tell if someone’s the right fit for your culture The one thing I GUARANTEE you are missing from your hiring funnel Our top tip for getting your members hyped about the new trainer … and a whole lot more  If you missed Part One where we speak about how to write a job ad that will GUARANTEE you the best Applicants you’ve ever seen… Queue it up next on Spotify or Apple. Ready to write your Team Handbook? Check our our episode on Spotify or Apple and then send it to Doza on IG @hey.doza or @thegeronimocacademy and he’ll review it for you. Download the 5 Star Session Scorecard here. If you want any help with building your dream team, reach out to us here, and we’ll give you a three step action plan for FREE. Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. Tue, 19 Nov 2024 18:00:00 -0000 full 1 81 TBC Studios Think hiring is over once they sign? Not even close. Most studios drop the ball here, and end up with team members who burn out, flake or just show up for the paycheck. Last week, we showed you how to write a job ad that cuts through the noise and pulls in driven people. Now let’s talk about what happens after they walk through your door. This is where you find out if you’ve got a winner. You’ll hear:  Questions that will show you if someone has grit (or if they will flake when things get hard) The biggest mistake studios are making once someone signs the contract How to tell if someone’s the right fit for your culture The one thing I GUARANTEE you are missing from your hiring funnel Our top tip for getting your members hyped about the new trainer … and a whole lot more  If you missed Part One where we speak about how to write a job ad that will GUARANTEE you the best Applicants you’ve ever seen… Queue it up next on Spotify or Apple. Ready to write your Team Handbook? Check our our episode on Spotify or Apple and then send it to Doza on IG @hey.doza or @thegeronimocacademy and he’ll review it for you. Download the 5 Star Session Scorecard here. If you want any help with building your dream team, reach out to us here, and we’ll give you a three step action plan for FREE. Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. Think hiring is over once they sign? Not even close.


Most studios drop the ball here, and end up with team members who burn out, flake or just show up for the paycheck.


Last week, we showed you how to write a job ad that cuts through the noise and pulls in driven people. Now let’s talk about what happens after they walk through your door. This is where you find out if you’ve got a winner.


You’ll hear: 

  • Questions that will show you if someone has grit (or if they will flake when things get hard)
  • The biggest mistake studios are making once someone signs the contract
  • How to tell if someone’s the right fit for your culture
  • The one thing I GUARANTEE you are missing from your hiring funnel
  • Our top tip for getting your members hyped about the new trainer

… and a whole lot more 


If you missed Part One where we speak about how to write a job ad that will GUARANTEE you the best Applicants you’ve ever seen… Queue it up next on Spotify or Apple.


Ready to write your Team Handbook? Check our our episode on Spotify or Apple and then send it to Doza on IG @hey.doza or @thegeronimocacademy and he’ll review it for you.


Download the 5 Star Session Scorecard here.


If you want any help with building your dream team, reach out to us here, and we’ll give you a three step action plan for FREE.


Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here.

]]> 2065 no The Job Ad That Will GUARANTEE You the Best Applicants You’ve Ever Seen Things are getting spicy on the pod today… we’re reviewing (and roasting) your job ads.  Listen in to find out if it's yours. So many studios complain that they put up a job ad and receive the WORST applicants, and cover letters that look like they were written by Chat GPT. Have you ever considered that your job ad looks like it was written by Chat GPT? If you read your job ad, would you even want to work at your studio? Today we are taking you through our method for hiring incredible team members that never misses. You’ll hear:  How to write a KILLER job ad that will get you the BEST team Everything that’s wrong with the job ads on Seek right now The phone screening questions that will get rid of anyone who's wasting your time The original Studio Manager job ad that landed us INCREDIBLE staff for our multi-award-winning studio … and a whole lot more  Make sure you click “follow” on the pod or over on IG @thegeronimoacademy so that you don’t miss next week's Part Two (we’re talking how to KEEP your dream staff member). Queue these episodes up next: ➡️ The Team Handbook: What It Is and WHY Your Studio Needs It (Spotify / Apple) ➡️ You Will NOT Grow With a Team of Casuals (Spotify / Apple) Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Find out more about working with Geronimo at thegeronimoacademy.com Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 12 Nov 2024 18:00:00 -0000 full 1 80 TBC Studios Things are getting spicy on the pod today… we’re reviewing (and roasting) your job ads.  Listen in to find out if it's yours. So many studios complain that they put up a job ad and receive the WORST applicants, and cover letters that look like they were written by Chat GPT. Have you ever considered that your job ad looks like it was written by Chat GPT? If you read your job ad, would you even want to work at your studio? Today we are taking you through our method for hiring incredible team members that never misses. You’ll hear:  How to write a KILLER job ad that will get you the BEST team Everything that’s wrong with the job ads on Seek right now The phone screening questions that will get rid of anyone who's wasting your time The original Studio Manager job ad that landed us INCREDIBLE staff for our multi-award-winning studio … and a whole lot more  Make sure you click “follow” on the pod or over on IG @thegeronimoacademy so that you don’t miss next week's Part Two (we’re talking how to KEEP your dream staff member). Queue these episodes up next: ➡️ The Team Handbook: What It Is and WHY Your Studio Needs It (Spotify / Apple) ➡️ You Will NOT Grow With a Team of Casuals (Spotify / Apple) Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Find out more about working with Geronimo at thegeronimoacademy.com Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Things are getting spicy on the pod today… we’re reviewing (and roasting) your job ads. 

Listen in to find out if it's yours.


So many studios complain that they put up a job ad and receive the WORST applicants, and cover letters that look like they were written by Chat GPT.


Have you ever considered that your job ad looks like it was written by Chat GPT?

If you read your job ad, would you even want to work at your studio?


Today we are taking you through our method for hiring incredible team members that never misses.


You’ll hear: 

  • How to write a KILLER job ad that will get you the BEST team
  • Everything that’s wrong with the job ads on Seek right now
  • The phone screening questions that will get rid of anyone who's wasting your time
  • The original Studio Manager job ad that landed us INCREDIBLE staff for our multi-award-winning studio

… and a whole lot more 


Make sure you click “follow” on the pod or over on IG @thegeronimoacademy so that you don’t miss next week's Part Two (we’re talking how to KEEP your dream staff member).


Queue these episodes up next:

➡️ The Team Handbook: What It Is and WHY Your Studio Needs It (Spotify / Apple)

➡️ You Will NOT Grow With a Team of Casuals (Spotify / Apple)


Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Find out more about working with Geronimo at thegeronimoacademy.com

Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza

]]> 2122 no The Truth Behind Why Some Studios Are Having Record Months & Others Are Shutting Down 76% of our clients are having RECORD breaking months. Right. Now.  Yep. They’re not just growing. They’re hitting record revenue, and getting more members through their doors than ever. Today’s episode is in our NEW STUDIO SETUP (Check it out over on YouTube if you haven’t seen it already) and we’re doing something different this time. Soph is letting loose and telling you EXACTLY what is setting apart the ‘Rich’ from the ‘Poor’ Studios (or Brokies as we like to call them). All so that you know exactly how to set yourself and your studio up for success. Tip: Take notes of where you might be acting like a ‘poor studio owner’ and listen out for how you can fix it. You’ll hear: Why right now is Money Making Season The main behaviours that are keeping some owners BROKE (make sure you’re not doing this) What’s really driving the success of these studios if it's NOT the logo What the winning HQs are doing differently  How to keep clients around instead of watching them walk out the door And make sure you don’t miss these eps as well  The Only Thing Standing in the Way of You and a Multi-Million Dollar Studio IS You Apple Spotify 850 Members & 2.3% Churn Rate: Tribe's Owner Reveals His Game-Changing Strategies Apple Spotify WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 05 Nov 2024 18:00:00 -0000 full 1 79 TBC Studios 76% of our clients are having RECORD breaking months. Right. Now.  Yep. They’re not just growing. They’re hitting record revenue, and getting more members through their doors than ever. Today’s episode is in our NEW STUDIO SETUP (Check it out over on YouTube if you haven’t seen it already) and we’re doing something different this time. Soph is letting loose and telling you EXACTLY what is setting apart the ‘Rich’ from the ‘Poor’ Studios (or Brokies as we like to call them). All so that you know exactly how to set yourself and your studio up for success. Tip: Take notes of where you might be acting like a ‘poor studio owner’ and listen out for how you can fix it. You’ll hear: Why right now is Money Making Season The main behaviours that are keeping some owners BROKE (make sure you’re not doing this) What’s really driving the success of these studios if it's NOT the logo What the winning HQs are doing differently  How to keep clients around instead of watching them walk out the door And make sure you don’t miss these eps as well  The Only Thing Standing in the Way of You and a Multi-Million Dollar Studio IS You Apple Spotify 850 Members & 2.3% Churn Rate: Tribe's Owner Reveals His Game-Changing Strategies Apple Spotify WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza 76% of our clients are having RECORD breaking months. Right. Now. 


Yep. They’re not just growing. They’re hitting record revenue, and getting more members through their doors than ever.


Today’s episode is in our NEW STUDIO SETUP (Check it out over on YouTube if you haven’t seen it already) and we’re doing something different this time.


Soph is letting loose and telling you EXACTLY what is setting apart the ‘Rich’ from the ‘Poor’ Studios (or Brokies as we like to call them). All so that you know exactly how to set yourself and your studio up for success.


Tip: Take notes of where you might be acting like a ‘poor studio owner’ and listen out for how you can fix it.


You’ll hear:

  • Why right now is Money Making Season
  • The main behaviours that are keeping some owners BROKE (make sure you’re not doing this)
  • What’s really driving the success of these studios if it's NOT the logo
  • What the winning HQs are doing differently 
  • How to keep clients around instead of watching them walk out the door


And make sure you don’t miss these eps as well 

  • The Only Thing Standing in the Way of You and a Multi-Million Dollar Studio IS You
  • Apple
  • Spotify
  • 850 Members & 2.3% Churn Rate: Tribe's Owner Reveals His Game-Changing Strategies
  • Apple
  • Spotify


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1847 no The 1:1 Meeting Formula You Need to Increase Productivity, Team Morale AND Have Your Team Upskilling Themselves Are you a business owner or team leader who is tired of micromanaging your team? Do you want a high-performing, loyal team that drives profit and keeps the business running when you’re away? Keep reading. This episode isn’t just another ‘tick-the-box’ meeting guide. It’s a step-by-step breakdown of how you can transform your leadership game and see results, not excuses. In 15 minutes, you’re going to learn the formula for effective one-on-ones that will: Increase productivity in your team Increase team morale Help to remove the employees dragging down your business And develop the team members who genuinely want to stay Let’s go. Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 29 Oct 2024 18:00:00 -0000 full 1 78 TBC Studios Are you a business owner or team leader who is tired of micromanaging your team? Do you want a high-performing, loyal team that drives profit and keeps the business running when you’re away? Keep reading. This episode isn’t just another ‘tick-the-box’ meeting guide. It’s a step-by-step breakdown of how you can transform your leadership game and see results, not excuses. In 15 minutes, you’re going to learn the formula for effective one-on-ones that will: Increase productivity in your team Increase team morale Help to remove the employees dragging down your business And develop the team members who genuinely want to stay Let’s go. Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Are you a business owner or team leader who is tired of micromanaging your team?

Do you want a high-performing, loyal team that drives profit and keeps the business running when you’re away?


Keep reading.


This episode isn’t just another ‘tick-the-box’ meeting guide. It’s a step-by-step breakdown of how you can transform your leadership game and see results, not excuses.


In 15 minutes, you’re going to learn the formula for effective one-on-ones that will:

  • Increase productivity in your team
  • Increase team morale
  • Help to remove the employees dragging down your business
  • And develop the team members who genuinely want to stay


Let’s go.


Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1214 no The 20 Minute Routine That Will 10x Your Week: Separation Sunday Alright, let’s cut to the chase. Today, I’m giving you the exact system that’s completely transformed my business and life: Separation Sunday.  If you’re like most business owners, you’re probably running from one task to the next all week but still aren’t seeing the results you want. Why? Because you’re focusing on the wrong stuff. In this episode, I’m breaking down my personal, no-BS productivity routine that takes me less than 20 minutes every Sunday. This is the same system that has turned our clients into million-dollar studios. You’ll learn:  A tactic to clear your mental space so you can focus on moving your business forward (not in the weeds of the business!) The productivity hack that will keep you on track and free up your time for what really matters How to finish every Friday with a “F*ck yeah” …all in the time that it takes you to drink a coffee. Grab the Separation Sunday template here, and make sure to post it to your IG story and tag me @hey.doza. Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3-Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 22 Oct 2024 18:00:00 -0000 The 20 Minute Routine That Will 10x Your Week: Separation Sunday full 1 77 TBC Studios Alright, let’s cut to the chase. Today, I’m giving you the exact system that’s completely transformed my business and life: Separation Sunday.  If you’re like most business owners, you’re probably running from one task to the next all week but still aren’t seeing the results you want. Why? Because you’re focusing on the wrong stuff. In this episode, I’m breaking down my personal, no-BS productivity routine that takes me less than 20 minutes every Sunday. This is the same system that has turned our clients into million-dollar studios. You’ll learn:  A tactic to clear your mental space so you can focus on moving your business forward (not in the weeds of the business!) The productivity hack that will keep you on track and free up your time for what really matters How to finish every Friday with a “F*ck yeah” …all in the time that it takes you to drink a coffee. Grab the Separation Sunday template here, and make sure to post it to your IG story and tag me @hey.doza. Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3-Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Alright, let’s cut to the chase.


Today, I’m giving you the exact system that’s completely transformed my business and life: Separation Sunday. 


If you’re like most business owners, you’re probably running from one task to the next all week but still aren’t seeing the results you want. Why? Because you’re focusing on the wrong stuff.


In this episode, I’m breaking down my personal, no-BS productivity routine that takes me less than 20 minutes every Sunday. This is the same system that has turned our clients into million-dollar studios.


You’ll learn: 

  • A tactic to clear your mental space so you can focus on moving your business forward (not in the weeds of the business!)
  • The productivity hack that will keep you on track and free up your time for what really matters
  • How to finish every Friday with a “F*ck yeah”


…all in the time that it takes you to drink a coffee.


Grab the Separation Sunday template here, and make sure to post it to your IG story and tag me @hey.doza.


Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3-Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1146 no 3 Ways You’re Losing Money Every Single Session (Even if Your Classes Are Full) This topic is something that has got me so fired up.  I’ve been doing a lot of travelling recently which means I’ve visited a lot of gyms. And what I have found… has shocked me. In almost every gym I’ve been to, I’ve seen dollars literally walking right out the door, so today I am talking about the three ways you are probably losing money every single session. But the good news? It’s entirely preventable AND instead of just making sure you’re not making costly mistakes… I’m going to teach you how to get bonus revenue from every session instead.  Here’s how. You’ll hear:  How to convert a casual visitor into a full-time member in just 3 sessions The small tweak to make to your roster that will improve your bottom line Ways to turn every session into a sales event and not just a workout … and a whole lot more  And if you don’t have the systems dialed in or you don’t know where to begin - book a free 15-minute call here. Listen to Ash’s mindset episode ‘The Only Thing Standing in the Way of You and a Multi-Million Dollar Studio IS You’ on Spotify / Apple Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3-Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 15 Oct 2024 18:00:00 -0000 full 1 76 TBC Studios This topic is something that has got me so fired up.  I’ve been doing a lot of travelling recently which means I’ve visited a lot of gyms. And what I have found… has shocked me. In almost every gym I’ve been to, I’ve seen dollars literally walking right out the door, so today I am talking about the three ways you are probably losing money every single session. But the good news? It’s entirely preventable AND instead of just making sure you’re not making costly mistakes… I’m going to teach you how to get bonus revenue from every session instead.  Here’s how. You’ll hear:  How to convert a casual visitor into a full-time member in just 3 sessions The small tweak to make to your roster that will improve your bottom line Ways to turn every session into a sales event and not just a workout … and a whole lot more  And if you don’t have the systems dialed in or you don’t know where to begin - book a free 15-minute call here. Listen to Ash’s mindset episode ‘The Only Thing Standing in the Way of You and a Multi-Million Dollar Studio IS You’ on Spotify / Apple Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3-Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza This topic is something that has got me so fired up. 


I’ve been doing a lot of travelling recently which means I’ve visited a lot of gyms.


And what I have found… has shocked me.


In almost every gym I’ve been to, I’ve seen dollars literally walking right out the door, so today I am talking about the three ways you are probably losing money every single session.


But the good news?


It’s entirely preventable AND instead of just making sure you’re not making costly mistakes… I’m going to teach you how to get bonus revenue from every session instead. 


Here’s how.


You’ll hear: 

  • How to convert a casual visitor into a full-time member in just 3 sessions
  • The small tweak to make to your roster that will improve your bottom line
  • Ways to turn every session into a sales event and not just a workout

… and a whole lot more 


And if you don’t have the systems dialed in or you don’t know where to begin - book a free 15-minute call here.


Listen to Ash’s mindset episode ‘The Only Thing Standing in the Way of You and a Multi-Million Dollar Studio IS You’ on Spotify / Apple


Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3-Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 982 no The Fastest Growing UBX in NZ: How Liv Added $240k to her Bottom Line You’ve heard me speak about her on the pod before…  Today I’m sitting down with Liv, the owner of the FASTEST growing UBX in New Zealand. From running three studios, leaving home at 3 am to drive to her third studio (without taking away from her working hours), and feeling burnt out… Liv shares how she went from “winging it” to becoming a thriving multi-studio owner, who now brings in over $240k in additional profit annually. On today’s episode, Liv is walking us through her game-changing strategies including how she hired the team member who completely turned her business around, and how she has staff thanking her for her leadership decisions. Tune in to find out: The steps Liv took to add 150+ members to her studio in 6 months! How Liv built a strong, aligned team that actually looks out for each other The change that stopped Liv from having to micromanage her team Strategies to managing multiple studios while maintaining balance in her work life and personal life Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. Check out Liv’s studios on IG @ubxormiston @ubxmteden or at @oliviaashbys Liv’s Studio Websites: www.ubxtraining.com/gym/Ormiston www.ubxtraining.com/gym/MountEden WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 08 Oct 2024 19:00:00 -0000 full 1 75 TBC Studios You’ve heard me speak about her on the pod before…  Today I’m sitting down with Liv, the owner of the FASTEST growing UBX in New Zealand. From running three studios, leaving home at 3 am to drive to her third studio (without taking away from her working hours), and feeling burnt out… Liv shares how she went from “winging it” to becoming a thriving multi-studio owner, who now brings in over $240k in additional profit annually. On today’s episode, Liv is walking us through her game-changing strategies including how she hired the team member who completely turned her business around, and how she has staff thanking her for her leadership decisions. Tune in to find out: The steps Liv took to add 150+ members to her studio in 6 months! How Liv built a strong, aligned team that actually looks out for each other The change that stopped Liv from having to micromanage her team Strategies to managing multiple studios while maintaining balance in her work life and personal life Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. Check out Liv’s studios on IG @ubxormiston @ubxmteden or at @oliviaashbys Liv’s Studio Websites: www.ubxtraining.com/gym/Ormiston www.ubxtraining.com/gym/MountEden WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza You’ve heard me speak about her on the pod before… 

Today I’m sitting down with Liv, the owner of the FASTEST growing UBX in New Zealand.


From running three studios, leaving home at 3 am to drive to her third studio (without taking away from her working hours), and feeling burnt out… Liv shares how she went from “winging it” to becoming a thriving multi-studio owner, who now brings in over $240k in additional profit annually.


On today’s episode, Liv is walking us through her game-changing strategies including how she hired the team member who completely turned her business around, and how she has staff thanking her for her leadership decisions.


Tune in to find out:

  • The steps Liv took to add 150+ members to her studio in 6 months!
  • How Liv built a strong, aligned team that actually looks out for each other
  • The change that stopped Liv from having to micromanage her team
  • Strategies to managing multiple studios while maintaining balance in her work life and personal life


Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here.


Check out Liv’s studios on IG @ubxormiston @ubxmteden or at @oliviaashbys

Liv’s Studio Websites:

www.ubxtraining.com/gym/Ormiston

www.ubxtraining.com/gym/MountEden


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1754 no 4 Steps to Capitalise on Studios Shutting Down in Your Area When another studio shuts down, you are being given the opportunity to make 3 months of sales… in two weeks. Remember: these leads already have a vision, a goal they are working towards, and a training schedule. And it is in their own best interest to fill that gap as quickly as possible.  That’s where you come in. But you have to do it the right way. This episode is all about how you can turn that closure into a massive opportunity to boost your membership and grow your business. I’m talking all about how to gain 50+ new members in just a few weeks, the secret formula to creating your own luck in business and how to approach it legally (no spam laws). Start preparing now. You’ll hear:  03:03 - How to get the studio owner on your side as a collaborator so that they can introduce you to their members + the exact email you need to send 06:45 - The correct way to run an ‘Open Week’ that will have displaced flocking to your studio 10:19 - The lead sequence that puts you ahead of 80% of competing studios, making you the top option 13:35 - Key steps to convert these leads into full-time members + a horror story of a client who failed this last sprint … and a whole lot more Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. Want the sales script? Hit me up on IG @hey.doza. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3-Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 01 Oct 2024 19:00:00 -0000 full 1 74 TBC Studios When another studio shuts down, you are being given the opportunity to make 3 months of sales… in two weeks. Remember: these leads already have a vision, a goal they are working towards, and a training schedule. And it is in their own best interest to fill that gap as quickly as possible.  That’s where you come in. But you have to do it the right way. This episode is all about how you can turn that closure into a massive opportunity to boost your membership and grow your business. I’m talking all about how to gain 50+ new members in just a few weeks, the secret formula to creating your own luck in business and how to approach it legally (no spam laws). Start preparing now. You’ll hear:  03:03 - How to get the studio owner on your side as a collaborator so that they can introduce you to their members + the exact email you need to send 06:45 - The correct way to run an ‘Open Week’ that will have displaced flocking to your studio 10:19 - The lead sequence that puts you ahead of 80% of competing studios, making you the top option 13:35 - Key steps to convert these leads into full-time members + a horror story of a client who failed this last sprint … and a whole lot more Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. Want the sales script? Hit me up on IG @hey.doza. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3-Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza When another studio shuts down, you are being given the opportunity to make 3 months of sales… in two weeks.


Remember: these leads already have a vision, a goal they are working towards, and a training schedule. And it is in their own best interest to fill that gap as quickly as possible. 


That’s where you come in. But you have to do it the right way.


This episode is all about how you can turn that closure into a massive opportunity to boost your membership and grow your business.


I’m talking all about how to gain 50+ new members in just a few weeks, the secret formula to creating your own luck in business and how to approach it legally (no spam laws).


Start preparing now.


You’ll hear: 

  • 03:03 - How to get the studio owner on your side as a collaborator so that they can introduce you to their members + the exact email you need to send
  • 06:45 - The correct way to run an ‘Open Week’ that will have displaced flocking to your studio
  • 10:19 - The lead sequence that puts you ahead of 80% of competing studios, making you the top option
  • 13:35 - Key steps to convert these leads into full-time members + a horror story of a client who failed this last sprint

… and a whole lot more


Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here.


Want the sales script? Hit me up on IG @hey.doza.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3-Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1181 no How to Establish Yourself as a LEADER with Rohan Dredge “When you take on the responsibility of leadership, you’re not taking on additional responsibilities. You are changing your career.” Joining me on today’s episode is the incredible Rohan Dredge: the CEO of Pragmatic Thinking, a behaviour and motivation strategy company who has worked with the likes of Qantas, Toyota, Suncorp and Geronimo. Rohan’s first episode ‘How to be a Leader People Actually Want to Follow’ is one of our MOST listened-to episodes. When we were down in the Gold Coast we knew we HAD to get him back on the poddy to continue to level up our leaders. When we go into the health and fitness industry, we all have one goal: to help people get fitter, stronger and lead happier lives. But as your business grows, your role shifts from directly helping members to leading and managing teams. And it’s not a change most of us are prepared for. Join me as I ask Rohan all of your most commonly asked leadership questions including: 01:26 - What are the qualities of a highly effective leader? 03:23 - What are some of the operating systems that create a highly effective leader? 06:35 - How can you make confident decisions as a leader? 08:45 - How can you become a leader who responds rather than reacts? 18:48 - The right way to give performance reviews and give staff feedback EVEN if it’s hard 26:29 - What do you do when your team has a poor culture? 32:56 - If you don’t like confrontation… How do you enforce changes that will upset your staff? 35:33 - What if you're afraid to push a team member for fear they might leave? 38:16 - How to empower your team without micromanaging them 43:20 - The Controversial Question… Can anyone be a good leader? … and a whole lot more  Listen to the OG episode with Rohan about How to Be a Leader People Actually Want to Follow over on Spotify / Apple.  Learn more about Rohan Dredge and Pragmatic Thinking by visiting www.pragmaticthinking.com or heading over to Rohan’s LinkedIn here. Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 24 Sep 2024 19:00:00 -0000 full 1 73 TBC Studios “When you take on the responsibility of leadership, you’re not taking on additional responsibilities. You are changing your career.” Joining me on today’s episode is the incredible Rohan Dredge: the CEO of Pragmatic Thinking, a behaviour and motivation strategy company who has worked with the likes of Qantas, Toyota, Suncorp and Geronimo. Rohan’s first episode ‘How to be a Leader People Actually Want to Follow’ is one of our MOST listened-to episodes. When we were down in the Gold Coast we knew we HAD to get him back on the poddy to continue to level up our leaders. When we go into the health and fitness industry, we all have one goal: to help people get fitter, stronger and lead happier lives. But as your business grows, your role shifts from directly helping members to leading and managing teams. And it’s not a change most of us are prepared for. Join me as I ask Rohan all of your most commonly asked leadership questions including: 01:26 - What are the qualities of a highly effective leader? 03:23 - What are some of the operating systems that create a highly effective leader? 06:35 - How can you make confident decisions as a leader? 08:45 - How can you become a leader who responds rather than reacts? 18:48 - The right way to give performance reviews and give staff feedback EVEN if it’s hard 26:29 - What do you do when your team has a poor culture? 32:56 - If you don’t like confrontation… How do you enforce changes that will upset your staff? 35:33 - What if you're afraid to push a team member for fear they might leave? 38:16 - How to empower your team without micromanaging them 43:20 - The Controversial Question… Can anyone be a good leader? … and a whole lot more  Listen to the OG episode with Rohan about How to Be a Leader People Actually Want to Follow over on Spotify / Apple.  Learn more about Rohan Dredge and Pragmatic Thinking by visiting www.pragmaticthinking.com or heading over to Rohan’s LinkedIn here. Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza “When you take on the responsibility of leadership, you’re not taking on additional responsibilities. You are changing your career.”


Joining me on today’s episode is the incredible Rohan Dredge: the CEO of Pragmatic Thinking, a behaviour and motivation strategy company who has worked with the likes of Qantas, Toyota, Suncorp and Geronimo.


Rohan’s first episode ‘How to be a Leader People Actually Want to Follow’ is one of our MOST listened-to episodes. When we were down in the Gold Coast we knew we HAD to get him back on the poddy to continue to level up our leaders.


When we go into the health and fitness industry, we all have one goal: to help people get fitter, stronger and lead happier lives. But as your business grows, your role shifts from directly helping members to leading and managing teams.


And it’s not a change most of us are prepared for.


Join me as I ask Rohan all of your most commonly asked leadership questions including:

  • 01:26 - What are the qualities of a highly effective leader?
  • 03:23 - What are some of the operating systems that create a highly effective leader?
  • 06:35 - How can you make confident decisions as a leader?
  • 08:45 - How can you become a leader who responds rather than reacts?
  • 18:48 - The right way to give performance reviews and give staff feedback EVEN if it’s hard
  • 26:29 - What do you do when your team has a poor culture?
  • 32:56 - If you don’t like confrontation… How do you enforce changes that will upset your staff?
  • 35:33 - What if you're afraid to push a team member for fear they might leave?
  • 38:16 - How to empower your team without micromanaging them
  • 43:20 - The Controversial Question… Can anyone be a good leader?

… and a whole lot more 


Listen to the OG episode with Rohan about How to Be a Leader People Actually Want to Follow over on Spotify / Apple. 


Learn more about Rohan Dredge and Pragmatic Thinking by visiting www.pragmaticthinking.com or heading over to Rohan’s LinkedIn here.


Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 3192 no Two Key Principles That Transformed ACTV Strength Co. from a Single Studio into a THRIVING Franchise Network If you’re looking to see how other gym/studio owners have created their OWN paths of success - look no further.  Joining me on today’s episode is Anthony Bartolo, owner of ACTV Strength Co. ACTV Strength Co. started as a Burleigh studio and has now expanded into a network in and of itself, with franchises operating in 4 other locations & GROWING. Anthony is the blueprint for the success that you CAN achieve in this industry. So join us as we dive into how to open a profitable studio from DAY ONE, the truth about ‘the perfect location’, and the mindset that could be keeping you at level one.  You’ll hear all about Anthony’s strategies including:  Why his members keep coming back to ACTV Strength Co., even after cancelling The out-of-the-box thinking that launched ACTV Strength Co. to a whole new level + 4 more franchises Anthony’s unique social media tactic that has built such a strong community throughout his locations The groundbreaking education and programming development that sets Anthony’s Studios apart from the competition … and a whole lot more  Connect with Anthony on IG @anthonybartolo__ and Luke @lukekenelley www.actvstrengthco.com // @actvstrengthco  Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 17 Sep 2024 19:00:00 -0000 full 1 72 TBC Studios If you’re looking to see how other gym/studio owners have created their OWN paths of success - look no further.  Joining me on today’s episode is Anthony Bartolo, owner of ACTV Strength Co. ACTV Strength Co. started as a Burleigh studio and has now expanded into a network in and of itself, with franchises operating in 4 other locations & GROWING. Anthony is the blueprint for the success that you CAN achieve in this industry. So join us as we dive into how to open a profitable studio from DAY ONE, the truth about ‘the perfect location’, and the mindset that could be keeping you at level one.  You’ll hear all about Anthony’s strategies including:  Why his members keep coming back to ACTV Strength Co., even after cancelling The out-of-the-box thinking that launched ACTV Strength Co. to a whole new level + 4 more franchises Anthony’s unique social media tactic that has built such a strong community throughout his locations The groundbreaking education and programming development that sets Anthony’s Studios apart from the competition … and a whole lot more  Connect with Anthony on IG @anthonybartolo__ and Luke @lukekenelley www.actvstrengthco.com // @actvstrengthco  Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza If you’re looking to see how other gym/studio owners have created their OWN paths of success - look no further. 


Joining me on today’s episode is Anthony Bartolo, owner of ACTV Strength Co.


ACTV Strength Co. started as a Burleigh studio and has now expanded into a network in and of itself, with franchises operating in 4 other locations & GROWING.


Anthony is the blueprint for the success that you CAN achieve in this industry. So join us as we dive into how to open a profitable studio from DAY ONE, the truth about ‘the perfect location’, and the mindset that could be keeping you at level one. 


You’ll hear all about Anthony’s strategies including: 

  • Why his members keep coming back to ACTV Strength Co., even after cancelling
  • The out-of-the-box thinking that launched ACTV Strength Co. to a whole new level + 4 more franchises
  • Anthony’s unique social media tactic that has built such a strong community throughout his locations
  • The groundbreaking education and programming development that sets Anthony’s Studios apart from the competition

… and a whole lot more 


Connect with Anthony on IG @anthonybartolo__ and Luke @lukekenelley

www.actvstrengthco.com // @actvstrengthco 


Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 2518 no The Only Thing Standing in the Way of You and a Multi-Million Dollar Studio IS You This episode is the shit you NEED to hear. If you know what you need to do but can’t get it done OR you feel yourself getting wrapped into the vortex of the economy is bad… you’re in the right place. Joining me on today’s episode is the powerhouse mindset coach for Geronimo – Ash. We’re diving into why most fitness studio owners fail, the three core skills every great business owner needs, and three actionable steps you can start today. Stay tuned until the very end to hear a hard truth that all business owners need to face if they want success. So if you've ever felt stuck, overwhelmed, or doubtful about the future of your fitness studio, this episode will provide both the wake-up call AND the roadmap you need to break through those barriers This episode is for you if: You’re done being average You’re ready to step up and succeed You can’t seem to follow through on your goals You’re frustrated with feeling stuck Let’s go. Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 10 Sep 2024 19:00:00 -0000 full 1 71 TBC Studios This episode is the shit you NEED to hear. If you know what you need to do but can’t get it done OR you feel yourself getting wrapped into the vortex of the economy is bad… you’re in the right place. Joining me on today’s episode is the powerhouse mindset coach for Geronimo – Ash. We’re diving into why most fitness studio owners fail, the three core skills every great business owner needs, and three actionable steps you can start today. Stay tuned until the very end to hear a hard truth that all business owners need to face if they want success. So if you've ever felt stuck, overwhelmed, or doubtful about the future of your fitness studio, this episode will provide both the wake-up call AND the roadmap you need to break through those barriers This episode is for you if: You’re done being average You’re ready to step up and succeed You can’t seem to follow through on your goals You’re frustrated with feeling stuck Let’s go. Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza This episode is the shit you NEED to hear.


If you know what you need to do but can’t get it done OR you feel yourself getting wrapped into the vortex of the economy is bad… you’re in the right place.


Joining me on today’s episode is the powerhouse mindset coach for Geronimo – Ash. We’re diving into why most fitness studio owners fail, the three core skills every great business owner needs, and three actionable steps you can start today. Stay tuned until the very end to hear a hard truth that all business owners need to face if they want success.


So if you've ever felt stuck, overwhelmed, or doubtful about the future of your fitness studio, this episode will provide both the wake-up call AND the roadmap you need to break through those barriers


This episode is for you if:

  • You’re done being average
  • You’re ready to step up and succeed
  • You can’t seem to follow through on your goals
  • You’re frustrated with feeling stuck


Let’s go.


Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 2703 no A Warning From Leading Equipment Supplier…“This is the Fit Out of the FUTURE” Sultan Kirby is a gym and fitness studio equipment specialist. He speaks to HUNDREDS of gyms a day and is right in the middle of what’s happening in the world, having just returned from a huge fitness equipment expo in LA.   So what did he learn? We asked Sultan the following questions: Where is the industry headed? Are we moving away from fitness studios in their traditional form? What kind of equipment are people looking for and how do we cater for it? What were the biggest fitness trends coming out of LA? If Sultan had a budget of $100k to open a studio today, how would he spend the money? What Sultan WOULDN’T do and a warning to all owners… … and a whole lot more  Find out more about Sultan and his work over at www.compoundfitness.com.au and over on IG @compoundfitnessau Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Find out more about working with Geronimo at thegeronimoacademy.com Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 03 Sep 2024 19:00:00 -0000 A Warning From Leading Equipment Supplier…“This is the Fit Out of the FUTURE” full 1 70 TBC Studios Sultan Kirby is a gym and fitness studio equipment specialist. He speaks to HUNDREDS of gyms a day and is right in the middle of what’s happening in the world, having just returned from a huge fitness equipment expo in LA.   So what did he learn? We asked Sultan the following questions: Where is the industry headed? Are we moving away from fitness studios in their traditional form? What kind of equipment are people looking for and how do we cater for it? What were the biggest fitness trends coming out of LA? If Sultan had a budget of $100k to open a studio today, how would he spend the money? What Sultan WOULDN’T do and a warning to all owners… … and a whole lot more  Find out more about Sultan and his work over at www.compoundfitness.com.au and over on IG @compoundfitnessau Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Find out more about working with Geronimo at thegeronimoacademy.com Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Sultan Kirby is a gym and fitness studio equipment specialist. He speaks to HUNDREDS of gyms a day and is right in the middle of what’s happening in the world, having just returned from a huge fitness equipment expo in LA.  


So what did he learn?


We asked Sultan the following questions:

  • Where is the industry headed? Are we moving away from fitness studios in their traditional form?
  • What kind of equipment are people looking for and how do we cater for it?
  • What were the biggest fitness trends coming out of LA?
  • If Sultan had a budget of $100k to open a studio today, how would he spend the money?
  • What Sultan WOULDN’T do and a warning to all owners…

… and a whole lot more 


Find out more about Sultan and his work over at www.compoundfitness.com.au and over on IG @compoundfitnessau


Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Find out more about working with Geronimo at thegeronimoacademy.com
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 2163 no What I Would Do If I Opened a Gym/ Fitness Studio Today Starting a business is tough—50% of them don’t survive, and 75% of business owners earn less than minimum wage. During a particularly tough time with my business, I asked my accountant this question. “Do I push harder or do I start driving Uber to supplement my income?” His response? “If you have enough time to drive an Uber, you have time to focus on your business.” Our studio then went on to become the largest and fastest growing studio in Sydney, in addition to winning multiple Division Champion awards we were also voted Sydney’s #3 best place to workout, and #1 Gym by The Urban List. So in today’s episode, I’m talking about the FIVE most important steps that I would take if I were to open a studio again today.  These are actional tips, even for network studios. I’ll also be diving into a unique concept that we’ve been exploring - one that is the complete OPPOSITE of a traditional gym… You’ll hear:  The ONE thing that will GUARANTEE your profits—and without it, you could fail The phenomenon happening on Google that is changing the GAME for all marketing strategies Why a fancy fit-out could mean a slow death for your business The team I’d be hiring from day one How to become a WORLDWIDE fitness brand, not just a local gym The steps I would take to ensure I was profitable on OPENING day … and a whole lot more  Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Find out more about working with Geronimo at thegeronimoacademy.com Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 27 Aug 2024 19:00:00 -0000 full 1 69 TBC Studios Starting a business is tough—50% of them don’t survive, and 75% of business owners earn less than minimum wage. During a particularly tough time with my business, I asked my accountant this question. “Do I push harder or do I start driving Uber to supplement my income?” His response? “If you have enough time to drive an Uber, you have time to focus on your business.” Our studio then went on to become the largest and fastest growing studio in Sydney, in addition to winning multiple Division Champion awards we were also voted Sydney’s #3 best place to workout, and #1 Gym by The Urban List. So in today’s episode, I’m talking about the FIVE most important steps that I would take if I were to open a studio again today.  These are actional tips, even for network studios. I’ll also be diving into a unique concept that we’ve been exploring - one that is the complete OPPOSITE of a traditional gym… You’ll hear:  The ONE thing that will GUARANTEE your profits—and without it, you could fail The phenomenon happening on Google that is changing the GAME for all marketing strategies Why a fancy fit-out could mean a slow death for your business The team I’d be hiring from day one How to become a WORLDWIDE fitness brand, not just a local gym The steps I would take to ensure I was profitable on OPENING day … and a whole lot more  Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Find out more about working with Geronimo at thegeronimoacademy.com Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Starting a business is tough—50% of them don’t survive, and 75% of business owners earn less than minimum wage.


During a particularly tough time with my business, I asked my accountant this question.


“Do I push harder or do I start driving Uber to supplement my income?”


His response?


“If you have enough time to drive an Uber, you have time to focus on your business.”


Our studio then went on to become the largest and fastest growing studio in Sydney, in addition to winning multiple Division Champion awards we were also voted Sydney’s #3 best place to workout, and #1 Gym by The Urban List.


So in today’s episode, I’m talking about the FIVE most important steps that I would take if I were to open a studio again today. 


These are actional tips, even for network studios. I’ll also be diving into a unique concept that we’ve been exploring - one that is the complete OPPOSITE of a traditional gym…


You’ll hear: 

  • The ONE thing that will GUARANTEE your profits—and without it, you could fail
  • The phenomenon happening on Google that is changing the GAME for all marketing strategies
  • Why a fancy fit-out could mean a slow death for your business
  • The team I’d be hiring from day one
  • How to become a WORLDWIDE fitness brand, not just a local gym
  • The steps I would take to ensure I was profitable on OPENING day

… and a whole lot more 


Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Find out more about working with Geronimo at thegeronimoacademy.com
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1774 no Struggling to Find Trainers? Fix Your Hiring Funnel By Doing THIS. Ft Chris Lawrence Can’t find any experienced trainers out there? You’re not alone. Joining me on today’s show is Chris Lawrence, a former NRL player who made it against all odds when he dislocated his hip, had 13 bones in his face shattered during practice AND still went on to play 250 games for the West Tigers. Since then, Chris has gone on to design an education program for professional athletes to provide freedom for athletes after their sporting careers. As a result, Chris speaks to thousands of gyms, and what he has found might not surprise you…when it comes to hiring trainers - there is a ‘Missing Middle’. So if there aren’t any trainers out there, who are you meant to hire? Let’s find out. You’ll hear:  The unique strategy that could help you secure your next best hire Why Doza got into a fight with Seek about his controversial job ad Why Doza hired an Operations Manager from Mcdonald's instead of a fully qualified personal trainer The injury that nearly ended Chris’s footy career and changed his mindset … and a whole lot more  Check out Chris over on IG @chrislawrence04 If you want to learn more about One Training, head over to @onetraining and claim a free gift pack from Vitadrop over at http://www.vitadrop.com.au/onetraining. Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 20 Aug 2024 19:00:00 -0000 full 1 68 TBC Studios Can’t find any experienced trainers out there? You’re not alone. Joining me on today’s show is Chris Lawrence, a former NRL player who made it against all odds when he dislocated his hip, had 13 bones in his face shattered during practice AND still went on to play 250 games for the West Tigers. Since then, Chris has gone on to design an education program for professional athletes to provide freedom for athletes after their sporting careers. As a result, Chris speaks to thousands of gyms, and what he has found might not surprise you…when it comes to hiring trainers - there is a ‘Missing Middle’. So if there aren’t any trainers out there, who are you meant to hire? Let’s find out. You’ll hear:  The unique strategy that could help you secure your next best hire Why Doza got into a fight with Seek about his controversial job ad Why Doza hired an Operations Manager from Mcdonald's instead of a fully qualified personal trainer The injury that nearly ended Chris’s footy career and changed his mindset … and a whole lot more  Check out Chris over on IG @chrislawrence04 If you want to learn more about One Training, head over to @onetraining and claim a free gift pack from Vitadrop over at http://www.vitadrop.com.au/onetraining. Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Can’t find any experienced trainers out there? You’re not alone.


Joining me on today’s show is Chris Lawrence, a former NRL player who made it against all odds when he dislocated his hip, had 13 bones in his face shattered during practice AND still went on to play 250 games for the West Tigers.


Since then, Chris has gone on to design an education program for professional athletes to provide freedom for athletes after their sporting careers.


As a result, Chris speaks to thousands of gyms, and what he has found might not surprise you…when it comes to hiring trainers - there is a ‘Missing Middle’.


So if there aren’t any trainers out there, who are you meant to hire?


Let’s find out.


You’ll hear: 

  • The unique strategy that could help you secure your next best hire
  • Why Doza got into a fight with Seek about his controversial job ad
  • Why Doza hired an Operations Manager from Mcdonald's instead of a fully qualified personal trainer
  • The injury that nearly ended Chris’s footy career and changed his mindset


… and a whole lot more 


Check out Chris over on IG @chrislawrence04

If you want to learn more about One Training, head over to @onetraining and claim a free gift pack from Vitadrop over at http://www.vitadrop.com.au/onetraining.


Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 2486 no EVERYTHING You Need to Know About Your Gym or Fitness Studio’s Finances in 35 Minutes Most studio owners are more familiar with their love language than their financial metrics.  But did you know that everything you want in business and in life is on the other side of a couple of reports? Today I brought our CFO, Danny Chiha on the show to break down everything you need to know about reporting - it’s entry-level but do this and the game WILL change for you. You’ll hear:  2:11 - The biggest misconception ALL new business owners have about their money 05:26 - The three things you need to focus on to make more money and get the lifestyle you’re dreaming of 10:54 - What is a healthy profit percentage? 12:52 - Why cancelling your subscription isn’t going to do ANYTHING to your savings account 16:31 - The stats you should be looking at to become a RICH studio 17:31 - Which reports should you be checking in Xero? 19:35 - Should I include my wages as part of labour? 20:32 - The mistakes in your books that will make it VERY hard to sell when the time comes 21:59 - Is it better to pay yourself a wage or take profits? 22:26 - Should I be putting up my membership fees in keeping with inflation? 26:10 - is there a way to calculate your BAS ahead of time? 31:10 - What we’ve done at Geronimo to get our numbers financially healthy … and a whole lot more! WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 13 Aug 2024 19:00:00 -0000 EVERYTHING You Need to Know About Your Gym or Fitness Studio’s Finances in 35 Minutes full 1 67 TBC Studios Most studio owners are more familiar with their love language than their financial metrics.  But did you know that everything you want in business and in life is on the other side of a couple of reports? Today I brought our CFO, Danny Chiha on the show to break down everything you need to know about reporting - it’s entry-level but do this and the game WILL change for you. You’ll hear:  2:11 - The biggest misconception ALL new business owners have about their money 05:26 - The three things you need to focus on to make more money and get the lifestyle you’re dreaming of 10:54 - What is a healthy profit percentage? 12:52 - Why cancelling your subscription isn’t going to do ANYTHING to your savings account 16:31 - The stats you should be looking at to become a RICH studio 17:31 - Which reports should you be checking in Xero? 19:35 - Should I include my wages as part of labour? 20:32 - The mistakes in your books that will make it VERY hard to sell when the time comes 21:59 - Is it better to pay yourself a wage or take profits? 22:26 - Should I be putting up my membership fees in keeping with inflation? 26:10 - is there a way to calculate your BAS ahead of time? 31:10 - What we’ve done at Geronimo to get our numbers financially healthy … and a whole lot more! WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Most studio owners are more familiar with their love language than their financial metrics. 


But did you know that everything you want in business and in life is on the other side of a couple of reports?


Today I brought our CFO, Danny Chiha on the show to break down everything you need to know about reporting - it’s entry-level but do this and the game WILL change for you.


You’ll hear: 

  • 2:11 - The biggest misconception ALL new business owners have about their money
  • 05:26 - The three things you need to focus on to make more money and get the lifestyle you’re dreaming of
  • 10:54 - What is a healthy profit percentage?
  • 12:52 - Why cancelling your subscription isn’t going to do ANYTHING to your savings account
  • 16:31 - The stats you should be looking at to become a RICH studio
  • 17:31 - Which reports should you be checking in Xero?
  • 19:35 - Should I include my wages as part of labour?
  • 20:32 - The mistakes in your books that will make it VERY hard to sell when the time comes
  • 21:59 - Is it better to pay yourself a wage or take profits?
  • 22:26 - Should I be putting up my membership fees in keeping with inflation?
  • 26:10 - is there a way to calculate your BAS ahead of time?
  • 31:10 - What we’ve done at Geronimo to get our numbers financially healthy

… and a whole lot more!


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 2488 no How to Reach the NEXT LEVEL of Your Business if Money is No Longer a Problem The fitness and wellness industries are seeing a rise in a different type of studio owner - those who are already great but want to be the BEST. These are the studios that when you look at their numbers, they seem to be at the top of their game. BUT behind the scenes, they’re stressed, they’re working overtime, and they’re taking on responsibilities they shouldn’t be doing, to get their numbers in the green. So how do you push through to the NEXT LEVEL and gain LEVERAGE? There are three things that will get you there: a Team Identity, Team Design, and Accountability Chart.  Listen to this episode to find out: Why you won’t get yourself out of the business with the team structure you have right now The exact formula to get a team of A Players The ONE change you can make to your organisation chart that will ensure your KPI’s are met without fail The mental shift in our team that took us from a team of casuals running out the door after their shift to a COHESIVE and aligned group (even with 19-year-olds) … and a whole lot more Prefer watching over listening? Watch the video version here.  The diagram of the Golden Pyramid is here. Check out Soph’s job description here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 06 Aug 2024 19:00:00 -0000 full 1 66 TBC Studios The fitness and wellness industries are seeing a rise in a different type of studio owner - those who are already great but want to be the BEST. These are the studios that when you look at their numbers, they seem to be at the top of their game. BUT behind the scenes, they’re stressed, they’re working overtime, and they’re taking on responsibilities they shouldn’t be doing, to get their numbers in the green. So how do you push through to the NEXT LEVEL and gain LEVERAGE? There are three things that will get you there: a Team Identity, Team Design, and Accountability Chart.  Listen to this episode to find out: Why you won’t get yourself out of the business with the team structure you have right now The exact formula to get a team of A Players The ONE change you can make to your organisation chart that will ensure your KPI’s are met without fail The mental shift in our team that took us from a team of casuals running out the door after their shift to a COHESIVE and aligned group (even with 19-year-olds) … and a whole lot more Prefer watching over listening? Watch the video version here.  The diagram of the Golden Pyramid is here. Check out Soph’s job description here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza The fitness and wellness industries are seeing a rise in a different type of studio owner - those who are already great but want to be the BEST.


These are the studios that when you look at their numbers, they seem to be at the top of their game. BUT behind the scenes, they’re stressed, they’re working overtime, and they’re taking on responsibilities they shouldn’t be doing, to get their numbers in the green.


So how do you push through to the NEXT LEVEL and gain LEVERAGE?


There are three things that will get you there: a Team Identity, Team Design, and Accountability Chart. 


Listen to this episode to find out:

  • Why you won’t get yourself out of the business with the team structure you have right now
  • The exact formula to get a team of A Players
  • The ONE change you can make to your organisation chart that will ensure your KPI’s are met without fail
  • The mental shift in our team that took us from a team of casuals running out the door after their shift to a COHESIVE and aligned group (even with 19-year-olds)

… and a whole lot more


Prefer watching over listening? Watch the video version here. 


The diagram of the Golden Pyramid is here.

Check out Soph’s job description here.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1890 no The Future of CrossFit: Southend CrossFit’s Strategies for a 3% Churn Rate & How to ADAPT to the Changing Market The CrossFit industry is changing.  People are no longer interested in flogging themselves anymore - they’re focusing on their mental health and wellbeing. And with recent events over the last few years, who can blame them? So what happens to an industry that was built on a steel will and peak physical strength?  Joining us on the show today is Jack & Jacob from Southend Crossfit in Maroubra who have not only achieved a churn rate of 3% but they’re up $10k a month in LESS than 6 months with net 50 members. Jack and Jacob run an incredible CrossFit studio that CONTINUES to evolve and adapt to meet the market's needs.  So what are their secrets? Let’s find out. You’ll hear:  Insights into how Jack & Jacob keep their studio relevant AND profitable The audience that Jack & Jacob are now tapping into and REAPING the rewards because of it Should CrossFit follow the Hyrox path? How to gain a TRUE competitive advantage The BIGGEST mistakes they’ve made in the 8 years of owning a studio Their most important advice for studios that are struggling … and a whole lot more  Want to hear more from the CrossFit boys? Have a listen to their poddy Southend Podcast here. Give them some love over on IG @southendcrossfit or head over to their website www.southendcrossfit.com.au WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 30 Jul 2024 19:00:00 -0000 full 1 65 TBC Studios The CrossFit industry is changing.  People are no longer interested in flogging themselves anymore - they’re focusing on their mental health and wellbeing. And with recent events over the last few years, who can blame them? So what happens to an industry that was built on a steel will and peak physical strength?  Joining us on the show today is Jack & Jacob from Southend Crossfit in Maroubra who have not only achieved a churn rate of 3% but they’re up $10k a month in LESS than 6 months with net 50 members. Jack and Jacob run an incredible CrossFit studio that CONTINUES to evolve and adapt to meet the market's needs.  So what are their secrets? Let’s find out. You’ll hear:  Insights into how Jack & Jacob keep their studio relevant AND profitable The audience that Jack & Jacob are now tapping into and REAPING the rewards because of it Should CrossFit follow the Hyrox path? How to gain a TRUE competitive advantage The BIGGEST mistakes they’ve made in the 8 years of owning a studio Their most important advice for studios that are struggling … and a whole lot more  Want to hear more from the CrossFit boys? Have a listen to their poddy Southend Podcast here. Give them some love over on IG @southendcrossfit or head over to their website www.southendcrossfit.com.au WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza The CrossFit industry is changing. 

People are no longer interested in flogging themselves anymore - they’re focusing on their mental health and wellbeing. And with recent events over the last few years, who can blame them?


So what happens to an industry that was built on a steel will and peak physical strength? 


Joining us on the show today is Jack & Jacob from Southend Crossfit in Maroubra who have not only achieved a churn rate of 3% but they’re up $10k a month in LESS than 6 months with net 50 members. Jack and Jacob run an incredible CrossFit studio that CONTINUES to evolve and adapt to meet the market's needs. 


So what are their secrets?


Let’s find out.


You’ll hear: 

  • Insights into how Jack & Jacob keep their studio relevant AND profitable
  • The audience that Jack & Jacob are now tapping into and REAPING the rewards because of it
  • Should CrossFit follow the Hyrox path?
  • How to gain a TRUE competitive advantage
  • The BIGGEST mistakes they’ve made in the 8 years of owning a studio
  • Their most important advice for studios that are struggling

… and a whole lot more 


Want to hear more from the CrossFit boys? Have a listen to their poddy Southend Podcast here.

Give them some love over on IG @southendcrossfit or head over to their website www.southendcrossfit.com.au


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 2616 no The Secret Tactics We Use to Grow Million Dollar Studios in 2024 I am giving away everything for free in this episode. Including something Sophie is going to be VERY upset about when she finds out You NEED to listen to this episode because today I’m talking about some of the tips and strategies that we give our clients in the MILLION DOLLAR STUDIO program (it doesn’t get much better than this). Make sure you stay tuned til the end to hear my secret bit of advice (usually we charge for this…) and the steps you can take if you’re a studio that needs to get unstuck ASAP OR if you’re a studio that is ready to put your foot on the accelerator. You’ll hear:  How to capitalise on a downturned market (BIG tip revealed here🤫) Why your ads STILL aren’t working… How to be like Mike and Paul and hit 70% conversion rates on PAID leads for a PAID trial … and a whole lot more  Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. Queue up these episodes next: ➡️THIS is What’s Stopping You From Being a High Performer with NLP Coach Kylie Ryan ➡️The REAL Reason You Can’t Bring Yourself to Call The Leads with Mindset Coach Kylie Ryan ➡️Triple Your Growth by Hiring THIS Staff Member ➡️How to Set Your Team Up to Win with NRL Coach Josh Hannay ➡️850 Members &2.3% Churn Rate: Tribe’s Owner Reveals His Game-Changing Strategies ➡️The Team Handbook: What It Is and WHY Your Studio Needs It WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 23 Jul 2024 19:00:00 -0000 full 1 64 TBC Studios I am giving away everything for free in this episode. Including something Sophie is going to be VERY upset about when she finds out You NEED to listen to this episode because today I’m talking about some of the tips and strategies that we give our clients in the MILLION DOLLAR STUDIO program (it doesn’t get much better than this). Make sure you stay tuned til the end to hear my secret bit of advice (usually we charge for this…) and the steps you can take if you’re a studio that needs to get unstuck ASAP OR if you’re a studio that is ready to put your foot on the accelerator. You’ll hear:  How to capitalise on a downturned market (BIG tip revealed here🤫) Why your ads STILL aren’t working… How to be like Mike and Paul and hit 70% conversion rates on PAID leads for a PAID trial … and a whole lot more  Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. Queue up these episodes next: ➡️THIS is What’s Stopping You From Being a High Performer with NLP Coach Kylie Ryan ➡️The REAL Reason You Can’t Bring Yourself to Call The Leads with Mindset Coach Kylie Ryan ➡️Triple Your Growth by Hiring THIS Staff Member ➡️How to Set Your Team Up to Win with NRL Coach Josh Hannay ➡️850 Members &2.3% Churn Rate: Tribe’s Owner Reveals His Game-Changing Strategies ➡️The Team Handbook: What It Is and WHY Your Studio Needs It WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza I am giving away everything for free in this episode. Including something Sophie is going to be VERY upset about when she finds out


You NEED to listen to this episode because today I’m talking about some of the tips and strategies that we give our clients in the MILLION DOLLAR STUDIO program (it doesn’t get much better than this).


Make sure you stay tuned til the end to hear my secret bit of advice (usually we charge for this…) and the steps you can take if you’re a studio that needs to get unstuck ASAP OR if you’re a studio that is ready to put your foot on the accelerator.


You’ll hear: 

  • How to capitalise on a downturned market (BIG tip revealed here🤫)
  • Why your ads STILL aren’t working…
  • How to be like Mike and Paul and hit 70% conversion rates on PAID leads for a PAID trial

… and a whole lot more 


Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here.


Queue up these episodes next:

➡️THIS is What’s Stopping You From Being a High Performer with NLP Coach Kylie Ryan

➡️The REAL Reason You Can’t Bring Yourself to Call The Leads with Mindset Coach Kylie Ryan

➡️Triple Your Growth by Hiring THIS Staff Member

➡️How to Set Your Team Up to Win with NRL Coach Josh Hannay

➡️850 Members &2.3% Churn Rate: Tribe’s Owner Reveals His Game-Changing Strategies

➡️The Team Handbook: What It Is and WHY Your Studio Needs It


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1685 no 4 Things The BEST Gyms and Health & Fitness Studios Are Doing To Set Themselves Apart There is data that shows that people are MORE likely to stack supermarket shelves or drive an Uber on the weekend so they DON’T have to get rid of their gym membership and sauna sessions.  So where are these members? And how can you get them into your studio? Every quarter we like to look at what the data and trends are telling us about the industry so that our clients can continue to stay ahead of the curve, and the four things we found this month were SO good I couldn’t not share them with our Geronimo Unfiltered fam as well.  If you are currently feeling like everything is getting a bit harder, that people are stopping to spend and you can sense a wave of cancels or suspensions coming … this episode is going to help you not just stop those in their tracks but bring a WHOLE new wave of members through the door as well.  You’ll hear:  How to capture an ENTIRELY new market that you’ve probably never thought of  The $7 TRILLION DOLLAR Industry that you can ‘add on’ to your memberships with minimal overheads (EVEN if you’re a franchise)  What you can do to make sure your studio is the one thing that people don’t want to cancel  Why ads aren’t performing for you at the moment and what you can do instead  … and a whole lot more  Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 16 Jul 2024 19:00:00 -0000 full 1 63 TBC Studios There is data that shows that people are MORE likely to stack supermarket shelves or drive an Uber on the weekend so they DON’T have to get rid of their gym membership and sauna sessions.  So where are these members? And how can you get them into your studio? Every quarter we like to look at what the data and trends are telling us about the industry so that our clients can continue to stay ahead of the curve, and the four things we found this month were SO good I couldn’t not share them with our Geronimo Unfiltered fam as well.  If you are currently feeling like everything is getting a bit harder, that people are stopping to spend and you can sense a wave of cancels or suspensions coming … this episode is going to help you not just stop those in their tracks but bring a WHOLE new wave of members through the door as well.  You’ll hear:  How to capture an ENTIRELY new market that you’ve probably never thought of  The $7 TRILLION DOLLAR Industry that you can ‘add on’ to your memberships with minimal overheads (EVEN if you’re a franchise)  What you can do to make sure your studio is the one thing that people don’t want to cancel  Why ads aren’t performing for you at the moment and what you can do instead  … and a whole lot more  Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza There is data that shows that people are MORE likely to stack supermarket shelves or drive an Uber on the weekend so they DON’T have to get rid of their gym membership and sauna sessions. 


So where are these members? And how can you get them into your studio?


Every quarter we like to look at what the data and trends are telling us about the industry so that our clients can continue to stay ahead of the curve, and the four things we found this month were SO good I couldn’t not share them with our Geronimo Unfiltered fam as well. 


If you are currently feeling like everything is getting a bit harder, that people are stopping to spend and you can sense a wave of cancels or suspensions coming … this episode is going to help you not just stop those in their tracks but bring a WHOLE new wave of members through the door as well. 


You’ll hear: 

  • How to capture an ENTIRELY new market that you’ve probably never thought of 
  • The $7 TRILLION DOLLAR Industry that you can ‘add on’ to your memberships with minimal overheads (EVEN if you’re a franchise) 
  • What you can do to make sure your studio is the one thing that people don’t want to cancel 
  • Why ads aren’t performing for you at the moment and what you can do instead 

… and a whole lot more 


Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1425 no Q&A: Should I Rebrand My Dying Studio + SO much more On today’s episode, we are answering YOUR questions. Tune in and you’ll hear: 01:29 - Whether you should keep investing in your struggling studio (of a certain brand…) OR rebrand to something sexier? 02:56 - Effective time management strategies if you are someone who struggles to keep to their tasks 08:25 - How you can make sure that your revenue growth doesn’t lead to MORE expenses   12:02 - How to track your profit effectively and the HUGE problem that can come from failing to do this 13:50 - Tips for maintaining a healthy cash flow so that you can finally have financial balance in your business 15:42 - How to get your team on board with hitting targets 18:13 - Ways to stop second-guessing yourself and build CONFIDENCE in your decision-making 21:46 - Strategies to help you spend time working ON your business rather than on the day-to-day management 31:41 - Our 5 non-negotiable daily habits that ENSURES we nail our weeks, every week … and a whole lot more  Listen to these episodes for more indepth answers and strategies: ➡️ 850 Members & 2.3% Churn Rate: Tribe’s Owner Reveals His Game-Changing Strategies ➡️ Triple Your Growth by Hiring THIS Staff Member ➡️ How to be a Better LEADER ➡️ Why Outsourcing your Confidence is the FASTEST Way to Close your Business Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 09 Jul 2024 19:00:00 -0000 full 1 62 TBC Studios On today’s episode, we are answering YOUR questions. Tune in and you’ll hear: 01:29 - Whether you should keep investing in your struggling studio (of a certain brand…) OR rebrand to something sexier? 02:56 - Effective time management strategies if you are someone who struggles to keep to their tasks 08:25 - How you can make sure that your revenue growth doesn’t lead to MORE expenses   12:02 - How to track your profit effectively and the HUGE problem that can come from failing to do this 13:50 - Tips for maintaining a healthy cash flow so that you can finally have financial balance in your business 15:42 - How to get your team on board with hitting targets 18:13 - Ways to stop second-guessing yourself and build CONFIDENCE in your decision-making 21:46 - Strategies to help you spend time working ON your business rather than on the day-to-day management 31:41 - Our 5 non-negotiable daily habits that ENSURES we nail our weeks, every week … and a whole lot more  Listen to these episodes for more indepth answers and strategies: ➡️ 850 Members & 2.3% Churn Rate: Tribe’s Owner Reveals His Game-Changing Strategies ➡️ Triple Your Growth by Hiring THIS Staff Member ➡️ How to be a Better LEADER ➡️ Why Outsourcing your Confidence is the FASTEST Way to Close your Business Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza On today’s episode, we are answering YOUR questions.


Tune in and you’ll hear:

  • 01:29 - Whether you should keep investing in your struggling studio (of a certain brand…) OR rebrand to something sexier?
  • 02:56 - Effective time management strategies if you are someone who struggles to keep to their tasks
  • 08:25 - How you can make sure that your revenue growth doesn’t lead to MORE expenses  
  • 12:02 - How to track your profit effectively and the HUGE problem that can come from failing to do this
  • 13:50 - Tips for maintaining a healthy cash flow so that you can finally have financial balance in your business
  • 15:42 - How to get your team on board with hitting targets
  • 18:13 - Ways to stop second-guessing yourself and build CONFIDENCE in your decision-making
  • 21:46 - Strategies to help you spend time working ON your business rather than on the day-to-day management
  • 31:41 - Our 5 non-negotiable daily habits that ENSURES we nail our weeks, every week

… and a whole lot more 


Listen to these episodes for more indepth answers and strategies:

➡️ 850 Members & 2.3% Churn Rate: Tribe’s Owner Reveals His Game-Changing Strategies

➡️ Triple Your Growth by Hiring THIS Staff Member

➡️ How to be a Better LEADER

➡️ Why Outsourcing your Confidence is the FASTEST Way to Close your Business


Prefer watching to listening? Check out the video version of the podcast here.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 2304 no Member Already Cancelled? This is what you need to do. What do you do when a member cancels their subscription? Do you a) put through the cancellation and move on with your life OR b) are you willing to give this tactic a go that might just get them to stay? Team, we’re coming into a new season and we all know what that means - cancellations begin to rise as motivation dips.  But it doesn’t have to be this way. We have a powerful FORMULA that not only has the power to change their minds, BUT even if they do - you’ll be able to replace them instantly. And it ALL happens in the Exit Interview. You’ll hear:  THE Exit Interview script (spoiler: it’s a gamechanger) The most powerful question you can ask that 9 times out of 10 will save the cancellation The secret offer that will bring them back in 3 months and cost you NOTHING! The real reason why people aren’t ever going to re-sign with your gym… … and a whole lot more  Want to stop your members from even wanting to cancel? Check out our episode on How to Bring a Member BACK from the Brink of Cancellation here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 02 Jul 2024 19:00:00 -0000 full 1 61 TBC Studios What do you do when a member cancels their subscription? Do you a) put through the cancellation and move on with your life OR b) are you willing to give this tactic a go that might just get them to stay? Team, we’re coming into a new season and we all know what that means - cancellations begin to rise as motivation dips.  But it doesn’t have to be this way. We have a powerful FORMULA that not only has the power to change their minds, BUT even if they do - you’ll be able to replace them instantly. And it ALL happens in the Exit Interview. You’ll hear:  THE Exit Interview script (spoiler: it’s a gamechanger) The most powerful question you can ask that 9 times out of 10 will save the cancellation The secret offer that will bring them back in 3 months and cost you NOTHING! The real reason why people aren’t ever going to re-sign with your gym… … and a whole lot more  Want to stop your members from even wanting to cancel? Check out our episode on How to Bring a Member BACK from the Brink of Cancellation here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza What do you do when a member cancels their subscription?


Do you a) put through the cancellation and move on with your life OR b) are you willing to give this tactic a go that might just get them to stay?


Team, we’re coming into a new season and we all know what that means - cancellations begin to rise as motivation dips. 


But it doesn’t have to be this way. We have a powerful FORMULA that not only has the power to change their minds, BUT even if they do - you’ll be able to replace them instantly.


And it ALL happens in the Exit Interview.


You’ll hear: 

  • THE Exit Interview script (spoiler: it’s a gamechanger)
  • The most powerful question you can ask that 9 times out of 10 will save the cancellation
  • The secret offer that will bring them back in 3 months and cost you NOTHING!
  • The real reason why people aren’t ever going to re-sign with your gym…


… and a whole lot more 


Want to stop your members from even wanting to cancel? Check out our episode on How to Bring a Member BACK from the Brink of Cancellation here.



WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1460 no How to Bring a Member BACK from the Brink of Cancellation Are you ready to enrich more lives, increase your member base, reduce your cancels and increase the lifetime value of each member? It’s time to curate the community at your gym because news flash, just because you own a gym… doesn't mean you have a community. You just have members. In today’s episode, we’re talking about how to differentiate your GYM from the one across the road. We’re breaking down the 5 types of members you have in your studio right now, how to identify them and how to get them MORE involved in your studio. And of course, we have a storytime about when we had to kick members OUT of the studio and cancel their memberships. You’ll hear:  The group of members in your gym that are at the HIGHEST risk of cancelling without warning (these NEED to be on your radar asap) How to kick members out of your studio without creating a fuss Why cancelling someone’s membership can SAVE you from the annoying as f*ck members who will try to get a refund out of you The text messages we sent to members to guarantee they would be back … and a whole lot more  WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 25 Jun 2024 19:00:00 -0000 full 1 60 TBC Studios Are you ready to enrich more lives, increase your member base, reduce your cancels and increase the lifetime value of each member? It’s time to curate the community at your gym because news flash, just because you own a gym… doesn't mean you have a community. You just have members. In today’s episode, we’re talking about how to differentiate your GYM from the one across the road. We’re breaking down the 5 types of members you have in your studio right now, how to identify them and how to get them MORE involved in your studio. And of course, we have a storytime about when we had to kick members OUT of the studio and cancel their memberships. You’ll hear:  The group of members in your gym that are at the HIGHEST risk of cancelling without warning (these NEED to be on your radar asap) How to kick members out of your studio without creating a fuss Why cancelling someone’s membership can SAVE you from the annoying as f*ck members who will try to get a refund out of you The text messages we sent to members to guarantee they would be back … and a whole lot more  WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Are you ready to enrich more lives, increase your member base, reduce your cancels and increase the lifetime value of each member?


It’s time to curate the community at your gym because news flash, just because you own a gym… doesn't mean you have a community. You just have members.


In today’s episode, we’re talking about how to differentiate your GYM from the one across the road. We’re breaking down the 5 types of members you have in your studio right now, how to identify them and how to get them MORE involved in your studio. And of course, we have a storytime about when we had to kick members OUT of the studio and cancel their memberships.


You’ll hear: 

  • The group of members in your gym that are at the HIGHEST risk of cancelling without warning (these NEED to be on your radar asap)
  • How to kick members out of your studio without creating a fuss
  • Why cancelling someone’s membership can SAVE you from the annoying as f*ck members who will try to get a refund out of you
  • The text messages we sent to members to guarantee they would be back

… and a whole lot more 


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 2230 no The Team Handbook: What It Is and WHY Your Studio Needs It There is only ONE document that is going to ALIGN your team and BOOST team culture. It’s the Team Handbook. I’ve spoken about the Team Handbook before on the pod but Soph and I have never gone into detail about EXACTLY what is in it, and how it helped take our studio from good to #1 in the area. This handbook is your key to: Aligning your team: Get everyone on the same page, ensuring consistency across ALL trainer sessions. Boosting team culture: Build a team that cares about the studio just as much as you do. Creating accountability: Empower your trainers and hold them to the Handbook standards. You’ll hear:  What’s on the FIRST PAGE of our handbook (this is the exact inspo you need to get started… no more getting stuck on where to begin) Prompts to craft YOUR unique mission statement The page that will make your team start WANTING to take accountability  … and a whole lot more  And what’s even better? If you write up a draft handbook in the next 30 days… I’ll give you feedback for free. Message me at @hey.doza. If you need some inspiration, grab our Handbook framework here. Books mentioned: BE 2.0 by Jim Collins Good to Great by Jim Collins Built to Last by Jim Collins WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 18 Jun 2024 19:00:00 -0000 full 1 59 TBC Studios There is only ONE document that is going to ALIGN your team and BOOST team culture. It’s the Team Handbook. I’ve spoken about the Team Handbook before on the pod but Soph and I have never gone into detail about EXACTLY what is in it, and how it helped take our studio from good to #1 in the area. This handbook is your key to: Aligning your team: Get everyone on the same page, ensuring consistency across ALL trainer sessions. Boosting team culture: Build a team that cares about the studio just as much as you do. Creating accountability: Empower your trainers and hold them to the Handbook standards. You’ll hear:  What’s on the FIRST PAGE of our handbook (this is the exact inspo you need to get started… no more getting stuck on where to begin) Prompts to craft YOUR unique mission statement The page that will make your team start WANTING to take accountability  … and a whole lot more  And what’s even better? If you write up a draft handbook in the next 30 days… I’ll give you feedback for free. Message me at @hey.doza. If you need some inspiration, grab our Handbook framework here. Books mentioned: BE 2.0 by Jim Collins Good to Great by Jim Collins Built to Last by Jim Collins WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza There is only ONE document that is going to ALIGN your team and BOOST team culture.


It’s the Team Handbook.

I’ve spoken about the Team Handbook before on the pod but Soph and I have never gone into detail about EXACTLY what is in it, and how it helped take our studio from good to #1 in the area.


This handbook is your key to:


Aligning your team: Get everyone on the same page, ensuring consistency across ALL trainer sessions.

Boosting team culture: Build a team that cares about the studio just as much as you do.

Creating accountability: Empower your trainers and hold them to the Handbook standards.


You’ll hear: 

  • What’s on the FIRST PAGE of our handbook (this is the exact inspo you need to get started… no more getting stuck on where to begin)
  • Prompts to craft YOUR unique mission statement
  • The page that will make your team start WANTING to take accountability 

… and a whole lot more 


And what’s even better? If you write up a draft handbook in the next 30 days… I’ll give you feedback for free. Message me at @hey.doza.

If you need some inspiration, grab our Handbook framework here.


Books mentioned:


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1971 no How YOU Can Become a Better Coach & Does QLD Origin Coach Josh Hannay Have Any Regrets? Last week we played Part One of our Episode with Josh Hannay who played professional Rugby back in the 1990s and 2000s and is currently assistant coach of the Cronulla Sharks in the NRL and Coach for the Qld Maroons.  Not only that, but he is a QLD Origin Coach and they’ve just SMASHED the Blues 38-10 in the opening match.  In this episode, we spoke about how to get your team to win even if the odds are against them, the pressure of being a coach and what actually sets the people who make it, apart.  Today we’re back with Part Two where we give you some tactical advice you can apply so that you can coach your team better but also create a culture where high performance thrives.  You’ll hear:  How to Have TOUGH conversations when people aren’t performing  Why you should NEVER use the word ‘Good’  The Two Pillars that set apart winning and losing teams  … and a whole lot more  Listen to Part 1 Here  Apple Spotify  WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 11 Jun 2024 19:00:00 -0000 full 1 58 TBC Studios Last week we played Part One of our Episode with Josh Hannay who played professional Rugby back in the 1990s and 2000s and is currently assistant coach of the Cronulla Sharks in the NRL and Coach for the Qld Maroons.  Not only that, but he is a QLD Origin Coach and they’ve just SMASHED the Blues 38-10 in the opening match.  In this episode, we spoke about how to get your team to win even if the odds are against them, the pressure of being a coach and what actually sets the people who make it, apart.  Today we’re back with Part Two where we give you some tactical advice you can apply so that you can coach your team better but also create a culture where high performance thrives.  You’ll hear:  How to Have TOUGH conversations when people aren’t performing  Why you should NEVER use the word ‘Good’  The Two Pillars that set apart winning and losing teams  … and a whole lot more  Listen to Part 1 Here  Apple Spotify  WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Last week we played Part One of our Episode with Josh Hannay who played professional Rugby back in the 1990s and 2000s and is currently assistant coach of the Cronulla Sharks in the NRL and Coach for the Qld Maroons. 


Not only that, but he is a QLD Origin Coach and they’ve just SMASHED the Blues 38-10 in the opening match. 


In this episode, we spoke about how to get your team to win even if the odds are against them, the pressure of being a coach and what actually sets the people who make it, apart. 


Today we’re back with Part Two where we give you some tactical advice you can apply so that you can coach your team better but also create a culture where high performance thrives. 


You’ll hear: 

  • How to Have TOUGH conversations when people aren’t performing 
  • Why you should NEVER use the word ‘Good’ 
  • The Two Pillars that set apart winning and losing teams 

… and a whole lot more 


Listen to Part 1 Here 

Apple

Spotify 


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1903 no How to Set Your Team Up to Win with NRL Coach Josh Hannay What can we learn from a PROFESSIONAL Coach? This week we’re joined by Josh Hannay, who played professional Rugby back in the 1990s and 2000s and is currently assistant coach of the Cronulla Sharks in the NRL and Coach for the Qld Maroons. We wanted to know what it really takes to coach and train at an elite level and what ‘clues’ performers at this level leave for the rest of us.  We get really unfiltered in this one and had to split the episode up into two parts, so if you love this and you want to know how to have tough conversations and what it really takes to be a great leader make sure you hit follow so you don’t miss Part Two!  You’ll hear:  How to Get Your Team (and yourself) to WIN when EVERYTHING is stacked against you  The secret ingredient for long-term success, even more critical than winning itself How Josh got into coaching and the moment that it almost DIDN’T happen   What sets people apart who make it … and those that don’t  … and a whole lot more  WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 04 Jun 2024 19:00:00 -0000 full 1 57 TBC Studios What can we learn from a PROFESSIONAL Coach? This week we’re joined by Josh Hannay, who played professional Rugby back in the 1990s and 2000s and is currently assistant coach of the Cronulla Sharks in the NRL and Coach for the Qld Maroons. We wanted to know what it really takes to coach and train at an elite level and what ‘clues’ performers at this level leave for the rest of us.  We get really unfiltered in this one and had to split the episode up into two parts, so if you love this and you want to know how to have tough conversations and what it really takes to be a great leader make sure you hit follow so you don’t miss Part Two!  You’ll hear:  How to Get Your Team (and yourself) to WIN when EVERYTHING is stacked against you  The secret ingredient for long-term success, even more critical than winning itself How Josh got into coaching and the moment that it almost DIDN’T happen   What sets people apart who make it … and those that don’t  … and a whole lot more  WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza What can we learn from a PROFESSIONAL Coach?


This week we’re joined by Josh Hannay, who played professional Rugby back in the 1990s and 2000s and is currently assistant coach of the Cronulla Sharks in the NRL and Coach for the Qld Maroons. We wanted to know what it really takes to coach and train at an elite level and what ‘clues’ performers at this level leave for the rest of us. 


We get really unfiltered in this one and had to split the episode up into two parts, so if you love this and you want to know how to have tough conversations and what it really takes to be a great leader make sure you hit follow so you don’t miss Part Two! 


You’ll hear: 

  • How to Get Your Team (and yourself) to WIN when EVERYTHING is stacked against you 
  • The secret ingredient for long-term success, even more critical than winning itself
  • How Josh got into coaching and the moment that it almost DIDN’T happen  
  • What sets people apart who make it … and those that don’t 

… and a whole lot more 


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 2565 no How to Go From 2-3 Leads a Week to 2-3 Leads a Day Are your leads a problem? Do you either have not enough of them OR the ones you have are rubbish quality?  Today I’m going to be talking to you about how to fix this, and the reason I’m doing THIS particular episode and giving you everything you need to fix it (for free) is because in FB Groups lately the only posts I’m seeing are people shutting down OR people getting ripped off by their ads agencies and STILL having lead issues, so I want to do something about it.  When we look at people’s accounts there are usually 3 things that we see straight away that are the key reason things aren’t working, the best news about these three things. They’re pretty easy to fix (in fact you can do it within 7 days) AND I’m going to give you the step by step on how.  You’ll hear:  How to tell if you’re currently wasting money on your ads  Why you keep getting terrible leads, and how to fix it How you can get MORE of your perfect members who actually want to pay you money The questions your ad agency needs to be able to answer  … and a whole lot more  If you want to get rid of your ads agency and get access to what we KNOW is working right now in the industry, all of the templates, scripts and support you need to not only generate 2-3 leads a DAY but also know how to convert them join the academy here for $100 a week. Be quick as prices will go up, If you’re not sure if this is your right next step or if you have a lead problem reach out at @hey.doza Listen to our episode where I break down gym math and 6 profit levers you can pull in 2024 on Apple and Spotify  WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 28 May 2024 20:22:00 -0000 full 1 56 TBC Studios Are your leads a problem? Do you either have not enough of them OR the ones you have are rubbish quality?  Today I’m going to be talking to you about how to fix this, and the reason I’m doing THIS particular episode and giving you everything you need to fix it (for free) is because in FB Groups lately the only posts I’m seeing are people shutting down OR people getting ripped off by their ads agencies and STILL having lead issues, so I want to do something about it.  When we look at people’s accounts there are usually 3 things that we see straight away that are the key reason things aren’t working, the best news about these three things. They’re pretty easy to fix (in fact you can do it within 7 days) AND I’m going to give you the step by step on how.  You’ll hear:  How to tell if you’re currently wasting money on your ads  Why you keep getting terrible leads, and how to fix it How you can get MORE of your perfect members who actually want to pay you money The questions your ad agency needs to be able to answer  … and a whole lot more  If you want to get rid of your ads agency and get access to what we KNOW is working right now in the industry, all of the templates, scripts and support you need to not only generate 2-3 leads a DAY but also know how to convert them join the academy here for $100 a week. Be quick as prices will go up, If you’re not sure if this is your right next step or if you have a lead problem reach out at @hey.doza Listen to our episode where I break down gym math and 6 profit levers you can pull in 2024 on Apple and Spotify  WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Are your leads a problem?


Do you either have not enough of them OR the ones you have are rubbish quality? 


Today I’m going to be talking to you about how to fix this, and the reason I’m doing THIS particular episode and giving you everything you need to fix it (for free) is because in FB Groups lately the only posts I’m seeing are people shutting down OR people getting ripped off by their ads agencies and STILL having lead issues, so I want to do something about it. 


When we look at people’s accounts there are usually 3 things that we see straight away that are the key reason things aren’t working, the best news about these three things. They’re pretty easy to fix (in fact you can do it within 7 days) AND I’m going to give you the step by step on how. 


You’ll hear: 

  • How to tell if you’re currently wasting money on your ads 
  • Why you keep getting terrible leads, and how to fix it
  • How you can get MORE of your perfect members who actually want to pay you money
  • The questions your ad agency needs to be able to answer 

… and a whole lot more 


If you want to get rid of your ads agency and get access to what we KNOW is working right now in the industry, all of the templates, scripts and support you need to not only generate 2-3 leads a DAY but also know how to convert them join the academy here for $100 a week.


Be quick as prices will go up, If you’re not sure if this is your right next step or if you have a lead problem reach out at @hey.doza


Listen to our episode where I break down gym math and 6 profit levers you can pull in 2024 on Apple and Spotify 


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 2702 no 850 Members & 2.3% Churn Rate: Tribe's Owner Reveals His Game-Changing Strategies If you had the opportunity to meet with the GREATEST NRL Coach for business advice but you had to pay $10k for 30 minutes, would you do it? Mark Capelin (also known as Cappo), owner of Tribe Social Fitness did and it’s one of the MANY things that sets him apart and makes him far from the average. Having reached ELITE studio status, Cappo has 850 ENGAGED members with a churn rate of 2.3% and he’s determined to get that EVEN lower.  You’ll hear:  The incredible story of how Cappo set up his first studio One thing you need to do IMMEDIATELY when you start your first gym (it’s going to save you SO much time and stress) 2 UNBELIEVABLE stories from his meeting with the NRL Coach that changed the way he ran his WHOLE business…  The three big things Cappo swears by to free up his time and focus on the big picture Cappo's unconventional hiring method that keeps his staff staying with him for the LONG-HAUL … and a whole lot more  Check out Tribe Social Fitness on IG @tribesocialfitness or www.tribesocialfitness.com WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Wed, 22 May 2024 04:52:00 -0000 full 1 55 TBC Studios If you had the opportunity to meet with the GREATEST NRL Coach for business advice but you had to pay $10k for 30 minutes, would you do it? Mark Capelin (also known as Cappo), owner of Tribe Social Fitness did and it’s one of the MANY things that sets him apart and makes him far from the average. Having reached ELITE studio status, Cappo has 850 ENGAGED members with a churn rate of 2.3% and he’s determined to get that EVEN lower.  You’ll hear:  The incredible story of how Cappo set up his first studio One thing you need to do IMMEDIATELY when you start your first gym (it’s going to save you SO much time and stress) 2 UNBELIEVABLE stories from his meeting with the NRL Coach that changed the way he ran his WHOLE business…  The three big things Cappo swears by to free up his time and focus on the big picture Cappo's unconventional hiring method that keeps his staff staying with him for the LONG-HAUL … and a whole lot more  Check out Tribe Social Fitness on IG @tribesocialfitness or www.tribesocialfitness.com WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza If you had the opportunity to meet with the GREATEST NRL Coach for business advice but you had to pay $10k for 30 minutes, would you do it?


Mark Capelin (also known as Cappo), owner of Tribe Social Fitness did and it’s one of the MANY things that sets him apart and makes him far from the average. Having reached ELITE studio status, Cappo has 850 ENGAGED members with a churn rate of 2.3% and he’s determined to get that EVEN lower. 


You’ll hear: 

  • The incredible story of how Cappo set up his first studio
  • One thing you need to do IMMEDIATELY when you start your first gym (it’s going to save you SO much time and stress)
  • 2 UNBELIEVABLE stories from his meeting with the NRL Coach that changed the way he ran his WHOLE business… 
  • The three big things Cappo swears by to free up his time and focus on the big picture
  • Cappo's unconventional hiring method that keeps his staff staying with him for the LONG-HAUL

… and a whole lot more 


Check out Tribe Social Fitness on IG @tribesocialfitness or www.tribesocialfitness.com


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 3652 no ANSWER: 3 Steps to Save Your Studio and Get BACK on Top So you listened to the last episode and you are READY to GET OUT of the death spiral and BACK into making a profit and LOVING your studio. The good news is that there are THREE things, you can work on TODAY that will get you back on track and become a LEADER in your field, just like Liv. The even better news? It only takes 6 weeks. You’ll hear:  Why following the advice of your HQ is LOSING YOU MONEY and what to do instead The investment you NEED to make to INCREASE your profit (and they’ll pay for themselves) A REAL story about a client who followed these steps and is the owner of TWO successful studios growing month-on-month … and a whole lot more Watch along at home with the video version here. Get your FREE GROWTH GAME PLAN for your gym or fitness studio here. DO NOT MISS THIS. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Wed, 15 May 2024 19:00:00 -0000 full 1 54 TBC Studios So you listened to the last episode and you are READY to GET OUT of the death spiral and BACK into making a profit and LOVING your studio. The good news is that there are THREE things, you can work on TODAY that will get you back on track and become a LEADER in your field, just like Liv. The even better news? It only takes 6 weeks. You’ll hear:  Why following the advice of your HQ is LOSING YOU MONEY and what to do instead The investment you NEED to make to INCREASE your profit (and they’ll pay for themselves) A REAL story about a client who followed these steps and is the owner of TWO successful studios growing month-on-month … and a whole lot more Watch along at home with the video version here. Get your FREE GROWTH GAME PLAN for your gym or fitness studio here. DO NOT MISS THIS. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza So you listened to the last episode and you are READY to GET OUT of the death spiral and BACK into making a profit and LOVING your studio.


The good news is that there are THREE things, you can work on TODAY that will get you back on track and become a LEADER in your field, just like Liv.


The even better news? It only takes 6 weeks.


You’ll hear: 

  • Why following the advice of your HQ is LOSING YOU MONEY and what to do instead
  • The investment you NEED to make to INCREASE your profit (and they’ll pay for themselves)
  • A REAL story about a client who followed these steps and is the owner of TWO successful studios growing month-on-month

… and a whole lot more


Watch along at home with the video version here.

Get your FREE GROWTH GAME PLAN for your gym or fitness studio here. DO NOT MISS THIS.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1275 no QUESTION: Are You on the Brink of Burnout and Studio Closure? I just got off a call with INCREDIBLE studio owners who have a heart of gold but they are almost done…. They’re mentally and PHYSICALLY exhausted and they know their studios are months away from closing down. Feel like you? Listen to this episode if you: Have tried everything you can think of but are still not making a profit Have stopped paying yourself to pay your trainers STILL have the fight you and you’re just missing the HOW Watch along at home with the video version here. Get your FREE GROWTH GAME PLAN for your gym or fitness studio here. DO NOT MISS THIS. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 14 May 2024 19:00:00 -0000 full 1 53 TBC Studios I just got off a call with INCREDIBLE studio owners who have a heart of gold but they are almost done…. They’re mentally and PHYSICALLY exhausted and they know their studios are months away from closing down. Feel like you? Listen to this episode if you: Have tried everything you can think of but are still not making a profit Have stopped paying yourself to pay your trainers STILL have the fight you and you’re just missing the HOW Watch along at home with the video version here. Get your FREE GROWTH GAME PLAN for your gym or fitness studio here. DO NOT MISS THIS. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza I just got off a call with INCREDIBLE studio owners who have a heart of gold but they are almost done…. They’re mentally and PHYSICALLY exhausted and they know their studios are months away from closing down.


Feel like you?


Listen to this episode if you:

  • Have tried everything you can think of but are still not making a profit
  • Have stopped paying yourself to pay your trainers
  • STILL have the fight you and you’re just missing the HOW


Watch along at home with the video version here.

Get your FREE GROWTH GAME PLAN for your gym or fitness studio here. DO NOT MISS THIS.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1080 no Are Gyms Still Making Money? “Is it profitable to own a gym in 2024?” “Is a gym a good business to start?” “Is the fitness industry growing?” These are some of the MOST searched questions on Google about gyms and their profitability. The reality is… YES. Gym owners ARE making money right now and YES it can be profitable. The fitness industry is valued at around $244 billion and is expanding at a rate of 5% to 10% PER year. “Okay, but those gym owners are just LUCKY.”  That’s where you’re wrong. They’re not lucky, they’re not mythical creatures, and it's certainly not due because of the network they’re a part of. They’ve put in the work. They’ve stopped blaming external circumstances and put PROCESSES into place so that they can GROW their business.  In this episode, I’m diving deep into how successful the fitness industry can be IF you can only think and work like a BUSINESS OWNER. You’ll hear:  Stats that PROVE the profitability of the fitness industry The net margin that you can EASILY reach in your studio What the SUCCESSFUL studios are doing that sets them apart from their competition Why you’re earning money but your studio has STOPPED growing … and a whole lot more  Queue up these episodes next: 🎧The Four Levels of Business: The Path to Owning MULTIPLE 7-Figure Studios 🎧You Will NOT Grow With a Team Full of Casuals 🎧Structure Your Week Like This and You Will Make MORE Money 🎧 Triple Your Growth by Hiring THIS Staff Member WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 07 May 2024 19:00:00 -0000 full 1 52 TBC Studios “Is it profitable to own a gym in 2024?” “Is a gym a good business to start?” “Is the fitness industry growing?” These are some of the MOST searched questions on Google about gyms and their profitability. The reality is… YES. Gym owners ARE making money right now and YES it can be profitable. The fitness industry is valued at around $244 billion and is expanding at a rate of 5% to 10% PER year. “Okay, but those gym owners are just LUCKY.”  That’s where you’re wrong. They’re not lucky, they’re not mythical creatures, and it's certainly not due because of the network they’re a part of. They’ve put in the work. They’ve stopped blaming external circumstances and put PROCESSES into place so that they can GROW their business.  In this episode, I’m diving deep into how successful the fitness industry can be IF you can only think and work like a BUSINESS OWNER. You’ll hear:  Stats that PROVE the profitability of the fitness industry The net margin that you can EASILY reach in your studio What the SUCCESSFUL studios are doing that sets them apart from their competition Why you’re earning money but your studio has STOPPED growing … and a whole lot more  Queue up these episodes next: 🎧The Four Levels of Business: The Path to Owning MULTIPLE 7-Figure Studios 🎧You Will NOT Grow With a Team Full of Casuals 🎧Structure Your Week Like This and You Will Make MORE Money 🎧 Triple Your Growth by Hiring THIS Staff Member WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza “Is it profitable to own a gym in 2024?”

“Is a gym a good business to start?”

“Is the fitness industry growing?”


These are some of the MOST searched questions on Google about gyms and their profitability.


The reality is… YES. Gym owners ARE making money right now and YES it can be profitable. The fitness industry is valued at around $244 billion and is expanding at a rate of 5% to 10% PER year.


“Okay, but those gym owners are just LUCKY.” 


That’s where you’re wrong. They’re not lucky, they’re not mythical creatures, and it's certainly not due because of the network they’re a part of.


They’ve put in the work. They’ve stopped blaming external circumstances and put PROCESSES into place so that they can GROW their business. 


In this episode, I’m diving deep into how successful the fitness industry can be IF you can only think and work like a BUSINESS OWNER.


You’ll hear: 

  • Stats that PROVE the profitability of the fitness industry
  • The net margin that you can EASILY reach in your studio
  • What the SUCCESSFUL studios are doing that sets them apart from their competition
  • Why you’re earning money but your studio has STOPPED growing

… and a whole lot more 


Queue up these episodes next:

🎧The Four Levels of Business: The Path to Owning MULTIPLE 7-Figure Studios

🎧You Will NOT Grow With a Team Full of Casuals

🎧Structure Your Week Like This and You Will Make MORE Money

🎧 Triple Your Growth by Hiring THIS Staff Member


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1462 no How They Did It: Alex & Alita from Soul Fit’s 18 Year Success Story On today’s podcast,  we are introducing a brand new series, where we interview REAL gym owners with the focus of bringing their stories and experiences to the pod so that you can know EXACTLY what is possible for you. Kicking off this series is the dynamic duo Alex and Alita who have owned Soul Fit for an impressive 18 YEARS. Alex and Alita have curated a studio with an incredible bond, so much so that when their gym flooded a few weekends ago, members immediately drove down to the space to help clean up the studio. They know all of their members INDIVIDUALLY and yet are still in a position to be able to work 4x days a week, and they aim to reduce that even further. How did they achieve this balance, and what lessons can you learn from their success? Tune in to find out. You’ll hear:  How they created incredible relationships with their members The motivation that has kept them going for 18 YEARS The steps they took to get OUT of the dark moments in their business and get back on their feet Why the size of your studio will impact your business in ways you haven’t considered  How they were able to get their TIME back and reduce their hours in the business … and a whole lot more  Want to learn more about Soul Fit? Check out their IG @soulfitwoonona or over on Facebook and their website https://soulfitwoonona.com/ In this episode, we mentioned our mindset episodes with NLP Coach Kylie Ryan. Check out Part One and Part Two to learn more about what might be holding you back. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Find out more about working with Geronimo at thegeronimoacademy.com Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 30 Apr 2024 19:00:00 -0000 full 1 51 TBC Studios On today’s podcast,  we are introducing a brand new series, where we interview REAL gym owners with the focus of bringing their stories and experiences to the pod so that you can know EXACTLY what is possible for you. Kicking off this series is the dynamic duo Alex and Alita who have owned Soul Fit for an impressive 18 YEARS. Alex and Alita have curated a studio with an incredible bond, so much so that when their gym flooded a few weekends ago, members immediately drove down to the space to help clean up the studio. They know all of their members INDIVIDUALLY and yet are still in a position to be able to work 4x days a week, and they aim to reduce that even further. How did they achieve this balance, and what lessons can you learn from their success? Tune in to find out. You’ll hear:  How they created incredible relationships with their members The motivation that has kept them going for 18 YEARS The steps they took to get OUT of the dark moments in their business and get back on their feet Why the size of your studio will impact your business in ways you haven’t considered  How they were able to get their TIME back and reduce their hours in the business … and a whole lot more  Want to learn more about Soul Fit? Check out their IG @soulfitwoonona or over on Facebook and their website https://soulfitwoonona.com/ In this episode, we mentioned our mindset episodes with NLP Coach Kylie Ryan. Check out Part One and Part Two to learn more about what might be holding you back. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Find out more about working with Geronimo at thegeronimoacademy.com Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza On today’s podcast,  we are introducing a brand new series, where we interview REAL gym owners with the focus of bringing their stories and experiences to the pod so that you can know EXACTLY what is possible for you.


Kicking off this series is the dynamic duo Alex and Alita who have owned Soul Fit for an impressive 18 YEARS. Alex and Alita have curated a studio with an incredible bond, so much so that when their gym flooded a few weekends ago, members immediately drove down to the space to help clean up the studio.


They know all of their members INDIVIDUALLY and yet are still in a position to be able to work 4x days a week, and they aim to reduce that even further. How did they achieve this balance, and what lessons can you learn from their success?


Tune in to find out.


You’ll hear: 

  • How they created incredible relationships with their members
  • The motivation that has kept them going for 18 YEARS
  • The steps they took to get OUT of the dark moments in their business and get back on their feet
  • Why the size of your studio will impact your business in ways you haven’t considered 
  • How they were able to get their TIME back and reduce their hours in the business

… and a whole lot more 


Want to learn more about Soul Fit? Check out their IG @soulfitwoonona or over on Facebook and their website https://soulfitwoonona.com/


In this episode, we mentioned our mindset episodes with NLP Coach Kylie Ryan. Check out Part One and Part Two to learn more about what might be holding you back.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Find out more about working with Geronimo at thegeronimoacademy.com
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 2508 no Creating a Superstar Trainer That BOOKS Out Classes with Pete Day Studios constantly tell us that their group sessions are a massive “vibe”.  But if you don’t have any way to quantify the quality of their sessions… how do you know if your trainers are ACTUALLY creating a community in your studio rather than just wandering around with an iPad? The studios that don’t know, are the same studios going broke.  We say it time and time again… your members don’t give a shit about your ski erg. Most of them don’t really care about your program either. What they DO care about - is being part of a community. And the BEST way to do this, is to have trainers that are actively building relationships with the members because then guess what?  They’ll keep coming back. But how do you implement this? Joining me on today’s poddy is the one and only Pete Day. Pete Day (PD or Pedro to some) is known for being a 3x time F45 Playoffs Fitness Competition Champion and World Record Holder AND owning two of the most successful F45 gyms in Sydney. Suffice it to say, he knows his stuff. Join us as we talk about how to get your trainers NAILING their group sessions, how you can measure the success of your trainer's programs AND the most common problems members face at studios so you can make sure you’re not part of the problem. You’ll also hear:  The 3 pillars that will transform your ‘good’ trainer into one that people LOOK FORWARD to training with How to get the member who HATES feedback to engage in your classes How to create ‘coachable experiences’ that will stay with your members for a LIFETIME … and a whole lot more  Download our 5* Trainer Scorecard and get those trainers to memorable status ASAP. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 23 Apr 2024 19:00:00 -0000 full 1 50 TBC Studios Studios constantly tell us that their group sessions are a massive “vibe”.  But if you don’t have any way to quantify the quality of their sessions… how do you know if your trainers are ACTUALLY creating a community in your studio rather than just wandering around with an iPad? The studios that don’t know, are the same studios going broke.  We say it time and time again… your members don’t give a shit about your ski erg. Most of them don’t really care about your program either. What they DO care about - is being part of a community. And the BEST way to do this, is to have trainers that are actively building relationships with the members because then guess what?  They’ll keep coming back. But how do you implement this? Joining me on today’s poddy is the one and only Pete Day. Pete Day (PD or Pedro to some) is known for being a 3x time F45 Playoffs Fitness Competition Champion and World Record Holder AND owning two of the most successful F45 gyms in Sydney. Suffice it to say, he knows his stuff. Join us as we talk about how to get your trainers NAILING their group sessions, how you can measure the success of your trainer's programs AND the most common problems members face at studios so you can make sure you’re not part of the problem. You’ll also hear:  The 3 pillars that will transform your ‘good’ trainer into one that people LOOK FORWARD to training with How to get the member who HATES feedback to engage in your classes How to create ‘coachable experiences’ that will stay with your members for a LIFETIME … and a whole lot more  Download our 5* Trainer Scorecard and get those trainers to memorable status ASAP. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Studios constantly tell us that their group sessions are a massive “vibe”. 


But if you don’t have any way to quantify the quality of their sessions… how do you know if your trainers are ACTUALLY creating a community in your studio rather than just wandering around with an iPad?


The studios that don’t know, are the same studios going broke. 


We say it time and time again… your members don’t give a shit about your ski erg. Most of them don’t really care about your program either. What they DO care about - is being part of a community. And the BEST way to do this, is to have trainers that are actively building relationships with the members because then guess what? 


They’ll keep coming back.


But how do you implement this? Joining me on today’s poddy is the one and only Pete Day.

Pete Day (PD or Pedro to some) is known for being a 3x time F45 Playoffs Fitness Competition Champion and World Record Holder AND owning two of the most successful F45 gyms in Sydney.


Suffice it to say, he knows his stuff.


Join us as we talk about how to get your trainers NAILING their group sessions, how you can measure the success of your trainer's programs AND the most common problems members face at studios so you can make sure you’re not part of the problem.


You’ll also hear: 

  • The 3 pillars that will transform your ‘good’ trainer into one that people LOOK FORWARD to training with
  • How to get the member who HATES feedback to engage in your classes
  • How to create ‘coachable experiences’ that will stay with your members for a LIFETIME

… and a whole lot more 


Download our 5* Trainer Scorecard and get those trainers to memorable status ASAP.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 3048 no You Will NOT Grow With a Team of Casuals Do you feel like you’re constantly pushing but still not getting results? OR maybe you don’t have the team yet and want to know how to even begin to structure the studio? OR maybe… you’re scared that if you have all of these staff members… what will you do? On today’s poddy, Soph and I are tackling some of our studios' most commonly asked questions - how to find AND grow a high-performing team. And let me tell you, we’ve never met a happy owner of a 7-figure studio with a team full of casuals. When we owned a studio that had a line out the door for our classes… We had created a team that was built like a sports team and EVERYONE had a role on the field that was optimised for their strengths. It’s all about having your staff understand their unique role within your business. This is the Million-dollar Team Structure. You’ll hear:  The EXACT team members and positions we recommend hiring The BEST thing that you can do to build relationships with your members A case study of a studio that made 88 sales in its first month using this structure… Two key roles that practically pay for themselves … and a whole lot more  Queue up these episodes next: ➡️Triple Your Growth by Hiring THIS Staff Member ➡️How to Be a BETTER Leader ➡️How You Can Support Your Manager - From a Gym Manager ➡️You Will Hit Your KPIs CONSISTENTLY if You Do This ONE Thing WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 16 Apr 2024 19:00:00 -0000 full 1 49 TBC Studios Do you feel like you’re constantly pushing but still not getting results? OR maybe you don’t have the team yet and want to know how to even begin to structure the studio? OR maybe… you’re scared that if you have all of these staff members… what will you do? On today’s poddy, Soph and I are tackling some of our studios' most commonly asked questions - how to find AND grow a high-performing team. And let me tell you, we’ve never met a happy owner of a 7-figure studio with a team full of casuals. When we owned a studio that had a line out the door for our classes… We had created a team that was built like a sports team and EVERYONE had a role on the field that was optimised for their strengths. It’s all about having your staff understand their unique role within your business. This is the Million-dollar Team Structure. You’ll hear:  The EXACT team members and positions we recommend hiring The BEST thing that you can do to build relationships with your members A case study of a studio that made 88 sales in its first month using this structure… Two key roles that practically pay for themselves … and a whole lot more  Queue up these episodes next: ➡️Triple Your Growth by Hiring THIS Staff Member ➡️How to Be a BETTER Leader ➡️How You Can Support Your Manager - From a Gym Manager ➡️You Will Hit Your KPIs CONSISTENTLY if You Do This ONE Thing WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Do you feel like you’re constantly pushing but still not getting results?

OR maybe you don’t have the team yet and want to know how to even begin to structure the studio?

OR maybe… you’re scared that if you have all of these staff members… what will you do?


On today’s poddy, Soph and I are tackling some of our studios' most commonly asked questions - how to find AND grow a high-performing team. And let me tell you, we’ve never met a happy owner of a 7-figure studio with a team full of casuals.


When we owned a studio that had a line out the door for our classes… We had created a team that was built like a sports team and EVERYONE had a role on the field that was optimised for their strengths. It’s all about having your staff understand their unique role within your business.


This is the Million-dollar Team Structure.


You’ll hear: 

  • The EXACT team members and positions we recommend hiring
  • The BEST thing that you can do to build relationships with your members
  • A case study of a studio that made 88 sales in its first month using this structure…
  • Two key roles that practically pay for themselves

… and a whole lot more 


Queue up these episodes next:

➡️Triple Your Growth by Hiring THIS Staff Member

➡️How to Be a BETTER Leader

➡️How You Can Support Your Manager - From a Gym Manager

➡️You Will Hit Your KPIs CONSISTENTLY if You Do This ONE Thing


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1754 no Structure Your Week Like This and You Will Make MORE Money If you want to become the top 2% of fitness studios you can’t waste time like average people do. So many gym owners don’t have any weekly structure. They roll into the week and go from fire to fire with a hose. There is no game plan, no strategy, just survival. But that doesn’t have to be you. Today I am walking you through the EXACT structure you need to get results and the best part? It’s only going to take you the time it takes to drink a double espresso. Once you’ve listened to this episode, not only are you going to feel MORE confident but feel like you can actually get shit done - so that you can get to the next level in your business. This is what we call the Calendar of a CEO. You’ll hear:  Four daily tasks proven to boost your sales Strategies to MAXIMISE your time (we all have the same 24 hours…) so that you can work on making money The 3 time slots that you should be calling your clients - they will pick up. … and a whole lot more  If you do the 30-Day High Sales Converter Challenge, every day for 30 days… send me a message at @hey.doza and I will throw in a FREE customised roadmap for you + so much more.  Are you still struggling with time management? Go back and queue up the episode You Will Hit Your KPIs Consistently if You Do This One Thing. We talk about the 4 step framework that is going to get you 40% of your time back. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 09 Apr 2024 18:00:00 -0000 Structure Your Week Like This and You Will Make MORE Money full 1 48 TBC Studios If you want to become the top 2% of fitness studios you can’t waste time like average people do. So many gym owners don’t have any weekly structure. They roll into the week and go from fire to fire with a hose. There is no game plan, no strategy, just survival. But that doesn’t have to be you. Today I am walking you through the EXACT structure you need to get results and the best part? It’s only going to take you the time it takes to drink a double espresso. Once you’ve listened to this episode, not only are you going to feel MORE confident but feel like you can actually get shit done - so that you can get to the next level in your business. This is what we call the Calendar of a CEO. You’ll hear:  Four daily tasks proven to boost your sales Strategies to MAXIMISE your time (we all have the same 24 hours…) so that you can work on making money The 3 time slots that you should be calling your clients - they will pick up. … and a whole lot more  If you do the 30-Day High Sales Converter Challenge, every day for 30 days… send me a message at @hey.doza and I will throw in a FREE customised roadmap for you + so much more.  Are you still struggling with time management? Go back and queue up the episode You Will Hit Your KPIs Consistently if You Do This One Thing. We talk about the 4 step framework that is going to get you 40% of your time back. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza If you want to become the top 2% of fitness studios you can’t waste time like average people do.


So many gym owners don’t have any weekly structure. They roll into the week and go from fire to fire with a hose. There is no game plan, no strategy, just survival. But that doesn’t have to be you.


Today I am walking you through the EXACT structure you need to get results and the best part? It’s only going to take you the time it takes to drink a double espresso.


Once you’ve listened to this episode, not only are you going to feel MORE confident but feel like you can actually get shit done - so that you can get to the next level in your business.


This is what we call the Calendar of a CEO.


You’ll hear: 

  • Four daily tasks proven to boost your sales
  • Strategies to MAXIMISE your time (we all have the same 24 hours…) so that you can work on making money
  • The 3 time slots that you should be calling your clients - they will pick up.

… and a whole lot more 


If you do the 30-Day High Sales Converter Challenge, every day for 30 days… send me a message at @hey.doza and I will throw in a FREE customised roadmap for you + so much more. 


Are you still struggling with time management? Go back and queue up the episode You Will Hit Your KPIs Consistently if You Do This One Thing. We talk about the 4 step framework that is going to get you 40% of your time back.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1013 no Triple Your Growth by Hiring THIS Staff Member You will NOT grow your studio if you are doing everything yourself. Let me paint you a picture. You’re the one answering the phone, calling the lead, making the sale, meeting them at the studio, all the while other leads have dropped in and you don’t even have the TIME to nurture them. Is this you? Then you need STRUCTURE. This episode is all about getting two key staff members into your business and once you get these two members in place, you will TRIPLE the acceleration of your growth. This means that soon enough, you’ll be playing 4 rounds of golf a week and spending MORE time with your family. It’s an absolute goldmine of an episode. You’ll hear:  The ROLES of each sales converter and what makes them different How to ENSURE that your converters are meeting their sales targets EVERY WEEK How I would go about setting this up in my OWN studio Even what to do if you don’t have the staff to implement this … and a whole lot more  Check out our other episodes that will help you level up and get MORE time back this year: ➡️ You Will Hit Your KPIs Consistently if You Do this ONE Thing ➡️ How to be a BETTER Leader ➡️ Why Outsourcing Your Confidence is the FASTEST Way to Close Your Business WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 02 Apr 2024 18:00:00 -0000 Triple Your Growth by Hiring THIS Staff Member full 1 47 TBC Studios You will NOT grow your studio if you are doing everything yourself. Let me paint you a picture. You’re the one answering the phone, calling the lead, making the sale, meeting them at the studio, all the while other leads have dropped in and you don’t even have the TIME to nurture them. Is this you? Then you need STRUCTURE. This episode is all about getting two key staff members into your business and once you get these two members in place, you will TRIPLE the acceleration of your growth. This means that soon enough, you’ll be playing 4 rounds of golf a week and spending MORE time with your family. It’s an absolute goldmine of an episode. You’ll hear:  The ROLES of each sales converter and what makes them different How to ENSURE that your converters are meeting their sales targets EVERY WEEK How I would go about setting this up in my OWN studio Even what to do if you don’t have the staff to implement this … and a whole lot more  Check out our other episodes that will help you level up and get MORE time back this year: ➡️ You Will Hit Your KPIs Consistently if You Do this ONE Thing ➡️ How to be a BETTER Leader ➡️ Why Outsourcing Your Confidence is the FASTEST Way to Close Your Business WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza You will NOT grow your studio if you are doing everything yourself.


Let me paint you a picture. You’re the one answering the phone, calling the lead, making the sale, meeting them at the studio, all the while other leads have dropped in and you don’t even have the TIME to nurture them. Is this you? Then you need STRUCTURE.


This episode is all about getting two key staff members into your business and once you get these two members in place, you will TRIPLE the acceleration of your growth. This means that soon enough, you’ll be playing 4 rounds of golf a week and spending MORE time with your family.


It’s an absolute goldmine of an episode.


You’ll hear: 

  • The ROLES of each sales converter and what makes them different
  • How to ENSURE that your converters are meeting their sales targets EVERY WEEK
  • How I would go about setting this up in my OWN studio
  • Even what to do if you don’t have the staff to implement this

… and a whole lot more 


Check out our other episodes that will help you level up and get MORE time back this year:

➡️ You Will Hit Your KPIs Consistently if You Do this ONE Thing

➡️ How to be a BETTER Leader

➡️ Why Outsourcing Your Confidence is the FASTEST Way to Close Your Business


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1284 no The REAL Reason You Can't Bring Yourself to Call The Leads with Mindset Coach Kylie Ryan You’ve got the list of phone numbers from people who have enquired to train with you, and you’ve even got the script of what to say when they answer the phone but for some reason you can’t bring yourself to pick up the phone.  Why?  It’s not you … it’s your brain.  This is part two of our interview with Kylie Ryan.. Kylie is an NLP Coach and Mentor to high-performing entrepreneurs, executives and athletes. Kylie helps her clients to overcome imposter syndrome, internal blocks and self-sabotage so that they can UNLOCK their potential and get their businesses to the NEXT level. And today we’re giving you the science behind why you can’t do it … and three tactical ways you can implement today to help you to get out of your own way and get those new members in the door.  You’ll hear:  What you need to make sure you have in place FIRST so you can succeed  Why so many business owners can’t focus on growth  The exercise that will help you not just call the leads BUT build a business you love that makes you sh*tloads of money as well  … and a whole lot more  If you haven’t listened to the previous episode with Kylie where we go deeper into what makes a high performer queue it up next. Apple  Spotify  Want to work with Kylie? You can find her on IG @kylieryan.mymindcoach, Facebook or her website mymindcoach.com.au WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 26 Mar 2024 18:00:00 -0000 The REAL Reason You Can't Bring Yourself to Call The Leads with Mindset Coach Kylie Ryan full 1 46 TBC Studios You’ve got the list of phone numbers from people who have enquired to train with you, and you’ve even got the script of what to say when they answer the phone but for some reason you can’t bring yourself to pick up the phone.  Why?  It’s not you … it’s your brain.  This is part two of our interview with Kylie Ryan.. Kylie is an NLP Coach and Mentor to high-performing entrepreneurs, executives and athletes. Kylie helps her clients to overcome imposter syndrome, internal blocks and self-sabotage so that they can UNLOCK their potential and get their businesses to the NEXT level. And today we’re giving you the science behind why you can’t do it … and three tactical ways you can implement today to help you to get out of your own way and get those new members in the door.  You’ll hear:  What you need to make sure you have in place FIRST so you can succeed  Why so many business owners can’t focus on growth  The exercise that will help you not just call the leads BUT build a business you love that makes you sh*tloads of money as well  … and a whole lot more  If you haven’t listened to the previous episode with Kylie where we go deeper into what makes a high performer queue it up next. Apple  Spotify  Want to work with Kylie? You can find her on IG @kylieryan.mymindcoach, Facebook or her website mymindcoach.com.au WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza You’ve got the list of phone numbers from people who have enquired to train with you, and you’ve even got the script of what to say when they answer the phone but for some reason you can’t bring yourself to pick up the phone. 


Why? 


It’s not you … it’s your brain. 


This is part two of our interview with Kylie Ryan.. Kylie is an NLP Coach and Mentor to high-performing entrepreneurs, executives and athletes. Kylie helps her clients to overcome imposter syndrome, internal blocks and self-sabotage so that they can UNLOCK their potential and get their businesses to the NEXT level.


And today we’re giving you the science behind why you can’t do it … and three tactical ways you can implement today to help you to get out of your own way and get those new members in the door. 


You’ll hear: 

  • What you need to make sure you have in place FIRST so you can succeed 
  • Why so many business owners can’t focus on growth 
  • The exercise that will help you not just call the leads BUT build a business you love that makes you sh*tloads of money as well 

… and a whole lot more 


If you haven’t listened to the previous episode with Kylie where we go deeper into what makes a high performer queue it up next.

Apple 

Spotify 


Want to work with Kylie? You can find her on IG @kylieryan.mymindcoach, Facebook or her website mymindcoach.com.au


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 2529 no THIS is What’s Stopping You From Being a High Performer with NLP Coach Kylie Ryan Why is it that you could have the literal BLUEPRINT for success, and yet you STILL don’t do it? In our hunt to find out exactly what makes high performers tick, we have our next guest: Kylie Ryan. Kylie is an NLP Coach and Mentor to high-performing entrepreneurs, executives, athletes - you name it, which makes her the PERFECT guest for the poddy. Through her mindset training, Kylie helps her clients to overcome imposter syndrome, internal blocks and self-sabotage so that they can UNLOCK their potential and get their businesses to the NEXT level. We’re talking all about what’s holding you BACK and the habits we can learn from high performers to integrate into our own lives. It’s unfiltered, it’s candid and it’s going to completely change your mindset.  You’ll hear:  The shocking factor that MOST high performers have in common… Whether high performers are BORN that way or if it is a skill that can be developed The ONE change you need to make that will kickstart your success Exactly how Kylie UNLOCKS the potential in her high-performing clients Bonus: How to set up your children to be high performers … and a whole lot more  Want to work with Kylie? You can find her on IG @kylieryan.mymindcoach, Facebook or her website mymindcoach.com.au WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 19 Mar 2024 18:00:00 -0000 THIS is What’s Stopping You From Being a High Performer with NLP Coach Kylie Ryan full 1 45 TBC Studios Why is it that you could have the literal BLUEPRINT for success, and yet you STILL don’t do it? In our hunt to find out exactly what makes high performers tick, we have our next guest: Kylie Ryan. Kylie is an NLP Coach and Mentor to high-performing entrepreneurs, executives, athletes - you name it, which makes her the PERFECT guest for the poddy. Through her mindset training, Kylie helps her clients to overcome imposter syndrome, internal blocks and self-sabotage so that they can UNLOCK their potential and get their businesses to the NEXT level. We’re talking all about what’s holding you BACK and the habits we can learn from high performers to integrate into our own lives. It’s unfiltered, it’s candid and it’s going to completely change your mindset.  You’ll hear:  The shocking factor that MOST high performers have in common… Whether high performers are BORN that way or if it is a skill that can be developed The ONE change you need to make that will kickstart your success Exactly how Kylie UNLOCKS the potential in her high-performing clients Bonus: How to set up your children to be high performers … and a whole lot more  Want to work with Kylie? You can find her on IG @kylieryan.mymindcoach, Facebook or her website mymindcoach.com.au WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Why is it that you could have the literal BLUEPRINT for success, and yet you STILL don’t do it?


In our hunt to find out exactly what makes high performers tick, we have our next guest: Kylie Ryan. Kylie is an NLP Coach and Mentor to high-performing entrepreneurs, executives, athletes - you name it, which makes her the PERFECT guest for the poddy. Through her mindset training, Kylie helps her clients to overcome imposter syndrome, internal blocks and self-sabotage so that they can UNLOCK their potential and get their businesses to the NEXT level.


We’re talking all about what’s holding you BACK and the habits we can learn from high performers to integrate into our own lives.


It’s unfiltered, it’s candid and it’s going to completely change your mindset. 


You’ll hear: 

  • The shocking factor that MOST high performers have in common…
  • Whether high performers are BORN that way or if it is a skill that can be developed
  • The ONE change you need to make that will kickstart your success
  • Exactly how Kylie UNLOCKS the potential in her high-performing clients
  • Bonus: How to set up your children to be high performers

… and a whole lot more 


Want to work with Kylie? You can find her on IG @kylieryan.mymindcoach, Facebook or her website mymindcoach.com.au


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 3109 no How You Can SUPPORT Your Manager - From a Gym Manager Are your studio numbers inconsistent, week after week? What if I told you it’s because you’re not supporting your managers to get those results? They’re capable of doing it, and they WANT to do it. But they need your SUPPORT to achieve them. Today we are talking about how you can support your manager, so that they can hit their KPIs and smash their targets. And what better person to have than Soph, the former manager of our BIGGEST studio, to take the lead on this one. Soph is giving insight into the 5 KEY things that helped her feel empowered as a manager, what motivated her to work hard for the company and most importantly: how she got incredible results (and Doza even learns a thing or two). But this is not just from our experience but based on what we have seen through COUNTLESS studios in our program. This one’s a tactical episode so stay tuned to the end when we tell you the next steps you need to take. You’ll hear:  What your manager ACTUALLY needs from you to succeed How to stop CONSTANTLY chasing your manager and get RESULTS instead The one thing you MUST do every single week if you want your business to grow … and a whole lot more  Want to be a better leader but don’t know where to start? Line up our episodes on leadership, delegation. Bonus points if you listen to our interview with OUR leadership coach. Rohan Dredge. Download our meeting agenda here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 12 Mar 2024 18:00:00 -0000 How You Can SUPPORT Your Manager - From a Gym Manager full 1 44 TBC Studios Are your studio numbers inconsistent, week after week? What if I told you it’s because you’re not supporting your managers to get those results? They’re capable of doing it, and they WANT to do it. But they need your SUPPORT to achieve them. Today we are talking about how you can support your manager, so that they can hit their KPIs and smash their targets. And what better person to have than Soph, the former manager of our BIGGEST studio, to take the lead on this one. Soph is giving insight into the 5 KEY things that helped her feel empowered as a manager, what motivated her to work hard for the company and most importantly: how she got incredible results (and Doza even learns a thing or two). But this is not just from our experience but based on what we have seen through COUNTLESS studios in our program. This one’s a tactical episode so stay tuned to the end when we tell you the next steps you need to take. You’ll hear:  What your manager ACTUALLY needs from you to succeed How to stop CONSTANTLY chasing your manager and get RESULTS instead The one thing you MUST do every single week if you want your business to grow … and a whole lot more  Want to be a better leader but don’t know where to start? Line up our episodes on leadership, delegation. Bonus points if you listen to our interview with OUR leadership coach. Rohan Dredge. Download our meeting agenda here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Are your studio numbers inconsistent, week after week?

What if I told you it’s because you’re not supporting your managers to get those results?

They’re capable of doing it, and they WANT to do it. But they need your SUPPORT to achieve them.


Today we are talking about how you can support your manager, so that they can hit their KPIs and smash their targets. And what better person to have than Soph, the former manager of our BIGGEST studio, to take the lead on this one.


Soph is giving insight into the 5 KEY things that helped her feel empowered as a manager, what motivated her to work hard for the company and most importantly: how she got incredible results (and Doza even learns a thing or two).


But this is not just from our experience but based on what we have seen through COUNTLESS studios in our program. This one’s a tactical episode so stay tuned to the end when we tell you the next steps you need to take.


You’ll hear: 

  • What your manager ACTUALLY needs from you to succeed
  • How to stop CONSTANTLY chasing your manager and get RESULTS instead
  • The one thing you MUST do every single week if you want your business to grow


… and a whole lot more 


Want to be a better leader but don’t know where to start? Line up our episodes on leadership, delegation. Bonus points if you listen to our interview with OUR leadership coach. Rohan Dredge.


Download our meeting agenda here.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 2476 no Are You Ready for Your Second Studio? Listen to this first. Multis, multis, multis. Everyone wants one, but most people aren’t ready. Are you? Today I am joined by my co-founder Benny to talk all about the time we bought a second studio and it was an absolute rollercoaster. I’m talking 50% of the profiles were ghosts… And yet, Benny and I brought it up to be the MOST popular gym in Sydney. So much so that it looked like a night club with a line out the door at 6 am.  This episode is invaluable if you’re starting to think about being a multi-business owner because we are walking you through all of the mistakes we made so that YOU don’t have to make them too. First things first: copy and paste WON’T work for your second, third OR fourth studio. Okay?  Let’s go. You’ll hear:  How we went from being the WORST studio in Sydney to being SOLD OUT Why your second studio will NEVER grow if you don’t do this ONE thing What SUCCESSFUL multi-studio owners all have in common Would we buy another studio again? (The answer will surprise you). … and a whole lot more  Don’t miss next week’s episode where Soph and I are talking about how you can support your managers PROPERLY. Do you know what level you are at in your business? Find out here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 05 Mar 2024 18:00:00 -0000 Are You Ready for Your Second Studio? Listen to this first. full 1 43 TBC Studios Multis, multis, multis. Everyone wants one, but most people aren’t ready. Are you? Today I am joined by my co-founder Benny to talk all about the time we bought a second studio and it was an absolute rollercoaster. I’m talking 50% of the profiles were ghosts… And yet, Benny and I brought it up to be the MOST popular gym in Sydney. So much so that it looked like a night club with a line out the door at 6 am.  This episode is invaluable if you’re starting to think about being a multi-business owner because we are walking you through all of the mistakes we made so that YOU don’t have to make them too. First things first: copy and paste WON’T work for your second, third OR fourth studio. Okay?  Let’s go. You’ll hear:  How we went from being the WORST studio in Sydney to being SOLD OUT Why your second studio will NEVER grow if you don’t do this ONE thing What SUCCESSFUL multi-studio owners all have in common Would we buy another studio again? (The answer will surprise you). … and a whole lot more  Don’t miss next week’s episode where Soph and I are talking about how you can support your managers PROPERLY. Do you know what level you are at in your business? Find out here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Multis, multis, multis. Everyone wants one, but most people aren’t ready. Are you?


Today I am joined by my co-founder Benny to talk all about the time we bought a second studio and it was an absolute rollercoaster. I’m talking 50% of the profiles were ghosts…


And yet, Benny and I brought it up to be the MOST popular gym in Sydney. So much so that it looked like a night club with a line out the door at 6 am. 


This episode is invaluable if you’re starting to think about being a multi-business owner because we are walking you through all of the mistakes we made so that YOU don’t have to make them too.


First things first: copy and paste WON’T work for your second, third OR fourth studio. Okay? 

Let’s go.


You’ll hear: 

  • How we went from being the WORST studio in Sydney to being SOLD OUT
  • Why your second studio will NEVER grow if you don’t do this ONE thing
  • What SUCCESSFUL multi-studio owners all have in common
  • Would we buy another studio again? (The answer will surprise you).

… and a whole lot more 


Don’t miss next week’s episode where Soph and I are talking about how you can support your managers PROPERLY.


Do you know what level you are at in your business? Find out here.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1295 no NEVER Have a Problem With Churn Again If your churn is higher than than 5%, then you NEED to listen to this episode. We’ve had a lot of new listeners since dropping our episode on increasing your retention last year, so we wanted to bring it back because we know IT WORKS. It’s short and sweet so in the time it takes you to order your coffee, you’re going to have fixed your churn problem. BOOM. And remember: if you reduce your churn, you DOUBLE your profit and it costs nothing. If you did this last year…It’s something that our most successful studios do every single quarter so this is your reminder to get it in your calendar this week. And if you’re new, just you wait. It’s going to be so easy, you’ll be wondering why you didn’t do it sooner. You’ll hear:  The two questions you need to answer to solve your churn problem The one thing 50% of owners DON’T DO and why they fail … and a whole lot more  WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 27 Feb 2024 18:00:00 -0000 NEVER Have a Problem With Churn Again full 1 42 TBC Studios If your churn is higher than than 5%, then you NEED to listen to this episode. We’ve had a lot of new listeners since dropping our episode on increasing your retention last year, so we wanted to bring it back because we know IT WORKS. It’s short and sweet so in the time it takes you to order your coffee, you’re going to have fixed your churn problem. BOOM. And remember: if you reduce your churn, you DOUBLE your profit and it costs nothing. If you did this last year…It’s something that our most successful studios do every single quarter so this is your reminder to get it in your calendar this week. And if you’re new, just you wait. It’s going to be so easy, you’ll be wondering why you didn’t do it sooner. You’ll hear:  The two questions you need to answer to solve your churn problem The one thing 50% of owners DON’T DO and why they fail … and a whole lot more  WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza If your churn is higher than than 5%, then you NEED to listen to this episode.


We’ve had a lot of new listeners since dropping our episode on increasing your retention last year, so we wanted to bring it back because we know IT WORKS.


It’s short and sweet so in the time it takes you to order your coffee, you’re going to have fixed your churn problem. BOOM.


And remember: if you reduce your churn, you DOUBLE your profit and it costs nothing.


If you did this last year…It’s something that our most successful studios do every single quarter so this is your reminder to get it in your calendar this week. And if you’re new, just you wait. It’s going to be so easy, you’ll be wondering why you didn’t do it sooner.


You’ll hear: 

  • The two questions you need to answer to solve your churn problem
  • The one thing 50% of owners DON’T DO and why they fail


… and a whole lot more 


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 549 no The One Thing That ALL Successful Business Owners Have in Common Do you know the MAIN difference between the successful and the struggling owner? Most studios think that all they need to be successful is to run ‘vibey’ sessions but that couldn’t be FURTHER from the truth. In today’s episode, I’m breaking down the top THREE skills that every single successful studio and business owner has mastered.  But the first two won’t matter if you don’t nail the third one.  So make sure you stick around to the end. You’ll hear:  The three skills that WILL make you the owner of your dream business in 2024 What we can learn from Elon Musk and Jeff Bezos The thing most owners avoid (and why it’s holding them back)  The speech from a movie that changed how I lead  … and a whole lot more The good news is - you are not born with these skills, you learn them. Here are my top recommendations to help get you started on becoming a successful owner. Check out a list of books you MUST read here. Ted Talks: How Great Leaders Inspire Action - Simon Sinek Grit: The Power of Passion and Perseverance - Angela Lee Duckworth Videos: Any Given Sunday Speech - Al Pacino Speech - US Navy Admiral William H. McRaven Ben Lionel Scott’s YouTube Channel Have a listen to our episodes on How to Be a Better Leader and The Four Levels of Business. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 20 Feb 2024 18:00:00 -0000 The One Thing That ALL Successful Business Owners Have in Common full 1 41 TBC Studios Do you know the MAIN difference between the successful and the struggling owner? Most studios think that all they need to be successful is to run ‘vibey’ sessions but that couldn’t be FURTHER from the truth. In today’s episode, I’m breaking down the top THREE skills that every single successful studio and business owner has mastered.  But the first two won’t matter if you don’t nail the third one.  So make sure you stick around to the end. You’ll hear:  The three skills that WILL make you the owner of your dream business in 2024 What we can learn from Elon Musk and Jeff Bezos The thing most owners avoid (and why it’s holding them back)  The speech from a movie that changed how I lead  … and a whole lot more The good news is - you are not born with these skills, you learn them. Here are my top recommendations to help get you started on becoming a successful owner. Check out a list of books you MUST read here. Ted Talks: How Great Leaders Inspire Action - Simon Sinek Grit: The Power of Passion and Perseverance - Angela Lee Duckworth Videos: Any Given Sunday Speech - Al Pacino Speech - US Navy Admiral William H. McRaven Ben Lionel Scott’s YouTube Channel Have a listen to our episodes on How to Be a Better Leader and The Four Levels of Business. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Do you know the MAIN difference between the successful and the struggling owner?


Most studios think that all they need to be successful is to run ‘vibey’ sessions but that couldn’t be FURTHER from the truth. In today’s episode, I’m breaking down the top THREE skills that every single successful studio and business owner has mastered. 


But the first two won’t matter if you don’t nail the third one. 

So make sure you stick around to the end.


You’ll hear: 

  • The three skills that WILL make you the owner of your dream business in 2024
  • What we can learn from Elon Musk and Jeff Bezos
  • The thing most owners avoid (and why it’s holding them back) 
  • The speech from a movie that changed how I lead 


… and a whole lot more


The good news is - you are not born with these skills, you learn them.

Here are my top recommendations to help get you started on becoming a successful owner.


Check out a list of books you MUST read here.


Ted Talks:


Videos:


Have a listen to our episodes on How to Be a Better Leader and The Four Levels of Business.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1826 no You Will Hit Your KPIs CONSISTENTLY if You Do This ONE Thing Have you been stuck at the same member number for more than two weeks but still feel like you’re constantly busy? Always hustling? You do everything from admin to cleaning the toilets? Your whole life is spent between the hardware and stationary stores every day? Great, this episode is for you. I have been looking at the data reports of our high performing studios and have uncovered a crucial difference between those who are doing well, and the studios that are struggling. It’s their ability to CONSISTENTLY hit their KPIs. Not just one week every now and then, not fluking two in a row. They hardly ever miss. And it’s because they actually have the time to spend on nailing their goals, rather than bouncing from fire to fire. If this sounds like you… we need to get you out of the admin and into MONEY-MAKING activities. You’ll hear:  The 4 step frame-work that will help you gain 40% off your time BACK The secret to achieving your KPIs that ALL high performing studios do The mindset that is stopping you from COMMITTING to your business … and a whole lot more  Want to learn more about delegating? Listen to our episode here. Looking to be a better leader in 2024? Listen here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 13 Feb 2024 18:00:00 -0000 You Will Hit Your KPIs CONSISTENTLY if You Do This ONE Thing full 1 40 TBC Studios Have you been stuck at the same member number for more than two weeks but still feel like you’re constantly busy? Always hustling? You do everything from admin to cleaning the toilets? Your whole life is spent between the hardware and stationary stores every day? Great, this episode is for you. I have been looking at the data reports of our high performing studios and have uncovered a crucial difference between those who are doing well, and the studios that are struggling. It’s their ability to CONSISTENTLY hit their KPIs. Not just one week every now and then, not fluking two in a row. They hardly ever miss. And it’s because they actually have the time to spend on nailing their goals, rather than bouncing from fire to fire. If this sounds like you… we need to get you out of the admin and into MONEY-MAKING activities. You’ll hear:  The 4 step frame-work that will help you gain 40% off your time BACK The secret to achieving your KPIs that ALL high performing studios do The mindset that is stopping you from COMMITTING to your business … and a whole lot more  Want to learn more about delegating? Listen to our episode here. Looking to be a better leader in 2024? Listen here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Have you been stuck at the same member number for more than two weeks but still feel like you’re constantly busy? Always hustling? You do everything from admin to cleaning the toilets? Your whole life is spent between the hardware and stationary stores every day?


Great, this episode is for you.


I have been looking at the data reports of our high performing studios and have uncovered a crucial difference between those who are doing well, and the studios that are struggling.


It’s their ability to CONSISTENTLY hit their KPIs. Not just one week every now and then, not fluking two in a row. They hardly ever miss.


And it’s because they actually have the time to spend on nailing their goals, rather than bouncing from fire to fire.


If this sounds like you… we need to get you out of the admin and into MONEY-MAKING activities.


You’ll hear: 

  • The 4 step frame-work that will help you gain 40% off your time BACK
  • The secret to achieving your KPIs that ALL high performing studios do
  • The mindset that is stopping you from COMMITTING to your business


… and a whole lot more 


Want to learn more about delegating? Listen to our episode here.

Looking to be a better leader in 2024? Listen here.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1329 no The Four Levels of Business: The Path to Owning MULTIPLE 7 Figure Studios Can you step away from the studio, without having to put out 100 fires on your return? Can you go on holiday and turn your phone off? Today, I’m sitting in front of the mic to chat about a powerful concept that has transformed so many of the studios that we work with - The Four Levels of Business. The Four Levels of Business is a strategy that helps you identify why you’re NOT getting ahead, EVEN when you’re hitting your goals. This year we are getting you out of the HUSTLE and back into ENJOYING your studio. You’ll hear:  Why revenue alone won’t get you to a 7 figure studio Why you still have a JOB and not a BUSINESS The key ideas and pain points that make up each level so that you can NAIL them and move forward Why I fired 3 out of 4 staff AND banned 15 MEMBERS from using my gym … and a whole lot more  Want to know more? Click here to access our Four Levels Notion Checklist.  Are you a multi-studio owner? Reach out to us here. Episodes to kick start your 2024: New Year Goal Setting - But Not as You Know It How to Turn Your 7-Day Trials Into LIFETIME Members 6 Profit Levers to Pull in 2024 (& They're NOT What You're Thinking) How to be a BETTER Leader WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 06 Feb 2024 18:00:00 -0000 The Four Levels of Business: The Path to Owning MULTIPLE 7 Figure Studios full 1 39 TBC Studios Can you step away from the studio, without having to put out 100 fires on your return? Can you go on holiday and turn your phone off? Today, I’m sitting in front of the mic to chat about a powerful concept that has transformed so many of the studios that we work with - The Four Levels of Business. The Four Levels of Business is a strategy that helps you identify why you’re NOT getting ahead, EVEN when you’re hitting your goals. This year we are getting you out of the HUSTLE and back into ENJOYING your studio. You’ll hear:  Why revenue alone won’t get you to a 7 figure studio Why you still have a JOB and not a BUSINESS The key ideas and pain points that make up each level so that you can NAIL them and move forward Why I fired 3 out of 4 staff AND banned 15 MEMBERS from using my gym … and a whole lot more  Want to know more? Click here to access our Four Levels Notion Checklist.  Are you a multi-studio owner? Reach out to us here. Episodes to kick start your 2024: New Year Goal Setting - But Not as You Know It How to Turn Your 7-Day Trials Into LIFETIME Members 6 Profit Levers to Pull in 2024 (& They're NOT What You're Thinking) How to be a BETTER Leader WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Can you step away from the studio, without having to put out 100 fires on your return?


Can you go on holiday and turn your phone off?


Today, I’m sitting in front of the mic to chat about a powerful concept that has transformed so many of the studios that we work with - The Four Levels of Business. The Four Levels of Business is a strategy that helps you identify why you’re NOT getting ahead, EVEN when you’re hitting your goals.


This year we are getting you out of the HUSTLE and back into ENJOYING your studio.


You’ll hear: 

  • Why revenue alone won’t get you to a 7 figure studio
  • Why you still have a JOB and not a BUSINESS
  • The key ideas and pain points that make up each level so that you can NAIL them and move forward
  • Why I fired 3 out of 4 staff AND banned 15 MEMBERS from using my gym


… and a whole lot more 


Want to know more? Click here to access our Four Levels Notion Checklist. 


Are you a multi-studio owner? Reach out to us here.


Episodes to kick start your 2024:


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1528 no How to be a BETTER LEADER Do you feel like your team never takes initiative? Or do the tasks you delegate to your standard? Leadership has been a hot topic among the studios that we worked with last year, so today I am sitting down and telling you EXACTLY how to go from pushing your team, to actually leading it. Real talk, I used to burn my staff out and it’s because I wasn’t delegating effectively. And if I was, I had unreasonable expectations which easily feed into the internal narrative of “no one cares about my business as much as I do.”  No, they don’t. And they shouldn’t. It’s YOUR business and it’s your job to provide your staff members with the SKILLS to step up so that they actually WANT to meet you at your level. Luckily for you, it’s an easy fix. Tune in to hear the three elements you need to work on to get your team to work WITH you and not FOR you. You’ll also hear:  The exact reason why your staff AREN’T engaging in critical thinking How to get the BEST out of your staff The three things that every high performer needs to succeed My top 5 book recommendations that will take your leadership skills from 0 to 100 How to know when it’s time to pull the plug on a staff member … and a whole lot more  Check out the leadership books I recommended here: Multipliers: How the Best Leaders Make Everyone Smarter Dare to Lead: Brave Work. Tough Conversations. Whole Hearts. Legacy: What The All Blacks Can Teach Us About The Business Of Life Buy Back Your Time: Get Unstuck, Reclaim Your Freedom, and Build Your Empire Traction: Get a Grip on Your Business Want more tips on leadership? Listen to this episode on How to be a Leader I did with my personal leadership coach Rohan Dredge. Listen to our episode on Building a Business You LOVE, not Hate. Looking to make 2024 the best year yet? Listen to our episode on the Triple Bottom Line. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 30 Jan 2024 18:00:00 -0000 How to be a BETTER LEADER full 1 38 TBC Studios Do you feel like your team never takes initiative? Or do the tasks you delegate to your standard? Leadership has been a hot topic among the studios that we worked with last year, so today I am sitting down and telling you EXACTLY how to go from pushing your team, to actually leading it. Real talk, I used to burn my staff out and it’s because I wasn’t delegating effectively. And if I was, I had unreasonable expectations which easily feed into the internal narrative of “no one cares about my business as much as I do.”  No, they don’t. And they shouldn’t. It’s YOUR business and it’s your job to provide your staff members with the SKILLS to step up so that they actually WANT to meet you at your level. Luckily for you, it’s an easy fix. Tune in to hear the three elements you need to work on to get your team to work WITH you and not FOR you. You’ll also hear:  The exact reason why your staff AREN’T engaging in critical thinking How to get the BEST out of your staff The three things that every high performer needs to succeed My top 5 book recommendations that will take your leadership skills from 0 to 100 How to know when it’s time to pull the plug on a staff member … and a whole lot more  Check out the leadership books I recommended here: Multipliers: How the Best Leaders Make Everyone Smarter Dare to Lead: Brave Work. Tough Conversations. Whole Hearts. Legacy: What The All Blacks Can Teach Us About The Business Of Life Buy Back Your Time: Get Unstuck, Reclaim Your Freedom, and Build Your Empire Traction: Get a Grip on Your Business Want more tips on leadership? Listen to this episode on How to be a Leader I did with my personal leadership coach Rohan Dredge. Listen to our episode on Building a Business You LOVE, not Hate. Looking to make 2024 the best year yet? Listen to our episode on the Triple Bottom Line. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Do you feel like your team never takes initiative? Or do the tasks you delegate to your standard?


Leadership has been a hot topic among the studios that we worked with last year, so today I am sitting down and telling you EXACTLY how to go from pushing your team, to actually leading it.


Real talk, I used to burn my staff out and it’s because I wasn’t delegating effectively. And if I was, I had unreasonable expectations which easily feed into the internal narrative of “no one cares about my business as much as I do.” 


No, they don’t.


And they shouldn’t. It’s YOUR business and it’s your job to provide your staff members with the SKILLS to step up so that they actually WANT to meet you at your level.


Luckily for you, it’s an easy fix. Tune in to hear the three elements you need to work on to get your team to work WITH you and not FOR you.


You’ll also hear: 

  • The exact reason why your staff AREN’T engaging in critical thinking
  • How to get the BEST out of your staff
  • The three things that every high performer needs to succeed
  • My top 5 book recommendations that will take your leadership skills from 0 to 100
  • How to know when it’s time to pull the plug on a staff member


… and a whole lot more 


Check out the leadership books I recommended here:


Want more tips on leadership? Listen to this episode on How to be a Leader I did with my personal leadership coach Rohan Dredge.

Listen to our episode on Building a Business You LOVE, not Hate.

Looking to make 2024 the best year yet? Listen to our episode on the Triple Bottom Line.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1243 no 6 Profit Levers to Pull in 2024 (& They're NOT What You're Thinking) Over the last 12 months, most people have taken a hit on their profit because of interest rates and the cost of living rising … but YOU don’t have to. In 2024 I want to help you to make MORE profit but not the type where you are hustling and working for it every single day … the type of money that you make in your SLEEP. So in this episode, I’m sharing 6 profit levers (plus a bonus one) that you can pull, and it’s not adding protein bars to the shelves or selling more merch - these levers are things that will give you more revenue and more profit every single month.  Ready?  You’ll hear:  New offers that increased our profit by $120,000 A MONTH  The one thing that NEEDS to change if you want to make a profit  How to make money off your challenges (AND get better results)  The goldmine you already have in your gym, that’s currently costing you $78,000 a year  … and a whole lot more  Download the Labour Efficiency Rate calculator.  And Listen to How to Make $250K in 90 Days Part One and Part Two.  WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 23 Jan 2024 18:00:00 -0000 6 Profit Levers to Pull in 2024 (& They're NOT What You're Thinking) full 1 37 TBC Studios Over the last 12 months, most people have taken a hit on their profit because of interest rates and the cost of living rising … but YOU don’t have to. In 2024 I want to help you to make MORE profit but not the type where you are hustling and working for it every single day … the type of money that you make in your SLEEP. So in this episode, I’m sharing 6 profit levers (plus a bonus one) that you can pull, and it’s not adding protein bars to the shelves or selling more merch - these levers are things that will give you more revenue and more profit every single month.  Ready?  You’ll hear:  New offers that increased our profit by $120,000 A MONTH  The one thing that NEEDS to change if you want to make a profit  How to make money off your challenges (AND get better results)  The goldmine you already have in your gym, that’s currently costing you $78,000 a year  … and a whole lot more  Download the Labour Efficiency Rate calculator.  And Listen to How to Make $250K in 90 Days Part One and Part Two.  WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Over the last 12 months, most people have taken a hit on their profit because of interest rates and the cost of living rising … but YOU don’t have to. In 2024 I want to help you to make MORE profit but not the type where you are hustling and working for it every single day … the type of money that you make in your SLEEP.


So in this episode, I’m sharing 6 profit levers (plus a bonus one) that you can pull, and it’s not adding protein bars to the shelves or selling more merch - these levers are things that will give you more revenue and more profit every single month. 


Ready? 


You’ll hear: 

  • New offers that increased our profit by $120,000 A MONTH 
  • The one thing that NEEDS to change if you want to make a profit 
  • How to make money off your challenges (AND get better results) 
  • The goldmine you already have in your gym, that’s currently costing you $78,000 a year 

… and a whole lot more 


Download the Labour Efficiency Rate calculator. 


And Listen to How to Make $250K in 90 Days Part One and Part Two. 


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1782 no You Don't Need More Leads - The Answer is In This Episode 💰 How many leads do you have right now?  If your answer is not enough I want to instead ask you, how many people are on your email list that you haven’t converted to be members yet?  Every single one of those people are leads that you paid for at some stage but you just haven’t activated them … yet.  And the best part is that email marketing is something hardly any of your competitors will be doing well right now AND IT GETS TO BE EASY (especially if you listen to this episode).  In this week's solo episode, I’m giving you tactical advice and the actual tools, templates and structure you need to convert this goldmine into members TODAY.  You’ll hear:  Why writing your Emails has felt HARD in the past Six BEST PRACTICE principles that will make writing emails as easy as having a conversation  The one excuse you’ve been using to AVOID email marketing and why its NOT VALID anymore  Four Frameworks ACTUAL marketers use to get results (and the one I’ve found that actual BILLIONAIRES use)  … and a whole lot more  Download the templates and frameworks here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 16 Jan 2024 18:00:00 -0000 You Don't Need More Leads - The Answer is In This Episode 💰 full 1 36 TBC Studios How many leads do you have right now?  If your answer is not enough I want to instead ask you, how many people are on your email list that you haven’t converted to be members yet?  Every single one of those people are leads that you paid for at some stage but you just haven’t activated them … yet.  And the best part is that email marketing is something hardly any of your competitors will be doing well right now AND IT GETS TO BE EASY (especially if you listen to this episode).  In this week's solo episode, I’m giving you tactical advice and the actual tools, templates and structure you need to convert this goldmine into members TODAY.  You’ll hear:  Why writing your Emails has felt HARD in the past Six BEST PRACTICE principles that will make writing emails as easy as having a conversation  The one excuse you’ve been using to AVOID email marketing and why its NOT VALID anymore  Four Frameworks ACTUAL marketers use to get results (and the one I’ve found that actual BILLIONAIRES use)  … and a whole lot more  Download the templates and frameworks here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza How many leads do you have right now? 


If your answer is not enough I want to instead ask you, how many people are on your email list that you haven’t converted to be members yet? 


Every single one of those people are leads that you paid for at some stage but you just haven’t activated them … yet. 


And the best part is that email marketing is something hardly any of your competitors will be doing well right now AND IT GETS TO BE EASY (especially if you listen to this episode). 


In this week's solo episode, I’m giving you tactical advice and the actual tools, templates and structure you need to convert this goldmine into members TODAY. 


You’ll hear: 

  • Why writing your Emails has felt HARD in the past
  • Six BEST PRACTICE principles that will make writing emails as easy as having a conversation 
  • The one excuse you’ve been using to AVOID email marketing and why its NOT VALID anymore 
  • Four Frameworks ACTUAL marketers use to get results (and the one I’ve found that actual BILLIONAIRES use) 


… and a whole lot more 


Download the templates and frameworks here.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1604 no How to Turn Your 7 Day Trials Into LIFETIME Members The New Year's Resolutioners are here and it's up to YOU whether you are the studio they’re going to fail at OR if your studio is the one they are going to stick to for life.  You’ve heard us talk about this before but this time of year is the time that sets apart the RICH studios and the POOR studios. Those people who are walking in your door starting their trials and setting their New Year's Intentions is where it all begins.  This year we’re giving you everything to make sure it’s the LAST TIME that your members need to start again. On today’s poddy, we’re talking all about how to transfer that signature offer and turn it INTO a rollover. Forget the 20-30% retention rate myth, we’re getting you to 80 PERCENT. You’ll hear:  How to reverse engineer and attract your PERFECT member The FOUR activities we created to ensure that our newbies were COMMITTED to our studio How to keep your TEAM motivated to KEEP your members on board as well … and a whole lot more  Download our customisable STARTER PASS here. If you want to do some reading over the summer be sure to check out Hooked and Atomic Habits. Want to find out more about our onboarding process that helps KEEP retention? Listen here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 09 Jan 2024 18:00:00 -0000 How to Turn Your 7 Day Trials Into LIFETIME Members full 1 34 TBC Studios The New Year's Resolutioners are here and it's up to YOU whether you are the studio they’re going to fail at OR if your studio is the one they are going to stick to for life.  You’ve heard us talk about this before but this time of year is the time that sets apart the RICH studios and the POOR studios. Those people who are walking in your door starting their trials and setting their New Year's Intentions is where it all begins.  This year we’re giving you everything to make sure it’s the LAST TIME that your members need to start again. On today’s poddy, we’re talking all about how to transfer that signature offer and turn it INTO a rollover. Forget the 20-30% retention rate myth, we’re getting you to 80 PERCENT. You’ll hear:  How to reverse engineer and attract your PERFECT member The FOUR activities we created to ensure that our newbies were COMMITTED to our studio How to keep your TEAM motivated to KEEP your members on board as well … and a whole lot more  Download our customisable STARTER PASS here. If you want to do some reading over the summer be sure to check out Hooked and Atomic Habits. Want to find out more about our onboarding process that helps KEEP retention? Listen here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza The New Year's Resolutioners are here and it's up to YOU whether you are the studio they’re going to fail at OR if your studio is the one they are going to stick to for life. 


You’ve heard us talk about this before but this time of year is the time that sets apart the RICH studios and the POOR studios. Those people who are walking in your door starting their trials and setting their New Year's Intentions is where it all begins. 


This year we’re giving you everything to make sure it’s the LAST TIME that your members need to start again.


On today’s poddy, we’re talking all about how to transfer that signature offer and turn it INTO a rollover. Forget the 20-30% retention rate myth, we’re getting you to 80 PERCENT.


You’ll hear: 

  • How to reverse engineer and attract your PERFECT member
  • The FOUR activities we created to ensure that our newbies were COMMITTED to our studio
  • How to keep your TEAM motivated to KEEP your members on board as well

… and a whole lot more 


Download our customisable STARTER PASS here.


If you want to do some reading over the summer be sure to check out Hooked and Atomic Habits.

Want to find out more about our onboarding process that helps KEEP retention? Listen here.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1077 no New Year Goal Setting - But Not as You Know it When you think about 2023 were you in control? Did you achieve that goal you set out to achieve?  Everything in life is a choice. Either you make the choice, or the choice is made for you. So I want you to ask yourself what do you ACTUALLY want out of 2024? And do you have a plan in place to get it? Because without one, you’re not going to get anywhere NEAR your goals. On today’s episode, we are building your 2024 plan WITH YOU using an interactive worksheet. We talk all about the three aspects that make up the TRIPLE BOTTOM LINE and how you can win back what you think is missing from your business. Download our interactive worksheet here and let’s get STARTED. … And don’t forget to take the lid off. You’ll hear:  The secret of the wealthy that KEEPS them WEALTHY Why your goals have FAILED in the past  The one thing you’re doing that LIMITS EVERYONE else around you  … and a whole lot more  Download our worksheet here. And we’d love to see it and hear what you think! Reach out @hey.doza and @thegeronimoacademy WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 02 Jan 2024 18:00:00 -0000 New Year Goal Setting - But Not as You Know it full 1 34 TBC Studios When you think about 2023 were you in control? Did you achieve that goal you set out to achieve?  Everything in life is a choice. Either you make the choice, or the choice is made for you. So I want you to ask yourself what do you ACTUALLY want out of 2024? And do you have a plan in place to get it? Because without one, you’re not going to get anywhere NEAR your goals. On today’s episode, we are building your 2024 plan WITH YOU using an interactive worksheet. We talk all about the three aspects that make up the TRIPLE BOTTOM LINE and how you can win back what you think is missing from your business. Download our interactive worksheet here and let’s get STARTED. … And don’t forget to take the lid off. You’ll hear:  The secret of the wealthy that KEEPS them WEALTHY Why your goals have FAILED in the past  The one thing you’re doing that LIMITS EVERYONE else around you  … and a whole lot more  Download our worksheet here. And we’d love to see it and hear what you think! Reach out @hey.doza and @thegeronimoacademy WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza When you think about 2023 were you in control? Did you achieve that goal you set out to achieve? 


Everything in life is a choice. Either you make the choice, or the choice is made for you.


So I want you to ask yourself what do you ACTUALLY want out of 2024? And do you have a plan in place to get it? Because without one, you’re not going to get anywhere NEAR your goals.


On today’s episode, we are building your 2024 plan WITH YOU using an interactive worksheet. We talk all about the three aspects that make up the TRIPLE BOTTOM LINE and how you can win back what you think is missing from your business.


Download our interactive worksheet here and let’s get STARTED.


… And don’t forget to take the lid off.


You’ll hear: 

  • The secret of the wealthy that KEEPS them WEALTHY
  • Why your goals have FAILED in the past 
  • The one thing you’re doing that LIMITS EVERYONE else around you 


… and a whole lot more 


Download our worksheet here.


And we’d love to see it and hear what you think! Reach out @hey.doza and @thegeronimoacademy


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1043 no 2023 Industry Trends That Will Take Your Studio to the NEXT LEVEL If revenue isn’t the most important metric anymore, what is? It’s that time of year again when we go through the statistics in our academy and find out exactly WHAT our most successful studios have been doing this last quarter. And what have we found? That building a big, successful and PROFITABLE business in 2024 will require you to go ALL IN. 10% profit? That’s the new break even. We know just how hard it can be to keep on top of your studio, let alone find the time to learn and keep up with industry trends. So in this episode, Soph and I cover off 5 KEY trends backed by DATA, which are guaranteed to help future-proof your business against the economy. So grab a pen, grab a piece of paper and let’s go.  You’ll hear:  How to go after the leads that your competition is IGNORING Which marketing tactic do you need to change today because it is OLD NEWS The wellness revolution your newcomers are embracing, and why you can’t afford to miss out … and a whole lot more  Slides for worksheet WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 26 Dec 2023 18:00:00 -0000 2023 Industry Trends That Will Take Your Studio to the NEXT LEVEL full 1 33 TBC Studios If revenue isn’t the most important metric anymore, what is? It’s that time of year again when we go through the statistics in our academy and find out exactly WHAT our most successful studios have been doing this last quarter. And what have we found? That building a big, successful and PROFITABLE business in 2024 will require you to go ALL IN. 10% profit? That’s the new break even. We know just how hard it can be to keep on top of your studio, let alone find the time to learn and keep up with industry trends. So in this episode, Soph and I cover off 5 KEY trends backed by DATA, which are guaranteed to help future-proof your business against the economy. So grab a pen, grab a piece of paper and let’s go.  You’ll hear:  How to go after the leads that your competition is IGNORING Which marketing tactic do you need to change today because it is OLD NEWS The wellness revolution your newcomers are embracing, and why you can’t afford to miss out … and a whole lot more  Slides for worksheet WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza If revenue isn’t the most important metric anymore, what is?


It’s that time of year again when we go through the statistics in our academy and find out exactly WHAT our most successful studios have been doing this last quarter.


And what have we found? That building a big, successful and PROFITABLE business in 2024 will require you to go ALL IN. 10% profit? That’s the new break even.


We know just how hard it can be to keep on top of your studio, let alone find the time to learn and keep up with industry trends. So in this episode, Soph and I cover off 5 KEY trends backed by DATA, which are guaranteed to help future-proof your business against the economy.


So grab a pen, grab a piece of paper and let’s go. 


You’ll hear: 

How to go after the leads that your competition is IGNORING

Which marketing tactic do you need to change today because it is OLD NEWS

The wellness revolution your newcomers are embracing, and why you can’t afford to miss out


… and a whole lot more 


Slides for worksheet


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 2189 no Why Outsourcing your Confidence is the FASTEST Way to Close your Business If I asked you the weakest link in your business, what would it be? One month after our Breaking News episode, and we’re STILL getting out-of-office replies from studios that have shut down. And when we look at WHY all of these are continuing to happen, we’ve realised one MASSIVE thing that they have in common… They are OUTSOURCING their CONFIDENCE.  Is there something in your business that you are outsourcing now, NOT because they can do a better job than you, but because YOU don’t know how to do it? We’ve told you before that WE were the problem with our clients. We ran ads for studios, and we made their sales but ultimately when they left us … they closed their doors.  In this episode, we want to talk about the difference between delegating and outsourcing and the type of outsourcing that is a one-way ticket to closing your doors for GOOD. You’ll hear:  7 things that you should NEVER outsource  One simple step to identify critical areas lacking in your business Actions you can take in the next 90 days to ensure YOUR studio isn’t next … and a whole lot more  Check out Dan Martell’s book Buy Back Your Time here. If you want to hear more about advice for struggling gym owners, check out our Breaking News episode here. Learn about what hidden tax is causing you $150,000 here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 19 Dec 2023 18:00:00 -0000 Why Outsourcing your Confidence is the FASTEST Way to Close your Business full 1 32 TBC Studios If I asked you the weakest link in your business, what would it be? One month after our Breaking News episode, and we’re STILL getting out-of-office replies from studios that have shut down. And when we look at WHY all of these are continuing to happen, we’ve realised one MASSIVE thing that they have in common… They are OUTSOURCING their CONFIDENCE.  Is there something in your business that you are outsourcing now, NOT because they can do a better job than you, but because YOU don’t know how to do it? We’ve told you before that WE were the problem with our clients. We ran ads for studios, and we made their sales but ultimately when they left us … they closed their doors.  In this episode, we want to talk about the difference between delegating and outsourcing and the type of outsourcing that is a one-way ticket to closing your doors for GOOD. You’ll hear:  7 things that you should NEVER outsource  One simple step to identify critical areas lacking in your business Actions you can take in the next 90 days to ensure YOUR studio isn’t next … and a whole lot more  Check out Dan Martell’s book Buy Back Your Time here. If you want to hear more about advice for struggling gym owners, check out our Breaking News episode here. Learn about what hidden tax is causing you $150,000 here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza If I asked you the weakest link in your business, what would it be?


One month after our Breaking News episode, and we’re STILL getting out-of-office replies from studios that have shut down. And when we look at WHY all of these are continuing to happen, we’ve realised one MASSIVE thing that they have in common…


They are OUTSOURCING their CONFIDENCE. 


Is there something in your business that you are outsourcing now, NOT because they can do a better job than you, but because YOU don’t know how to do it?


We’ve told you before that WE were the problem with our clients. We ran ads for studios, and we made their sales but ultimately when they left us … they closed their doors. 


In this episode, we want to talk about the difference between delegating and outsourcing and the type of outsourcing that is a one-way ticket to closing your doors for GOOD.


You’ll hear: 

  • 7 things that you should NEVER outsource 
  • One simple step to identify critical areas lacking in your business
  • Actions you can take in the next 90 days to ensure YOUR studio isn’t next

… and a whole lot more 


Check out Dan Martell’s book Buy Back Your Time here.


If you want to hear more about advice for struggling gym owners, check out our Breaking News episode here.


Learn about what hidden tax is causing you $150,000 here.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1369 no The Unexpected Diagnosis that Changed EVERYTHING for Commonwealth Games Athlete, Amanda Bisk Today’s episode marks the last in our series of interviews at Active Escapes Bali, where we have been sitting down and picking apart the brains of some of the BEST athletes in Australia. Through this journey, we have discovered key traits that ALL our interviewees have in common, and chat about their defining moments where they LEANED into the pain, and pushed through. Our last, but not least interviewee is the incredible Amanda Bisk. Amanda is a professional pole-vaulter, she has represented Australia on multiple occasions, including at the Commonwealth Games in 2010. She is an exercise physiologist, a yoga instructor, and a pilates instructor AND owns the fitness app, Fresh Body Fit Mind. Amanda walks us through getting an unexpected diagnosis that changed EVERYTHING, why she couldn’t bring herself to watch the 2012 Olympics and how she came back so brilliantly from rock bottom to absolutely NAIL her career. This chat is moving, powerful and inspiring so make sure you take a listen! You’ll hear:  The ONE thing you can learn from Amanda that helps her to PUSH through the pain The surprising factor that would have helped Amanda to be a BETTER Olympic athlete How the pressures of those around you can affect your measures for SUCCESS The conditioning of a top athlete that we can ALL incorporate into our businesses You can find Amanda online @amandabisk or over at www.freshbodyfitmind.com Fitness App: Fresh Body Fit Mind WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 12 Dec 2023 18:00:00 -0000 The Unexpected Diagnosis that Changed EVERYTHING for Commonwealth Games Athlete, Amanda Bisk full 1 31 TBC Studios Today’s episode marks the last in our series of interviews at Active Escapes Bali, where we have been sitting down and picking apart the brains of some of the BEST athletes in Australia. Through this journey, we have discovered key traits that ALL our interviewees have in common, and chat about their defining moments where they LEANED into the pain, and pushed through. Our last, but not least interviewee is the incredible Amanda Bisk. Amanda is a professional pole-vaulter, she has represented Australia on multiple occasions, including at the Commonwealth Games in 2010. She is an exercise physiologist, a yoga instructor, and a pilates instructor AND owns the fitness app, Fresh Body Fit Mind. Amanda walks us through getting an unexpected diagnosis that changed EVERYTHING, why she couldn’t bring herself to watch the 2012 Olympics and how she came back so brilliantly from rock bottom to absolutely NAIL her career. This chat is moving, powerful and inspiring so make sure you take a listen! You’ll hear:  The ONE thing you can learn from Amanda that helps her to PUSH through the pain The surprising factor that would have helped Amanda to be a BETTER Olympic athlete How the pressures of those around you can affect your measures for SUCCESS The conditioning of a top athlete that we can ALL incorporate into our businesses You can find Amanda online @amandabisk or over at www.freshbodyfitmind.com Fitness App: Fresh Body Fit Mind WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Today’s episode marks the last in our series of interviews at Active Escapes Bali, where we have been sitting down and picking apart the brains of some of the BEST athletes in Australia. Through this journey, we have discovered key traits that ALL our interviewees have in common, and chat about their defining moments where they LEANED into the pain, and pushed through.


Our last, but not least interviewee is the incredible Amanda Bisk. Amanda is a professional pole-vaulter, she has represented Australia on multiple occasions, including at the Commonwealth Games in 2010. She is an exercise physiologist, a yoga instructor, and a pilates instructor AND owns the fitness app, Fresh Body Fit Mind.


Amanda walks us through getting an unexpected diagnosis that changed EVERYTHING, why she couldn’t bring herself to watch the 2012 Olympics and how she came back so brilliantly from rock bottom to absolutely NAIL her career.


This chat is moving, powerful and inspiring so make sure you take a listen!


You’ll hear: 

  • The ONE thing you can learn from Amanda that helps her to PUSH through the pain
  • The surprising factor that would have helped Amanda to be a BETTER Olympic athlete
  • How the pressures of those around you can affect your measures for SUCCESS
  • The conditioning of a top athlete that we can ALL incorporate into our businesses


You can find Amanda online @amandabisk or over at www.freshbodyfitmind.com

Fitness App: Fresh Body Fit Mind


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 3466 no The Hidden Tax That Could be Costing You $150,000 Do you know how many of your members are on suspension and just HOW MUCH that is costing you? The Suspension Tax is a term that I have coined to talk about the hidden tax that is preventing you from putting another 150k in your back pocket. We sometimes forget that when anyone goes on pause, they're only pausing the training. They're not pausing the community and they're not pausing the care. So why are you?  We're doing live maths on the poddy again so you know what that means #DozaMaths. Get your calculators out and let's talk about our THREE-step process to increase your revenue from suspensions ALONE. You’ll hear:  How to segment your suspension list and work out WHICH members are most likely to come back How to entice your “zombies” (members on updated suspension) back into the studio When it’s time to cut your losses … and a whole lot more  Want to find out how we look at your studio's numbers? Listen to our episode on our benchmark reports and findings. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 05 Dec 2023 18:00:00 -0000 The Hidden Tax That Could be Costing You $150,000 full 1 30 TBC Studios Do you know how many of your members are on suspension and just HOW MUCH that is costing you? The Suspension Tax is a term that I have coined to talk about the hidden tax that is preventing you from putting another 150k in your back pocket. We sometimes forget that when anyone goes on pause, they're only pausing the training. They're not pausing the community and they're not pausing the care. So why are you?  We're doing live maths on the poddy again so you know what that means #DozaMaths. Get your calculators out and let's talk about our THREE-step process to increase your revenue from suspensions ALONE. You’ll hear:  How to segment your suspension list and work out WHICH members are most likely to come back How to entice your “zombies” (members on updated suspension) back into the studio When it’s time to cut your losses … and a whole lot more  Want to find out how we look at your studio's numbers? Listen to our episode on our benchmark reports and findings. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Do you know how many of your members are on suspension and just HOW MUCH that is costing you?


The Suspension Tax is a term that I have coined to talk about the hidden tax that is preventing you from putting another 150k in your back pocket. We sometimes forget that when anyone goes on pause, they're only pausing the training. They're not pausing the community and they're not pausing the care. So why are you? 


We're doing live maths on the poddy again so you know what that means #DozaMaths. Get your calculators out and let's talk about our THREE-step process to increase your revenue from suspensions ALONE.


You’ll hear: 

  • How to segment your suspension list and work out WHICH members are most likely to come back
  • How to entice your “zombies” (members on updated suspension) back into the studio
  • When it’s time to cut your losses


… and a whole lot more 


Want to find out how we look at your studio's numbers? Listen to our episode on our benchmark reports and findings.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1195 Never Letting Someone ELSE Hold You Back with Danni Belle The difference between advanced athletes and everybody else is that the advanced are willing to do the boring shit WAY longer than anyone else. Today’s episode is number three in our series at the Active Escapes retreat in Bali where we are interviewing some of the top athletes in Australia, and seeing what makes them tick. Joining Pete Day and I by the poolside today is Danni Belle, a strength and conditioning coach, owner of Work It by DB as well as her very own Nike-Lululemon hybrid activewear brand, DB Active all while posting daily for her 1 MILLION followers on Instagram. This episode is full of banter as we talk about how her Hotmail username as a child created her ENTIRE brand, (and what Pete’s was), missing the podium for a slice of cake, and why the Australian embassy forced her to fly home from Bangkok. You’ll hear:  How framing your language is KEY in setting yourself up for success The one thing we have seen in common across ALL of our Bali interviews that will get you to the NEXT level Danni’s no-bullshit change that can make someone go from being AVERAGE to AWESOME The one question Danni wished we had asked (spoiler: it’s how much she can hip thrust). You can find Danni online @dannibelle or over at www.dannibelle.com Podcast: Fitness Fix Activewear: DB Active Fitness App: WRKout with DB WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 28 Nov 2023 18:00:00 -0000 Never Letting Someone ELSE Hold You Back with Danni Belle full 1 29 TBC Studios The difference between advanced athletes and everybody else is that the advanced are willing to do the boring shit WAY longer than anyone else. Today’s episode is number three in our series at the Active Escapes retreat in Bali where we are interviewing some of the top athletes in Australia, and seeing what makes them tick. Joining Pete Day and I by the poolside today is Danni Belle, a strength and conditioning coach, owner of Work It by DB as well as her very own Nike-Lululemon hybrid activewear brand, DB Active all while posting daily for her 1 MILLION followers on Instagram. This episode is full of banter as we talk about how her Hotmail username as a child created her ENTIRE brand, (and what Pete’s was), missing the podium for a slice of cake, and why the Australian embassy forced her to fly home from Bangkok. You’ll hear:  How framing your language is KEY in setting yourself up for success The one thing we have seen in common across ALL of our Bali interviews that will get you to the NEXT level Danni’s no-bullshit change that can make someone go from being AVERAGE to AWESOME The one question Danni wished we had asked (spoiler: it’s how much she can hip thrust). You can find Danni online @dannibelle or over at www.dannibelle.com Podcast: Fitness Fix Activewear: DB Active Fitness App: WRKout with DB WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza The difference between advanced athletes and everybody else is that the advanced are willing to do the boring shit WAY longer than anyone else.


Today’s episode is number three in our series at the Active Escapes retreat in Bali where we are interviewing some of the top athletes in Australia, and seeing what makes them tick.


Joining Pete Day and I by the poolside today is Danni Belle, a strength and conditioning coach, owner of Work It by DB as well as her very own Nike-Lululemon hybrid activewear brand, DB Active all while posting daily for her 1 MILLION followers on Instagram.


This episode is full of banter as we talk about how her Hotmail username as a child created her ENTIRE brand, (and what Pete’s was), missing the podium for a slice of cake, and why the Australian embassy forced her to fly home from Bangkok.


You’ll hear: 

  • How framing your language is KEY in setting yourself up for success
  • The one thing we have seen in common across ALL of our Bali interviews that will get you to the NEXT level
  • Danni’s no-bullshit change that can make someone go from being AVERAGE to AWESOME
  • The one question Danni wished we had asked (spoiler: it’s how much she can hip thrust).


You can find Danni online @dannibelle or over at www.dannibelle.com

Podcast: Fitness Fix

Activewear: DB Active

Fitness App: WRKout with DB


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 2691 no If Your Member Just Wanted a Workout, They Could Do that at HOME If you don’t stand for anything, why would anyone stand with you? Soph has been going on her own fitness journey recently to get back into the gym, but through that process, she has realised just how many gyms don’t stand for ANYTHING. To a potential new member, or even those in their studios right now - they’re just another ski-erg which means it ALL comes back to price. On today’s episode, Soph and I talk about the THREE main areas that are overlooked when you are building your studio’s processes, and if you take the time after the episode to make a plan to JUST fix these, then you'll be well on your way to helping more people, creating more fulfilment for your team AND… it’s going to make you more money. You’ll hear:  How to help your members find SOLUTIONS instead of letting them walk out the door The one thing you can do to ENSURE that your team care about your business as much as YOU do Why UNDERSTANDING your member, and offering them a THIRD SPACE will guarantee their stay … and a whole lot more  Download our Avatar Worksheet so that you can get a headstart on finding your IDEAL member. Listen to Soph’s episode and check out our episode on What the Gurus AREN’T telling you about your ADS WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 21 Nov 2023 18:00:00 -0000 If Your Member Just Wanted a Workout, They Could Do that at HOME full 1 28 TBC Studios If you don’t stand for anything, why would anyone stand with you? Soph has been going on her own fitness journey recently to get back into the gym, but through that process, she has realised just how many gyms don’t stand for ANYTHING. To a potential new member, or even those in their studios right now - they’re just another ski-erg which means it ALL comes back to price. On today’s episode, Soph and I talk about the THREE main areas that are overlooked when you are building your studio’s processes, and if you take the time after the episode to make a plan to JUST fix these, then you'll be well on your way to helping more people, creating more fulfilment for your team AND… it’s going to make you more money. You’ll hear:  How to help your members find SOLUTIONS instead of letting them walk out the door The one thing you can do to ENSURE that your team care about your business as much as YOU do Why UNDERSTANDING your member, and offering them a THIRD SPACE will guarantee their stay … and a whole lot more  Download our Avatar Worksheet so that you can get a headstart on finding your IDEAL member. Listen to Soph’s episode and check out our episode on What the Gurus AREN’T telling you about your ADS WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza If you don’t stand for anything, why would anyone stand with you?


Soph has been going on her own fitness journey recently to get back into the gym, but through that process, she has realised just how many gyms don’t stand for ANYTHING. To a potential new member, or even those in their studios right now - they’re just another ski-erg which means it ALL comes back to price.


On today’s episode, Soph and I talk about the THREE main areas that are overlooked when you are building your studio’s processes, and if you take the time after the episode to make a plan to JUST fix these, then you'll be well on your way to helping more people, creating more fulfilment for your team AND…


it’s going to make you more money.


You’ll hear: 

  • How to help your members find SOLUTIONS instead of letting them walk out the door
  • The one thing you can do to ENSURE that your team care about your business as much as YOU do
  • Why UNDERSTANDING your member, and offering them a THIRD SPACE will guarantee their stay


… and a whole lot more 


Download our Avatar Worksheet so that you can get a headstart on finding your IDEAL member.


Listen to Soph’s episode and check out our episode on What the Gurus AREN’T telling you about your ADS


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1596 no BREAKING NEWS: Gyms are Shutting DOWN but YOURS Doesn’t Have To Do you feel like it’s nearly your time? Today we have a slightly different episode. It’s raw, unfiltered, it’s 6 am on a Saturday morning and I’ve just woken up to yet another article about gyms shutting down. And I’ve seen this at Geronimo too, every time we send out an email to our database, we get a new bounce back from a studio shutting down.  But the thing is, studios have bounced back. Studios are thriving. Our data shows it, industry data shows it.   But these owners are a new breed.   They are ALL IN. They're spending more time ON the business. They're learning new skills every week. Listen to today’s episode and you’ll hear:  The 7 things you need to be a gym that will SURVIVE Why you need to get OUT of the scarcity mindset right NOW The importance of putting aside your EGO and asking for help … and a whole lot more  If you feel like you’re at your limit, you’ve GOT to shift gears TODAY. We can change your path in 6 weeks, and if you mention the podcast, I’ll do it for $0. Get in contact with me at @hey.doza. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 14 Nov 2023 18:00:00 -0000 BREAKING NEWS: Gyms are Shutting DOWN but YOURS Doesn’t Have To full 1 27 TBC Studios Do you feel like it’s nearly your time? Today we have a slightly different episode. It’s raw, unfiltered, it’s 6 am on a Saturday morning and I’ve just woken up to yet another article about gyms shutting down. And I’ve seen this at Geronimo too, every time we send out an email to our database, we get a new bounce back from a studio shutting down.  But the thing is, studios have bounced back. Studios are thriving. Our data shows it, industry data shows it.   But these owners are a new breed.   They are ALL IN. They're spending more time ON the business. They're learning new skills every week. Listen to today’s episode and you’ll hear:  The 7 things you need to be a gym that will SURVIVE Why you need to get OUT of the scarcity mindset right NOW The importance of putting aside your EGO and asking for help … and a whole lot more  If you feel like you’re at your limit, you’ve GOT to shift gears TODAY. We can change your path in 6 weeks, and if you mention the podcast, I’ll do it for $0. Get in contact with me at @hey.doza. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Do you feel like it’s nearly your time?


Today we have a slightly different episode. It’s raw, unfiltered, it’s 6 am on a Saturday morning and I’ve just woken up to yet another article about gyms shutting down. And I’ve seen this at Geronimo too, every time we send out an email to our database, we get a new bounce back from a studio shutting down. 


But the thing is, studios have bounced back. Studios are thriving. Our data shows it, industry data shows it.

 

But these owners are a new breed.

 

They are ALL IN.

They're spending more time ON the business.

They're learning new skills every week.


Listen to today’s episode and you’ll hear: 

  • The 7 things you need to be a gym that will SURVIVE
  • Why you need to get OUT of the scarcity mindset right NOW
  • The importance of putting aside your EGO and asking for help


… and a whole lot more 


If you feel like you’re at your limit, you’ve GOT to shift gears TODAY. We can change your path in 6 weeks, and if you mention the podcast, I’ll do it for $0. Get in contact with me at @hey.doza.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1174 no Mastering Mental Strength with Professional Pole-vaulter and Entrepreneur Alana Doust If you had to decide between going to the Olympics or helping your family… What would you choose? In this episode we are back in Bali at the Active Escapes retreat, the world’s number #1 fitness retreat. So of course, we took the opportunity to get unfiltered with some of the top athletes in Australia and get to know the people behind the legends. Joining Pete Day and I behind the mics today is Alana Doust, a powerhouse of a human being who is a professional pole vaulter, the author of Mind and Body Reset program, an entrepreneur and an online coach with Fitfeed.  Things haven’t always panned out for Alana, and YET, she still continues to spread positivity. So how does she do it?  You’ll hear:  How to STOP laying down the bricks and START building your empire What KEY element is CRUCIAL in helping you to take risks What mental strength ACTUALLY means Which routine does Alana do EVERY NIGHT to ensure her success for tomorrow You can find Alana @alanadoust and at www.fitfeed.com.au WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 07 Nov 2023 18:00:00 -0000 Mastering Mental Strength with Professional Pole-vaulter and Entrepreneur Alana Doust full 1 26 TBC Studios If you had to decide between going to the Olympics or helping your family… What would you choose? In this episode we are back in Bali at the Active Escapes retreat, the world’s number #1 fitness retreat. So of course, we took the opportunity to get unfiltered with some of the top athletes in Australia and get to know the people behind the legends. Joining Pete Day and I behind the mics today is Alana Doust, a powerhouse of a human being who is a professional pole vaulter, the author of Mind and Body Reset program, an entrepreneur and an online coach with Fitfeed.  Things haven’t always panned out for Alana, and YET, she still continues to spread positivity. So how does she do it?  You’ll hear:  How to STOP laying down the bricks and START building your empire What KEY element is CRUCIAL in helping you to take risks What mental strength ACTUALLY means Which routine does Alana do EVERY NIGHT to ensure her success for tomorrow You can find Alana @alanadoust and at www.fitfeed.com.au WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza If you had to decide between going to the Olympics or helping your family… What would you choose?


In this episode we are back in Bali at the Active Escapes retreat, the world’s number #1 fitness retreat. So of course, we took the opportunity to get unfiltered with some of the top athletes in Australia and get to know the people behind the legends.


Joining Pete Day and I behind the mics today is Alana Doust, a powerhouse of a human being who is a professional pole vaulter, the author of Mind and Body Reset program, an entrepreneur and an online coach with Fitfeed. 


Things haven’t always panned out for Alana, and YET, she still continues to spread positivity. So how does she do it? 


You’ll hear: 

  • How to STOP laying down the bricks and START building your empire
  • What KEY element is CRUCIAL in helping you to take risks
  • What mental strength ACTUALLY means
  • Which routine does Alana do EVERY NIGHT to ensure her success for tomorrow


You can find Alana @alanadoust and at www.fitfeed.com.au


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 2421 no WHY Isn’t My Manager LISTENING? Do you feel like you’re constantly saying the same things over and over and your manager is nodding their head but nothing ever happens? Or perhaps you're a manager and you feel like you’re not being HEARD!  Soph joins me in this episode, who used to be the manager at our gym and now coaches and works with hundreds of owners and managers across the world and gives us the honest, real and unfiltered truth from a manager's perspective.  If you want to stay off the gym floor and increase your retention … one of the most precious assets you have is your PEOPLE so today we give you the three steps to communicating in a way that gets results.  So if you want to take your studio from good to GREAT, grab your pen and let’s dive in.  You’ll hear:  How to equip your managers with the RIGHT tools and SHOW them what great looks like Why what you DON’T say to your staff is just as important as what you DO say And what I was MORTIFIED to hear wasn’t in my organisation  Check out Multipliers by Liz Wiseman  WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 31 Oct 2023 18:00:00 -0000 WHY Isn’t My Manager LISTENING? full 1 25 TBC Studios Do you feel like you’re constantly saying the same things over and over and your manager is nodding their head but nothing ever happens? Or perhaps you're a manager and you feel like you’re not being HEARD!  Soph joins me in this episode, who used to be the manager at our gym and now coaches and works with hundreds of owners and managers across the world and gives us the honest, real and unfiltered truth from a manager's perspective.  If you want to stay off the gym floor and increase your retention … one of the most precious assets you have is your PEOPLE so today we give you the three steps to communicating in a way that gets results.  So if you want to take your studio from good to GREAT, grab your pen and let’s dive in.  You’ll hear:  How to equip your managers with the RIGHT tools and SHOW them what great looks like Why what you DON’T say to your staff is just as important as what you DO say And what I was MORTIFIED to hear wasn’t in my organisation  Check out Multipliers by Liz Wiseman  WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Do you feel like you’re constantly saying the same things over and over and your manager is nodding their head but nothing ever happens?


Or perhaps you're a manager and you feel like you’re not being HEARD! 


Soph joins me in this episode, who used to be the manager at our gym and now coaches and works with hundreds of owners and managers across the world and gives us the honest, real and unfiltered truth from a manager's perspective. 


If you want to stay off the gym floor and increase your retention … one of the most precious assets you have is your PEOPLE so today we give you the three steps to communicating in a way that gets results. 


So if you want to take your studio from good to GREAT, grab your pen and let’s dive in. 


You’ll hear: 

  • How to equip your managers with the RIGHT tools and SHOW them what great looks like
  • Why what you DON’T say to your staff is just as important as what you DO say
  • And what I was MORTIFIED to hear wasn’t in my organisation 


Check out Multipliers by Liz Wiseman 


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 2121 no What does it take to be Australia’s Fittest Man? with King of CrossFit and 100% Plant Powered James Newbury If you could win, but it would take 10% off your life … would you do it?  Recently Pete and I went to an Active Escapes retreat and were surrounded by Olympians, record holders and some of the fittest people in this country and thought … We want to know what makes these guys tick. What are the habits, the 1% that they do, that get them to the next level? Like all of our episodes, these conversations are Unfiltered - we uncover and talk about the realities of performing at this level, the morning routines and where it all started. Joining us today is James Newbury, a 4x CrossFit Games champion, the undisputed king of Australian CrossFit, founder of Phyba supplements, and owner of Leboiz, ALL while thriving on a 100% plant-based diet. But before he decided to become the best, he was a scrawny kid, hustling hard but never getting his place on the podium. How did he transform? You’ll never believe it. Success leaves clues, and there are PLENTY in here.  You’ll hear:  The defining moment when James rewired his mindset for SUCCESS; How he bulldozes through the pressure of high-performance athletics; His non-negotiable habits every single day  The UNFILTERED truth on what James’ first business was  You can find James @jamesnewbury and if you’re interested in joining Phyba’s affiliate program, click here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 24 Oct 2023 18:00:00 -0000 What does it take to be Australia’s Fittest Man? with King of CrossFit and 100% Plant Powered James Newbury full 1 24 TBC Studios If you could win, but it would take 10% off your life … would you do it?  Recently Pete and I went to an Active Escapes retreat and were surrounded by Olympians, record holders and some of the fittest people in this country and thought … We want to know what makes these guys tick. What are the habits, the 1% that they do, that get them to the next level? Like all of our episodes, these conversations are Unfiltered - we uncover and talk about the realities of performing at this level, the morning routines and where it all started. Joining us today is James Newbury, a 4x CrossFit Games champion, the undisputed king of Australian CrossFit, founder of Phyba supplements, and owner of Leboiz, ALL while thriving on a 100% plant-based diet. But before he decided to become the best, he was a scrawny kid, hustling hard but never getting his place on the podium. How did he transform? You’ll never believe it. Success leaves clues, and there are PLENTY in here.  You’ll hear:  The defining moment when James rewired his mindset for SUCCESS; How he bulldozes through the pressure of high-performance athletics; His non-negotiable habits every single day  The UNFILTERED truth on what James’ first business was  You can find James @jamesnewbury and if you’re interested in joining Phyba’s affiliate program, click here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza If you could win, but it would take 10% off your life … would you do it? 


Recently Pete and I went to an Active Escapes retreat and were surrounded by Olympians, record holders and some of the fittest people in this country and thought … We want to know what makes these guys tick. What are the habits, the 1% that they do, that get them to the next level?


Like all of our episodes, these conversations are Unfiltered - we uncover and talk about the realities of performing at this level, the morning routines and where it all started.


Joining us today is James Newbury, a 4x CrossFit Games champion, the undisputed king of Australian CrossFit, founder of Phyba supplements, and owner of Leboiz, ALL while thriving on a 100% plant-based diet.


But before he decided to become the best, he was a scrawny kid, hustling hard but never getting his place on the podium. How did he transform? You’ll never believe it.


Success leaves clues, and there are PLENTY in here. 


You’ll hear: 

  • The defining moment when James rewired his mindset for SUCCESS;
  • How he bulldozes through the pressure of high-performance athletics;
  • His non-negotiable habits every single day 
  • The UNFILTERED truth on what James’ first business was 


You can find James @jamesnewbury and if you’re interested in joining Phyba’s affiliate program, click here.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 3230 no How to Make $250K in the Next 90 Days - PART TWO How would your life change if you made $250K in the Next 90 Days?  Welcome to Part Two of this series with Soph and I, Last episode we taught you the how and gave you the exact tools you need to fix your Leads AND SALES Conversion rate and in this episode, we’re going to be talking about the MISSED money in the middle. This is the part that most studio owners IGNORE, but you’re not like most studio owners and if you take action on this today it won’t just be the difference between you having a good Christmas or not, these are LIFE-CHANGING skills that will get your rollovers up to 80% and churn below 5%.  Now there’s no point listening to this and not taking action so I want you to get your notes app open and write down what you’re going to do and actually make a change so that you’re on track to make that $250,000.  You’ll hear  How to increase your RETENTION in just 5 MINUTES A DAY  The MISSED MONEY in the middle that most owners ignore  How to roll over without feeling salesy  You heard how passionate Soph is about this so if you want to jump on a call to help you nail this implementation you can book it here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 17 Oct 2023 18:00:00 -0000 How to Make $250K in the Next 90 Days - PART TWO full 1 23 TBC Studios How would your life change if you made $250K in the Next 90 Days?  Welcome to Part Two of this series with Soph and I, Last episode we taught you the how and gave you the exact tools you need to fix your Leads AND SALES Conversion rate and in this episode, we’re going to be talking about the MISSED money in the middle. This is the part that most studio owners IGNORE, but you’re not like most studio owners and if you take action on this today it won’t just be the difference between you having a good Christmas or not, these are LIFE-CHANGING skills that will get your rollovers up to 80% and churn below 5%.  Now there’s no point listening to this and not taking action so I want you to get your notes app open and write down what you’re going to do and actually make a change so that you’re on track to make that $250,000.  You’ll hear  How to increase your RETENTION in just 5 MINUTES A DAY  The MISSED MONEY in the middle that most owners ignore  How to roll over without feeling salesy  You heard how passionate Soph is about this so if you want to jump on a call to help you nail this implementation you can book it here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza How would your life change if you made $250K in the Next 90 Days? 


Welcome to Part Two of this series with Soph and I, Last episode we taught you the how and gave you the exact tools you need to fix your Leads AND SALES Conversion rate and in this episode, we’re going to be talking about the MISSED money in the middle.


This is the part that most studio owners IGNORE, but you’re not like most studio owners and if you take action on this today it won’t just be the difference between you having a good Christmas or not, these are LIFE-CHANGING skills that will get your rollovers up to 80% and churn below 5%. 


Now there’s no point listening to this and not taking action so I want you to get your notes app open and write down what you’re going to do and actually make a change so that you’re on track to make that $250,000. 


You’ll hear 

  • How to increase your RETENTION in just 5 MINUTES A DAY 
  • The MISSED MONEY in the middle that most owners ignore 
  • How to roll over without feeling salesy 


You heard how passionate Soph is about this so if you want to jump on a call to help you nail this implementation you can book it here.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1073 no How to Make $250K in the Next 90 Days - PART ONE If you thought winter was tough, brace yourself because we are about to head into the absolute WORST part of the year. Every year we see the next 90 days are the days that are MAKE OR BREAK for studios … so in this ep today Soph and I are going to show you HOW to make $250,000 (well actually it's a hell of a lot more than that but we want to cover your costs as well) in 90 days.  Why 90 days? And why is this SO important? Because if we look over the data from the HUNDREDS of Studios we’ve coached - October and November CAN BE some of the best months of the year. But it won’t happen if you don’t do the prep work if you don’t get started NOW so that the people who are ready to buy choose you over the ski erg down the road.  This episode is your BLUEPRINT to printing CASH, to getting LEADS and SELLING to them so that you have the best Christmas yet and pocket more money than you’ve ever had.  You’ll hear  The EXACT steps to make $250K in 90 days  Why most studio owners are leaving money on the table (and how you can take advantage!)  One change that will make you an EASY extra $20,000  Find our BEST PERFORMING AD COPY AND CREATIVE, as well as the Solver Script that’s responsible for millions of dollars worth of gym membership sign-ups here.  WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 10 Oct 2023 18:00:00 -0000 How to Make $250K in the Next 90 Days - PART ONE full 1 22 TBC Studios If you thought winter was tough, brace yourself because we are about to head into the absolute WORST part of the year. Every year we see the next 90 days are the days that are MAKE OR BREAK for studios … so in this ep today Soph and I are going to show you HOW to make $250,000 (well actually it's a hell of a lot more than that but we want to cover your costs as well) in 90 days.  Why 90 days? And why is this SO important? Because if we look over the data from the HUNDREDS of Studios we’ve coached - October and November CAN BE some of the best months of the year. But it won’t happen if you don’t do the prep work if you don’t get started NOW so that the people who are ready to buy choose you over the ski erg down the road.  This episode is your BLUEPRINT to printing CASH, to getting LEADS and SELLING to them so that you have the best Christmas yet and pocket more money than you’ve ever had.  You’ll hear  The EXACT steps to make $250K in 90 days  Why most studio owners are leaving money on the table (and how you can take advantage!)  One change that will make you an EASY extra $20,000  Find our BEST PERFORMING AD COPY AND CREATIVE, as well as the Solver Script that’s responsible for millions of dollars worth of gym membership sign-ups here.  WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza If you thought winter was tough, brace yourself because we are about to head into the absolute WORST part of the year.


Every year we see the next 90 days are the days that are MAKE OR BREAK for studios … so in this ep today Soph and I are going to show you HOW to make $250,000 (well actually it's a hell of a lot more than that but we want to cover your costs as well) in 90 days. 


Why 90 days? And why is this SO important? Because if we look over the data from the HUNDREDS of Studios we’ve coached - October and November CAN BE some of the best months of the year. But it won’t happen if you don’t do the prep work if you don’t get started NOW so that the people who are ready to buy choose you over the ski erg down the road. 


This episode is your BLUEPRINT to printing CASH, to getting LEADS and SELLING to them so that you have the best Christmas yet and pocket more money than you’ve ever had. 


You’ll hear 

  • The EXACT steps to make $250K in 90 days 
  • Why most studio owners are leaving money on the table (and how you can take advantage!) 
  • One change that will make you an EASY extra $20,000 


Find our BEST PERFORMING AD COPY AND CREATIVE, as well as the Solver Script that’s responsible for millions of dollars worth of gym membership sign-ups here. 


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1753 no "If I didn't walk in to that studio on that day, I don't think I'd still be here" ... Soph's Story *CONTENT WARNING: This episode discusses eating disorders and suicide ideation.* If you or someone you love needs support go to beyondblue.org.au, butterfly.org.au or for 24-hour free counselling in Australia, the number for Lifeline is 13 11 14,   Today we’re going to talk about the ACTUAL reason that every single one of you owns a gym, and it’s not the money, it’s not the freedom, it’s not because you love fitness … it’s something bigger than all of that.  Soph is behind the mic with Benny this week to share her OWN story and how she found the fitness world and space … Before Soph was our Senior Growth Coach she was a member at one of our studios in Sydney and went on to become a coach and then our manager. Soph’s WHY behind joining the gym is one of the most moving stories and we wanted to share it with you today, raw and unfiltered because all of you - as owners and as managers... each of you will have a version of Soph in your studio .. and you have a choice on what impact YOU make on their life.   You’ll hear  A member's perspective of walking into a STUDIO and what really matters The details you can focus on to MAKE AN IMPACT How your gym … can change someone's life  WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 03 Oct 2023 18:49:00 -0000 "If I didn't walk in to that studio on that day, I don't think I'd still be here" ... Soph's Story full 1 21 TBC Studios *CONTENT WARNING: This episode discusses eating disorders and suicide ideation.* If you or someone you love needs support go to beyondblue.org.au, butterfly.org.au or for 24-hour free counselling in Australia, the number for Lifeline is 13 11 14,   Today we’re going to talk about the ACTUAL reason that every single one of you owns a gym, and it’s not the money, it’s not the freedom, it’s not because you love fitness … it’s something bigger than all of that.  Soph is behind the mic with Benny this week to share her OWN story and how she found the fitness world and space … Before Soph was our Senior Growth Coach she was a member at one of our studios in Sydney and went on to become a coach and then our manager. Soph’s WHY behind joining the gym is one of the most moving stories and we wanted to share it with you today, raw and unfiltered because all of you - as owners and as managers... each of you will have a version of Soph in your studio .. and you have a choice on what impact YOU make on their life.   You’ll hear  A member's perspective of walking into a STUDIO and what really matters The details you can focus on to MAKE AN IMPACT How your gym … can change someone's life  WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza *CONTENT WARNING: This episode discusses eating disorders and suicide ideation.* If you or someone you love needs support go to beyondblue.org.au, butterfly.org.au or for 24-hour free counselling in Australia, the number for Lifeline is 13 11 14,  


Today we’re going to talk about the ACTUAL reason that every single one of you owns a gym, and it’s not the money, it’s not the freedom, it’s not because you love fitness … it’s something bigger than all of that. 


Soph is behind the mic with Benny this week to share her OWN story and how she found the fitness world and space … Before Soph was our Senior Growth Coach she was a member at one of our studios in Sydney and went on to become a coach and then our manager.


Soph’s WHY behind joining the gym is one of the most moving stories and we wanted to share it with you today, raw and unfiltered because all of you - as owners and as managers... each of you will have a version of Soph in your studio .. and you have a choice on what impact YOU make on their life.  


You’ll hear 

  • A member's perspective of walking into a STUDIO and what really matters
  • The details you can focus on to MAKE AN IMPACT
  • How your gym … can change someone's life 


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1925 no Mistakes Studio Owners are Making when using AI AI is not here to replace you … but you might be replaced by the studio down the road that’s using AI to grow their business.  Have you joined the Chat GPT revolution yet? People either love it or hate it but I want to use this episode to help you LEVERAGE AI to grow your studio, to make more money and get MORE time back in your week.  We spoke about this in our summit and have had messages every single day asking for MORE on this topic so today Soph and I talked about the common mistakes we see studio owners make with AI and the ways that you can work SMARTER and use AI properly so that YOU have access to a WHOLE TEAM of ‘experts’ on your side for $20 a month. Now, I’m NOT a techie, and I’m telling you that you don’t have to be to do this. If you know how to use a keyboard, you can learn how to use AI.  You’ll hear  Quick wins you can implement with AI to save you time THIS WEEK  The exact prompts to make Chat GPT write PROFITABLE AD COPY in seconds What you should NEVER do  WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 26 Sep 2023 19:00:00 -0000 Mistakes Studio Owners are Making when using AI full 1 20 TBC Studios AI is not here to replace you … but you might be replaced by the studio down the road that’s using AI to grow their business.  Have you joined the Chat GPT revolution yet? People either love it or hate it but I want to use this episode to help you LEVERAGE AI to grow your studio, to make more money and get MORE time back in your week.  We spoke about this in our summit and have had messages every single day asking for MORE on this topic so today Soph and I talked about the common mistakes we see studio owners make with AI and the ways that you can work SMARTER and use AI properly so that YOU have access to a WHOLE TEAM of ‘experts’ on your side for $20 a month. Now, I’m NOT a techie, and I’m telling you that you don’t have to be to do this. If you know how to use a keyboard, you can learn how to use AI.  You’ll hear  Quick wins you can implement with AI to save you time THIS WEEK  The exact prompts to make Chat GPT write PROFITABLE AD COPY in seconds What you should NEVER do  WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza AI is not here to replace you … but you might be replaced by the studio down the road that’s using AI to grow their business. 


Have you joined the Chat GPT revolution yet? People either love it or hate it but I want to use this episode to help you LEVERAGE AI to grow your studio, to make more money and get MORE time back in your week. 


We spoke about this in our summit and have had messages every single day asking for MORE on this topic so today Soph and I talked about the common mistakes we see studio owners make with AI and the ways that you can work SMARTER and use AI properly so that YOU have access to a WHOLE TEAM of ‘experts’ on your side for $20 a month.


Now, I’m NOT a techie, and I’m telling you that you don’t have to be to do this. If you know how to use a keyboard, you can learn how to use AI. 


You’ll hear 

  • Quick wins you can implement with AI to save you time THIS WEEK 
  • The exact prompts to make Chat GPT write PROFITABLE AD COPY in seconds
  • What you should NEVER do 


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1092 no How to create a SELLABLE business Every single week we speak to studio owners who want to sell their studios, and if you listened to last week's episode you’ll know that we also speak to brokers who are telling us that RIGHT NOW there are studios that no one wants to buy, no matter how much they drop the price.  It’s a topic that is very close to our hearts, by the time Benny and I finally agreed to sell our studios it was right in the middle of COVID and our studios should have been worth six figures and come back with a zero-dollar valuation, they were worth nothing.  But we decided to give it our all, to make some changes and ended up selling BOTH studios, during covid for multi-six figures.  If you’re thinking it might be time to sell OR you’ve been listening to our episodes and you agree that you’ve actually built yourself a JOB instead of a business this episode shares the exact things we did (and our clients do) to make them as valuable as possible.  You’ll hear  What makes a studio a VALUABLE and DESIRABLE asset?  The things that make a studio worth MORE than others  Changes we had to implement to get a multi-six-figure offer  WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 19 Sep 2023 19:00:00 -0000 How to create a SELLABLE business full 1 19 TBC Studios Every single week we speak to studio owners who want to sell their studios, and if you listened to last week's episode you’ll know that we also speak to brokers who are telling us that RIGHT NOW there are studios that no one wants to buy, no matter how much they drop the price.  It’s a topic that is very close to our hearts, by the time Benny and I finally agreed to sell our studios it was right in the middle of COVID and our studios should have been worth six figures and come back with a zero-dollar valuation, they were worth nothing.  But we decided to give it our all, to make some changes and ended up selling BOTH studios, during covid for multi-six figures.  If you’re thinking it might be time to sell OR you’ve been listening to our episodes and you agree that you’ve actually built yourself a JOB instead of a business this episode shares the exact things we did (and our clients do) to make them as valuable as possible.  You’ll hear  What makes a studio a VALUABLE and DESIRABLE asset?  The things that make a studio worth MORE than others  Changes we had to implement to get a multi-six-figure offer  WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Every single week we speak to studio owners who want to sell their studios, and if you listened to last week's episode you’ll know that we also speak to brokers who are telling us that RIGHT NOW there are studios that no one wants to buy, no matter how much they drop the price. 


It’s a topic that is very close to our hearts, by the time Benny and I finally agreed to sell our studios it was right in the middle of COVID and our studios should have been worth six figures and come back with a zero-dollar valuation, they were worth nothing. 


But we decided to give it our all, to make some changes and ended up selling BOTH studios, during covid for multi-six figures. 


If you’re thinking it might be time to sell OR you’ve been listening to our episodes and you agree that you’ve actually built yourself a JOB instead of a business this episode shares the exact things we did (and our clients do) to make them as valuable as possible. 


You’ll hear 

  • What makes a studio a VALUABLE and DESIRABLE asset? 
  • The things that make a studio worth MORE than others 
  • Changes we had to implement to get a multi-six-figure offer 


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 896 no What brokers are saying about gyms that are trying to sell right now We speak to brokers every single week to find out what's happening in the market - who’s selling, how much for and we’ve found recently there is a HUGE split.  Benny and I are talking to you about the split, about the two main types of studios that exist right now and the levels in between.  The first ones are those that for whatever reason, it doesn't matter how much they lower their price or how long they've been on the market for … they just can't seem to sell. And on the flip side, there are owners that are making more money than they ever have, they're opening second or third locations, and they're also going on more holidays than they have before.  Why is that, or how is that in the same market? In the same market, two very different outcomes. Tune in to find out You’ll hear  Why some studios are TOO hard to turn around  The HIDDEN level of returns that only the BEST-performing studios have access to  What the NEXT step is if you’re unsure about whether you want to sell or stay WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 12 Sep 2023 19:00:00 -0000 What brokers are saying about gyms that are trying to sell right now full 1 18 TBC Studios We speak to brokers every single week to find out what's happening in the market - who’s selling, how much for and we’ve found recently there is a HUGE split.  Benny and I are talking to you about the split, about the two main types of studios that exist right now and the levels in between.  The first ones are those that for whatever reason, it doesn't matter how much they lower their price or how long they've been on the market for … they just can't seem to sell. And on the flip side, there are owners that are making more money than they ever have, they're opening second or third locations, and they're also going on more holidays than they have before.  Why is that, or how is that in the same market? In the same market, two very different outcomes. Tune in to find out You’ll hear  Why some studios are TOO hard to turn around  The HIDDEN level of returns that only the BEST-performing studios have access to  What the NEXT step is if you’re unsure about whether you want to sell or stay WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza We speak to brokers every single week to find out what's happening in the market - who’s selling, how much for and we’ve found recently there is a HUGE split. 


Benny and I are talking to you about the split, about the two main types of studios that exist right now and the levels in between. 


The first ones are those that for whatever reason, it doesn't matter how much they lower their price or how long they've been on the market for … they just can't seem to sell.


And on the flip side, there are owners that are making more money than they ever have, they're opening second or third locations, and they're also going on more holidays than they have before. 


Why is that, or how is that in the same market? In the same market, two very different outcomes. Tune in to find out


You’ll hear 

  • Why some studios are TOO hard to turn around 
  • The HIDDEN level of returns that only the BEST-performing studios have access to 
  • What the NEXT step is if you’re unsure about whether you want to sell or stay


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1159 no The Multibillion Dollar Business Opening Group Fitness Studios & 2023 Industry Trends “Everyone is tightening their spending” … Interesting  … it can feel that way but this week I wanted to know what the data says, so we know what’s ACTUALLY happening in the economy and the fitness industry as a whole.  So this week Benny and I are bringing you the hard facts and data from reports across Australia and the world about people’s spending, their gym habits and where YOU should focus your attention moving forward.  And what we find will shock you, I hope it will shift your perspective and highlight that although the news is all doom and gloom, if you ACTUALLY pay attention and make a couple of shifts to your marketing to talk to the right people - it’s not all doom and gloom.  You’ll hear  Who your new billion-dollar competitor is, and how to stay in front  The things Australians are cutting their spending on (and how to make sure you’re not one of them)  Changes you can make to your marketing to adapt to the changes we’ve seen in buyer behaviour  If you want to check out these market stats yourself, check out the link here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 05 Sep 2023 19:00:00 -0000 The Multibillion Dollar Business Opening Group Fitness Studios & 2023 Industry Trends full 1 17 TBC Studios “Everyone is tightening their spending” … Interesting  … it can feel that way but this week I wanted to know what the data says, so we know what’s ACTUALLY happening in the economy and the fitness industry as a whole.  So this week Benny and I are bringing you the hard facts and data from reports across Australia and the world about people’s spending, their gym habits and where YOU should focus your attention moving forward.  And what we find will shock you, I hope it will shift your perspective and highlight that although the news is all doom and gloom, if you ACTUALLY pay attention and make a couple of shifts to your marketing to talk to the right people - it’s not all doom and gloom.  You’ll hear  Who your new billion-dollar competitor is, and how to stay in front  The things Australians are cutting their spending on (and how to make sure you’re not one of them)  Changes you can make to your marketing to adapt to the changes we’ve seen in buyer behaviour  If you want to check out these market stats yourself, check out the link here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza “Everyone is tightening their spending” … Interesting 


… it can feel that way but this week I wanted to know what the data says, so we know what’s ACTUALLY happening in the economy and the fitness industry as a whole. 


So this week Benny and I are bringing you the hard facts and data from reports across Australia and the world about people’s spending, their gym habits and where YOU should focus your attention moving forward. 


And what we find will shock you, I hope it will shift your perspective and highlight that although the news is all doom and gloom, if you ACTUALLY pay attention and make a couple of shifts to your marketing to talk to the right people - it’s not all doom and gloom. 


You’ll hear 

  • Who your new billion-dollar competitor is, and how to stay in front 
  • The things Australians are cutting their spending on (and how to make sure you’re not one of them) 
  • Changes you can make to your marketing to adapt to the changes we’ve seen in buyer behaviour 


If you want to check out these market stats yourself, check out the link here.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1449 no Stop Doing This and Holding Yourself Back from Your Full Potential Last week we ran the Summit which is a 3-day event we run every four months where we work with our studios to look at the view, look at the peak of where they want to be and create a plan to get them there.  We’ve run a few of these now but were told that this one was the most powerful yet and the BEST summit because of one moment.  And that moment was the moment they realised that regardless of the income they were earning there were BASICS that they hadn’t nailed which were holding them back from achieving their goals.  In this ep, we talk you through how you can make sure that you don’t fall into this same trap, and what to do if you are.  You’ll hear  How to know when you’re on the right track for success  What the most successful million-dollar studios are doing (but most aren’t!)  The first question you need to ask yourself TODAY  Want to find out where you’re holding yourself back? Check out the self-audit tool here. And if you are seeing a whole heap of red and aren’t sure what’s next, book a self-audit call where we can identify the leaks in your business in under 14 minutes!  WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 29 Aug 2023 19:00:00 -0000 Stop Doing This and Holding Yourself Back from Your Full Potential full 1 16 TBC Studios Last week we ran the Summit which is a 3-day event we run every four months where we work with our studios to look at the view, look at the peak of where they want to be and create a plan to get them there.  We’ve run a few of these now but were told that this one was the most powerful yet and the BEST summit because of one moment.  And that moment was the moment they realised that regardless of the income they were earning there were BASICS that they hadn’t nailed which were holding them back from achieving their goals.  In this ep, we talk you through how you can make sure that you don’t fall into this same trap, and what to do if you are.  You’ll hear  How to know when you’re on the right track for success  What the most successful million-dollar studios are doing (but most aren’t!)  The first question you need to ask yourself TODAY  Want to find out where you’re holding yourself back? Check out the self-audit tool here. And if you are seeing a whole heap of red and aren’t sure what’s next, book a self-audit call where we can identify the leaks in your business in under 14 minutes!  WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Last week we ran the Summit which is a 3-day event we run every four months where we work with our studios to look at the view, look at the peak of where they want to be and create a plan to get them there. 


We’ve run a few of these now but were told that this one was the most powerful yet and the BEST summit because of one moment. 


And that moment was the moment they realised that regardless of the income they were earning there were BASICS that they hadn’t nailed which were holding them back from achieving their goals. 


In this ep, we talk you through how you can make sure that you don’t fall into this same trap, and what to do if you are. 


You’ll hear 

  • How to know when you’re on the right track for success 
  • What the most successful million-dollar studios are doing (but most aren’t!) 
  • The first question you need to ask yourself TODAY 


Want to find out where you’re holding yourself back? Check out the self-audit tool here.

And if you are seeing a whole heap of red and aren’t sure what’s next, book a self-audit call where we can identify the leaks in your business in under 14 minutes! 


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1144 no ”When you’re dying … your perspective changes” The Untold Story of Doza This story is one I wasn’t planning to share today.  Benny flipped the tables and sprung this on me as a surprise interview, and not only takes you back through my own personal origin story but something that happened last year which changed absolutely everything for me.  So these show notes aren’t like our other show notes either …  Hey Guys, Ben here … I wanted to share Doza’s story because I wanted you to understand who the man is behind the big personality and the jokes. The reason Doza has had so much success in his life and the mindset and approach he takes to EVERYTHING, from succeeding in his corporate career to navigating a failing gym and then a lockdown on top of it, he’s always come out on top and his mindset is the biggest reason for that. I hope NONE of you goes through the unthinkable moments that he faced last year, and I hope that you can take away some inspiration from this, and how you can make a change today to live and feature in your own sequel.  To stop doing the things you ‘should’ do and take the risks that you are currently too nervous to make because … what if it’s the best thing that's ever happened.  And please, PLEASE go and get tested. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 22 Aug 2023 19:00:00 -0000 ”When you’re dying … your perspective changes” The Untold Story of Doza full 1 15 TBC Studios This story is one I wasn’t planning to share today.  Benny flipped the tables and sprung this on me as a surprise interview, and not only takes you back through my own personal origin story but something that happened last year which changed absolutely everything for me.  So these show notes aren’t like our other show notes either …  Hey Guys, Ben here … I wanted to share Doza’s story because I wanted you to understand who the man is behind the big personality and the jokes. The reason Doza has had so much success in his life and the mindset and approach he takes to EVERYTHING, from succeeding in his corporate career to navigating a failing gym and then a lockdown on top of it, he’s always come out on top and his mindset is the biggest reason for that. I hope NONE of you goes through the unthinkable moments that he faced last year, and I hope that you can take away some inspiration from this, and how you can make a change today to live and feature in your own sequel.  To stop doing the things you ‘should’ do and take the risks that you are currently too nervous to make because … what if it’s the best thing that's ever happened.  And please, PLEASE go and get tested. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza This story is one I wasn’t planning to share today. 


Benny flipped the tables and sprung this on me as a surprise interview, and not only takes you back through my own personal origin story but something that happened last year which changed absolutely everything for me. 


So these show notes aren’t like our other show notes either … 


Hey Guys, Ben here …


I wanted to share Doza’s story because I wanted you to understand who the man is behind the big personality and the jokes.


The reason Doza has had so much success in his life and the mindset and approach he takes to EVERYTHING, from succeeding in his corporate career to navigating a failing gym and then a lockdown on top of it, he’s always come out on top and his mindset is the biggest reason for that.


I hope NONE of you goes through the unthinkable moments that he faced last year, and I hope that you can take away some inspiration from this, and how you can make a change today to live and feature in your own sequel. 


To stop doing the things you ‘should’ do and take the risks that you are currently too nervous to make because … what if it’s the best thing that's ever happened. 


And please, PLEASE go and get tested.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 3589 no How to DELEGATE so your team do the tasks better than you. 'It’ll only take me ten minutes, it’s just easier if I do it myself.' 'I tried to delegate it but the task just came straight back to me, my team couldn’t do it' If you can relate to the above, you’ve tried delegating before and it hasn’t worked out or you don’t know WHAT to delegate then this episode is for you. As we spoke about in last week’s episode, we’re all about designing a business and lifestyle that you LOVE not hate. But how do you get there if you are still stuck doing the LOW-VALUE tasks in your business?  In this episode, Benny and I break down exactly HOW TO DELEGATE properly, and how to do it in a way that the people you delegate to take ownership and do it BETTER than you would do yourself!  We, first of all, help you figure out WHAT you need to be delegating and WHY, then we give you our exact method of delegating EASILY (and no, you don’t have to write a 57-page SOP each time!) as well as covering how to identify WHO to delegate which tasks to in your teams.  We even share real-life examples from our own team of how we used their strengths to build a WINNING TEAM so we could focus on the $10,000/hour tasks. If you’re ready to give yourself a PAYRISE, make MORE MONEY and build a business you LOVE, listen in, take notes and most importantly TAKE ACTION. You’ll hear:  How to delegate … just by doing what you’re doing  The one thing to include that will get your team to OWN tasks  Examples of tasks that you SHOULDN’T be doing as an owner and those $10,000/hour tasks that you need to be doing more of  … and a whole lot more  If you haven’t listened to our episode on designing a business you love not hate, check it out on Apple and Spotify. Ready to identify what your $10/hour and $10,000/hour tasks are? Download the table here WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 15 Aug 2023 19:00:00 -0000 How to DELEGATE so your team do the tasks better than you. full 1 14 TBC Studios 'It’ll only take me ten minutes, it’s just easier if I do it myself.' 'I tried to delegate it but the task just came straight back to me, my team couldn’t do it' If you can relate to the above, you’ve tried delegating before and it hasn’t worked out or you don’t know WHAT to delegate then this episode is for you. As we spoke about in last week’s episode, we’re all about designing a business and lifestyle that you LOVE not hate. But how do you get there if you are still stuck doing the LOW-VALUE tasks in your business?  In this episode, Benny and I break down exactly HOW TO DELEGATE properly, and how to do it in a way that the people you delegate to take ownership and do it BETTER than you would do yourself!  We, first of all, help you figure out WHAT you need to be delegating and WHY, then we give you our exact method of delegating EASILY (and no, you don’t have to write a 57-page SOP each time!) as well as covering how to identify WHO to delegate which tasks to in your teams.  We even share real-life examples from our own team of how we used their strengths to build a WINNING TEAM so we could focus on the $10,000/hour tasks. If you’re ready to give yourself a PAYRISE, make MORE MONEY and build a business you LOVE, listen in, take notes and most importantly TAKE ACTION. You’ll hear:  How to delegate … just by doing what you’re doing  The one thing to include that will get your team to OWN tasks  Examples of tasks that you SHOULDN’T be doing as an owner and those $10,000/hour tasks that you need to be doing more of  … and a whole lot more  If you haven’t listened to our episode on designing a business you love not hate, check it out on Apple and Spotify. Ready to identify what your $10/hour and $10,000/hour tasks are? Download the table here WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza 'It’ll only take me ten minutes, it’s just easier if I do it myself.'


'I tried to delegate it but the task just came straight back to me, my team couldn’t do it'


If you can relate to the above, you’ve tried delegating before and it hasn’t worked out or you don’t know WHAT to delegate then this episode is for you.


As we spoke about in last week’s episode, we’re all about designing a business and lifestyle that you LOVE not hate. But how do you get there if you are still stuck doing the LOW-VALUE tasks in your business? 

In this episode, Benny and I break down exactly HOW TO DELEGATE properly, and how to do it in a way that the people you delegate to take ownership and do it BETTER than you would do yourself! 


We, first of all, help you figure out WHAT you need to be delegating and WHY, then we give you our exact method of delegating EASILY (and no, you don’t have to write a 57-page SOP each time!) as well as covering how to identify WHO to delegate which tasks to in your teams. 


We even share real-life examples from our own team of how we used their strengths to build a WINNING TEAM so we could focus on the $10,000/hour tasks.


If you’re ready to give yourself a PAYRISE, make MORE MONEY and build a business you LOVE, listen in, take notes and most importantly TAKE ACTION.


You’ll hear: 

  • How to delegate … just by doing what you’re doing 
  • The one thing to include that will get your team to OWN tasks 
  • Examples of tasks that you SHOULDN’T be doing as an owner and those $10,000/hour tasks that you need to be doing more of 


… and a whole lot more 


If you haven’t listened to our episode on designing a business you love not hate, check it out on Apple and Spotify.


Ready to identify what your $10/hour and $10,000/hour tasks are? Download the table here


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1565 no How To Build A Business You LOVE Not Hate ‘I just need to get more members, I should just be spending more time in the studio, I should just ride my team more… Then I’ll be happy. Then I’ll have the business I want.’ Sound familiar? We see it time and time again - gym owners that are unhappy, too busy and not living the life they want to be living. Why? Because they are not taking the time to stop and design how they want their lives and businesses to look … so, they end up living their life by default.  If you are constantly feeling like you ‘should’ be doing things then I want to ask you why? Why should you do that?  Where did that story come from?  Does doing ‘that thing’ move you closer to making more money? The most successful people we know understand the value of their time, and the value of their team and leverage both of these to not allow them to do things they LOVE to do but to allow their team to thrive as well.  In this episode, Benny and I break down a simple framework you can use TODAY, to design your ideal week and life.  If you take action on this, you’ll get to where you want to be MUCH faster by doing the things you LOVE to do and not just the things you think you SHOULD be doing. You’ll hear:  How to know if you are focusing on the WRONG things in your business  The 4-step framework that will allow you to build a business you love  Why you need to stay in your Beyonce zone… (and what it is)  … and a whole lot more Check out the D.R.I.P. Matrix and our favourite tool for effective delegation. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 08 Aug 2023 19:00:00 -0000 How To Build A Business You LOVE Not Hate full 1 13 TBC Studios ‘I just need to get more members, I should just be spending more time in the studio, I should just ride my team more… Then I’ll be happy. Then I’ll have the business I want.’ Sound familiar? We see it time and time again - gym owners that are unhappy, too busy and not living the life they want to be living. Why? Because they are not taking the time to stop and design how they want their lives and businesses to look … so, they end up living their life by default.  If you are constantly feeling like you ‘should’ be doing things then I want to ask you why? Why should you do that?  Where did that story come from?  Does doing ‘that thing’ move you closer to making more money? The most successful people we know understand the value of their time, and the value of their team and leverage both of these to not allow them to do things they LOVE to do but to allow their team to thrive as well.  In this episode, Benny and I break down a simple framework you can use TODAY, to design your ideal week and life.  If you take action on this, you’ll get to where you want to be MUCH faster by doing the things you LOVE to do and not just the things you think you SHOULD be doing. You’ll hear:  How to know if you are focusing on the WRONG things in your business  The 4-step framework that will allow you to build a business you love  Why you need to stay in your Beyonce zone… (and what it is)  … and a whole lot more Check out the D.R.I.P. Matrix and our favourite tool for effective delegation. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza ‘I just need to get more members, I should just be spending more time in the studio, I should just ride my team more… Then I’ll be happy. Then I’ll have the business I want.’


Sound familiar?


We see it time and time again - gym owners that are unhappy, too busy and not living the life they want to be living. Why? Because they are not taking the time to stop and design how they want their lives and businesses to look … so, they end up living their life by default. 


If you are constantly feeling like you ‘should’ be doing things then I want to ask you why?

Why should you do that? 

Where did that story come from? 

Does doing ‘that thing’ move you closer to making more money?


The most successful people we know understand the value of their time, and the value of their team and leverage both of these to not allow them to do things they LOVE to do but to allow their team to thrive as well. 


In this episode, Benny and I break down a simple framework you can use TODAY, to design your ideal week and life. 

If you take action on this, you’ll get to where you want to be MUCH faster by doing the things you LOVE to do and not just the things you think you SHOULD be doing.


You’ll hear: 

  • How to know if you are focusing on the WRONG things in your business 
  • The 4-step framework that will allow you to build a business you love 
  • Why you need to stay in your Beyonce zone… (and what it is) 


… and a whole lot more


Check out the D.R.I.P. Matrix and our favourite tool for effective delegation.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1127 no What the Gurus AREN’T telling you about your ADS The market is too saturated, there are too many competing gyms in your area, this is just what lead-gen is like post-covid.  If you’ve been told one of those statements above and you currently have NO leads OR you’ve got leads but no one is interested in buying … you're not alone.  Every week we talk to studio owners who are in this situation, spending thousands with agencies who promise leads and conversions, and follow through with excuses on why YOU’RE the problem … and we want to lift the veil today and give you the real talk. You’re not the problem, they are … and we were too.  This episode isn’t to sell you on why to use us. We are telling you the ‘industry secrets’ the things that they DON’T want you to know, so that you can do your own audit, so you’re empowered to question the quality of your leads and you can make up your own mind on whether you’re the problem, or they are.  You’ll hear:  The CHECKLIST you can use to AUDIT your ad agency and your ads  What your creative NEEDS to have to ATTRACT your DREAM MEMBERS  The reason your current leads aren’t converting and how to get HIGH-QUALITY leads instead  … and a whole lot more! If you’re struggling with the lead flow or not sure about your current ads, request your free ad audit here WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 01 Aug 2023 19:00:00 -0000 What the Gurus AREN’T telling you about your ADS full 1 12 TBC Studios The market is too saturated, there are too many competing gyms in your area, this is just what lead-gen is like post-covid.  If you’ve been told one of those statements above and you currently have NO leads OR you’ve got leads but no one is interested in buying … you're not alone.  Every week we talk to studio owners who are in this situation, spending thousands with agencies who promise leads and conversions, and follow through with excuses on why YOU’RE the problem … and we want to lift the veil today and give you the real talk. You’re not the problem, they are … and we were too.  This episode isn’t to sell you on why to use us. We are telling you the ‘industry secrets’ the things that they DON’T want you to know, so that you can do your own audit, so you’re empowered to question the quality of your leads and you can make up your own mind on whether you’re the problem, or they are.  You’ll hear:  The CHECKLIST you can use to AUDIT your ad agency and your ads  What your creative NEEDS to have to ATTRACT your DREAM MEMBERS  The reason your current leads aren’t converting and how to get HIGH-QUALITY leads instead  … and a whole lot more! If you’re struggling with the lead flow or not sure about your current ads, request your free ad audit here WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza The market is too saturated, there are too many competing gyms in your area, this is just what lead-gen is like post-covid. 


If you’ve been told one of those statements above and you currently have NO leads OR you’ve got leads but no one is interested in buying … you're not alone. 


Every week we talk to studio owners who are in this situation, spending thousands with agencies who promise leads and conversions, and follow through with excuses on why YOU’RE the problem … and we want to lift the veil today and give you the real talk.


You’re not the problem, they are … and we were too. 


This episode isn’t to sell you on why to use us. We are telling you the ‘industry secrets’ the things that they DON’T want you to know, so that you can do your own audit, so you’re empowered to question the quality of your leads and you can make up your own mind on whether you’re the problem, or they are. 


You’ll hear: 

  • The CHECKLIST you can use to AUDIT your ad agency and your ads 
  • What your creative NEEDS to have to ATTRACT your DREAM MEMBERS 
  • The reason your current leads aren’t converting and how to get HIGH-QUALITY leads instead 


… and a whole lot more!


If you’re struggling with the lead flow or not sure about your current ads, request your free ad audit here


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1751 no The Real Reason People Suck At SALES But You Don’t Have To with Anna Rudyk If you’ve ever told yourself that you’re BAD at sales … This episode is for you.  Today we’re unpacking the real reason most people suck at sales and why you don’t have to.  Joining me is Anna Rudyk, who started out as a membership consultant at our studio back in 2020, broke our sales record on her second day and has since gone on to sell over 4000 memberships and coach over 250 gyms on how they can sell the RIGHT WAY, get RESULTS and not feel like a SLEAZY salesperson.  We’re going to talk about the top three reasons why you might be struggling and then 5 reasons why even with the same sales tools, scripts and support some owners succeed and others don’t.  Not only will this episode help you to feel more confident with the entire concept of selling, but we’re also sharing HOW you can stand out from the gym down the road and actually convert your leads as well.  You’ll hear:  Why running ads ISN’T going to fill up your studio  The MINDSET shifts and reframes you can use to completely change how you feel about selling  And the EXACT strategies and techniques WE use to get our clients from 12% conversion rates to over 50%  … and a whole lot more   Want to see the script we use and give to our clients? Download the S.O.L.V.E.R sales script here WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 25 Jul 2023 18:00:00 -0000 The Real Reason People Suck At SALES But You Don’t Have To with Anna Rudyk full 1 11 TBC Studios If you’ve ever told yourself that you’re BAD at sales … This episode is for you.  Today we’re unpacking the real reason most people suck at sales and why you don’t have to.  Joining me is Anna Rudyk, who started out as a membership consultant at our studio back in 2020, broke our sales record on her second day and has since gone on to sell over 4000 memberships and coach over 250 gyms on how they can sell the RIGHT WAY, get RESULTS and not feel like a SLEAZY salesperson.  We’re going to talk about the top three reasons why you might be struggling and then 5 reasons why even with the same sales tools, scripts and support some owners succeed and others don’t.  Not only will this episode help you to feel more confident with the entire concept of selling, but we’re also sharing HOW you can stand out from the gym down the road and actually convert your leads as well.  You’ll hear:  Why running ads ISN’T going to fill up your studio  The MINDSET shifts and reframes you can use to completely change how you feel about selling  And the EXACT strategies and techniques WE use to get our clients from 12% conversion rates to over 50%  … and a whole lot more   Want to see the script we use and give to our clients? Download the S.O.L.V.E.R sales script here WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza If you’ve ever told yourself that you’re BAD at sales … This episode is for you. 


Today we’re unpacking the real reason most people suck at sales and why you don’t have to. 


Joining me is Anna Rudyk, who started out as a membership consultant at our studio back in 2020, broke our sales record on her second day and has since gone on to sell over 4000 memberships and coach over 250 gyms on how they can sell the RIGHT WAY, get RESULTS and not feel like a SLEAZY salesperson. 


We’re going to talk about the top three reasons why you might be struggling and then 5 reasons why even with the same sales tools, scripts and support some owners succeed and others don’t. 

Not only will this episode help you to feel more confident with the entire concept of selling, but we’re also sharing HOW you can stand out from the gym down the road and actually convert your leads as well. 


You’ll hear: 

  • Why running ads ISN’T going to fill up your studio 
  • The MINDSET shifts and reframes you can use to completely change how you feel about selling 
  • And the EXACT strategies and techniques WE use to get our clients from 12% conversion rates to over 50% 


… and a whole lot more 


 Want to see the script we use and give to our clients? Download the S.O.L.V.E.R sales script here


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 2330 no Coming back from ROCK BOTTOM with Travis Young from Reborn *CONTENT WARNING: This episode discusses drug and alcohol use, gambling, addiction and suicide.* If you or someone you love needs support go to beyondblue.org.au, butterfly.org.au or for 24-hour free counselling in Australia, the number for Lifeline is 13 11 14,   Today I’m joined by Travis Young who many of you may know as the founder of million-dollar studio Reborn, a successful dad, husband and member of the Geronimo Community.  Trav is one of the most ambitious and determined gym owners I know and there’s so much we could cover with him … but today we’re going to tell his origin story, what it took to become the man he is today and the defining moments along the way.  This episode has almost nothing to do with gyms but everything to do with why some studios make it and why some don’t and what it actually takes to win.   Trav’s motto for Reborn is to ‘be the best part of our members' day’ and the culture he has created means that it truly is. I hope that this episode inspires you to find bigger meaning and purpose behind your why and to share this with your community every single day.  You’ll hear:  When Trav hit ROCK BOTTOM and the DEFINING MOMENT that led him to a new path  How sharing his story has HELPED and IMPACTED his members  The HABITS and routines Trav implements to ensure he WINS every single day … and a whole lot more  You can follow Trav over at @rebornfitnessclub and @travisyoung06. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 18 Jul 2023 18:00:00 -0000 Coming back from ROCK BOTTOM with Travis Young from Reborn full 1 10 TBC Studios *CONTENT WARNING: This episode discusses drug and alcohol use, gambling, addiction and suicide.* If you or someone you love needs support go to beyondblue.org.au, butterfly.org.au or for 24-hour free counselling in Australia, the number for Lifeline is 13 11 14,   Today I’m joined by Travis Young who many of you may know as the founder of million-dollar studio Reborn, a successful dad, husband and member of the Geronimo Community.  Trav is one of the most ambitious and determined gym owners I know and there’s so much we could cover with him … but today we’re going to tell his origin story, what it took to become the man he is today and the defining moments along the way.  This episode has almost nothing to do with gyms but everything to do with why some studios make it and why some don’t and what it actually takes to win.   Trav’s motto for Reborn is to ‘be the best part of our members' day’ and the culture he has created means that it truly is. I hope that this episode inspires you to find bigger meaning and purpose behind your why and to share this with your community every single day.  You’ll hear:  When Trav hit ROCK BOTTOM and the DEFINING MOMENT that led him to a new path  How sharing his story has HELPED and IMPACTED his members  The HABITS and routines Trav implements to ensure he WINS every single day … and a whole lot more  You can follow Trav over at @rebornfitnessclub and @travisyoung06. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza *CONTENT WARNING: This episode discusses drug and alcohol use, gambling, addiction and suicide.* If you or someone you love needs support go to beyondblue.org.au, butterfly.org.au or for 24-hour free counselling in Australia, the number for Lifeline is 13 11 14,  


Today I’m joined by Travis Young who many of you may know as the founder of million-dollar studio Reborn, a successful dad, husband and member of the Geronimo Community. 


Trav is one of the most ambitious and determined gym owners I know and there’s so much we could cover with him … but today we’re going to tell his origin story, what it took to become the man he is today and the defining moments along the way. 


This episode has almost nothing to do with gyms but everything to do with why some studios make it and why some don’t and what it actually takes to win.  


Trav’s motto for Reborn is to ‘be the best part of our members' day’ and the culture he has created means that it truly is. I hope that this episode inspires you to find bigger meaning and purpose behind your why and to share this with your community every single day. 


You’ll hear: 

  • When Trav hit ROCK BOTTOM and the DEFINING MOMENT that led him to a new path 
  • How sharing his story has HELPED and IMPACTED his members 
  • The HABITS and routines Trav implements to ensure he WINS every single day


… and a whole lot more 


You can follow Trav over at @rebornfitnessclub and @travisyoung06.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 4524 no What business are you ACTUALLY in? What business are you ACTUALLY in? If you’re thinking I’ve lost my mind this week because of course, we’re in the fitness industry, right? WRONG …  Over the last month we we’ve been looking at how our million-dollar studio owners ran their businesses and noticed they had a VERY different way of running things … I don’t mean the structure of how they ran their business, it was how they thought about their business entirely.  If you are JUST a fitness business, then for your members going to your studio, it probably doesn’t feel much different to them than heading into Woolworths or Coles. So .. we tested this. For those that reframed the way they thought they got more CONVERSIONS, higher RETENTION and they retained TOP TALENT. Want in? Open your notes app and let's dive in.  You’ll hear:  Things you can implement in TWO MINUTES that will change the game for your members  How to create a CULTURE people never want to leave (or suspend their memberships from)  What you can learn from GLOBAL brands and implement into your business TODAY … and a whole lot more  If you aren’t sure how you can bring this to life in your studio send me an email, I want to help. My inbox is always open heydoza@geronimoventures.com WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 11 Jul 2023 19:00:00 -0000 What business are you ACTUALLY in? full 1 9 TBC Studios What business are you ACTUALLY in? If you’re thinking I’ve lost my mind this week because of course, we’re in the fitness industry, right? WRONG …  Over the last month we we’ve been looking at how our million-dollar studio owners ran their businesses and noticed they had a VERY different way of running things … I don’t mean the structure of how they ran their business, it was how they thought about their business entirely.  If you are JUST a fitness business, then for your members going to your studio, it probably doesn’t feel much different to them than heading into Woolworths or Coles. So .. we tested this. For those that reframed the way they thought they got more CONVERSIONS, higher RETENTION and they retained TOP TALENT. Want in? Open your notes app and let's dive in.  You’ll hear:  Things you can implement in TWO MINUTES that will change the game for your members  How to create a CULTURE people never want to leave (or suspend their memberships from)  What you can learn from GLOBAL brands and implement into your business TODAY … and a whole lot more  If you aren’t sure how you can bring this to life in your studio send me an email, I want to help. My inbox is always open heydoza@geronimoventures.com WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza What business are you ACTUALLY in?


If you’re thinking I’ve lost my mind this week because of course, we’re in the fitness industry, right? WRONG … 


Over the last month we we’ve been looking at how our million-dollar studio owners ran their businesses and noticed they had a VERY different way of running things … I don’t mean the structure of how they ran their business, it was how they thought about their business entirely. 


If you are JUST a fitness business, then for your members going to your studio, it probably doesn’t feel much different to them than heading into Woolworths or Coles.


So .. we tested this. For those that reframed the way they thought they got more CONVERSIONS, higher RETENTION and they retained TOP TALENT.

Want in?


Open your notes app and let's dive in. 


You’ll hear: 

  • Things you can implement in TWO MINUTES that will change the game for your members 
  • How to create a CULTURE people never want to leave (or suspend their memberships from) 
  • What you can learn from GLOBAL brands and implement into your business TODAY


… and a whole lot more 


If you aren’t sure how you can bring this to life in your studio send me an email, I want to help. My inbox is always open heydoza@geronimoventures.com


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1068 no The Benchmarks Million Dollar Studios are Aiming For 🚀 The first thing we notice about studios that fly and exceed all of their targets, is they know what to aim for.  For some of you, you might already have some benchmarks that HQ or an industry report has given you, for others if I asked you your rollover % right now you’d have no clue what I was talking about.  I opened up an industry benchmark report the other day and the numbers SHOCKED ME, some of them were literally 60% lower than what we set as a target for our gyms and studios to hit.  But it makes sense right? The industry average is exactly that. The average number that average studios are hitting, and right now - more than ever before an average studio is just one quarter away from shutting their doors. If you want to outstrip your competition and move forward in your business you need to aim for MORE.  So in this episode, we are going to tell you the ACTUAL benchmarks we give to our studios, the numbers they strive for and the things that they focus on to move the needle.  If you are ready to make a change and get on track to become a million-dollar studio WHILST also creating a life you love, grab a pen and paper and write down the tips we give you in this one.  You’ll hear:  What our studios did to grow by 300 members in ONE MONTH The ACTUAL reason you have a churn problem and how to fix it  HOW to introduce these benchmarks to your team & get them onboard  … and a whole lot more  If you want to know the 7 targets 7-figure studios aim for email heydoza@geronimoventures.com with the SUBJECT: BENCHMARKS And as a listener of the pod, book in for your FREE 20 minute TUNE UP to get you on the right track here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 04 Jul 2023 19:00:00 -0000 The Benchmarks Million Dollar Studios are Aiming For 🚀 full 1 8 TBC Studios The first thing we notice about studios that fly and exceed all of their targets, is they know what to aim for.  For some of you, you might already have some benchmarks that HQ or an industry report has given you, for others if I asked you your rollover % right now you’d have no clue what I was talking about.  I opened up an industry benchmark report the other day and the numbers SHOCKED ME, some of them were literally 60% lower than what we set as a target for our gyms and studios to hit.  But it makes sense right? The industry average is exactly that. The average number that average studios are hitting, and right now - more than ever before an average studio is just one quarter away from shutting their doors. If you want to outstrip your competition and move forward in your business you need to aim for MORE.  So in this episode, we are going to tell you the ACTUAL benchmarks we give to our studios, the numbers they strive for and the things that they focus on to move the needle.  If you are ready to make a change and get on track to become a million-dollar studio WHILST also creating a life you love, grab a pen and paper and write down the tips we give you in this one.  You’ll hear:  What our studios did to grow by 300 members in ONE MONTH The ACTUAL reason you have a churn problem and how to fix it  HOW to introduce these benchmarks to your team & get them onboard  … and a whole lot more  If you want to know the 7 targets 7-figure studios aim for email heydoza@geronimoventures.com with the SUBJECT: BENCHMARKS And as a listener of the pod, book in for your FREE 20 minute TUNE UP to get you on the right track here. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza The first thing we notice about studios that fly and exceed all of their targets, is they know what to aim for. 


For some of you, you might already have some benchmarks that HQ or an industry report has given you, for others if I asked you your rollover % right now you’d have no clue what I was talking about. 

I opened up an industry benchmark report the other day and the numbers SHOCKED ME, some of them were literally 60% lower than what we set as a target for our gyms and studios to hit. 

But it makes sense right? The industry average is exactly that. The average number that average studios are hitting, and right now - more than ever before an average studio is just one quarter away from shutting their doors. If you want to outstrip your competition and move forward in your business you need to aim for MORE. 


So in this episode, we are going to tell you the ACTUAL benchmarks we give to our studios, the numbers they strive for and the things that they focus on to move the needle. 

If you are ready to make a change and get on track to become a million-dollar studio WHILST also creating a life you love, grab a pen and paper and write down the tips we give you in this one. 

You’ll hear: 

  • What our studios did to grow by 300 members in ONE MONTH
  • The ACTUAL reason you have a churn problem and how to fix it 
  • HOW to introduce these benchmarks to your team & get them onboard 

… and a whole lot more 


If you want to know the 7 targets 7-figure studios aim for email heydoza@geronimoventures.com with the SUBJECT: BENCHMARKS

And as a listener of the pod, book in for your FREE 20 minute TUNE UP to get you on the right track here.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1875 no COMPARE THE PAIR: Why do some studios FAIL and others SUCCEED? For some of you, today’s topic is going to be hard to hear.  I read a statistic the other day and it shocked me, but looking at the businesses around me - felt about right …  80% of all small businesses will fail in the first five years and of those that survive, 80% of those will fail in their second five.  So in today’s ep, we wanted to unpack WHY? Why does this happen? And most importantly how can YOU become one of the 2/10 that succeed? I’m going to give you a spoiler here … you DON’T need to do more work! I know for so many of you listening you are working HARD. You’re putting in the reps and you show up every single day … but, if you’re feeling like you could be part of that 80% that do fail - you might just be working on the wrong things. Want to know what the right things are? Tune in to today's Ep to find out.  You’ll hear: The number one tell-tale sign of a studio that’s NOT going to make it  What the successful owners have done to overcome ANY of the challenges they were faced with INCLUDING low leads, high churn and terrible retention  Two changes you can make to avoid being one of the 8 that fail  … and a whole lot more! WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 27 Jun 2023 19:00:00 -0000 COMPARE THE PAIR: Why do some studios FAIL and others SUCCEED? full TBC Studios For some of you, today’s topic is going to be hard to hear.  I read a statistic the other day and it shocked me, but looking at the businesses around me - felt about right …  80% of all small businesses will fail in the first five years and of those that survive, 80% of those will fail in their second five.  So in today’s ep, we wanted to unpack WHY? Why does this happen? And most importantly how can YOU become one of the 2/10 that succeed? I’m going to give you a spoiler here … you DON’T need to do more work! I know for so many of you listening you are working HARD. You’re putting in the reps and you show up every single day … but, if you’re feeling like you could be part of that 80% that do fail - you might just be working on the wrong things. Want to know what the right things are? Tune in to today's Ep to find out.  You’ll hear: The number one tell-tale sign of a studio that’s NOT going to make it  What the successful owners have done to overcome ANY of the challenges they were faced with INCLUDING low leads, high churn and terrible retention  Two changes you can make to avoid being one of the 8 that fail  … and a whole lot more! WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza For some of you, today’s topic is going to be hard to hear. 


I read a statistic the other day and it shocked me, but looking at the businesses around me - felt about right … 

80% of all small businesses will fail in the first five years and of those that survive, 80% of those will fail in their second five. 


So in today’s ep, we wanted to unpack WHY? Why does this happen? And most importantly how can YOU become one of the 2/10 that succeed?


I’m going to give you a spoiler here … you DON’T need to do more work! I know for so many of you listening you are working HARD. You’re putting in the reps and you show up every single day … but, if you’re feeling like you could be part of that 80% that do fail - you might just be working on the wrong things.


Want to know what the right things are? Tune in to today's Ep to find out. 


You’ll hear:

  • The number one tell-tale sign of a studio that’s NOT going to make it 
  • What the successful owners have done to overcome ANY of the challenges they were faced with INCLUDING low leads, high churn and terrible retention 
  • Two changes you can make to avoid being one of the 8 that fail 


… and a whole lot more!


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1358 How to be a leader people actually want to follow, with Rohan Dredge Do your managers show up every day and treat your gym like it’s their own?  Do you feel like you’re more of a lighthouse to your team or a tug boat? When we spoke to our clients in The Geronimo Academy, 100% of them at some point in the last 3 months said that team alignment (and how to be a better leader) was their biggest challenge … so we’ve got OUR leadership Coach Rohan Dredge on to give you some tactics and advice that will change the game so you can get the most out of YOURSELF and YOUR TEAM.  Rohan is the CEO of Pragmatic Thinking, a behaviour and motivation strategy company; and works with companies like Qantas, Toyota, Siemens, Suncorp, Laminex .. Geronimo and loads more. Not only does Rohan have a master's in educational psychology and over 30 years in leadership development and organisational change - he’s also one of the most passionate people I know in this space and the insights he’s provided for both me personally and for our owners and managers has been life-changing.  Rather than just asking any questions we decided to put a question box out to you to see what YOU struggle with the most and what you’d want to know about leadership, so in today’s episode you’ll hear the answers to those along with some unfiltered feedback from Rohan to Ben and I on what WE need to improve as leaders. You’ll hear: How to set KPIs that your team are CLEAR on, EXCITED about and actually HIT targets  The reason your managers aren’t performing and following you (it’s not what you think) THREE things that will set you apart from EVERY other gym and studio owner out there so you can attract and retain better TALENT, and they can attract and retain better MEMBERS for you.  … and a whole lot more! Want to level up your leadership? Check out this free resource that will take you from studio owner or manager to LEADER WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 20 Jun 2023 19:00:00 -0000 How to be a leader people actually want to follow, with Rohan Dredge full 1 6 TBC Studios Do your managers show up every day and treat your gym like it’s their own?  Do you feel like you’re more of a lighthouse to your team or a tug boat? When we spoke to our clients in The Geronimo Academy, 100% of them at some point in the last 3 months said that team alignment (and how to be a better leader) was their biggest challenge … so we’ve got OUR leadership Coach Rohan Dredge on to give you some tactics and advice that will change the game so you can get the most out of YOURSELF and YOUR TEAM.  Rohan is the CEO of Pragmatic Thinking, a behaviour and motivation strategy company; and works with companies like Qantas, Toyota, Siemens, Suncorp, Laminex .. Geronimo and loads more. Not only does Rohan have a master's in educational psychology and over 30 years in leadership development and organisational change - he’s also one of the most passionate people I know in this space and the insights he’s provided for both me personally and for our owners and managers has been life-changing.  Rather than just asking any questions we decided to put a question box out to you to see what YOU struggle with the most and what you’d want to know about leadership, so in today’s episode you’ll hear the answers to those along with some unfiltered feedback from Rohan to Ben and I on what WE need to improve as leaders. You’ll hear: How to set KPIs that your team are CLEAR on, EXCITED about and actually HIT targets  The reason your managers aren’t performing and following you (it’s not what you think) THREE things that will set you apart from EVERY other gym and studio owner out there so you can attract and retain better TALENT, and they can attract and retain better MEMBERS for you.  … and a whole lot more! Want to level up your leadership? Check out this free resource that will take you from studio owner or manager to LEADER WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Do your managers show up every day and treat your gym like it’s their own? 

Do you feel like you’re more of a lighthouse to your team or a tug boat?


When we spoke to our clients in The Geronimo Academy, 100% of them at some point in the last 3 months said that team alignment (and how to be a better leader) was their biggest challenge … so we’ve got OUR leadership Coach Rohan Dredge on to give you some tactics and advice that will change the game so you can get the most out of YOURSELF and YOUR TEAM. 


Rohan is the CEO of Pragmatic Thinking, a behaviour and motivation strategy company; and works with companies like Qantas, Toyota, Siemens, Suncorp, Laminex .. Geronimo and loads more.

Not only does Rohan have a master's in educational psychology and over 30 years in leadership development and organisational change - he’s also one of the most passionate people I know in this space and the insights he’s provided for both me personally and for our owners and managers has been life-changing. 


Rather than just asking any questions we decided to put a question box out to you to see what YOU struggle with the most and what you’d want to know about leadership, so in today’s episode you’ll hear the answers to those along with some unfiltered feedback from Rohan to Ben and I on what WE need to improve as leaders.


You’ll hear:

  • How to set KPIs that your team are CLEAR on, EXCITED about and actually HIT targets 
  • The reason your managers aren’t performing and following you (it’s not what you think)
  • THREE things that will set you apart from EVERY other gym and studio owner out there so you can attract and retain better TALENT, and they can attract and retain better MEMBERS for you. 


… and a whole lot more!


Want to level up your leadership? Check out this free resource that will take you from studio owner or manager to LEADER


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 2651 no What 50% of studio owners DON’T know … 50% of the studio owners we spoke to don’t know one thing … and it's a thing that horrified me and will likely be the reason they fail.  This week Soph and I talk through what we’ve seen our clients do that we love, what’s actually made an impact and what we can learn from the lessons they’ve encountered. It’s a short episode, but if you grab your pen and paper (or the notes app in your phone) and commit to taking action on ONE thing. It will change the game for you and your business.  You’ll hear: Two questions to ask that will transform your problem with churn  The one thing you need to know that 50% of owners don’t  What we’re loving that our clients are doing right now  If you’re loving the pod or have some feedback for us it would mean the world if you leave a review. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 13 Jun 2023 19:00:00 -0000 What 50% of studio owners DON’T know … full 1 5 TBC Studios 50% of the studio owners we spoke to don’t know one thing … and it's a thing that horrified me and will likely be the reason they fail.  This week Soph and I talk through what we’ve seen our clients do that we love, what’s actually made an impact and what we can learn from the lessons they’ve encountered. It’s a short episode, but if you grab your pen and paper (or the notes app in your phone) and commit to taking action on ONE thing. It will change the game for you and your business.  You’ll hear: Two questions to ask that will transform your problem with churn  The one thing you need to know that 50% of owners don’t  What we’re loving that our clients are doing right now  If you’re loving the pod or have some feedback for us it would mean the world if you leave a review. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza 50% of the studio owners we spoke to don’t know one thing … and it's a thing that horrified me and will likely be the reason they fail. 


This week Soph and I talk through what we’ve seen our clients do that we love, what’s actually made an impact and what we can learn from the lessons they’ve encountered.


It’s a short episode, but if you grab your pen and paper (or the notes app in your phone) and commit to taking action on ONE thing. It will change the game for you and your business. 


You’ll hear:

  • Two questions to ask that will transform your problem with churn 
  • The one thing you need to know that 50% of owners don’t 
  • What we’re loving that our clients are doing right now 


If you’re loving the pod or have some feedback for us it would mean the world if you leave a review.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 557 How to UNFREEZE your GROWTH in winter ❄️ and see your retention THRIVE in summer ☀️ Feel like you’re playing snakes and ladders with your growth?  The second you close out a solid growth month and have a healthy membership base, winter or summer hits and you’re back to where you started.  At this time of the year, two types of studios emerge. The ones who do nothing and accept high suspensions and churn throughout the toughest seasons. And therefore suffer, only really have a 10 month financial year. Then there’s the ones who decide to ATTACK these times of year and SHOW UP for their members. They’re the ones who are dominating their market and meaning more to their members. SO, what if we told you that not only can you retain your membership base but you can GROW and set new records when you come out the other side? And help your members through what is also a tough period for them to stay on track with their health and fitness goals. Today I’m joined by Senior Growth Coach, Sophie Montgomery and we’re not just talking about Seasonal Retention and what we did … but we’re giving you the blueprint so you never have to suffer through a soft summer or winter, like I had to, again. You’ll hear: Why running ANOTHER challenge is the nail in the coffin for your profits  How to ATTRACT & WIN all of the members leaving other gyms  The ONE thing that will have your members showing up EVERY SINGLE SESSION, when they would usually stay in bed or hit the beach  … and a whole lot more! Want your FREE 60 second survey that enables you to build EXACTLY what your DREAM gym members are looking for? Check out the link here WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 06 Jun 2023 18:00:00 -0000 full 1 4 TBC Studios Feel like you’re playing snakes and ladders with your growth?  The second you close out a solid growth month and have a healthy membership base, winter or summer hits and you’re back to where you started.  At this time of the year, two types of studios emerge. The ones who do nothing and accept high suspensions and churn throughout the toughest seasons. And therefore suffer, only really have a 10 month financial year. Then there’s the ones who decide to ATTACK these times of year and SHOW UP for their members. They’re the ones who are dominating their market and meaning more to their members. SO, what if we told you that not only can you retain your membership base but you can GROW and set new records when you come out the other side? And help your members through what is also a tough period for them to stay on track with their health and fitness goals. Today I’m joined by Senior Growth Coach, Sophie Montgomery and we’re not just talking about Seasonal Retention and what we did … but we’re giving you the blueprint so you never have to suffer through a soft summer or winter, like I had to, again. You’ll hear: Why running ANOTHER challenge is the nail in the coffin for your profits  How to ATTRACT & WIN all of the members leaving other gyms  The ONE thing that will have your members showing up EVERY SINGLE SESSION, when they would usually stay in bed or hit the beach  … and a whole lot more! Want your FREE 60 second survey that enables you to build EXACTLY what your DREAM gym members are looking for? Check out the link here WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Feel like you’re playing snakes and ladders with your growth? 


The second you close out a solid growth month and have a healthy membership base, winter or summer hits and you’re back to where you started. 


At this time of the year, two types of studios emerge. The ones who do nothing and accept high suspensions and churn throughout the toughest seasons. And therefore suffer, only really have a 10 month financial year. Then there’s the ones who decide to ATTACK these times of year and SHOW UP for their members. They’re the ones who are dominating their market and meaning more to their members.


SO, what if we told you that not only can you retain your membership base but you can GROW and set new records when you come out the other side? And help your members through what is also a tough period for them to stay on track with their health and fitness goals.


Today I’m joined by Senior Growth Coach, Sophie Montgomery and we’re not just talking about Seasonal Retention and what we did … but we’re giving you the blueprint so you never have to suffer through a soft summer or winter, like I had to, again.


You’ll hear:

  • Why running ANOTHER challenge is the nail in the coffin for your profits 
  • How to ATTRACT & WIN all of the members leaving other gyms 
  • The ONE thing that will have your members showing up EVERY SINGLE SESSION, when they would usually stay in bed or hit the beach 

… and a whole lot more!


Want your FREE 60 second survey that enables you to build EXACTLY what your DREAM gym members are looking for? Check out the link here


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1150 Our Origin Story: From Almost Losing Everything to Creating the Playbook for Million Dollar Studios After you’ve managed a $9 BILLION DOLLAR brand or worked across the world in top tier finance firms … What's the next logical step? Buying a gym of course.  Welcome to Geronimo Unfiltered, The Origin Story.  I’m Doza (Andrew Handosa when I’m in trouble) and I’m joined by my school mate, high school band member and Co-Founder Ben McLean to tell you the origin story - raw and unfiltered. Who are we? Where did we come from? What happened that day I opened the letterbox? And the one big scary decision we had to make that ultimately led us here. We don’t want anyone to go through the same pain that we did alone - we want you to build a studio you LOVE, with a team that can’t wait to turn on the lights in the morning and members that don’t ever want to leave. The HOW is coming over the next few weeks, but for now - let’s go back to the beginning. You’ll hear: How we went from 30 members to FULLY BOOKED by charging MORE.  Why our marketing WASN’T working and the steps we took to get RESULTS fast.  The things we would NEVER change  … and a whole lot more! WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 30 May 2023 19:00:00 -0000 Our Origin Story: From Almost Losing Everything to Creating the Playbook for Million Dollar Studios full 1 1 TBC Studios After you’ve managed a $9 BILLION DOLLAR brand or worked across the world in top tier finance firms … What's the next logical step? Buying a gym of course.  Welcome to Geronimo Unfiltered, The Origin Story.  I’m Doza (Andrew Handosa when I’m in trouble) and I’m joined by my school mate, high school band member and Co-Founder Ben McLean to tell you the origin story - raw and unfiltered. Who are we? Where did we come from? What happened that day I opened the letterbox? And the one big scary decision we had to make that ultimately led us here. We don’t want anyone to go through the same pain that we did alone - we want you to build a studio you LOVE, with a team that can’t wait to turn on the lights in the morning and members that don’t ever want to leave. The HOW is coming over the next few weeks, but for now - let’s go back to the beginning. You’ll hear: How we went from 30 members to FULLY BOOKED by charging MORE.  Why our marketing WASN’T working and the steps we took to get RESULTS fast.  The things we would NEVER change  … and a whole lot more! WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza After you’ve managed a $9 BILLION DOLLAR brand or worked across the world in top tier finance firms … What's the next logical step? Buying a gym of course. 


Welcome to Geronimo Unfiltered, The Origin Story. 


I’m Doza (Andrew Handosa when I’m in trouble) and I’m joined by my school mate, high school band member and Co-Founder Ben McLean to tell you the origin story - raw and unfiltered.


Who are we? Where did we come from? What happened that day I opened the letterbox? And the one big scary decision we had to make that ultimately led us here.


We don’t want anyone to go through the same pain that we did alone - we want you to build a studio you LOVE, with a team that can’t wait to turn on the lights in the morning and members that don’t ever want to leave.

The HOW is coming over the next few weeks, but for now - let’s go back to the beginning.


You’ll hear:

  • How we went from 30 members to FULLY BOOKED by charging MORE. 
  • Why our marketing WASN’T working and the steps we took to get RESULTS fast. 
  • The things we would NEVER change 


… and a whole lot more!


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 2038 no The REAL Reason Your Gym Isn’t Growing Are you sick of grinding away every single day at your fitness business, feeling like you’ve tried every tactic only to never really get there?  Feeling stuck and not sure how you can GROW? This week I’m joined by Senior Growth Coach, Sophie Montgomery and we’re sharing the REAL reason you’re not growing … and it’s not what you think.  We’ve seen this in hundreds of studios across the world with owners that are feeling frustrated, disappointed, and working hundreds of hours with no results … then they FINALLY start to gain traction and momentum and … it falls away again.  If this sounds like you and you’re not sure where to start, we’ve got you. In today’s episode we give you THREE key steps you can take this week to refocus your attention and set yourself and your studio up for success.   You’ll hear: What you’re focusing on that is NOT helping your GROWTH The reason so many owners DON’T make more PROFIT  A very special freebie for listeners - ONLY in this episode … and a whole lot more! Want us to audit your vision? Send it to heydoza@geronimoventures.com with the subject Geronimo Unfiltered: My Vision WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Find out more about working with Geronimo at thegeronimoacademy.com Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 30 May 2023 19:00:00 -0000 The REAL Reason Your Gym Isn’t Growing full 1 2 TBC Studios Are you sick of grinding away every single day at your fitness business, feeling like you’ve tried every tactic only to never really get there?  Feeling stuck and not sure how you can GROW? This week I’m joined by Senior Growth Coach, Sophie Montgomery and we’re sharing the REAL reason you’re not growing … and it’s not what you think.  We’ve seen this in hundreds of studios across the world with owners that are feeling frustrated, disappointed, and working hundreds of hours with no results … then they FINALLY start to gain traction and momentum and … it falls away again.  If this sounds like you and you’re not sure where to start, we’ve got you. In today’s episode we give you THREE key steps you can take this week to refocus your attention and set yourself and your studio up for success.   You’ll hear: What you’re focusing on that is NOT helping your GROWTH The reason so many owners DON’T make more PROFIT  A very special freebie for listeners - ONLY in this episode … and a whole lot more! Want us to audit your vision? Send it to heydoza@geronimoventures.com with the subject Geronimo Unfiltered: My Vision WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Find out more about working with Geronimo at thegeronimoacademy.com Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Are you sick of grinding away every single day at your fitness business, feeling like you’ve tried every tactic only to never really get there? 

Feeling stuck and not sure how you can GROW?


This week I’m joined by Senior Growth Coach, Sophie Montgomery and we’re sharing the REAL reason you’re not growing … and it’s not what you think. 


We’ve seen this in hundreds of studios across the world with owners that are feeling frustrated, disappointed, and working hundreds of hours with no results … then they FINALLY start to gain traction and momentum and … it falls away again. 


If this sounds like you and you’re not sure where to start, we’ve got you. In today’s episode we give you THREE key steps you can take this week to refocus your attention and set yourself and your studio up for success.  


You’ll hear:

  • What you’re focusing on that is NOT helping your GROWTH
  • The reason so many owners DON’T make more PROFIT 
  • A very special freebie for listeners - ONLY in this episode

… and a whole lot more!


Want us to audit your vision? Send it to heydoza@geronimoventures.com with the subject Geronimo Unfiltered: My Vision


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Find out more about working with Geronimo at thegeronimoacademy.com
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 1419 no Peter Day UNFILTERED: Turning Failure into High Performance and the Future of the Fitness Industry Put on your scuba gear … we’re about to get deep.   What’s been the biggest failure in your life? And what did you learn from it?  In the fitness industry we often see curated posts, filters and only a tiny glimpse into the reality of someone's life.  Joining us behind the mic today is Peter Day - He’s a 3 time champ and world record holder for the F45 playoffs, owner of 3 studios, head coach at Active Escapes, had a longstanding successful career in marketing before joining Geronimo as our Head of Marketing and if that wasn’t enough before all of that he was a semi-pro soccer player at 23.  Pete manages 18 staff on top of multiple businesses and responsibilities. He never complains, never seems overwhelmed and somehow manages to juggle it all.  So in this episode I’m going to be asking him about his high performance routines and habits to uncover the truth… how does he get it all done? I especially love his morning routine… We’ll get to know the real Peter Day and go deep on what his greatest failures have taught him and how he harnesses his background in high level sport to run successful businesses, show up at his best and live a fulfilling life. You’ll hear: The moment that absolutely SHATTERED Pete’s confidence  His BIGGEST failure, and what it taught him  How he’d grow to 300 members FAST if he started again tomorrow  … and a whole lot more! Connect with Pete on Instagram Subscribe to his YouTube channel or Check out Active Escapes fitness retreats WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Tue, 30 May 2023 19:00:00 -0000 Peter Day UNFILTERED: Turning Failure into High Performance and the Future of the Fitness Industry full 1 3 TBC Studios Put on your scuba gear … we’re about to get deep.   What’s been the biggest failure in your life? And what did you learn from it?  In the fitness industry we often see curated posts, filters and only a tiny glimpse into the reality of someone's life.  Joining us behind the mic today is Peter Day - He’s a 3 time champ and world record holder for the F45 playoffs, owner of 3 studios, head coach at Active Escapes, had a longstanding successful career in marketing before joining Geronimo as our Head of Marketing and if that wasn’t enough before all of that he was a semi-pro soccer player at 23.  Pete manages 18 staff on top of multiple businesses and responsibilities. He never complains, never seems overwhelmed and somehow manages to juggle it all.  So in this episode I’m going to be asking him about his high performance routines and habits to uncover the truth… how does he get it all done? I especially love his morning routine… We’ll get to know the real Peter Day and go deep on what his greatest failures have taught him and how he harnesses his background in high level sport to run successful businesses, show up at his best and live a fulfilling life. You’ll hear: The moment that absolutely SHATTERED Pete’s confidence  His BIGGEST failure, and what it taught him  How he’d grow to 300 members FAST if he started again tomorrow  … and a whole lot more! Connect with Pete on Instagram Subscribe to his YouTube channel or Check out Active Escapes fitness retreats WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Put on your scuba gear … we’re about to get deep.  

What’s been the biggest failure in your life? And what did you learn from it? 


In the fitness industry we often see curated posts, filters and only a tiny glimpse into the reality of someone's life. 


Joining us behind the mic today is Peter Day - He’s a 3 time champ and world record holder for the F45 playoffs, owner of 3 studios, head coach at Active Escapes, had a longstanding successful career in marketing before joining Geronimo as our Head of Marketing and if that wasn’t enough before all of that he was a semi-pro soccer player at 23. 


Pete manages 18 staff on top of multiple businesses and responsibilities.

He never complains, never seems overwhelmed and somehow manages to juggle it all. 


So in this episode I’m going to be asking him about his high performance routines and habits to uncover the truth… how does he get it all done?

I especially love his morning routine…


We’ll get to know the real Peter Day and go deep on what his greatest failures have taught him and how he harnesses his background in high level sport to run successful businesses, show up at his best and live a fulfilling life.


You’ll hear:

  • The moment that absolutely SHATTERED Pete’s confidence 
  • His BIGGEST failure, and what it taught him 
  • How he’d grow to 300 members FAST if he started again tomorrow 

… and a whole lot more!


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 2765 no Not Your Typical Fitness Business Podcast: Introducing Geronimo Unfiltered Here’s the thing… You probably started your health and fitness business to help more people. You’ve got a big heart, and we love you for that. But you and I both know, the reality is and what no one talks about is that running a successful 7 figure boutique fitness and wellness studio can be overwhelming, exhausting and lonely as f*ck… (At least that's how I felt). The heartbreaking part is most gym owners are broke, busy and stuck in a really expensive “job” rather than becoming “profitable CEO’s” with an amazing lifestyle, because no one ever showed them how to build a successful business and life they love. And even when you think you’ve made it, and you’re ready to get to another level… let me tell you, there’s a different devil at every level. That’s why I’ve created this podcast. For you. But let me introduce myself first, I’m your host Andrew Handosa, call me Doza - CEO and Founder of The Geronimo Academy - a community based group coaching and implementation program led by me and my expert team of studio growth experts who help free the studio owners from their shackles, get sustainable results. I’m here to show you a different journey that can be more fulfilling, exciting and incredibly rewarding if you put yourself in the right environment, with the right mindsets and you make the personal shifts required to become who we really need you to be. We’re not your ‘Typical’ Fitness Gurus with sneaky guarantees and a bag full of old tricks.  Our real purpose is to change the lives of the Life Changers… (that's you).  And the difference is: I’ve actually successfully scaled and sold (for 7+ figures) my own high performing, profitable studios before. Twice.  I’ll show you the way.  I’m here to interview some of the most successful individuals I’ve met along the way. To share the shortcuts to success so you don’t have to go through the same pain that I did.  So, the search for greatness is on. I’m inviting you in, with no strings attached.  Stop doing it alone. If you’re an ambitious studio owner, who wants to find out what you’re truly capable of…  And you’re constantly looking for ways to close the gap, and get to the next level of leadership, growth and impact… Then you’re in the right place. And I’m inviting you into our community. Geronimo Unfiltered starts next week - make sure you hit follow because you WON’T want to miss this episode.  You ready? Big love, Doza, your new wingman. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Thu, 25 May 2023 21:11:00 -0000 trailer 1 TBC Studios Here’s the thing… You probably started your health and fitness business to help more people. You’ve got a big heart, and we love you for that. But you and I both know, the reality is and what no one talks about is that running a successful 7 figure boutique fitness and wellness studio can be overwhelming, exhausting and lonely as f*ck… (At least that's how I felt). The heartbreaking part is most gym owners are broke, busy and stuck in a really expensive “job” rather than becoming “profitable CEO’s” with an amazing lifestyle, because no one ever showed them how to build a successful business and life they love. And even when you think you’ve made it, and you’re ready to get to another level… let me tell you, there’s a different devil at every level. That’s why I’ve created this podcast. For you. But let me introduce myself first, I’m your host Andrew Handosa, call me Doza - CEO and Founder of The Geronimo Academy - a community based group coaching and implementation program led by me and my expert team of studio growth experts who help free the studio owners from their shackles, get sustainable results. I’m here to show you a different journey that can be more fulfilling, exciting and incredibly rewarding if you put yourself in the right environment, with the right mindsets and you make the personal shifts required to become who we really need you to be. We’re not your ‘Typical’ Fitness Gurus with sneaky guarantees and a bag full of old tricks.  Our real purpose is to change the lives of the Life Changers… (that's you).  And the difference is: I’ve actually successfully scaled and sold (for 7+ figures) my own high performing, profitable studios before. Twice.  I’ll show you the way.  I’m here to interview some of the most successful individuals I’ve met along the way. To share the shortcuts to success so you don’t have to go through the same pain that I did.  So, the search for greatness is on. I’m inviting you in, with no strings attached.  Stop doing it alone. If you’re an ambitious studio owner, who wants to find out what you’re truly capable of…  And you’re constantly looking for ways to close the gap, and get to the next level of leadership, growth and impact… Then you’re in the right place. And I’m inviting you into our community. Geronimo Unfiltered starts next week - make sure you hit follow because you WON’T want to miss this episode.  You ready? Big love, Doza, your new wingman. WANT MORE: To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza Here’s the thing…


You probably started your health and fitness business to help more people. You’ve got a big heart, and we love you for that.


But you and I both know, the reality is and what no one talks about is that running a successful 7 figure boutique fitness and wellness studio can be overwhelming, exhausting and lonely as f*ck… (At least that's how I felt).

The heartbreaking part is most gym owners are broke, busy and stuck in a really expensive “job” rather than becoming “profitable CEO’s” with an amazing lifestyle, because no one ever showed them how to build a successful business and life they love.

And even when you think you’ve made it, and you’re ready to get to another level… let me tell you, there’s a different devil at every level.


That’s why I’ve created this podcast. For you.


But let me introduce myself first, I’m your host Andrew Handosa, call me Doza - CEO and Founder of The Geronimo Academy - a community based group coaching and implementation program led by me and my expert team of studio growth experts who help free the studio owners from their shackles, get sustainable results.

I’m here to show you a different journey that can be more fulfilling, exciting and incredibly rewarding if you put yourself in the right environment, with the right mindsets and you make the personal shifts required to become who we really need you to be.

We’re not your ‘Typical’ Fitness Gurus with sneaky guarantees and a bag full of old tricks. 

Our real purpose is to change the lives of the Life Changers… (that's you). 

And the difference is: I’ve actually successfully scaled and sold (for 7+ figures) my own high performing, profitable studios before. Twice. 

I’ll show you the way. 

I’m here to interview some of the most successful individuals I’ve met along the way. To share the shortcuts to success so you don’t have to go through the same pain that I did. 

So, the search for greatness is on. I’m inviting you in, with no strings attached. 

Stop doing it alone.


If you’re an ambitious studio owner, who wants to find out what you’re truly capable of… 

And you’re constantly looking for ways to close the gap, and get to the next level of leadership, growth and impact…

Then you’re in the right place. And I’m inviting you into our community.


Geronimo Unfiltered starts next week - make sure you hit follow because you WON’T want to miss this episode. 

You ready?


Big love,

Doza, your new wingman.


WANT MORE:

  • To say thank you for listening to the pod we’d like to gift you a FREE session to brainstorm a 3 Step Action Plan for your gym or fitness studio so you know EXACTLY what step you need to take to grow. Book in yours here
  • Want to follow along behind the scenes? Check out @thegeronimoacademy and @hey.doza
]]> 202